ML13206A350: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 19: Line 19:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:-----------------------
{{#Wiki_filter:EN JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 !\IRC EXAM RO-ADM,.lPM01, FINAL QPTR CALCULATION N42 INOP Student Name:                                       LMS#:
EN JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 !\IRC EXAM RO-ADM,.lPM01, QPTR CALCULATION N42 Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT o OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY:
Evaluator Name:
o JOB PERFORMANCE
SAT     UNSAT o
: 1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0150200501 Perform a Manual QPTR Calculation
OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
: 2. Conditions: Plant is now at 100% power after recovering a dropped rod at EOL. The Main Plant Computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped). Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago. The QPTR surveillance is required to be performed on this shift. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).
PREPARED BY:                                         DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                         DATE:
                -----=T~~IN~IN~G~S~U~PE=R~V~IS~OR~*
o
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position             RO SBK 0150200501       Perform a Manual QPTR Calculation
: 2. Conditions:
A. Plant is now at 100% power after recovering a dropped rod at EOL.
B. The Main Plant Computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
C. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago.
D. The QPTR surveillance is required to be performed on this shift.
E. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).
: 3. Standards:
: 3. Standards:
Perform a manual QPTR surveillance in accordance with RX 1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance.
Perform a manual QPTR surveillance in accordance with RX 1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance.
: 4. Student Materials:
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet. Copy of RX1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance, Rev 07 Chg 02 Copy of RE-17 Rev 01-16-06 Copy of Data Sheet for RO ADMIN JPM 01 Calculator
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of RX1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance, Rev 07 Chg 02 Copy of RE-17 Rev 01-16-06 Copy of Data Sheet for RO ADMIN JPM 01 Calculator
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Page 2 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..IPM.
: 6.  
RO-ADMJPM01 Page 2 of 13
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 6.  


==References:==
==References:==
Line 39: Line 55:
* OS1000.05 Power Increase.
* OS1000.05 Power Increase.
* ON1251.01 Loss of Plant Computer.
* ON1251.01 Loss of Plant Computer.
Value Sys Description RO/SRO 015 A1.04 Ability to monitor changes in QPTR 3.5/3.7 015 K5.12 Knowledge of 3.2/3.6 015 K5.16 Definition and calculation of QPTR 2.9/3.4 Ability to evaluate plant performance and 4.4/4.7 make operational judgments based on the operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
Value Sys           KA                        Description RO/SRO 015         A1.04     Ability to monitor changes in QPTR         3.5/3.7 015         K5.12     Knowledge of QPTR                          3.2/3.6 015         K5.16     Definition and calculation of QPTR         2.9/3.4 2.1.7    Ability to evaluate plant performance and 4.4/4.7 make operational judgments based on the operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
: 7. Setting: Classroom.
: 7. Setting:
: 1. Give student a copy of the data sheet for 100% power NI cabinet values. 2. Use values listed in RE-17. 8. Safety Considerations:
Classroom.
None. 9. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE
: 1. Give student a copy of the data sheet for 100% power NI cabinet values.
: 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple You are the Primary Operator.
: 2. Use values listed in RE-17.
You are going to perform the QPTR surveillance. The following information is provided to you: The plant is now at 100% power following of a dropped rod at EOL. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped). Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago. The QPTR surveillance, per Tech Spec Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.1(b), has been entered and the work order has been generated. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped). We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. 11. Initiating Cue: Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), perform the QPTR surveillance per RX1703 section 4.1. Discuss the results with me."
: 8. Safety Considerations:
Page 4 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate  
None.
'" denotes a critical step '" denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT 1. Start time _____ I nitiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1703, QPTR surveillance, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.1 QPTR alarm inoperable above 50% RTP surveillance. Provide student with data sheet that has the values for detector currents.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
Detector current units are in microamps.
20 minutes RO-ADMJPM01 Page 3 of 13
Student should make the determination that one Power Range detector is inoperable when given the detector current data. P Power range channel is inop. Record Records INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and 5 on Form A fpr for the inoperable Provide the student with a copy of RE-17 NIS Channel and Loop Delta-T Scaling when asked for. P Record time, date, and RE-17 revision Records tirne, date, and date on Form A. revision date on Form pqge 5 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP P=Perform 3=Simulate
 
* denotes a critical step S Record the current output in microamperes for the operable top (A) and bottom (8) detectors of each power range channel on Form A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Row 1:
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
EVALUATION
: 10. Directions To The Student:
* denotes a critical SAT UNSAT Records the current output in microamperes for the operable top (A) and bottom (8) detectors of each power range channel on Form A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Row 1: N41 top (A) detector current N42 top (A) detector current (INOP should be recorded)
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
N43 top (A) current N44 top (A) detector current N41 bottom (B) detector current N42 bottom (B) detector current (INOP should be recorded)
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
N43 bottom (B) detector current N44 bottom (8) detector current CUE: When the student asks for independent verification of the va.lues recorded on Form A, provide the following cue, evaluator to student, "Form A detector currents have been independently verified."
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to perform the QPTR surveillance.
Page 6 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP P=Perform 3=Simulate
B. The following information is provided to you:
* denotes a critical step P Record on Form A row 2 the 100% power 0% AFD current for the operable top and bottom detectors for each power range channel using TDB Figure RE-17:
: 1. The plant is now at 100% power following   rE~covery of a dropped rod at EOL.
EVALUATION
: 2. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
* denotes a critical SAT UNSAT Records on Form A row 2 the 100% power 0% AFD current for the operable top and bottom detectors for each power range channel using TDB Figure RE-17: N41 top (A) detector N42 top (A) detector (INOP should be recorded)
: 3. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago.
: 4. The QPTR surveillance, per Tech Spec Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.1(b), has been entered and the work order has been generated.
: 5. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name),
perform the QPTR surveillance per RX1703 section 4.1. Discuss the results with me."
RO-ADMJPM01 Page 4 of 13
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                             EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate     '" denotes a critical step             '" denotes a critical step             SAT UNSAT
: 1.     P    Start time _ _ _ __                    Initiating cue read CUE:  If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1703, QPTR surveillance, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.1 QPTR alarm inoperable above 50% RTP surveillance.
NOTE: Provide student with data sheet that has the values for detector currents. Detector current units are in microamps. Student should make the determination that one Power Range detector is inoperable when given the detector current data.
: 2.      P   Power range channel is inop. Record Records INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and 5 INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and 5 on Form A fpr N42.
for the inoperable channel NOTE: Provide the student with a copy of RE-17 NIS Channel and Loop Delta-T Scaling when asked for.
: 3.      P   Record time, date, and RE-17 revision Records tirne, date, and RE-17 date on Form A.                         revision date on Form A.
RO-ADMJPM01 pqge 5 of 13
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                                EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step                SAT UNSAT
: 4.      S   Record the current output in           Records the current output in microamperes for the operable top (A)  microamperes for the operable top (A) and bottom (8) detectors of each       and bottom (8) detectors of each power range channel on Form A         power range channel on Form A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet  Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Row 1:                                 Row 1:
N41 top (A) detector current N42 top (A) detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) dE~tector  current N44 top (A) detector current N41 bottom (B) detector current N42 bottom (B) detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 bottom (B) detector current N44 bottom (8) detector current CUE:   When the student asks for independent verification of the va.lues recorded on Form A, provide the following cue, evaluator to student, "Form A detector currents have been independently verified."
RO-ADMJPM01 Page 6 of 13
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss   ELEMENT/STEP                         STANDARD                              EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step              SAT UNSAT
: 5. P Record on Form A row 2 the 100%       Records on Form A row 2 the 100%
power 0% AFD current for the          power 0% AFD current for the operable top and bottom detectors for operable top and bottom detectors for each power range channel using TDB    each power range channel using TDB Figure RE-17:                         Figure RE-17:
N41 top (A) detector N42 top (A) detector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) detector N44 top (A) detector N41 bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) detector N44 top (A) detector N41 bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottom (8) detector Page 7 of 13 PERFORMANCE CHECt<:LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP P=Perform 3=Simulate
N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottom (8) detector RO-ADMJPIVI01 Page 7 of 13
* denotes a critical step P Calculate the normalized detector currents by dividing each operable detector current (row 1) by its 100% power 0% AFD current (row 2) and record on Form A row 3: STANDARD EVALUATION
 
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT Calculates the normalized detector currents by dividing each operable detector current (row 1) by its 100% power 0% AFD current (row 2) and records on Form A row 3: N41 top (A) nl)rmalized detector current N42 top (A) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)
PERFORMANCE CHECt<:LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                            EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step            SAT UNSAT
: 6. P Calculate the normalized detector      Calculates the normalized detector currents by dividing each operable    currents by dividing each operable detector current (row 1) by its 100%   detector current (row 1) by its 100%
power 0% AFD current (row 2) and       power 0% AFD current (row 2) and record on Form A row 3:                records on Form A row 3:
N41 top (A) nl)rmalized detector current N42 top (A) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) normalized detector current N44 top (A) n()rmalized detector current N41 bottom (B) normalized detector current N42 bottom (B) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) normalized detector current N44 top (A) n()rmalized detector current N41 bottom (B) normalized detector current N42 bottom (B) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 bottom (B) normalized detector current N44 bottom (B) normalized detector current Page 8 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
N43 bottom (B) normalized detector current N44 bottom (B) normalized detector current RO-ADMJPM01 Page 8 of 13
__im_u_la_t_e
 
___
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
___________
_~_~_=S
__ S_A_T__U_N_S_A_T
__im_u_la_t_e___*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________*_d_e_n_ot_e__
_____________
sClcl_'it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p_____________S_A_T_ _
__ 7. P Calculate the average normalized detector currents as follows: a. Divide the sum of the operable top normalized detector currents by the number of operable top detectors and record on Form A row 4. b. Divide the sum of the operable bottom normalized detector currents by the number of operable bottom detectors and record on Form A row 4. *8. P Calculate the QPTR for each detector as follows: *a. Divide each operable top normalized detector current (row 3) by the top average normalized detector current (row 4) and record on Form A row 5: Calculates average normalized detector currents as follows: Divides the sum of the operable top normalized detector currents by the number of operable top detectors and records on Form A row 4. Divides the sum of the operable bottom normalized detector currents by the number of operable bottom detectors and records on Form A row 4. Calculates thH QPTR for each detector as follows: Divides each operable top normalized detector current (row 3) by the top average normalized detector current (row 4) and records on Form A row 5: tap (A)
U_N_S_A_T__
N42 top (A) (INOP should be N43 top (A)
: 7.         P   Calculate the average normalized               Calculates thE~ average normalized detector currents as follows:                  detector currents as follows:
N44 tap (A)
: a. Divide the sum of the operable            a. Divides the sum of the operable top normalized detector currents                top normalized detector currents by the number of operable top                  by the number of operable top detectors and record on Form A                 detectors and records on Form A row 4.                                        row 4.
Page 9 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
: b. Divide the sum of the operable            b. Divides the sum of the operable bottom normalized detector                    bottom normalized detector currents by the number of                     currents by the number of operable bottom detectors and                  operable bottom detectors and record on Form A row 4.                       records on Form A row 4.
    *8.         P   Calculate the QPTR for each detector           Calculates thH QPTR for each as follows:                                     detector as follows:
                      *a. Divide each operable top                    *a. Divides each operable top normalized detector current (row               normalized detector current (row
: 3) by the top average normalized               3) by the top average normalized detector current (row 4) and                  detector current (row 4) and record on Form A row 5:                        records on Form A row 5:
N41 tap (A) detector N42 top (A) detector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) detector N44 tap (A) detector RO-ADMJPM01 Page 9 of 13
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                                 STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT *b. Divide each operable bottom normalized detector current (row 3) by the bottom average normalized detector current (row 4) and record on Form A row 5. *b. Divides each operable bottom detector current (row 3) by the bottom average detector current (row 4) and records on Form A row 5. N41 bottclm (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT
              *b. Divide each operable bottom              *b. Divides each operable bottom normalized detector current (row           normalizE~d detector current (row
: 3) by the bottom average                  3) by the bottom average normalized detector current (row           normalizE~d detector current (row
: 4) and record on Form A row 5.             4) and records on Form A row 5.
N41 bottclm (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottc)m (8) detector NOTE: If the student expresses a rounded off value, then that VailUE! shall be compared against the standard.
N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottc)m (8) detector NOTE: If the student expresses a rounded off value, then that VailUE! shall be compared against the standard.
The only value that is critical is the out of tolerance QPTR value. 9. P Indicates the maximum QPTR by circling the largest QPTR in row 5. Circles the largest QPTR in row 5. CUE: When the student asks for independent verification of the calculations for Form A, provide the following cue, evaluator to student, "Form A calculations have been independently verified." *10. P Determines if LCO 3.2.4 is/is not met based on maximum QPTR. *a. Notify US/SM that LCO 3.2.4 is/is not met. *a. Notifies LJS/SM that LCO 3.2.4 is/is not met CUE: When US/SM notified, repeat back information provided by student concerning QPTR and LCO 3.2.4. *b. On Form A row 6 circle YES/NO *b. On Form A row 6 circles YES/NO NOTE: Information given must agree with results shown on the key. See key for the correct item to circle in row 6.
The only value that is critical is the out of tolerance (circIE~d) QPTR value.
Page 10 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
: 9.     P   Indicates the maximum QPTR by Circles the largest QPTR in row 5.
___
circling the largest QPTR in row 5.
___________
CUE:   When the student asks for independent verification of the calculations for Form A, provide the following cue, evaluator to student, "Form A calculations have been independently verified."
____________
*10. P   Determines if LCO 3.2.4 is/is not met based on maximum QPTR.
__ CUE: "The JPM is complete." 11. Stop time ________ Time to complete task 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
              *a. Notify US/SM that LCO 3.2.4 is/is *a. Notifies LJS/SM that LCO 3.2.4 not met.                                  is/is not met CUE:   When US/SM notified, repeat back information provided by student concerning QPTR and LCO 3.2.4.
Page 11 of 13 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance SUCl1 as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes, Recommend remedial traininfl, if necessary.
              *b. On Form A row 6 circle YES/NO           *b. On Form A row 6 circles YES/NO NOTE: Information given must agree with results shown on the key. See key for the correct item to circle in row 6.
RO-ADMJPM01 Page 12 of 13
RO-ADMJPM01 Page 10 of 13
*TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO A[)MIN ..IPM Directions To The Student: You are the Primary Operator.
 
You are going to perform the QPTR surveillance. The following information is provided to you: The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL. The main plant computer has been since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped). Power Range NI N42 failed and was declarecilNOP 2 hours ago. The QPTR surveillance, per Tech Spec Surve!illance Requirement 4.2.4.1 (b), has been entered and the work order has been gemerated. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yl3sterday (before the rod dropped). We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. Initiating Cue: Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), perform the QPTR surveillance per RX1703 section 4.1. Discuss the results with me."
PERFORMANCE     CHEC~~LI:ST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
Page 13 of 13
~S_=~S~im~u~la~t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c~a~ls~te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~icl~*it~ic~a~ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
-------------------
CUE:       "The JPM is complete."
------------SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM02, SHUTDOWN MARGIN qf-LCULATION (MODE Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED' ON TO THE 2013 NRC . INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
: 11.           Stop time ________                             Time to complete task             ~ 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
o PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY:
: 12.            Obtain from student:
JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0010100401 Perform Shutdown Margin Calculation Conditions:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
A. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago. B. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Standards:
RO-ADMJPM01 Page 11 of 13
Using RX1707 Shutdown Margin Surveillance calculate the boron concentration required to satisfy SOM for the present conditions using the figures from the Primary Tech Data Book provided by the instructor. Student Materials:
 
Copy of Tear Off Copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance Rev '7 Chg Copy of Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs.
PERFORMANCE  
Rev Copy of Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values, Rev Limitations On Performance:
 
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the Page 2 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE
==SUMMARY==
: 6.  
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance SUCl1 as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes, Recommend remedial traininfl, if necessary.
RO-ADMJPM01 Page   12 of 13
 
* ,~
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO A[)MIN ..IPM 01 Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to perform the QPTR surveillance.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL.
: 2. The main plant computer has been inoperClblE~ since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
: 3. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declarecilNOP 2 hours ago.
: 4. The QPTR surveillance, per Tech Spec Surve!illance Requirement 4.2.4.1 (b), has been entered and the work order has been gemerated.
: 5. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yl3sterday (before the rod dropped).
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
Initiating Cue:
Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name),
perform the QPTR surveillance per RX1703 section 4.1. Discuss the results with me."
RO-ADMJPM01 Page 13 of 13
 
SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM02, FINAL SHUTDOWN MARGIN qf-LCULATION (MODE 3)
Student Name:                                       LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT     UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED' ON TO THE 2013 NRC
                . INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
o PREPARED BY:                                       DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                       DATE: - - - - - -
                ---T~~-IN-IN-G-S-U-PE-R-V~IS-OR---
o
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               RO SBK 0010100401         Perform Shutdown Margin Calculation
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago.
B. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 3. Standards:
Using RX1707 Shutdown Margin Surveillance calculate the boron concentration required to satisfy SOM for the present conditions using the figures from the Primary Tech Data Book provided by the instructor.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance Rev '7 Chg 7.
Copy of Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature, Rev 01-16-06.
Copy of Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values, Rev 01-16-00.
Calculator.
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
RO-ADMJPM02 Page 2 of 9
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 6.  


==References:==
==References:==
Line 103: Line 215:
* RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
* RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
Technical Specifications:
Technical Specifications:
* 3.1.1.1 Shutdown Margin greater than 200&deg;F. Manuals:
* 3.1.1.1 Shutdown Margin greater than 200&deg;F.
* Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron vs. Temperature.
Manuals:
* Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values. Value Sys KA Descri pti on RO/SRO 192002 K1.13 Calculate SDM using pre)cedures and 3.5/3.7 given plant parameter  
* Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron ConcE~ntration vs. Temperature.
*s. 2.2.12 Knowledge of Surveill an Ge Procedures 3.7/4.1 7. Setting: Use the simulator or the classroom.
* Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values.
A key must be setup using RE curves (RE curves may not be the latest revision).
Value Sys           KA                     Description RO/SRO 192002         K1.13     Calculate SDM using pre)cedures and         3.5/3.7 given plant parameter*s.
The required RE curves are included in the student material package and must be given to the student when reaching for the Primary Tech Data Book. Failure to do this will cause unrealistic numbers for the student. Since an inadvertent dilution has occurred, pick a value for the Gurrent boron concentration that is below the value required by RE-2. SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value selected (i.e., how large the dilution was). 8. Safety Considerations:
2.2.12   Knowledge of Surveill anGe Procedures       3.7/4.1
None. 9. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes RO-ADMJPM02 Page 3 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE
: 7. Setting:
: 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple You are the Primary Operator.
Use the simulator or the classroom. A key must be setup using RE curves (RE curves may not be the latest revision). The required RE curves are included in the student material package and must be given to the student when reaching for the Primary Tech Data Book. Failure to do this will cause unrealistic numbers for the student. Since an inadvertent dilution has occurred, pick a value for the Gurrent boron concentration that is below the value required by RE-2. SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value selected (i.e., how large the dilution was).
An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
The chemist has sampled the RCS for the current boron concentration.
None.
Determine the boron concentration required, taking credit for xenon, to satisfy the SDM. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not. The following information is provided to you: The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU. Xenon worth is 5850 pcm. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. 11. Initiating Cue: Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
Determine the required boron concentration to satisfy SDM requirements for the current ReS conditions taking credit for xenon. Using RX1707, determine if SDM is satisfactory.
20 minutes RO-ADMJPM02 Page 3 of 9
Discuss the results with me." RO-ADMJPM02 Page 4 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
 
___
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
___________
: 10. Directions To The Student:
____________
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
A. You are the Primary Operator. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. The chemist has sampled the RCS for the current boron concentration. Determine the boron concentration required, taking credit for xenon, to satisfy the SDM. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago.
: 2. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 3. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
: 4. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
: 5. Xenon worth is 5850 pcm.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred. Determine the required boron concentration to satisfy SDM requirements for the current ReS conditions taking credit for xenon. Using RX1707, determine if SDM is satisfactory. Discuss the results with me."
RO-ADMJPM02 Page 4 of 9
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
_~='_=S~im~u~la~t~e___*~d~e~n=m~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c=al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~n=ot~e~sa.cr.~it~ic~a~ls~t=eLP____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T~
NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance provide the student with RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance provide the student with RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
: 1. P Start time _____ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." P For the existing RCS temperature, obtain the required shutdown boron concentration from Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.
: 1.         P   Start time _ _ _ __                            Initiating cue read CUE:       If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
For the existing RCS temperature, obtains the required shutdown boron concentration from Primary TOB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.
: 2.        P   For the existing RCS temperature,              For the existing RCS temperature, obtain the required shutdown boron            obtains the required shutdown boron concentration from Primary TDB,                concentration from Primary TOB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron                     Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.                Concentration vs. Temperature.
NOTE: See key for all values that student should enter on Form A hne 1. *3. P Record RCS T avg and the corresponding RE-02 required shutdown boron concentration value (A) on Form A Shutdown Margin Determination  
NOTE: See key for all values that student should enter on Form A hne 1.
-Modes 3, 4, and 5. 4. P Obtain xenon worth from the MPCS point C0036 or from Reactor Engineering.
    *3.         P   Record RCS T avg and the                       Records ReS T avg and the corresponding RE-02 required                  corresponding RE-02 required shutdown boron concentration value            shutdown boron concentration value (A) on Form A Shutdown Margin                  (A) on Forrn A Shutdown Margin Determination - Modes 3, 4, and 5.             Determination - Modes 3, 4, and 5.
Record the xenon worth value (B) on Form A. *5. P Obtain the correct value of differential boron worth (DBW) from Primary TOB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values. Record the OBW value (C) on Form A. Records ReS T avg and the corresponding RE-02 required shutdown boron concentration value (A) on Forrn A Shutdown Margin Determination
: 4.        P   Obtain xenon worth from the MPCS              Obtains xenon worth from the MPCS point C0036 or from Reactor                    pOint C0036 or from Reactor Engineering. Record the xenon worth            Engineering. Record the xenon worth value (B) on Form A.                           value (B) on Form A.
-Modes 3, 4, and 5. Obtains xenon worth from the MPCS pOint C0036 or from Reactor Engineering.
    *5.         P   Obtain the correct value of differential       Obtains thE~ correct value of boron worth (DBW) from Primary                 differential boron worth (OBW) from TOB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin             Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Values. Record the OBW value (C) on           Margin Values. Records the DBW Form A.                                       value (C) on Form A.
Record the xenon worth value (B) on Form A. Obtains correct value of differential boron worth (OBW) from Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values. Records the DBW value (C) on Form A.
RO-AOM.JPM02 Page 5 of 9
Page 5 of 9 PERFORMANCE D;::Discuss ELEMENT/STEP P;::Perform  
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D;::Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                                EVALUATION P;::Perform
,3;::Simulate
,3;::Simulate
* denotes a critical step *6. P Using the equation as shown on Form A calculate the shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) value (D). Record the calculated value (D) on Form A. If number is negative record zero. STANDARD EVALUATION
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT Using the E:quation as shown on Form A calculatEis the shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) value (D). Record thE! ccllculated value (D) on Form A. If number is negative records zero. NOTE: SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value of the current RCS boron concentration determined by the evaluator in the setup and required shutdown boron concentration obtained from RE-2. P Record the existing RCS concentration value (E) on Form *8. Check if existing RCS boron value (E) is greater than the shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) (D). Mark the associated block yes or no as applicable.
* denotes a critical step                SAT UNSAT
Records the RCS boron concentration value (E) on Form A. Checks if existing RCS boron value (E) is greater than the shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) (0). Marks thE: associated block yes or no as applicable.
  *6.     P   Using the equation as shown on Form      Using the E:quation as shown on Form A calculate the shutdown boron          A calculatEis the shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) value (D). concentration (xenon credit) value (D).
CUE: If student asks for independent verification, provide the following cue, "Form A has been independently verified.
Record the calculated value (D) on      Record thE! ccllculated value (D) on Form A. If number is negative record    Form A. If number is negative records zero.                                   zero.
Please continue." P If existing Res boron is less than shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) (D), notify SM/US that the shutdown margin surveillance is not being satisfied.
NOTE: SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value of the current RCS boron concentration determined by the evaluator in the setup and required shutdown boron concentration obtained from RE-2.
If existing RCS boron is less than shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) (D), notifies SM/US that the shutdown margin surveillance is not being satisfied.
: 7. P   Record the existing RCS boron            Records the E~xisting RCS boron concentration value (E) on Form A.      concentration value (E) on Form A.
Page 6 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP EVALUATION P=Perform  
  *8.     P    Check if existing RCS boron value (E)   Checks if existing RCS boron value is greater than the shutdown boron       (E) is greater than the shutdown concentration (xenon credit) (D). Mark   boron concentration (xenon credit) the associated block yes or no as       (0). Marks thE: associated block yes or applicable.                              no as applicable.
-=..3_=Sc;;;..i;..;..:m.:..;;u;;.;.;la:.;.:tc;;;..e
CUE:     If student asks for independent verification, provide the following cue, "Form A has been independently verified. Please continue."
__* c;;;..de.:..;;n.:..;;o:...;.te.:...;s:....a.::.......:..c* .:...;dec....n o:...;.tec....s:......;<:1 cl...:..:ritc:..:ic...::..:a-,-1 s=--=t..::..Jep"'--
: 9. P   If existing Res boron is less than      If existing RCS boron is less than shutdown boron concentration (xenon      shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) (D), notify SM/US that the       credit) (D), notifies SM/US that the shutdown margin surveillance is not     shutdown margin surveillance is not being satisfied.                        being satisfied.
______ .......rit:......:ic'--'-ac....1 s.:...;t.:...;e.c...p
RO-ADMJPM02 Page 6 of 9
______
 
CUE: "The ..IPM is complete." 10. Stop time ____ Time to complete task :5 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss                                     ELEMENT/STEP                                                                                                         STANDARD                                                                                              EVALUATION P=Perform
Page 7 of 9 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary.
-=..3_=Sc;; . i;. ;. :m.:. ; u; .;.;la:.;.:tc; ;. e__
Page 8 of 9 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIN JPM Directions To The Student: You are the Primary Operator.
* c;; . de.:. ; n.:. ; o:. .;.te.:. .;s:. . a.: . . . .:. c.ri.t:. . . :ic'--'-ac.. .1s.:. .;t.:. .;e.c. .p_ _ _ _ _ _                                                                                                          . . . .T-'--"'U.:...;N.:...;S;.;..A.:...;T~
An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
                                                                                                                                                                          * .:. .;dec.. .n. .o:. .;.tec.. .s:. . . ;<:1 cl. .:. :ritc:. :ic. .: . :a-,-1s=--=t..::..Jep"'--______S.:...;A CUE:                           "The ..IPM is complete."
The chemist has sampled the RCS for the current boron concentration.
: 10.                                       Stop time _ _ __                                                                                                      Time to complete task :5 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
Determine the boron concentration required, taking credit for xenon, to satisfy the SDM. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not. The following information is provided to you: The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU. Xenon worth is 5850 pcm. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. Initiating Cue: Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 11.                                      Obtain from student:
Determine the required boron concentration to satisfy SDM requirements for the current: RCS conditions taking credit for xenon. Using RX1707, determine if SDM is !iatisfactory.
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
Discuss the results with me." RO-ADMJPM02 Page 9 of 9
RO-ADIVIJPIVI02 Page 7 of 9
----------
 
SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM03, FINAL SPENT FUEL POOL BLENDED MAKEUP CALCULATION Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT o OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: APPROVED ------TRA----I o
PERFORMANCE  
JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0040100601 Perform a boron change calculeltion. Conditions:
 
A. A manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool is required to raise pool level. Standards:
==SUMMARY==
Calculate the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool. Student Materials:
 
Copy of Tear Off Copy of RS 1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev Daily Chemistry Limitations On Performance:
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin!~, if necessary.
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the  
RO-ADMJPM02 Page 8 of 9
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIN JPM 02 Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. The chemist has sampled the RCS for the current boron concentration. Determine the boron concentration required, taking credit for xenon, to satisfy the SDM. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago.
: 2. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 3. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
: 4. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
: 5. Xenon worth is 5850 pcm.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
Initiating Cue:
Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred. Determine the required boron concentration to satisfy SDM requirements for the current: RCS conditions taking credit for xenon. Using RX1707, determine if SDM is !iatisfactory. Discuss the results with me."
RO-ADMJPM02 Page 9 of 9
 
SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM03, FINAL SPENT FUEL POOL BLENDED MAKEUP CALCULATION Student Name:                                                           LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT             UNSAT o
OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                                           DATE:
APPROVED   BY~                                                        DATE:
                ------TRA----IN-IN-G-SO:-U--=-P-=-ER-:-V-IS"""'O--=-R o
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               RO SBK 0040100601         Perform a boron change calculeltion.
: 2. Conditions:
A. A manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool is required to raise pool level.
: 3. Standards:
Calculate the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet Copy of RS 1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev 6 Daily Chemistry Report Calculator
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6. 


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures:
Procedures:
* RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev 6 Value Sys Descri ption RO/SRO Knowledge of procedl Jres, guidelines, or 4.3/4.6 limitations associated with reactivity management.
* RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev 6 Value Sys           KA                      Descri ption RO/SRO 2.1.37    Knowledge of procedlJres, guidelines, or       4.3/4.6 limitations associated with reactivity management.
RO-ADMJPM03 Page 2 of 7 JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Classroom. Use values listed in Daily Chemistry Report. Safety Considerations:
RO-ADMJPM03 Page 2 of 7
None. Approximate Completion Time: 15 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for rnultiple You are the Primary Operator.
 
You are going to calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool. The following information is provided to you: A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm. The makeup boron concentration will be at the current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cue-s and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions? Initiating Cue: Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), determine the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool. Discuss the results with me."
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
Page 3 of 7 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
: 7. Setting:
Classroom.
: 1. Use values listed in Daily Chemistry Report.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
15 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for rnultiple JPMs):
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to     pE~rform calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the~ Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition.
: 2. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm.
: 3. The makeup boron concentration will be at the current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration.
: 4. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup.
: 5. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cue-s and communications for this JPM.
Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name),
determine the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool. Discuss the results with me."
RO-ADMJPM03 Page 3 of 7
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT 1. Start time _____ Initiating clle read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.4 Blended Makeup Calculation (Form E, Blended Makeup Worksheet) and the Daily Chemistry Report to determine Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and boric acid storage tank boron concentration. P Determine the required flow and totalizer setpoints for a 550 manual blended makeup to the Fuel Enters the desired makeup boron ENTER the desired makeup concentration (C MU) for the SFP boron concentration (C MU)' 1. from the Daily Chemistry Report in step 1 of Form E. (2512 ppm) Enters the desired makeup flow 2.
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT
: 2. rate SETPOINT:
: 1.     P    Start time _ _ _ __                      Initiating clle read CUE:  If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
FIQ-111 (F ToT) ra e : -TOT* in step 2 of Form E. (50 gpm) Enters the actual Boric Acid ENTER the actual Boric Acid Storage Tank concentration
NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.4 Blended Makeup Calculation (Form E, Blended Makeup Worksheet) and the Daily Chemistry Report to determine Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and boric acid storage tank boron concentration.
: 3. Storage Tank concentration
: 2.      P   Determine the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool Enters the desired makeup boron ENTER the desired makeup                 concentration (CMU ) for the SFP
: 3. (C BAST) from the Daily Chemistry (C BAST)' Report in step 3 of Form E. (7361 ppm) Enters the desired makeup ENTER the desired makeup quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 4. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 4. (G TOTin step 4 of Form E. (550 (G TOT). gallons)
: 1. boron concentration (C MU )'       1. from the Daily Chemistry Report in step 1 of Form E. (2512 ppm)
Page40f7 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform
Enters the desired makeup flow
__im_u_la_t_e
: 2. E7T~~~~eo1~~ire~IQm~~~u(p/,ow)      2. rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (FToT) ra e             :     -     TOT*       in step 2 of Form E. (50 gpm)
___
Enters the actual Boric Acid ENTER the actual Boric Acid               Storage Tank concentration
___________
: 3. Storage Tank concentration         3.   (C BAST) from the Daily Chemistry (C BAST)'                                 Report in step 3 of Form E. (7361 ppm)
__ S_A_T__U_N_S_A_T
Enters the desired makeup ENTER the desired makeup quantity TARGET: FIQ-111
_____________
: 4. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111
__ *5. CALCULATE the boric acid flow rate SETPOINT:
: 4.   (GTOT) in step 4 of Form E. (550 (G TOT).
FIQ-111 (F BA): *6. CALCULATE the boric acid quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 (G BA): 7. Calculated By signature and Date. *5. Enters thl3 values from steps 1, 2 & 3 in the' equation and calculates the boric acid flow rate SETPOINT:
gallons)
FIQ-111 (FBA)' *6. Enters thl3 values from steps 1, 3 & 4 in the equation and calculates the bOiric acid quantity TARGET: FIQ-1 'II 1 (G BA). 7. Signs .and dates the Calculated By signature and Date line. CUE: If the student asks for an Independent Verification of Form E during the JPM respond, "For the purpose of this JPM an independent verification will not be performed." CUE: "The ..IPM is complete." Stop time ____ Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this ..IPM. Time to complete task :S;15 minutes Page 5 of 7 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
RO-ADMJPM03 Page40f7
RO-ADMJPM03 Page 6 of7 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIIN JPM Directions To The Student: You are the Primary Operator.
 
You are going to perform calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool. The following information is provided to you: A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm. The makeup boron concentration will be at current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. Initiating Cue: Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), determine the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel P04:>1. Discuss the results with me."
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                     EVALUATION D=Perform
Page 7 of 7
_~_'_=S
-------------------
__ im_u_la_t_e___*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________*_d_e_n_ot_e__
-------SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM04, INITIATE A LIQUID EFFLUENT WASTE SAMPLE Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: ______________
sClcr_'it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p_____________S_A_T_ _
--__----___DATE: TRAINING SUPERVISOR
U_N_S_A_T__
" ' JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
Enters thl3 values from steps 1, 2
: 1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 2. Conditions: The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration. WL-TK-63A, "An Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours after placing the tank on recirc. 3. Standards:
                      *5. CALCULATE the boric acid flow               *5. & 3 in the' equation and calculates rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (F BA):                 the boric acid flow rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (FBA)'
Using CP-4.1. Effluent Sampling Program and ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
Enters thl3 values from steps 1, 3 CALCULATE the boric acid
initiate the following: Form CP4.1A. Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request 4. Student Materials:
                                                                      *6. & 4 in the equation and calculates
Copy of Tear Off Copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Copy of ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank
                      *6. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 the bOiric acid quantity TARGET:
(G BA):
FIQ-1 'II 1 (G BA ).
Calculated By signature and                    Signs .and dates the Calculated
: 7.                                              7.
Date.                                          By signature and Date line.
CUE:       If the student asks for an Independent Verification of Form E during the JPM respond, "For the purpose of this JPM an independent verification will not be performed."
CUE:       "The ..IPM is complete."
: 3.              Stop time _ _ __                                Time to complete task :S;15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 4.              Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this
                      ..IPM.
RO-ADMJPM03 Page 5 of 7
 
PERFORMANCE  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
RO-ADMJPM03 Page 6 of7
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIIN JPM 03 Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to perform calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition.
: 2. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm.
: 3. The makeup boron concentration will be at thl~ current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration.
: 4. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup.
: 5. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
Initiating Cue:
Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name),
determine the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel P04:>1. Discuss the results with me."
RO-ADMJPM03 Page 7 of 7
 
SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM04, FINAL INITIATE A LIQUID EFFLUENT WASTE SAMPLE REQUEST Student Name:                                         LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT   UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC                 EXAMINAT~ON            MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                         DATE:
APPROVED BY: ______________- -__- - - -___          DATE:
TRAINING SUPERVISOR
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position                 RO SBK
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
B. WL-TK-63A, "An Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons.
C. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
D. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
E. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours after placing the tank on recirc.
: 3. Standards:
Using CP-4.1. Effluent Sampling Program and ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation. initiate the following:
* Form CP4.1A. Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request
: 4. Student Materials:
Calculator Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program Copy of ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the 6.  
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.  


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation Page 2 of7 JOB PERFORMANCE Value Sys Description RO/SRO 2.3.11 i Ability to control radiation rele?sec.::.s,,-.
Procedures:
__-'-3::...:
* CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program
....::.8,1'--'4..:...:.3=-----
* ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation RO-ADMJPM04 Page 2 of7
__ Setting: Simulator or Classroom. Safety Considerations:
 
None. Approximate Completion Time: 15 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple You are the Primary Operator.
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Value Sys           KA                        Description                                 RO/SRO 2.3.11     i Ability to control radiation rele?sec.::.s,,-._ _-'-3::...:....::.8,1'--'4..:...:.3=-----_ _
You are going to initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request. The following information is provided to you: The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Servicl::
: 7. Setting:
Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been fWed to 18,000 gallons. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure. Projected release start and time is normally 8 hours after placing the tank on recirc. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions? Initiating Cue: Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or students name), initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request for WL-TK-63A, 'A' Waste Test Tank. Discuss the results with me." RO*ADMJPM04 Page 30f7 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
Simulator or Classroom.
___
: 8. Safety Considerations:
___________
None.
____________
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
__ When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program and ON1 018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, provide the student with the required document(s).
15 minutes
: 1. P Start time _____Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." It is assumed that the student will use CP 4.1 to process through the verification and check ON1018.07 to verify the tank volumes and recirculation flow rate. The student may choose to verify the tank volume and recirculation rate prior to referring to CP 4.1. These steps can be performed in any order as long as all steps are completed correctly.  
: 10. Directions To The Student:
*2. P Complete section 1 of CP Name of tank, sump, or a. Enters WTT 'A'. a. demin vessel to be sampled. If the student wants to verify the amount of liquid in the 'A' Waste Test Tank using the Plant Computer, tell them that the MPCS indicates 18,000 Verifies and enters 18,000 Total tank or sump volume to be b. gallons for total tank or sump b. discharged or transferred.
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
volume. The recirculation rate for WTT 'A' is 150 gpm. Enters the recirculation rate of *c. 150 gpm and calculates the c. Recirculation rate. recirculation required time to be 240 minutes.
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
Page 4 of 7 PERFORMANCE CHECKLllST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request.
___
B. The following information is provided to you:
___________
: 1. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Servicl:: Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
__________
: 2. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been fWed to 18,000 gallons.
__ Recirculation starting time and d. date. e. Sample date and time, f. Disposition of tank. The projected CW and SW pump g. combination for the discharge.
: 3. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
Projected release start date and h. time. Date, time of request, and initials i. of originator.
: 4. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
Date, time, and initials of individual that performed verification of operational data. CUE: "The JPM is complete." Stop time ____ Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM. Enters 0800 and today's date. Enters 12,00 and today's date. Enters DISCHARGE as f.
: 5. Projected release start and time is normally 8 hours after placing the tank on recirc.
Enters 2 CW pumps and 2 g. pumps. Enters 16100 and today's date. Enters time, date and initials are. Hands form to Unit Supervisor for j. verificcltion.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
Time to complete task :s; 15 minutes Page 5 of 7 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary.
D. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
of 7 JOB PERFORMANCE Directions To The Student: You are the Primary Operator.
: 11. Initiating Cue:
You are going to initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request. The following information is provided to you: The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Senlicf3 Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration. WL-TK-63A, "AI! Waste Test Tank has been fililed to 18,000 gallons. WL-TK-63A, "AI! Waste Test Tank, was plac:ed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation. WL-TK-63A, "N Waste Test Tank has to sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure. Projected release start time is normally 8 h()urs after placing the tank on recirc. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or students name), initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request for WL-TK-63A, 'A' Waste Test Tank.
Initiating Cue: Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or students name), initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request for WL-TK-63A, 'A' Waste Test Tank. Discuss the results with me." RO-ADMJPM04 Page 7 of 7 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC E)()l,M SRO-ADM..IPM01, VERIFY QPTR CALCULATION N42 Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: _____________
Discuss the results with me."
DATE: APPROVED BY: ----=TRA=-:-::-:I N--:-:-:I JOB PERFORMANCE
RO*ADMJPM04 Page 30f7
: 1. Task Number and Description Position SRO SBK 1190202602 Review Results of Surveillance Tests 2. Conditions: Plant is now at 100% power after recovering a d.ropped rod at EOL The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped). Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago. The QPTR surveillance has been entered and the work order has been generated. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped). The Primary Operator has completed the QPTR surveillance. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification. The Secondary Operator has given the complet 9d forms to you for your verification.  
 
'3. Standards:
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
_~~'_=S~im~u~la~t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c~al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~sClcl~'it~ic~a~ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program and ON1 018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, provide the student with the required document(s).
: 1.       P   Start time ______                              Initiating cue read CUE:        If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
NOTE: It is assumed that the student will use CP 4.1 to process through the verification and check ON1018.07 to verify the tank volumes and recirculation flow rate. The student may choose to verify the tank volume and recirculation rate prior to referring to CP 4.1. These steps can be performed in any order as long as all steps are completed correctly.
      *2.       P   Complete section 1 of CP 4.1A.
Name of tank, sump, or SG
: a. Enters WTT 'A'.
: a. demin vessel to be sampled.
CUE:        If the student wants to verify the amount of liquid in the 'A' Waste Test Tank using the Main Plant Computer, tell them that the MPCS indicates 18,000 gallons.
Verifies and enters 18,000 Total tank or sump volume to be
: b. gallons for total tank or sump
: b. discharged or transferred.
volume.
NOTE: The recirculation rate for WTT 'A' is 150 gpm.
Enters the recirculation rate of
                                                                      *c. 150 gpm and calculates the
: c. Recirculation rate.
recirculation required time to be 240 minutes.
RO-ADMJPM04 Page 4 of 7
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLllST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
~3_=S~im~u~la=t~e___
                  *~d~e~n=ot~e~s~a~c=r=iti~c=al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~n=ot~e~s~c.lcr=iti~c=a~ls~te~p~__________~S~A~T_U~N~S~A=T__
Recirculation starting time and
: d.                                             d. Enters 0800 and today's date.
date.
: e. Sample date and time,                   *e. Enters 12,00 and today's date.
Enters DISCHARGE as
: f. Disposition of tank.                    f.
disposition.
The projected CW and SW pump                    Enters 2 CW pumps and 2 SW
: g.                                             g.
combination for the discharge.                pumps.
Projected release start date and
: h.                                             h. Enters 16100 and today's date.
time.
Date, time of request, and initials
: i.                                              i. Enters time, date and initials are.
of originator.
Date, time, and initials of Hands form to Unit Supervisor for
: j. individual that performed                j.
verificcltion.
verification of operational data.
CUE:      "The JPM is complete."
: 3.          Stop time _ _ __                                Time to complete task :s; 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 4.          Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
RO-ADMJPM04 Page 5 of 7
 
PERFORMANCE  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.
RO-ADMJPM04 Page~  of 7
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Senlicf3 Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
: 2. WL-TK-63A, "AI! Waste Test Tank has been fililed to 18,000 gallons.
: 3. WL-TK-63A, "AI! Waste Test Tank, was plac:ed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
: 4. WL-TK-63A, "N Waste Test Tank has to be~ sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
: 5. Projected release start time is normally 8 h()urs after placing the tank on recirc.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or students name), initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request for WL-TK-63A, 'A' Waste Test Tank.
Discuss the results with me."
RO-ADMJPM04 Page 7 of 7
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC E)()l,M SRO-ADM..IPM01, FINAL VERIFY QPTR CALCULATION N42 INOP Student Name:                                                                            LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT                UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGf~EEMENT.
PREPARED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                                                            DATE:
                ----=TRA=-:-::-:IN--:-:-:IN:-:-::G~S=-:-U-:-=P=ER=-:-V-:-:-:IS:-::O:-=R-
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEI:T
: 1. Task Number and Description Position              SRO SBK 1190202602        Review Results of Surveillance Tests
: 2. Conditions:
A. Plant is now at 100% power after recovering a d.ropped rod at EOL B. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
C. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago.
D. The QPTR surveillance has been entered and the work order has been generated.
E. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).
F. The Primary Operator has completed the QPTR surveillance.
G. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification.
H. The Secondary Operator has given the complet 9d forms to you for your verification.
: 3. Standards:
Verify a manual QPTR surveillance in accordance with RX1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance.
Verify a manual QPTR surveillance in accordance with RX1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance.
: 4. Student Materials:
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet. Copy of RX 1703, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance, Rev 07 Chg 02 Copy of RE-17 Rev 01-16-06 Copy of Data Sheet for SRO ADMIN JPM 01 Copy of completed QPTR surveillance form. Calculator
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of RX 1703, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance, Rev 07 Chg 02 Copy of RE-17 Rev 01-16-06 Copy of Data Sheet for SRO ADMIN JPM 01 Copy of completed QPTR surveillance form.
Calculator
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Verify all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the Page 2 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
Verify all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
: 6.  
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
3RO-ADMJPM01 Page 2 of 13
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 6.  


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: RX1703, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio 8urveillanc43, Rev 07 Chg 02. 081000.05 Power Increase. ON1251.0'1 Loss of Plant Computer.
Procedures:
Value 8ys Descri pti()n RO/8RO 015 A1.04 Ability to monitor char sin QPTR 3.5/3.7015 K5.12 Knowledge of QPTR 3.2/3.6 015 K5.16 Definition and calcula tior 10fQPTR 2.9/3.4 Ability to evaluate pial ,t )erformance and 4.4/4.7 make operational Ime based on the operating characterist ics , reactor behavior, and instrum en1: interpretation.
* RX1703, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio 8urveillanc43, Rev 07 Chg 02.
: 7. Setting: Classroom. Give student a copy of the data sheet for 100% power NI cabinet values. Examiner must prepare a completed RX1703 Form A in advance. It shall reflect the ...IPM values for the NI cabinet detector currents and RE-17 100% values. Use values listed in RE-17. 8. Safety Considerations:
* 081000.05 Power Increase.
None. 9. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE
* ON1251.0'1 Loss of Plant Computer.
: 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple You are the Unit Supervisor.
Value 8ys           KA                        Descri pti()n RO/8RO 015         A1.04     Ability to monitor char~ sin QPTR           3.5/3.7 015          K5.12     Knowledge of QPTR                           3.2/3.6 015         K5.16     Definition and calcula tior10fQPTR          2.9/3.4 2.1.7    Ability to evaluate pial,t ~)erformance and 4.4/4.7 make operational jud~Ime~nts based on the operating characterist ics, reactor behavior, and instrum en1: interpretation.
You are going to vl3rify the QPTR surveillance. The following information is provided to you: The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped). Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago. The QPTR alarm surveillance has been entered and the work order generated. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped). The Primary Operator has completed the surveillance. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification. The Secondary Operator has given the completed forms to you for your verification. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. 11. Initiating Cue: Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), verify the QPTR surveillance per RX1703. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
: 7. Setting:
Page 4 of 13 
Classroom.
: 1. Give student a copy of the data sheet for 100% power NI cabinet values.
: 2. Examiner must prepare a completed RX1703 Form A in advance. It shall reflect the
            ...IPM values for the NI cabinet detector currents and RE-17 100% values.
: 3. Use values listed in RE-17.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
20 minutes 3RO-ADMJPM01 Page 3 of 13


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
____________
: 10. Directions To The Student:
__________
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
__ 1. Start time _____ I nitiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ..IPM respond, "No one is available Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1703, QPTR surveillance, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.1 QPTR alarm inoperable above 50% RTP surveillance. Provide student with data sheet that has the values for detector currents.
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
Detector current units are in microamps.
A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to vl3rify the QPTR surveillance.
Student should make the determination that one Power Range detector is inoperable when given the detector current data. P Power range channel is inop. Record Verifies that INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and 5 on Form A 5 for N42 has been for the inoperable NOTE: Provide the student with a copy of RE-17 NIS Channel and Loop Delta-T Scaling when asked for. 3. P Record time, date, and RE-17 revision Verifies time, date, and RE-17 date on Form A. revision date ,on Form A.
B. The following information is provided to you:
Page 5 of 13
: 1. The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL.
: 2. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
: 3. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago.
: 4. The QPTR alarm surveillance has been entered and the work order generated.
: 5. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).
: 6. The Primary Operator has completed the QPTf~ surveillance.
: 7. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification.
: 8. The Secondary Operator has given the completed forms to you for your verification.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), verify the QPTR surveillance per RX1703. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 4 of 13


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP P=Perform 3=Simulate
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss             ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                      EVALUATION P=Perform
* denotes a critical step S Record the current output in microamperes for the operable top (A) and bottom (8) detectors of each power range channel on Form A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Row 1:
~3_=~S2im~u=l=at=e~_*~d~e~n~0~te~s~a~cr~it=ic~a~ls~t~eLP____________*~d~e~n~o~te~s~Clcr~it~ic=a~ls~t=ep~__________~S~A~T_U~N~S~A~T__
EVALUATION
: 1.        P      Start time _ _ _ __                            Initiating cue read CUE:      If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ..IPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
* denotes a critical SAT UNSAT Verifies the current output in microamperes for the operable top (A) and bottom (B) detectors of each power range channel on Form A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Row 1 have been recorded:
NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1703, QPTR surveillance, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.1 QPTR alarm inoperable above 50% RTP surveillance.
NOTE: Provide student with data sheet that has the values for detector currents. Detector current units are in microamps. Student should make the determination that one Power Range detector is inoperable when given the detector current data.
: 2.        P      Power range channel is inop. Record Verifies that INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and 5 on Form A 5 for N42 has been recorded.
for the inoperable channel NOTE: Provide the student with a copy of RE-17 NIS Channel and Loop Delta-T Scaling when asked for.
: 3.        P      Record time, date, and RE-17 revision Verifies time, date, and RE-17 date on Form A.                                revision date ,on Form A.
SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 5 of 13
 
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss  ELEMENT/STEP                          STANDARD                              EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step              SAT UNSAT
: 4. S Record the current output in          Verifies the current output in microamperes for the operable top (A) microamperes for the operable top (A) and bottom (8) detectors of each      and bottom (B) detectors of each power range channel on Form A         power range channel on Form A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Row 1:                                Row 1 have been recorded:
N41 top (A) detector current N42 top (A) detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N41 top (A) detector current N42 top (A) detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) detector current N44 top (A) dE,tector current N41 bottom (B) detector current N42 bottom (B) detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) detector current N44 top (A) dE,tector current N41 bottom (B) detector current N42 bottom (B) detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 bottom (B) detector current N44 bottom (B) detector current Page 6 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform c;;;..3_=S.=..::.:..:im..:..;:u=la=t.;;;..e
N43 bottom (B) detector current N44 bottom (B) detector current SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 6 of 13
__* .;;;..de..:..;:n..:..;:o;...;.te..:..;:s,-a.:....-=-c,-rit,-ic;...;.a,-I s..:..;:t:.;;..e.L:-p
 
______* ...:..;de..:..;:n",-o;...;.t..:..;:es:.....;;Cl, cr..:..:cit:....:.ic.:..:.al'--'s:....:.te
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss                                   ELEMENT/STEP                                                                                               STANDARD                                                                                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
.::...tp=--
                                            * .; ;. de..:. ;:n. :. ;:o;. .;.te. :. ;:s,-a.:. . -=-c,-rit,-ic;. .;.a,-Is. :. ;:t:.; . e.L:-p_ _ _ _ _ _
______P Record on Form A row 2 the 100% power 0% AFD current for the operable top and bottom detectors for each power range channel using TDB Figure RE-17: Verifies on Form A row 2 the 100% power 0% AFD current for the operable top and bottom detectors for each power range channel using TDB Figure RE-17 have been recorded:
c;; . 3_=S.=. : .:. :im. :. ;:u=la=t.; ;. e__                                                                                                          * . .:. ;de..:. ;:n",-o;. .;.t. :. ;:es:. . .; Cl, cr..:. :cit:. . :.ic.:. :.al'--'s:. . :.te.: . .tp=--______S'-A-'-T~U..:..;:N=S..:..;:A..:..;:T_
N41 top (A) detector N42 top (A) (INOP should be recorded)
: 5.                          P    Record on Form A row 2 the 100%                                                                           Verifies on Form A row 2 the 100%
power 0% AFD current for the                                                                               power 0% AFD current for the operable top and bottom detectors for                                                                      operable top and bottom detectors for each power range channel using TDB                                                                        each power range channel using TDB Figure RE-17:                                                                                              Figure RE-17 have been recorded:
N41 top (A) detector N42 top (A) d.:~tector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) detector N44 top (A) detector N41 bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) detector N44 top (A) detector N41 bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottom (B) detector Page 7 of 13
N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottom (B) detector SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 7 of 13


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                     STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
___
~3_=~S_im_u~l_at~e___*_d_e_n_o_te_s_a_c_r_it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p____________*_d_e_n_o~te~s~acr~*it~ic_a_ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
____________
: 6.        P   Calculate the normalized detector               Verifies calculation for the normalized currents by dividing each operable               detector cUlrre'nts by dividing each detector current (row 1) by its 100%             operable distector current (row 1) by power 0% AFD current (row 2) and                 its 100% powtsr 0% AFD current (row record on Form A row 3:                          2) and verifies values have been recorded on Form A row 3:
____________
N41 top (A) normalized detector current N42 top (A) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)
__ P Calculate the normalized detector currents by dividing each operable detector current (row 1) by its 100% power 0% AFD current (row 2) and record on Form A row 3: Verifies calculation for the normalized detector cUlrre'nts by dividing each operable distector current (row 1) by its 100% powtsr 0% AFD current (row 2) and verifies values have been recorded on Form A row 3: N41 top (A) normalized detector current N42 top (A) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) normalized detector current N44 top (A) normalized detector current N41 bottom (8) normalized detector current N42 bottom (8) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) normalized detector current N44 top (A) normalized detector current N41 bottom (8) normalized detector current N42 bottom (8) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)
N43 bottom (8) normalized detector current N44 bottom (8) normalized detector current Page 8 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
N43 bottom (8) normalized detector current N44 bottom (8) normalized detector current SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 8 of 13
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                             EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT P Calculate the average normalized detector currents as follows: Divide the sum of the operable top normalized detector currents by the number of operable top detectors and record on Form A row 4. Divide the sum of the operable bottom normalized detector currents by the number of operable bottom detectors and record on Form A row 4. Verifies calculations for the average normalized de!tector currents as follows: Divides the sum of the operable top normalized detector currents by the number of operable top detectc)rs and verifies values have been recorded on Form A row 4. Divides the sum of the operable bottom normalized detector currents by the number of operable bottom detectors and verifies values have been recorded on Form A row 4. *8. Calculate the QPTR for each detector as follows: Divide each operable top normalized detector current (row 3) by the top average normalized detector current (row 4) and record on Form A row 5: Verifies calculations for the QPTR for each detector as follows: Divides e;ach operable top normalized detector current (row 3) by the top average normalized detector current (row 4) and verifies values have been recordlad on Form A row 5: top (A)
* denotes a critical step             SAT UNSAT
N42 top (A) (INOP should be N43 top (A)
: 7. P Calculate the average normalized       Verifies calculations for the average detector currents as follows:         normalized de!tector currents as follows:
N44 top (A)
: a. Divide the sum of the operable      a. Divides the sum of the operable top normalized detector currents      top normalized detector currents by the number of operable top         by the number of operable top detectors and record on Form A         detectc)rs and verifies values row 4.                                have been recorded on Form A row 4.
Page 9 of 13 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
: b. Divide the sum of the operable      b. Divides the sum of the operable bottom normalized detector            bottom normalized detector currents by the number of              currents by the number of operable bottom detectors and         operable bottom detectors and record on Form A row 4.                verifies values have been recorded on Form A row 4.
  *8. P Calculate the QPTR for each detector Verifies calculations for the QPTR for as follows:                            each detector as follows:
          *a. Divide each operable top            *a. Divides e;ach operable top normalized detector current (row       normalized detector current (row
: 3) by the top average normalized      3) by the top average normalized detector current (row 4) and           detector current (row 4) and record on Form A row 5:                verifies values have been recordlad on Form A row 5:
N41 top (A) detector N42 top (A) detector (INOP should be recorded)
N43 top (A) detector N44 top (A) detector SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 9 of 13
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                               STANDARD                             EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT Divide each operable bottom *b. Verifies calculations that divide normalized detector current (row each operable bottom normalized
* denotes a critical step             SAT UNSAT
: 3) by the bottom average detector current (row 3) by the normalized detector current (row bottom average normalized
              *b. Divide each operable bottom             *b. Verifies calculations that divide normalized detector current (row           each operable bottom normalized
: 4) and record on Form A row 5. detector current (row 4) and verifie!:;
: 3) by the bottom average                   detector current (row 3) by the normalized detector current (row           bottom average normalized
v;:llues have been recorded on Form A row 5. bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)
: 4) and record on Form A row 5.             detector current (row 4) and verifie!:; v;:llues have been recorded on Form A row 5.
N43 bottc)m (8) detector N44 bottom (8) detector If the student expresses a rounded off value, then that shall be compared against the standard.
N41 bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)
The only value that is critical is the out of tolerance (circled)
N43 bottc)m (8) detector N44 bottom (8) detector NOTE: If the student expresses a rounded off value, then that valuE~ shall be compared against the standard.
QPTR value. P Indicates the maximum QPTR by Verifies that the largest QPTR in circling the largest QPTR in row 5. 5 has been If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed tha1 the LCO statement performed by the Operator is incorrect, say "Use your corrected LCO statement and complete the  
The only value that is critical is the out of tolerance (circled) QPTR value.
*10. Determines if LCD 3.2.4 is/is not based on maximum Notify US/SM that LCD 3.2.4 is/is *a. Notifies SM that LCO 3.2.4 is/is not met. not mElt When SM notified, repeat back information provided by student concerning QPTR and LCO 3.2.4. *b. On Form A row 6 circle YES/NO Verifies on Form A row 6 YES/t\IO has been circled. Information given must agree with results shown on the See key for the correct item to circle in row 6. SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 10 of 13
: 9.      P   Indicates the maximum QPTR by               Verifies that the largest QPTR in row circling the largest QPTR in row 5.         5 has been circled.
CUE:  If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed tha1 the LCO statement performed by the Primary Operator is incorrect, say "Use your corrected LCO statement and complete the verification."
*10. P    Determines if LCD 3.2.4 is/is not met based on maximum QPTR.
              *a. Notify US/SM that LCD 3.2.4 is/is *a. Notifies SM that LCO 3.2.4 is/is not met.                                   not mElt CUE:  When SM notified, repeat back information provided by student concerning QPTR and LCO 3.2.4.
              *b. On Form A row 6 circle YES/NO           *b. Verifies on Form A row 6 YES/t\IO has been circled.
NOTE: Information given must agree with results shown on the ~:ey. See key for the correct item to circle in row 6.
SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 10 of 13
 
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss                              ELEMENT/STEP                                                                  STANDARD                                              EVALUATION P=Perform
....=3_=--=S-,-,im-,-,-,-ul--=-a-,-,te,--_*_d,-e,-n--"o--=-te,-s,-a,---,-cr_it:....cic....::.a_1-'-st--'-e.Lp_ _ _ _ _ _*_d'-e'-n--'o--'-te---'s_a cl_"it_ic_a_1s_t_eL..p________S_A_T---'-U_N--=S_A_T_
CUE:                "The ..IPM is complete."
: 11.                              Stop time _ _ __                                                              Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 12.                              Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
SRO-ADMJ PMO1 Page 11of 13
 
PERFORMANCE
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.
SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 12 of 13
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM 01 Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to  veri~( the QPTR surveillance.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL.
: 2. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
: 3. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago.
: 4. The QPTR alarm surveillance has been ente~red and the work order has been generated.
: 5. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).
: 6. The Primary Operator has completed the QPTR surveillance.
: 7. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification.
: 8. The Secondary Operator has given the completed forms to you for your verification.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
Initiating Cue:
Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name). verify the QPTR surveillance per RX1703. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 13 of 13
 
ENER              . ~I
                                            . SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM02, FINAL REVIEW SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION (MODE 3)
Student Name:                                        LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT      UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNEDI ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                          DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                          DATE: _________
                -----=TAA~IN~IN~G~S~U~P~ER~V~IS~O~R-


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
....=3_=--=S-,-,im-,-,-,-ul--=-a-,-,te,--_*_d,-e,-n--"o--=-te,-s,-a,---,-cr_it:....cic....::.a_1
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               SRO SBK 1190202602         Review Results of Surveillance Tests
-'-st--'-e.Lp
: 2. Conditions:
______*_d'-e'-n--'o--'-te---'s_a cl_"it_ic_a_1 s_t_eL..p________S_A_T---'-U_N--=S_A_T_
A. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago.
CUE: "The ..IPM is complete." Stop time ____ Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to Obtain from Tear Off sheets and any other materials used in performance of SRO-ADMJ PMOPage 11of 13 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary.
B. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn. Rod! H-8 will not move.
Page 12 of 13 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM Directions To The Student: You are the Unit Supervisor.
C. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
You are going to the QPTR surveillance. The following information is provided to you: The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped). Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours ago. The QPTR alarm surveillance has been and the work order has been generated. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped). The Primary Operator has completed the QPTR surveillance. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification. The Secondary Operator has given the completed forms to you for your verification. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. Initiating Cue: Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name). verify the QPTR surveillance per RX1703. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
D. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
Page 13 of 13 
E. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
-----------------------
F. MPCS point C0036 Xenon worth is 5850 pcm.
ENER.. . SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM02, REVIEW SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION (MODE Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNEDI ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: DATE: ________
: 3. Standards:
JOB PERFORMANCE
: 1. Task Number and Description Position SRO SBK 1190202602 Review Results of Surveillance Tests 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago. B. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn.
Rod! H-8 will not move. C. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
D. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm. E. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU. F. MPCS point C0036 Xenon worth is 5850 pcm. 3. Standards:
Using RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance, review the boron concentration required to satisfy SDM for the present conditions using the figures from the Primary Tech Data Book provided by the instructor.
Using RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance, review the boron concentration required to satisfy SDM for the present conditions using the figures from the Primary Tech Data Book provided by the instructor.
: 4. Student Materials:
: 4. Student Materials:
Line 307: Line 726:
Calculator
Calculator
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the 6.  
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.  


==References:==
==References:==
Line 314: Line 735:
* RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
* RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
Technical Specifications:
Technical Specifications:
* 3.1.1.1 Shutdown Margin greater than 200&deg;F. Manuals:
* 3.1.1.1 Shutdown Margin greater than 200&deg;F.
Manuals:
* Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.
* Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 2 of 11 JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 2 of 11
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
* Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values.
* Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values.
Page 3 of 11 JOB PERFORMANCE Value Sys Descri pti(m RO/SRO 192002 K1.13 Calculate SDM using I pre Icedures and 3.5/3.7 given plant parameter
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 3 of 11
: s. 2.2.12 Knowledge of Surveill; an<Procedures 3.7/4.1 7. Setting: Use the simulator or the classroom.
 
A key must be setup using RE curves (RE curves may not be the latest revision).
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Value Sys             KA                      Descri pti(m RO/SRO 192002         K1.13     Calculate SDM using IpreIcedures and       3.5/3.7 given plant parameters.
The required RE curves are included in the student material package and must be given to the student when reaching for the Primary Tech Data Book. Failure to do this will cause unrealistic numbers for the student. Since an inadvertent dilution has occurred, pick a value for the current boron concentration that is below the value required by RE-2. SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value selected (i.e., how large the dilution was). 8. Safety Considerations:
2.2.12   Knowledge of Surveill;an<~e Procedures     3.7/4.1
None. 9. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple You are the Unit Supervisor.
: 7. Setting:
An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
Use the simulator or the classroom. A key must be setup using RE curves (RE curves may not be the latest revision). The required RE curves are included in the student material package and must be given to the student when reaching for the Primary Tech Data Book. Failure to do this will cause unrealistic numbers for the student. Since an inadvertent dilution has occurred, pick a value for the current boron concentration that is below the value required by RE-2. SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value selected (i.e., how large the dilution was).
Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin Form A. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not. The following information is provided to you: The plant is in Mode 3 at 557&deg;F following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
H-8 will not move. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU. Xenon credit is desired. MPCS point C0036 worth is 5850 pcm. The board operators have performed and independently verified a Shutdown Margin Surveillance per RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 4 of 11 JOB PERFORMANCE I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
None.
: 11. Initiating Cue: Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
Review the c:ompleted RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance form. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me." SRO*ADMJPM02 Page 5 of 11 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
20 minutes
_-=>=."'=_S.=...;,;,.;im..:..,:u::..;,.la=.;t:.,=.e
: 10. Directions To The Student:
__*--=-d:..=.e.:....:.n-=-ot::..=e-=..s--=-a,-c:..;..r.:..:citi-=-ca=l,--,s:....:.te
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
.:...Jp"---
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
______*....::.d--'-e_no-=--t:....:.e...:........:s a c'_"it_ic_a_1 s_t_e.L..p
A. You are the Unit Supervisor. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin SurveiliancE~ Form A. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not.
________When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1707, Shutdown Surveillance provide the student with RX1707, Shutdown Margin P Start time -----Initiating cue ,"ead If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task.," If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed that the board operators did not factor in the stuck rod in the Shutdown Margin Surveillance respond, "The board operators are unavailable, use the correct forms and complete the Shutdown Margin Surveillance." Student recognizes that section 4.4, Shutdown Margin With Inoperable Rod(s) Immovable, Untrippable Or Dropped, is correct and that the plant is in Mode 3 and proceeds to step 4.4.2. COMPLETE Part II of Form Shutdown Margin Determination Immovable, Untrippable or P Number of Immovable and a. Enters 1 rod for Untrippable P Boron Equivalent Worth of Worst b. Enters H5 ppm/rod from RE-18 Case Immovable or Untrippable for (h)" Rod (Figure RE-18) P Required Increase in Shutdown c. Performs calculation and enters Boron Concentration 175 ppm (value i). [g X h = i] P Completed By signature.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: d. Signs block. When the student requests the Independent Verification respond, "Independent Verification has been performed.
: 1. The plant is in Mode 3 at 557&deg;F following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago.
Please continue with the task." SRO-ADMJPIVI02 Page 6 of 11 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
: 2. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn. I~od H-8 will not move.
_.::>-=-"'_=S..::....:..:.cim,-,-u:.:..:.lac:....t:..c:.e
: 3. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
__*--" d....:.e_n-=-otc:....:ce....::..s--"a,-c"-r--,,iti....:.c-=--al_s:....:.te
: 4. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
..:..Jp"--
: 5. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
______*--"d....:;.e_n-=--ot.:....;.e....:....-s a cl_rit....:.ic
: 6. Xenon credit is desired. MPCS point C0036 Xe~non worth is 5850 pcm.
....:.a_1-'-st:....;..e-'-p
: 7. The board operators have performed and independently verified a Shutdown Margin Surveillance per RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
_______S:.....A_T----"-U_N--'S....:.A..:..cT_
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
: 3. P For the existing RCS temperature, obtain the required shutdown boron concentration from Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 4 of 11
: 4. *P RECORD the RCS Tavg and the corresponding RE-02 required shutdown boron concentration value (F) on Form 0, Shutdown Margin Verification  
 
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). 5. *P TRANSFER the value (i) from Form C, Shutdown Margin Determination Immovable, Untrippable or Dropped Rod(s), to item (G) on Form 0, Shutdown Margin Verification  
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM.
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). 6. *P On Form 0, Shutdown Margin Verification  
Do you have any questions?
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s), ADD together items (F) and (G) to calculate the adjusted shutdown boron concentration (H). For the existing RCS temperature, obtains the required shutdown boron concentratlion from Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Records the RCS Tavg of 557&deg;F and the corresponding RE-02 required shutdown boron concentration value of 1410 ppm (F) on Form 0, Shutdown Margin Verification
Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred. Review the c:ompleted RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance form. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). Transfers
SRO*ADMJPM02 Page 5 of 11
'Ile; ppm from Form C, Shutdown Margin Determination Immovable, Lintrippable or Dropped Rod(s), to item (G) on Form 0, Shutdown Ma.rgin Verification
 
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). On Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification
PERFORMANCE         CHEC~~LI:ST D=Discuss                                       ELEMENT/STEP                                                                                           STANDARD                                                               EVALUATION P=Perform
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s), Adds together items (F) and (G) to calculate the adjusted shutdown boron concentration (H) and enters 1585 ppm.
_-=>=."'=_S.=. .;,;,.;im. :. ,:u: . ;,.la=.;t:.,=.e__*--=-d:. =.e.:. . :.n-=-ot: . =e-=..s--=-a,-c:. ;. r.:. :citi-=-ca=l,--,s:. . :.te.:. .Jp"---______*...: .d--'-e_no-=--t:. . :.e. .:. . . . :as c'_"it_ic_a_1s_t_e.L..p________S_A_T_U_N_S_A_T_
Page 7 of 11 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform s::....::t-=..Jepl:.....-
NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance provide the student with RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
_____*_d.:::...e::..:.n..:..,:o:...:,.te::....::s:.....,:a cl..:..:*it.:.-=ic-=.:a.:,...1 s::....::t-=..Jepl:.....-
: 1.                                P   Start time - - - - -                                                                                   Initiating cue ,"ead CUE:                              If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task.,"
_______7. If credit for xenon is desired, Xenon credit is desired. PERFORM the following:
CUE:                              If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed that the board operators did not factor in the stuck rod in the Shutdown Margin Surveillance respond, "The board operators are unavailable, use the correct forms and complete the Shutdown Margin Surveillance."
P a. OBTAIN the xenon worth from a. Obtains the xenon worth from the MPCS point C0036 or from MPCS point C0036 as stated in Reactor Engineering.
NOTE: Student recognizes that section 4.4, Shutdown Margin VI~rification With Inoperable Rod(s)
the student information.
Immovable, Untrippable Or Dropped, is correct and that the plant is in Mode 3 and proceeds to step 4.4.2.
P b. RECORD the xenon worth value b. Enters th'8 xenon worth value (J) (J) on Form D, Shutdown Margin of 5850 pcm on Form D, Verification
: 2.                                    COMPLETE Part II of Form C, Shutdown Margin Determination Immovable, Untrippable or Dropped Rod(s).
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 Shutdown Margin Verification
P      a.            Number of Immovable and                                                                 a.         Enters 1 rod for (g).
-With Inoperable Rod(s). MODEs 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). P c. OBTAI N the correct value of c. Records the DBW value (K) of Differential Boron Worth (DBW) 8.596 on Form D, Shutdown from TDB Figure RE Margin Verification
Untrippable Rod(s)
-MODEs 3, 4 RECORD the DBW value (K) on And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification
P     b.            Boron Equivalent Worth of Worst                                                         b.         Enters H5 ppm/rod from RE-18 Case Immovable or Untrippable                                                                     for (h)"
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). *P d. Using the equation [L = H -(J/K)] d. Performs calculation and records as shown on Form D, Shutdown the Adjus.ted Shutdown Boron Margin Verification  
Rod (Figure RE-18)
-MODEs 3, 4 Concentration value (L) of 904 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s), ppm on Form D, Shutdown CALCULATE the Adjusted Margin V'8rification
P       c.          Required Increase in Shutdown                                                           c.         Performs calculation and enters Boron Concentration (~CB)                                                                        175 ppm (value i).
-MODEs 3, 4 Shutdown Boron And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). RECORD the Adjusted Shutdown Boron Concentration value (L) on Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification  
[g X h = i]
-MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). If the number is negative, RECORD a zero. 8. P RECORD the Existing RCS Boron Record the Existing RCS Boron value value (M) on Form D, Shutdown (M) of 1220 ppm on Form D, Margin Verification
P     d. Completed By signature.                                                                           d.         Signs block.
-MODEs 3, 4 And Shutdown Margin Verification 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). MODEs 3,4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).
CUE:                            When the student requests the Independent Verification respond, "Independent Verification has been performed. Please continue with the task."
Page 8 of 11 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss P=Perform 3=Simulate ELEMENT/STEP
SRO-ADMJPIVI02 Page 6 of 11
* denotes a critical step 9. *P CHECK if existing RCS Boron (M) is greater than the Shutdown Boron (L) and mark the associated block as Yes or No as applicable.
 
: 10. Performed by initials.
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss                                             ELEMENT/STEP                                                                                     STANDARD                                                                             EVALUATION P=Perform
CUE: "The JPM is complete." Stop time ____ Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this ..IPM. STANDARD
_.: >-=-"'_=S..: . . :. :.cim,-,-u:.:. :.lac:. . t:. c:.e__*--"d.. .:.e_n-=-otc:. . :ce.. .: . s--"a,-c"-r--,,iti. . :.c-=--al_s:. . :.te. :. Jp"--______*--"d.. .:;.e_n-=--ot.:. . ;.e. . :. . -sa cl_rit....:.ic....:.a_1-'-st:. . ;. e-'-p_______S:.....A_T----"-U_N--'S....:.A..:..cT_
* denotes a ctitical step Checks it RCS Boron (M) is greater than the Shutdown Boron (L) and mark the associated block as YES. EVALUATION SAT UNSAT Initials Performed by line. Time to complete task S 20 minutes Page Sot 11 
: 3.                                 P     For the existing RCS temperature,                                                                For the existing RCS temperature, obtain the required shutdown boron                                                                obtains the required shutdown boron concentration from Primary TDB,                                                                  concentratlion from Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron                                                                        Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.                                                                    Concentration vs. Temperature.
, , PERFORMANCE SUMMAFlY Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
: 4.                                 *P       RECORD the RCS Tavg and the                                                                      Records the RCS Tavg of 557&deg;F and corresponding RE-02 required                                                                      the corresponding RE-02 required shutdown boron concentration value                                                                shutdown boron concentration value (F) on Form 0, Shutdown Margin                                                                   of 1410 ppm (F) on Form 0, Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With                                                              Shutdown Margin Verification -
Page 10 of 11 y, TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM 02 Directions To The Student: You are the Unit Supervisor.
Inoperable Rod(s).                                                                                MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).
An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 5.                               *P       TRANSFER the value (i) from Form                                                                  Transfers 'Ile; ppm from Form C, C, Shutdown Margin Determination                                                                Shutdown Margin Determination Immovable, Untrippable or Dropped                                                                 Immovable, Lintrippable or Dropped Rod(s), to item (G) on Form 0,                                                                    Rod(s), to item (G) on Form 0, Shutdown Margin Verification -                                                                    Shutdown Ma.rgin Verification -
Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance Form A. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not. The following information is provided to you: The plant is in Mode 3 at 55r'F following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn.
MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable                                                                  MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).                                                                                           Rod(s).
Rod H-8 will not move. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU. Xenon credit is desired. MPCS point C0036 Xenon worth is 5850 pcm. The board operators have performed and independently verified a Shutdown Margin Surveillance per RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 6.                              *P       On Form 0, Shutdown Margin                                                                       On Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With                                                              Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s), ADD together                                                                  Inoperable Rod(s), Adds together items (F) and (G) to calculate the                                                               items (F) and (G) to calculate the adjusted shutdown boron                                                                          adjusted shutdown boron concentration (H).                                                                                concentration (H) and enters 1585 ppm.
Initiating Cue: Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred.
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 7 of 11
Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance form. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
 
Page 11 of 11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM03, FINAL APPROVE SPENT FUEL POOL BLENDED MAKEUP CALCULATION Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: APPROVED BY: ______-------------TRAINING JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0040100601 Perform a boron change calculation. Conditions:
PERFORMANCE            CHECI'C~LI:ST D=Discuss                                                ELEMENT/STEP                                                                                                STANDARD                                                                                                          EVALUATION P=Perform
A. A manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool is required to raise pool level. Standards:
_,,=-"'=_S=-i~m.:.-=u:..:..:la::..:.te=----_*_d.:::...e::..:.n.:.-=o:...:,.te::....::s:.....;a:.:.....=..;cr:..:..:it.:.-=ic-=.:a.:,...1s: . . : t-=..Jepl:. . .-_ _ _ _ _*_d.: :. .e: . :.n. :. ,:o:. .:,.te: . . : s:. . .,:a cl. :. :*it.:.-=ic-=.:a.:,. .1s: . . : t-=..Jepl:. . .-_______S.=..:A....:.T..:........=U:...:...N..:..,:S:..:..A:..:..:T~
Approve a calculation of the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel POCII. Student Materials:
: 7.                                            If credit for xenon is desired,                                                                             Xenon credit is desired.
Copy of Tear Off Copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations,'
PERFORM the following:
Rev Copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations completed Form Daily Chemistry Limitations On Performance:
P                  a. OBTAIN the xenon worth from                                                                              a. Obtains the xenon worth from the MPCS point C0036 or from                                                                                  MPCS point C0036 as stated in Reactor Engineering.                                                                                          the student information.
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the
P                  b.            RECORD the xenon worth value                                                                b.              Enters th'8 xenon worth value (J)
(J) on Form D, Shutdown Margin                                                                               of 5850 pcm on Form D, Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5                                                                              Shutdown Margin Verification -
With Inoperable Rod(s).                                                                                      MODEs :~, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).
P                 c.             OBTAI N the correct value of                                                                c.              Records the DBW value (K) of Differential Boron Worth (DBW)                                                                                8.596 on Form D, Shutdown from TDB Figure RE -AND                                                                                      Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 RECORD the DBW value (K) on                                                                                  And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).
Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).
                                          *P                  d.            Using the equation [L = H - (J/K)]                                                          d.              Performs calculation and records as shown on Form D, Shutdown                                                                                 the Adjus.ted Shutdown Boron Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4                                                                             Concentration value (L) of 904 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s),                                                                                 ppm on Form D, Shutdown CALCULATE the Adjusted                                                                                        Margin V'8rification - MODEs 3, 4 Shutdown Boron -AND                                                                                        And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).
RECORD the Adjusted Shutdown Boron Concentration value (L) on Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). If the number is negative, RECORD a zero.
: 8.                         P               RECORD the Existing RCS Boron                                                                               Record the Existing RCS Boron value value (M) on Form D, Shutdown                                                                               (M) of 1220 ppm on Form D, Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And                                                                        Shutdown Margin Verification 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).                                                                                   MODEs 3,4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 8 of 11
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss    ELEMENT/STEP                          STANDARD                            EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a ctitical step             SAT UNSAT
: 9.    *P  CHECK if existing RCS Boron (M) is    Checks it E~xisting RCS Boron (M) is greater than the Shutdown Boron (L)    greater than the Shutdown Boron (L) and mark the associated block as Yes  and mark the associated block as or No as applicable.                  YES.
: 10. P  Performed by initials.                Initials Performed by line.
CUE:  "The JPM is complete."
: 11.       Stop time _ _ __                        Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 12.        Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this
            ..IPM.
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page Sot 11
 
PERFORMANCE SUMMAFlY Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementJstl~P or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 10 of 11
 
y, TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM 02 Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Unit Supervisor. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance Form A. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55r'F following a trip from 100% 9 hours ago.
: 2. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn. Rod H-8 will not move.
: 3. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
: 4. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
: 5. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
: 6. Xenon credit is desired. MPCS point C0036 Xenon worth is 5850 pcm.
: 7. The board operators have performed and independently verified a Shutdown Margin Surveillance per RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM.
Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred. Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance form. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 11 of 11
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM03, FINAL APPROVE SPENT FUEL POOL BLENDED MAKEUP CALCULATION Student Name:                                    LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT    UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                      DATE:
                --------------~-------
APPROVED BY: ______- - - - - - - - - - - - -      DATE:
TRAINING SUPERVISOR
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position              RO SBK 0040100601        Perform a boron change calculation.
: 2. Conditions:
A. A manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool is required to raise pool level.
: 3. Standards:
Approve a calculation of the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel POCII.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet Copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations,' Rev 6 Copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations completed Form E Daily Chemistry Report Calculator
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evalu;ator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ~IPM.
: 6.  


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures:
Procedures:
* RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev 6 Value Sys KA I RO/SRO i 2.1.37 Knowledge of procedures, guidelines, or 4:]limitations associated with reactivity management.
* RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev 6 Value I Sys           KA                       Descripti,on 2.1.37   Knowledge of procedures, guidelines, or limitations associated with reactivity management.
Page 2 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Classroom. Give student a copy of the RS1735, Reactivity Calculations completed Form E. Examiner must prepare a completed RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E in advance. It shall reflect the JPM values for the values listed in Daily Chemistry Report. Safety Considerations:
4:]
None. Approximate Completion Time: 15 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple Ensure task is done correctly. You may be asked follow up questions to confirm knowledge of the task. You are the Unit Supervisor.
RO/SRO  i SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 2 of 8
You are going to approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E. The following information is provided to you: A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm. The makeup boron concentration will be at the! current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for thf9 blended makeup. The makeup line contains a blend from a prevIous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.
 
Page 3 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 11. Initiating Cue: Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that y(>u find. Discuss the results with me."
: 7. Setting:
Page 4 of 8 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP EVALUATION 0=Perform 3=Simulate
Classroom.
: 1. Give student a copy of the RS1735, Reactivity Calculations completed Form E.
: 2. Examiner must prepare a completed RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E in advance. It shall reflect the JPM values for the values listed in Daily Chemistry Report.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
15 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
Student:
: 1. Ensure task is done correctly.
: 2. You may be asked follow up questions to confirm knowledge of the task.
A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition.
: 2. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm.
: 3. The makeup boron concentration will be at the! current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration.
: 4. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for thf9 blended makeup.
: 5. The makeup line contains a blend from a prevIous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.
SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 3 of 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM.
Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that y(>u find. Discuss the results with me."
SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 4 of 8
 
PERFORMANCE       CHEC~CLlST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                                EVALUATION 0=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical SAT UNSAT 1. Start time _____ Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any during tl1e JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.4 Blended Makeup Calculation (Form E, Blended Makeup Worksheet) and the Daily Chemistry Report to determine Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and boric acid storage tank boron concentration. P Approve calculations for a 550 blended makeup to the Spent Pool on RS1735, Calculations, Form Verifies the desired makeup 1 ENTER the desired makeup boron concentration (C MU) for the . boron concentration (C MU)' 1. SFP from the Daily Chemistry Report in step 1 of Form E. ENTER the desired makeup flow Verifies the desired makeup flow 2. rate SETPOINT:
* denotes a critical step                SAT UNSAT
FIQ-111 (F). 2. rate SETPOINT:
: 1.     P    Start time _ _ _ __                    Initiating cue read CUE:  If the student requests a Peer Check at any tim~ during tl1e JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
FIQ-111 (F TOT)ToT in step 2 ()f Form E. (50 gpm) Verifies the actual Boric Acid ENTER the actual Boric Acid Tank concentration
NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.4 Blended Makeup Calculation (Form E, Blended Makeup Worksheet) and the Daily Chemistry Report to determine Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and boric acid storage tank boron concentration.
: 2.      P   Approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E.
Verifies the desired makeup 1   ENTER the desired makeup                 boron concentration (CMU ) for the
                . boron concentration (C MU )'       1. SFP from the Daily Chemistry Report in step 1 of Form E.
ENTER the desired makeup flow           Verifies the desired makeup flow
: 2. rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (FToT ). 2. rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (FTOT) in step 2 ()f Form E. (50 gpm)
Verifies the actual Boric Acid ENTER the actual Boric Acid Storag~3 Tank concentration
: 3. Storage Tank concentration
: 3. Storage Tank concentration
: 3. (C SAST) fmm the Daily Chemistry (C BAST)' Report in step 3 of Form E. Verifies the desired makeup ENTER the desired makeup quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 4. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 4. (G TOT) in step 4 of Form E. (550 (G TOT). gallons) Verifies the values from steps 1, 2 & 3 are I;mtered in the equation *5. CALCULATE the boric acid flow *5. and the calculated value for the rate SETPOINT:
: 3.   (C SAST) fmm the Daily Chemistry (C BAST)'
FIQ-111 (F BA): boric acid flow rate SETPOINT: (F sA) is correct. SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 5 of 8 PERFORMANCE CHECtCLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP P=Perform  
Report in step 3 of Form E.
Verifies the desired makeup ENTER the desired makeup quantity TARGET: FIQ-111
: 4. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111
: 4.   (GTOT) in step 4 of Form E. (550 (GTOT).
gallons)
Verifies the values from steps 1, 2 & 3 are I;mtered in the equation
              *5. CALCULATE the boric acid flow
                                                      *5. and the calculated value for the rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (F BA):
boric acid flow rate SETPOINT:
FIQ-111 (F sA) is correct.
SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 5 of 8
 
PERFORMANCE CHECtCLIST D=Discuss   ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                              EVALUATION P=Perform
.3=Simulate
.3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step CALCULATE the boric acid *6. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 (G BA): 7 SRO Approval By signature and . Date. CUE: "The JPM is complete." Stop time ____ Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM. STANDARD EVALUATION
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT *6. Verifies the values from steps 1, 3 & 4 are entered in the equation and calculated value for the boric acid quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 (G BA) is correct. Signs and dates the Approval By 7. signature and Date line. Time to complete task :$15 minutes Page 6 of 8 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementlst,sp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such ciS retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
* denotes a critical step              SAT UNSAT Verifies the values from steps 1, CALCULATE the boric acid             3 & 4 are entered in the equation
Page? of 8 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIN JPM Directions To The Student: You are the Unit Supervisor.
            *6. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111           *6. and calculated value for the boric (G BA):                               acid quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 (G BA) is correct.
You are going to approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E. The following information is provided to you: A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm. The makeup boron concentration will be at the current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues cmd communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
7   SRO Approval By signature and         Signs and dates the Approval By
Initiating Cue: Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
              . Date.                            7. signature and Date line.
Page 8 of 8
CUE:   "The JPM is complete."
-------------------
: 3.        Stop time _ _ __                      Time to complete task :$15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
---------JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM VERIFY A LIQUID EFFLUENT WASTE SAMPLE Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY:
: 4.        Obtain from student:
JOB PERFORMANCE
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
: 1. Task Number and Description Position SRO SBK 0690301502 Authorize a release of liquid waste. 2. Conditions: The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Welter and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be samplf3d to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours aftl3r placing the tank on recirc. The Primary Operator has completed Section 1 of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Requests.
SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 6 of 8
 
PERFORMANCE  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementlst,sp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such ciS retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
SRO-ADMJPM03 Page? of 8
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIN JPM 03 Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition.
: 2. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm.
: 3. The makeup boron concentration will be at the current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration.
: 4. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup.
: 5. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues cmd communications for this JPM.
Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 8 of 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM       SRO-ADM~IPM04, FINAL VERIFY A LIQUID EFFLUENT WASTE SAMPLE REQUEST Student Name:                                           LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT     UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                           DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                           DATE:
                -----=TM~IN~IN~G~S~U~P~ER~V~IS~O~R-
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEI:T
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               SRO SBK 0690301502         Authorize a release of liquid waste.
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Welter and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
B. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons.
C. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
D. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be samplf3d to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
E. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours aftl3r placing the tank on recirc.
F. The Primary Operator has completed Section 1 of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Requests.
: 3. Standards:
: 3. Standards:
Using CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program and ON1 01 8.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, verify the following: Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request 4. Student Materials:
Using CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program and ON1 01 8.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, verify the following:
Calculator Copy of Tear Off Sheet. Copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program Copy of blank Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request Copy of ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation Copy of completed Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request 5. Limitations On Performance:
* Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the 6.  
: 4. Student Materials:
Calculator Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program Copy of blank Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request Copy of ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation Copy of completed Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ~IPM.
: 6.  


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation Value Sys Description RO/SRO SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 2 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Simulator or Classroom. Safety Considerations:
Procedures:
None. Approximate Completion Time: 15 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple Ensure task is done correctly. You may be asked follow up questions to confirm knowledge of the task. You are the Unit Supervisor.
* CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program
You are going to perform the verification of a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request, using the information provided. The following information is provided to you: The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filh9d to 18,000 gallons. WL-TK-63A, "AI) Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation. WL-TK-63A, "AI) Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours after placing the tank on recirc. The Primary Operator has completed Section 1 of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request. SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 3 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
* ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation Value Sys             KA                      Description RO/SRO SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 2 of 8
: 11. Initiating Cue: Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (c,r student's name), Section 1 of Form CP 4.1A is complete.
 
Please perform the verification.
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
: 7. Setting:
Page 4 of 8 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION o:;:Perform
Simulator or Classroom.
___
: 8. Safety Considerations:
___________
None.
__________
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
__ When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a contmlled copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Program and ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, provide the student with the
15 minutes
: 1. Start time _____ Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the It is assumed that the student will use CP 4.1 to process through the verification and ON1018.07 to verify the tank volumes and recirculation flow rate. The student may choose to the tank volume and recirculation rate prior to referring to CP 4.1. These steps can be performed any order as long as all steps are completed  
: 10. Directions To The Student:
*2. Section 1 of CP 4.1A is completed Operations and provides the Name of tank, sump, or SG a. Verifies 'I'm "An is entered. a. demin vessel to be sampled. If the student wants to verify the amount of liquid in the "A" Waste Test Tank using the Plant Computer, tell them that the MPCS indicates 18,000 Notes 18,000 gallons are Total tank or sump volume to be b. consistent with initial conditions
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
Student:
: 1. Ensure task is done correctly.
: 2. You may be asked follow up questions to confirm knowledge of the task.
A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to perform the verification of a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request, using the information provided.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
: 2. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filh9d to 18,000 gallons.
: 3. WL-TK-63A, "AI) Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
: 4. WL-TK-63A, "AI) Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
: 5. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours after placing the tank on recirc.
: 6. The Primary Operator has completed Section 1 of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request.
---------------------------------.~'              -----
SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 3 of 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (c,r student's name), Section 1 of Form CP 4.1A is complete. Please perform the verification. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."
SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 4 of 8
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss             ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                       EVALUATION o:;:Perform
-=3_:;:~S~im~u~la=t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c=r=iti~c~a~ls=te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a.cr.~iti~ca=l~s~te=p~__________~S~A~T_U=N~S~A~T__
NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a contmlled copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program and ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, provide the student with the required document(s).
: 1.         P    Start time _ _ _ __                            Initiating cue read CUE:        If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the ta~;k."
NOTE: It is assumed that the student will use CP 4.1 to process through the verification and check ON1018.07 to verify the tank volumes and recirculation flow rate. The student may choose to verify the tank volume and recirculation rate prior to referring to CP 4.1. These steps can be performed in any order as long as all steps are completed correctly.
      *2.         P    Section 1 of CP 4.1A is completed by Operations and provides the following information:
Name of tank, sump, or SG
: a. demin vessel to be sampled.
: a. Verifies   'I'm "An is entered.
CUE:        If the student wants to verify the amount of liquid in the "A" Waste Test Tank using the Main Plant Computer, tell them that the MPCS indicates 18,000 gallons.
Notes 18,000 gallons are Total tank or sump volume to be
: b. consistent with initial conditions
: b. discharged or transferred.
: b. discharged or transferred.
and indications. The recirculation rate for WIT A is actually 150 gpm. Waste Holdup Sump recirculation rate is gpm. The student must correct this mistake to ensure adequate tank recirculation prior to If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed that the recirculcltion rate is incorrect, say "The Primary Operator must have been thinking about the Waste Holdup Sump recirculation rate." If the student (Unit Supervisor) gives the form back to the Primary Operator to correct, say: "Use your corrected values and complete the verification." SRO*ADMJPM04 Page 5 of 8 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform  
and indications.
--=.-'_=-=-S::..:..:im:...:..:u::..:.la=-t:..::e
NOTE: The recirculation rate for WIT A is actually 150 gpm. Waste Holdup Sump recirculation rate is 400 gpm. The student must correct this mistake to ensure adequate tank recirculation prior to sampling.
__*--=d:..::e..:...,:n-=-ot.::..,:e-=.s--=a.:,...c::..:.r..:..:.iti:..,:.c.::.:.a:....,;1 s:...,:te.=..JPI:.....-
CUE:        If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed that the recirculcltion rate is incorrect, say "The Primary Operator must have been thinking about the Waste Holdup Sump recirculation rate."
______*--=d:..,:.e..:...,:n..:..ot.::..,:e-=.s....::;a cr:...:..:iti..:..ca=-l--=s-=.te
CUE:        If the student (Unit Supervisor) gives the form back to the Primary Operator to correct, say: "Use your corrected values and complete the verification."
=.lP=------
SRO*ADMJPM04 Page 5 of 8
_____----"'S.:,...A:....:.T_L=--
 
'N:....:....:..SA
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss                                   ELEMENT/STEP                                                                                                           STANDARD                                                                                           EVALUATION D=Perform
:.....:...:...T_
--=.-'_=-=-S::. :. :im:. .:. :u: . :.la=-t:. : e__*--=d:. : e. :. .,:n-=-ot.: . ,:e-=.s--=a.:,. .c: . :.r. :. :.iti:. ,:.c.: .:.a:. . ,;1s:. .,:te.=. JPI:. . .-______*--=d:. ,:.e. :. .,:n. :. ot.: . ,:e-=.s. . : ;a cr:...:..:iti..:..ca=-l--=s-=.te=.lP=------_ _ _ _ _----"'S.:,...A:....:.T_L=--'N:. . :. . :. SA:. . .:. .:. .T_
Corrects the recirculation rate to Recirculation rate. *c. 150 gpm ;and the recirculation required time to be 240 minutes. Recirculation starting time and d. Verifies 0:300 and today's date. date. e. Sample date and time, Corrects sample time to 1200. Verifies DISCHARGE asDisposition of tank. f. disposition.
Corrects the recirculation rate to
The projected CW and SW pump Verifies 2 CW pumps and 2 SW g.combination for the discharge.
: c.                  Recirculation rate.                                                                               *c. 150 gpm ;and the recirculation required time to be 240 minutes.
pumps entered. Projected release start date and Corrects projected start time toh.2000. Date, time of request, and initials Verifies time, date and initials are i.of entered. Date, and initials of individual that performed
Recirculation starting time and
: j. Enters date, time, and initials.
: d.                                                                                                                     d.            Verifies 0:300 and today's date.
verification of operational data. CUE: "The ..IPM is complete." 3. Stop Time to complete task :S 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to Obtain from Tear Off sheets and any other materials used in performance of Page 6 of 8 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary.
date.
Page 7 of 8
: e.                 Sample date and time,                                                                               *e. Corrects sample time to 1200.
-f .. TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM 04 Directions To The Student: You are the Unit Supervisor.
Verifies DISCHARGE as
You are going to perform the verification of a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request, using the informaltion provided. The following information is provided to you: The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07 , Waste Test Tank Recirculation. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours after placing the tank on recirc. The Primary Operator has completed Section 'I of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide the cues and communications for this ,JPM. Do you have any questions?
: f.                  Disposition of tank.                                                                               f.
Initiating Cue: Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), Section 1 of Form CP 4.1A is complete.
disposition.
Please perform the verification.
The projected CW and SW pump                                                                                       Verifies 2 CW pumps and 2 SW
Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issue's that you find. Discuss the results with me." SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 8 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM05, GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: __________ DATE: APPROVED BY: __________ TRAINING JOB PERFORMANCE
: g.                                                                                                                    g.
: 1. Task Number and Description SRO SBK Perform Required Notification of On-Site and Off-Site Personnel for Emergency Events 2. Conditions: The plant has tripped from 100% power due to CI LOP today at 1300. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.O. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available. The event has been classified as a General Eml3rgency based on EAL SG1, Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses. Rlestoration of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323. A release has not occurred. The Remote Monitoring Area (RMA) has not beEm activated. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is c:omplete and the states were notified at 1333. There is a 10 mph wind. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 285 UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 305 The appropriate PAR Group A has been recomrnended to the states. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist  
combination for the discharge.                                                                                     pumps entered.
-STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verifiled and are as follows: CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path -go to FR-C.2 HEAT SINK (H) RED Path -go to FR-H.1 CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path -go to FR-Z.1 INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path -go to FR-H.1 3. Standards: The student will start in ER 1.2, Emergency Plan Activation, Form 0, General Emergency Checklist  
Projected release start date and                                                                                 Corrects projected start time to
-STED, Step 11. The student will transition to ER 1.2G, General Emergency PAR Worksheet, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted. The student will notify the STED of the PAR recommendation within 15 minutes. 4. Student Materials:
: h.                                                                                                                     h.
Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact SheE!t Copy of ER 1.2, Emergency Plan Activation, Form D, General Emergency Checklist STED, place kept up to Step 11. SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE Limitations On Performance:
time.                                                                                                              2000.
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..
Date, time of request, and initials                                                                               Verifies time, date and initials are
: i.                                                                                                                    i.
of originator.                                                                                                      entered.
Date, time, and initials of
: j.                  individual that performed                                                                         j.             Enters date, time, and initials.
verification of operational data.
CUE:                           "The ..IPM is complete."
: 3.                                 Stop time                                                                                                              Time to complete task :S 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 4.                                  Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this
                                                  ,JPM.
SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 6 of 8
 
PERFORMANCE  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.
SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 7 of 8
 
, - f ..
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM 04 Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to perform the verification of a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request, using the informaltion provided.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
: 2. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons.
: 3. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
: 4. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
: 5. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours after placing the tank on recirc.
: 6. The Primary Operator has completed Section 'I of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide the cues and communications for this
                    ,JPM. Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), Section 1 of Form CP 4.1A is complete. Please perform the verification. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issue's that you find. Discuss the results with me."
SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 8 of 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM05, FINAL GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS (PARS)
DETERMINATION Student Name:                                   LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT   UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                  DATE:
APPROVED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                  DATE:
TRAINING SUPERVISOR
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSIHEI:T
: 1. Task Number and Description Position              SRO SBK 1190402003        Perform Required Notification of On-Site and Off-Site Personnel for Emergency Events
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant has tripped from 100% power due to CI LOP today at 1300.
B. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.O.
C. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available.
D. The event has been classified as a General Eml3rgency based on EAL SG1, Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses. Rlestoration of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours.
E. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323.
F. A release has not occurred.
G. The Remote Monitoring Area (RMA) has not beEm activated.
H. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is c:omplete and the states were notified at 1333.
I. There is a 10 mph wind.
J. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 285 de,grE~es.
K. UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 305 de~~reles.
L. The appropriate PAR Group A has been recomrnended to the states.
M. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment.
N. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verifiled and are as follows:
* CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path - go to FR-C.2
* HEAT SINK (H) RED Path - go to FR-H.1
* CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path - go to FR-Z.1
* INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path - go to FR-H.1
: 3. Standards:
* The student will start in ER 1.2, Emergency Plan Activation, Form 0, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11.
* The student will transition to ER 1.2G, General Emergency PAR Worksheet, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted.
* The student will notify the STED of the PAR recommendation within 15 minutes.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact SheE!t Copy of ER 1.2, Emergency Plan Activation, Form D, General Emergency Checklist STED, place kept up to Step 11.
SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 2 of 10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..IPM.
: 6.   


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: ER 1.2, Emergency Plan Activation ER 2.0, Emergency Notification Documentation Forms Procedure Sys Knowledge of emergency plan p action recommendations. Setting: Simulator or Classroom Safety Considerations:
Procedures:
None. Approximate Completion Time: 15 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple This is a TIME CRITICAL task. You are the Work Control Supervisor.
* ER 1.2, Emergency Plan Activation
The STED directs you to re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.2D, General Emergency Checklist  
* ER 2.0, Emergency Notification Documentation Forms Procedure Sys           KA                      Descriptic~n 2.4.44    Knowledge of emergency plan p action recommendations.
-STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted.
: 7. Setting:
If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform the STED of your upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.
Simulator or Classroom
Page 3 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE The following information is provided to you: The plant has tripped from 100% power due to a LOP today at 1300. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.D. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available. The event has been classified as a General Emergency based on EAL SG1 , Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses. Restoration of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323. A release has not occurred. The Remote Monitoring Area (RMA) has not activated. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is complete and the states were notified at 1333. There is a 10 mph wind. 10. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 28Ei
: 8. Safety Considerations:
: 11. UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 305 degrees. 12. The appropriate PAR Group A has been recommended to the states. 13. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing pilant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist  
None.
-STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
: 14. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verified and are as follows: CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path -to FR-C.2 HEAT SINK (H) RED Path -go to FR-H.1 CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path -go to FR-Z.1 INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path -go to FR-H.1 We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Short Term Emergency Director (STED) and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any qUI;lstions?
15 minutes
: 11. Initiating Cue: STED to Work Control Supervisor, "Work Control Supervisor (or student's name): Re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist  
: 10. Directions To The Student:
-STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR to determine if a PARs upgrade is warranted. If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform me I:>f your upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4. This is a TIME CRITICAL task. Record any issues that you find on the tear-I)ff sheet. Discuss the results with me."
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Page 4 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform  
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
---=-->_=S.::...i:..:..cm..:....:u.:..:..:la:..:..ct
A This is a TIME CRITICAL task. You are the Work Control Supervisor. The STED directs you to re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.2D, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted. If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform the STED of your upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.
..::....e__* ..::....de-=--n--=0c...::.te-=--s,-a,,---,-cr_it:.....:ic--=-a_1 s.:....:t...::...eL
SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 3 of 10
...p______* _de_n_o_te_s_a cri_tic_a_l_s_te-'-p
 
_______S_A_T_L_IN_SA_T_ This is a TIME CRITICAL task. A new PAR recommendation is required within 15 minutes of starting the JPM. 1. Start time _____ Initiating cue nead If the student requests a Peer Check at any tim.e during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the ta!.k." P Student starts at with ER 1.20, Student transitions to form ER General Emergency Checklist  
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET B. The following information is provided to you:
-General Emer!;]ency PAR STED, Step 11, Follow up Assessment to determine if a upgrade is P Using form ER 1.2G, Emergency PAR Worksheet, determines if upgraded action recommendations Block 1: Student mcognizes the plant is in1.
: 1. The plant has tripped from 100% power due to a LOP today at 1300.
a GENERAL EMERGENCY.
: 2. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.D.
Block IS THE CORE Student mcognizes that NO, COOLING CSFST 2. CORE COOLING CSFST is PROCEEDING ALONG A RED ORANGE.PATH? Block IS THE CONTAINMENT Student that YES, 3. CSFST PROCEEDING ALONG A 3. CONTAIt\IMENT CSFST is RED..RED PATH? Student identifies transition to PAR GROUP B *4. PAR Group B and goes to Page 2 GO TO PAGE 2 OF THIS FORM of Form G.
: 3. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available.
Page 5 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP D=Perform 3=Simulate
: 4. The event has been classified as a General Emergency based on EAL SG 1, Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses. Restoration of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours.
* denotes a critical step P For a PAR Group B selection, the student uses the following instructions and table to determine Protective Action Recommendations.
: 5. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323.
If a release is in progress from the plant vent, enter the current upper wind. If a release from the plant vent is NOT in progress, enter the current lower wind direction.
: 6. A release has not occurred.
Identify the appropriate PAR GROUP B column based on the above wind direction to determine the towns to be evacuated and sheltered.
: 7. The Remote Monitoring Area (RMA) has not bE~en activated.
Check off the evacuated and sheltered towns and evacuated
: 8. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is complete and the states were notified at 1333.
: 4. and closed beaches on form ER 2.0B, Block 4. Check off "Implement KI plans for the general public" on form ER 2.0B, Block 4. 4. Student informs STED of new PAR recommendation.
: 9. There is a 10 mph wind.
End time _____ STANDARD EVALUATION
: 10. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 28Ei dt~grees.
**.denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT Student identifies no release is in 1. progress from the plant vent. Studer:lt enters the current lower 2. wind direction of 285 degrees. Student identifies the correct PAR GROUP B column based on the above wind direction and determines the towns to be evacuated and sheltered.
: 11. UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 305 degrees.
Student checks off the evacuated and sheltered towns and 4. evacuated and closed beaches on form ER 2.0B, Block 4. Student checks off "Implement KI plans for the general public" on form ER 2.0B, Block 4. Time to complete task S 15 minutes Page 6 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION o=Perform
: 12. The appropriate PAR Group A has been recommended to the states.
___________
: 13. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing pilant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment.
____________
: 14. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verified and are as follows:
__ CUE: "The JPM is complete." 5. Stop time ____ Time to complete task S 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
* CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path - ~IO to FR-C.2
Page 7 of 10 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such aB retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
* HEAT SINK (H) RED Path - go to FR-H.1
Page 8 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE Directions To The Student: This is a TIME CRITICAL task. You are the Work Control Supervisor.
* CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path - go to FR-Z.1
The STED directs you to re-assess plant conditions in accord.:mce with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist  
* INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path - go to FR-H.1 C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
-STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted.
D. I will act as the Short Term Emergency Director (STED) and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any qUI;lstions?
If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform the STED of your upgraded PAH recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4. The following information is provided to you: The plant has tripped from 1 00% power due to a LOP today at 1300. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.O. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available. The event has been classified as a General Emergency based on EAL SG1, Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses.
: 11. Initiating Cue:
of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323. A release has not occurred. The Remote Monitoring Area (RIVIA) has not bf:!en activated. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is complete and the states were notified at 1333. There is a 10 mph wind. 10. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 28:5 degrees. 11. UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 3m; degrees. 12. The appropriate PAR Group A has been recommended to the states. 13. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist  
STED to Work Control Supervisor, "Work Control Supervisor (or student's name):
-STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment.
* Re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR A~ssE!ssment, to determine if a PARs upgrade is warranted.
: 14. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verified and are as follows: CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path -to FR-C.2 HEAT SINK (H) RED Path -go to FR-H.1 CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path -go to FR-Z.1 INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path -go to FR-H.1 We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Short Term Emergency Director (STED and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
* If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform me I:>f your upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.
Page 9 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE Initiating Cue: STED to Work Control Supervisor, "Work Control Supervisor (or student's name): Re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist  
* This is a TIME CRITICAL task.
-STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR to determine if a PARs upgrade is warranted. If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform me of upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4. This is a TIME CRITICAL task. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Discuss the results with me." SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 10 of 10
* Record any issues that you find on the tear-I)ff sheet.
-------------------
* Discuss the results with me."
CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'A', PRESSURZER LEVEL CHANNEL Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA'TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: APPROVED BY: ------=TRA::::-:--:-:c l N--:-:-:I NC-:-:G=--S::-:-"U"""'P-=ER:-:-V":'::"":I JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0110400101 Identify A Pressurizer Instrument Failure Conditions:
SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 4 of 10
A. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are n()rmal. Standards:
 
Identify a failed Pressurizer level instrument channel and restore the system per OS1201.07 , PZR Level Instrument Failure. Student Materials:
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss                                               ELEMENT/STEP                                                                                         STANDARD                                         EVALUATION D=Perform
Copy of Tear Off Copy of OS1201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure Limitations On Performance:
- -=- >_=S.: . .i:. :. cm..:. . :u.:. :. :la:. :. ct. : . . e__
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the
                                                              * . : . . de-=--n--=0c.. : .te-=--s,-a,,---,-cr_it:. . .:ic--=-a_1s.:. . :t. .: . .eL.. p_ _ _ _ _ _
* _de_n_o_te_s_a cri_tic_a_l_s_te-'-p_ _ _ _ _ _ _S_A_T_L_IN_SA_T_
NOTE: This is a TIME CRITICAL task. A new PAR recommendation is required within 15 minutes of starting the JPM.
: 1.                                 P      Start time _ _ _ __                                                                                  Initiating cue nead CUE:                                  If the student requests a Peer Check at any tim.e during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the ta!.k."
: 2.                                  P       Student starts at with ER 1.20,                                                                     Student transitions to form ER 1.2G, General Emergency Checklist -                                                                       General Emer!;]ency PAR Worksheet STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment to determine if a PARs upgrade is warranted.
: 3.                                  P       Using form ER 1.2G, General Emergency PAR Worksheet, student determines if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted.
Block 1: GENERAL                                                                            Student mcognizes the plant is in
: 1.                                                                                                  1.
EMERGENCY                                                                                    a GENERAL EMERGENCY.
Block 2: IS THE CORE Student mcognizes that NO, COOLING CSFST
: 2.                                                                                                  2. CORE COOLING CSFST is PROCEEDING ALONG A RED ORANGE.
PATH?
Block 3: IS THE CONTAINMENT Student rE~cognizes that YES,
: 3.           CSFST PROCEEDING ALONG A 3.
CONTAIt\IMENT CSFST is RED..
RED PATH?
Student identifies transition to PAR GROUP B
                                                              *4.                                                                                                  *4. PAR Group B and goes to Page 2 GO TO PAGE 2 OF THIS FORM of Form G.
SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 5 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss   ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                                EVALUATION D=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step                 **.denotes a critical step                SAT UNSAT
: 3. P For a PAR Group B selection, the student uses the following instructions and table to determine Protective Action Recommendations.
If a release is in progress from Student identifies no release is in
: 1. the plant vent, enter the current   1.
progress from the plant vent.
upper wind.
If a release from the plant vent is Studer:lt enters the current lower
: 2. NOT in progress, enter the           2.
wind direction of 285 degrees.
current lower wind direction.
Identify the appropriate PAR              Student identifies the correct PAR GROUP B column based on the               GROUP B column based on the
: 3. above wind direction to determine 3.      above wind direction and the towns to be evacuated and             determines the towns to be sheltered.                                evacuated and sheltered.
Check off the evacuated and               Student checks off the evacuated sheltered towns and evacuated             and sheltered towns and
: 4.                                       4.
and closed beaches on form ER             evacuated and closed beaches 2.0B, Block 4.                           on form ER 2.0B, Block 4.
Check off "Implement KI plans for         Student checks off "Implement KI
: 5. the general public" on form ER       5. plans for the general public" on 2.0B, Block 4.                           form ER 2.0B, Block 4.
: 4.      Student informs STED of new PAR
        *P recommendation.                         Time to complete task S 15 minutes End time _ _ _ __
SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 6 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss            ELEMENT/STEP                                STANDARD                                    EVALUATION o=Perform
_~~'-_-S~i~m~u~la~te~_*-=de=n~o~te=s~a~cr~it~ic~a~ls=t~ep~___________*~de=n~o~te=s~acr~iti~ca~l~s=te=p____________S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
CUE:      "The JPM is complete."
: 5.               Stop time _ _ __                            Time to complete task S 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 6.              Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 7 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such aB retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
SRO*ADMJPMOS Page 8 of 10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEIET Directions To The Student:
A. This is a TIME CRITICAL task. You are the Work Control Supervisor. The STED directs you to re-assess plant conditions in accord.:mce with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted. If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform the STED of your upgraded PAH recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant has tripped from 100% power due to a LOP today at 1300.
: 2. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.O.
: 3. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available.
: 4. The event has been classified as a General Emergency based on EAL SG1, Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses. r~estoration of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours.
: 5. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323.
: 6. A release has not occurred.
: 7. The Remote Monitoring Area (RIVIA) has not bf:!en activated.
: 8. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is complete and the states were notified at 1333.
: 9. There is a 10 mph wind.
: 10. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 28:5 degrees.
: 11. UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 3m; degrees.
: 12. The appropriate PAR Group A has been recommended to the states.
: 13. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment.
: 14. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verified and are as follows:
* CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path - !~o to FR-C.2
* HEAT SINK (H) RED Path - go to FR-H.1
* CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path - go to FR-Z.1
* INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path - go to FR-H.1 C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will act as the Short Term Emergency Director (STED and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 9 of 10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Initiating Cue:
STED to Work Control Supervisor, "Work Control Supervisor (or student's name):
* Re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Ass*~ssment. to determine if a PARs upgrade is warranted.
* If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform me of ~,our upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.
* This is a TIME CRITICAL task.
* Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet.
* Discuss the results with me."
SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 10 of 10
 
CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'A', FINAL PRESSURZER LEVEL CHANNEL FAILURE Student Name:                                                                                         LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT                       UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA'TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                                                                         DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                                                                         DATE:
                ------=TRA::::-:--:-:c l N--:-:-:NI C-:-:G=--S::-:-"U"""'P-=ER:-:-V":': "":S:-::O-=-R-'
I
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               RO SBK 0110400101         Identify A Pressurizer Instrument Failure
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are n()rmal.
: 3. Standards:
Identify a failed Pressurizer level instrument channel and restore the system per OS1201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of OS1201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure Re!v.14.
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.    


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures:
Procedures:
* OS1201.07 , PZR Level Instrument Technical
* OS1201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure.
* 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System Instrumentation. 3.3.3.6 Accident Monitoring Instrumentation.
Technical Specifications:
Value Sys Descriptkm RO/SRO 011 A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the 3.4/3.6 following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System Instrumentation.
Failure of PZR level instrument  
* 3.3.3.6 Accident Monitoring Instrumentation.
-low Control Room Page JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Simulator:
Value Sys           KA                          Descriptkm RO/SRO 011         A2.11     Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the   3.4/3.6 following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Reset the simulator to IC #154 or any 100% IC which contains the following: Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC. Place the simulator in RUN. Ensure that L T -459 is selected for master PZR levlel control and for the PZR level recorder.
Failure of PZR level instrument - low Control Room 'A' Page 20f9
Malfunctions have additional time added so that alarms can be acknowledged.
 
Do not exceed 60 seconds of run time during setup to ensure malfunctions do not initiate.
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
Place the simulator in FREEZE. Safety Considerations:
: 5. Setting:
None. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Primary Operator.
Simulator:
An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedunes to implement. The following information is provided to you: The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions? Initiating Cue: US to Primary Operator, "You are the Primary Operator respond to any condition that arises." Control Room 'A' Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
Reset the simulator to IC #154 or any 100% IC which contains the following:
A. Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC.
B. Place the simulator in RUN.
C. Ensure that LT-459 is selected for master PZR levlel control and for the PZR level recorder.
Malfunctions have additional time added so that alarms can be acknowledged. Do not exceed 60 seconds of run time during setup to ensure malfunctions do not initiate. Place the simulator in FREEZE.
: 6. Safety Considerations:
None.
: 7. Approximate Completion Time:
20 minutes
: 8. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedunes to implement.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
US to Primary Operator, "You are the Primary Operator respond to any condition that arises."
Control Room 'A' Page 3 of 9
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT 1. Start time _____ I nitiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." Insert PZR Level 459 fails low as SELECT: Malfunction SELECT: Reactor Coolant SELECT: ItRCSL T SELECT: Fails SELECT: If student recommends using 'Skill of the Operator' to reduce charging to seals only, US respond, "I concur." P Recognize and report that LT-459 is Recognizes and reports that L T-459 failed low. failed If student recommends entering OS1201.07 PZR Level Instrument Failure, US respond. "I concur." Give the student a copy of 081201.07 , PZR Level Instrument Failure. P Check PZR level channels: Controlling channel failed Backup channel failed
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT
* Recorder channel failed. Checks PZIR level channels and reports L T-459 is the controlling channel and is; failed low. Control Room 'A' Page 4 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
: 1.       P    Start time _ _ _ __                    Initiating cue read CUE:    If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
___
CUE:    Insert PZR Level 459 fails low as follows:
___________
SELECT: Malfunction List SELECT: Reactor Coolant (Component)
__ S_A_T__U_N_S_A_T*_d_e_n_ot_e
SELECT: ItRCSLT 459 SELECT: Fails Low SELECT: Insert CUE:    If student recommends using 'Skill of the Operator' to reduce charging to seals only, US respond, "I concur."
_____________
: 2.      P   Recognize and report that LT-459 is     Recognizes and reports that LT-459 is failed low.                             failed low.
__ NOTE: Caution and Note prior to step 2 of OS1201.07 should be* read. *4. PRealign PZR level instruments: Manually control PZR level at program: Select an alternate level channel for Control/Backup as necessary. Select an alternate level channel for recorder as necessary.  
CUE:    If student recommends entering OS1201.07 PZR Level Instrument Failure, US respond. "I concur."
*5. Verify PZR heaters ON as follows: Reset or manually control PZR heaters as necessary. P Check if letdown was isolated:
CUE:    Give the student a copy of 081201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure.
Letdown isolation valves -closed RC-LCV-459 RC-LCV-460  
: 3.      P   Check PZR level channels:               Checks PZIR level channels and reports LT-459 is the controlling
*7. Check if normal letdown can established: Verify charging flow -greater than 50 gpm. PZR level -greater than 17% Realigns PZR level instruments: Reduces charging flow. seal injection flow as Selects alternate level channels L-461/ L-460. Selects an alternate level channel for recorcier as necessary: L-461 Resets the PZR control group of heaters. Checks if was isolated and identifies that RC-LCV-459 is closed. Checks if normal letdown can be established: Verifies or adjusts charging flow greater trlan 50 gpm. Verifies PZR level -greater than 17%. Control Room 'A' Page 5 of 9
* Controlling channel failed        channel and is; failed low.
                                  -OR
* Backup channel failed
                                  -OR
* Recorder channel failed.
Control Room 'A' Page 4 of 9
 
PERFORMANCE CHEC~:LlST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
_~~~_=S~im_u_la_t_e___
                    *_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________           sClcl_'it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p_____________S_A_T_ _
                                                                    *_d_e_n_ot_e__                                        U_N_S_A_T__
NOTE: Caution and Note prior to step 2 of OS1201.07 should be* read.
    *4.         PRealign PZR level instruments:                     Realigns PZR level instruments:
: a. Manually control PZR level at             a. Reduces charging flow. Adjusts program:                                       seal injection flow as necessary.
                    *b. Select an alternate level channel           *b. Selects alternate level channels for Control/Backup as necessary.                L-461/ L-460.
: c. Select an alternate level channel        c. Selects an alternate level channel for recorder as necessary.                     for recorcier as necessary:
* L-460 OR
* L-461
    *5.         P  Verify PZR heaters ON as follows:               Resets the PZR control group of Reset or manually control PZR                   heaters.
heaters as necessary.
: 6.        P   Check if letdown was isolated:                 Checks if IE~tdown was isolated and Letdown isolation valves - closed               identifies that RC-LCV-459 is closed.
* RC-LCV-459
                                              -OR
* RC-LCV-460
    *7.         P  Check if normal letdown can                     Checks if normal letdown can be established:                                    established:
                    *a. Verify charging flow - greater             *a. Verifies or adjusts charging flow than 50 gpm.                                    greater trlan 50 gpm.
: b. PZR level - greater than 17%             b. Verifies PZR level - greater than 17%.
Control Room 'A' Page 5 of 9
 
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss        ELEMENT/STEP                                    STANDARD                                    EVALUATION P=Perform 3_=Sim_u_la_t_e
__          ___*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________*_d_e_n_ot_e__
sacr_'it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p_____________S_A_T__
U_N_S_A_T__
  *8.        P  Establish normal letdown:                      Establishes normal letdown:
: a. Align PCCW to the letdown heat              a. Verifies PCCW to the letdown exchanger:                                     heat exchanger
* CC-V-341 - open
* CC-V-341- open
* CS-TK-130 - auto
* CS-TI<-130 - auto
                  *b. Close letdown flow control valves: *b. Closes/checks closed letdown flow control valves:
* CS-HCV-189
* CS-HCV-189
* CS-HCV-190
* CS-HCV-190
                  *c. Open letdown isolation valves:              *c. Opens/checks open letdown isolation valves:
* a) RC-LCV-459
* a) RC-LCV-459 b) RC-LCV-460                                  b) RC-LCV-460
* c) CS-V-145
* c) CS-V-145 NOTE:      The student should take manual control of CS-PK-131 and open CS-PCV-131 to approximately 10 20%, then slowly open a flow control to establish letdown flow. When CS-PK-131 input pressure equals setpoint pressure (about 350 psig), the student should return CS-PK-131 to auto.
                  *d. Manually control or monitor CS            *d. Manually controls or monitors PK-131 response and establish                  CS-PK-1 :31 response and letdown flow using letdown flow                establishl~s letdown flow using control valve(s).                             letdown f10w control valve(s).
* CS-HCV-189
* CS-HCV-189
* CS-HCV-190
* CS-HCV-190 Control Room 'A' Page 6 of 9


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
PERFORMANCE     CHEC~~LlST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                           EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
__3_=S im_u_la_t_e
___________
__ S_A_T U_N_S_A_T__ ___ *_d_e_n_ot_e
_____________
__ __ P Establish normal letdown: Establishes normal letdown: Align PCCW to the letdown heat a. exchanger: CC-V-341 -open CS-TK-130
-auto Close letdown flow control valves: *b. CS-HCV-189 CS-HCV-190 Open letdown isolation valves: *c. a) RC-LCV-459
* b) RC-LCV-460 c) CS-V-145
* Verifies PCCW to the letdown heat exchanger CC-V-341-open CS-TI<-130
-auto Closes/checks closed letdown flow control valves: CS-HCV-189 CS-HCV-190 Opens/checks open letdown isolation valves: a) RC-LCV-459 b) RC-LCV-460 c) CS-V-145 The student should take manual control of CS-PK-131 and open CS-PCV-131 to approximately 20%, then slowly open a flow control to establish letdown flow. When CS-PK-131 input pressure equals setpoint pressure (about 350 psig), the student should return CS-PK-131 to auto. Manually control or monitor PK-131 response and establish letdown flow using letdown flow control valve(s). CS-HCV-189 CS-HCV-190 Manually controls or monitors CS-PK-1 :31 response and letdown flow using letdown f10w control valve(s). CS-HCV-189 CS-HCV-190 Control Room 'A' Page 6 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT CUE: "The JPM is complete." Stop time ____ Time to complete task :S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to Obtain from Tear Off sheets and any other materials used in performance of Control Room 'A' Page 7 of 9 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
* denotes a critical step           SAT UNSAT CUE:   "The JPM is complete."
Control Room 'A' Page 8 of9 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'A' JPM Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Primary Operator.
: 9.          Stop time _ _ __                      Time to complete task :S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement. The following information is provided to you: The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 10.        Obtain from student:
Initiating Cue: US to Primary Operator, "You are the Primary Operator respond to any condition that arises." Control Room 'A' Page 9 of 9
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
----------
Control Room 'A' Page 7 of 9
CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'B', TRANSFER SERVICE TO THE COOLING Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA'TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: APPROVED BY: ------=TRA::-:-:-::I N-:-:-:I N:-:-:G=-S=-=-U"7-:=P=-:E R=-=-V-:-:-:I JOB PERFORMANCE
 
: 1. Task Number and Description RO SBK Switch From SW To Cooling Tower Operation
PERFORMANCE  
: 2. Conditions: The plant is operating at 100% power. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours. Local pre-starts are complete on the "An Cooling Tower pump. 3. Standards:
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
Control Room 'A' Page 8 of9
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'A' JPM Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
D. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
US to Primary Operator, "You are the Primary Operator respond to any condition that arises."
Control Room 'A' Page 9 of 9
 
CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'B', FINAL TRANSFER SERVICE                       WATE~                TO THE COOLING TOWER Student Name:                                                                               LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT                   UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA'TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                                                               DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                                                               DATE:
                ------=TRA::-:-:-::IN-:-:-:IN:-:-:G=-S=-=-U"7-:=P=-:ER=-=-V-:-:-S=-=O:-=R
:I
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position              RO SBK 0760103401        Switch From SW To Cooling Tower Operation
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is operating at 100% power.
S. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A.
C. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours.
O. Local pre-starts are complete on the "An Cooling Tower pump.
: 3. Standards:
Place the Cooling Tower in operation per OS1016.05, Service Water Cooling Tower Operation.
Place the Cooling Tower in operation per OS1016.05, Service Water Cooling Tower Operation.
: 4. Student Materials: Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of OS1016.05 , Service Water Cooling Tower Operation, Rev. 23 Copy of OS1016.05 , Service Water Cooling Tower Operation, Pre-Job Brief Copy of 001-5 Pump Prestart Guidelines  
: 4. Student Materials:
-SW-P-110A Rev. 01 Copy of OS1216.01 , Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink, Rev. 22 5. Limitations On Performance:
* Copy   of Tear-Off Sheet
Simulate/Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..6.  
* Copy   of OS1016.05, Service Water Cooling Tower Operation, Rev. 23
* Copy   of OS1016.05, Service Water Cooling Tower Operation, Pre-Job Brief
* Copy   of 001-5 Pump Prestart Guidelines - SW-P-110A Rev. 01
* Copy   of OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink, Rev. 22
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Simulate/Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..IPM.
: 6.    


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: OS1016.05 , Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Value Sys Oescri ptic m RO/SRO 076 A2.01 Ability to predict the in 1pa ct of and use 3.5/3.7 procedures to control alo ss ofSW. 076 Knowledge of the effe ctt hat a loss or 3.4/3.6 malfunction of SW will he Ive on closed cooling water system. Control Room 'B' Page 2 of 14 JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Simulator:
Procedures:
Reset the simulator to IC #154 or any 100% IC which contains the following: Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC. Place the simulator in RUN. Insert/verify inserted Service Water (Component) malfunction csSWV20, fail as is. Place the simulator in FREEZE. Safety Considerations:
* OS1016.05, Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Value Sys           KA                        Oescri pticm RO/SRO 076         A2.01     Ability to predict the in1pact of and use 3.5/3.7 procedures to control aloss ofSW.
None. Approximate Completion Time: 30 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Secondary Operator. The following information is provided to you: The plant is operating at 100% power. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours. Initial Cooling Tower level has been recorded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet. Local pre-starts are complete on the "An Cooling Tower pump. Previous pump start was two days ago. Perform the task using OS1016.05, Service Walter Cooling Tower Operation. The US will provide cues and communications fc)r this JPM. Do you have any questions?
076         K3.01      Knowledge of the effe ctt hat a loss or   3.4/3.6 malfunction of SW will heIve on closed cooling water system.
Control Room 'B' Page 3 of 14 JOB PERFORMANCE
Control Room 'B' Page 2 of 14
: 11. Initiating Cue: US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (oir student's name), all Prerequisites are complete.
 
Review OS1016.05lPrecautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Pre-Job Brief. Then tr,ansfer Service Water Train A from the Ocean to the Cooling Tower per OS1016.05 section 4.3." Control Room 'B' Page 4 of 14 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 7. Setting:
Simulator:
Reset the simulator to IC #154 or any 100% IC which contains the following:
A. Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC.
B. Place the simulator in RUN.
C. Insert/verify inserted Service Water (Component) malfunction csSWV20, fail as is.
D. Place the simulator in FREEZE.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
30 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Secondary Operator.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is operating at 100% power.
: 2. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A.
: 3. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours.
: 4. Initial Cooling Tower level has been recorded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet.
: 5. Local pre-starts are complete on the "An Cooling Tower pump.
: 6. Previous pump start was two days ago.
C. Perform the task using OS1016.05, Service Walter Cooling Tower Operation.
D. The US will provide cues and communications fc)r this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Control Room 'B' Page 3 of 14
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 11. Initiating Cue:
US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (oir student's name), all Prerequisites are complete. Review OS1016.05lPrecautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Pre-Job Brief. Then tr,ansfer Service Water Train A from the Ocean to the Cooling Tower per OS1016.05 section 4.3."
Control Room 'B' Page 4 of 14
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT CUE: Student will perform a Pre-Job Brief for this evolution.
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT CUE:   Student will perform a Pre-Job Brief for this evolution. When student responds that his review of OS1016.05 Prerequisites and Precautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation, Pre-Job Brief is complete, respond "Prerequisites are complete. Please continue with the task."
When student responds that his review of OS1016.05 Prerequisites and Precautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation, Pre-Job Brief is complete, respond "Prerequisites are complete.
: 1.       P   Start time _ _ _ __                      When student is directed to continue with the task.
Please continue with the task." 1. P Start time _____ When student is directed to continue with the task. CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task.'" 2. OS1016.05, section 4.3, Transferring Only Train A Service Water System From the Ocean to the Cooling Tower P Record initial cooling tower level on Form L, Cooling Tower Flush NPDES Tracking Sheet. P 2 Perform pump pre-starts for 2 Performs control room pre-start P-110A, Cooling Tower pump A, checks for SW-P-11 O-A per as determined by the US. 5. P 3 Verify SW-V-5, SW isolation to 3 Verifies SW-V-5 is open. secondary loads is open. P 4 Verify SW-V-139, SW Cooling 4 Verifies SW-V-139 is open. Tower Train A spray bypass recirculation is open *P 5 Close SW-V-4, SW isolation to 5 Closes S\N-V-4. secondary loads. Control Room 'B' Page 5 of 14 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
CUE:   If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task.'"
___
: 2. OS1016.05, section 4.3, Transferring Only Train A Service Water System From the Ocean to the Cooling Tower P   1  Record initial cooling tower level on Form L, Cooling Tower Flush NPDES Tracking Sheet.
___________
P   2   Perform pump pre-starts for SW      2   Performs control room pre-start P-110A, Cooling Tower pump A,           checks for SW-P-11 O-A per 001 as determined by the US.                 5.
____________
P   3 Verify SW-V-5, SW isolation to       3   Verifies SW-V-5 is open.
S_A_T_U_N__S_A_T__ P Check closed/Close SW-V-74, 6 Checks closed SW-V-74. turbine building SW connect to PAB. If requested by student make a plant announcement, "St.:utiing Service Water pump 110A." *P 7 Start SW-P-110-A, Cooling Tower pump A. *P 8 Place the Train A standby SW pump control switch in Lock. *P 9 Shutdown the running Train A SW pump and place its control switch in Pull-To-Lock.  
secondary loads is open.
*P 10 Open SW-V-54, Cooling Tower pump A discharge isolation.
P   4 Verify SW-V-139, SW Cooling           4   Verifies SW-V-139 is open.
P 11 When SW-V-54 indicates full open place SW-V-54 control switch in auto. P 12 Verify SW-V-56, Cooling Tower Train A spray header test, auto closed. 7 Starts SW-P-110-A.
Tower Train A spray bypass recirculation is open
8 Places SW-P-41 C in PTL. 9 Stops S\I\I-P-41 A and places control switch in PTL. 10 Opens SW-V-54. 11 When SW-V-54 is full open places control switch in auto. 12 Verify S\I\I-V-56 auto closed. After the student reads the step to manually control PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature using CC-TK-2171 (Train A), provide cue, "The Primary Operator is monitoring PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature." Control Room 'B' Page 6 of 14 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD
          *P   5 Close SW-V-4, SW isolation to         5   Closes S\N-V-4.
__u_la_te___*_d_e_n_o_te_s_a
secondary loads.
__
Control Room 'B' Page 5 of 14
____________
 
*_d_e_n_o_te_s
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
__
~3_=S~im~u~la=t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c~al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a,cr~iti~ca~l~s~te~p~____________
__________
S_A_T_U_N
__ P 13 If required, manually control PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature using CC-TK-2171 (Train A) *P 14 Flush the Train A SW system to 14 Flushes to the ocean for at least discharge transition structure for 103 seconds prior to proceeding at least 103 seconds, then to the next step. continue with next step. After candidate starts timing of flush give the following, "103 seconds have elapsed." *P Open SW-V-34, SW Train A 15 Opens return to Cooling *P 16 Close SW-V-20, SW Train A to 16 Places SW-V-20 switch to close. discharge structure.
__S_A_T__
Identifiles that SW-V-20 does not close. ****BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH**** If the student dispatches the Primary NSO to close SW-V-20, then respond, "This is the Primary NSO, I am at SW-V-20 and there appears to be a probllem with the actuator.
P     6    Check closed/Close SW-V-74,               6   Checks closed SW-V-74.
SW-V-20 cannot be repositioned." STUDENT DECISION POINT Student will recognize boundary valve issue. Student has thle two following optional procedure paths: OS1 016.05, section 4.4, Transferring Train A Service Water System From the Cooling Tower to the Ocean per precaution 3.10 OS1216.01 , Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink per pre-job briefing sheet or OS1216.01 entry If student selects path 1, go to JPM step 3 (page If student selects path 2, go to JPM step 4 (page Control Room '8' Page 7 of 14
turbine building SW cross connect to PAB.
__ ___ ____________
NOTE: If requested by student make a plant announcement, "St.:utiing Service Water pump 110A."
______________
              *P     7   Start SW-P-110-A, Cooling Tower           7    Starts SW-P-110-A.
__ PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD  
pump A.
*_d_e_n_o_te_s
              *P     8   Place the Train A standby SW             8    Places SW-P-41 C in PTL.
__
pump control switch in Pull-To Lock.
*_d_e_n_o_te_s
              *P     9   Shutdown the running Train A             9    Stops S\I\I-P-41 A and places SW pump and place its control                  control switch in PTL.
__S_A_T_L_IN_S_A T__ Path 1: OS1016.05 , section 4.4, Transferring Train A Water System From the Cooling Tower to the Ocean P CHECK SW Train A and SW 1 Student mcognizes only one train Train 8 is aligned to the cooling of SW is aligned to the cooling tower, DO NOT PROCEED if this tower and proceeds to next step .. is the case. Inform student, "Initial Cooling Tower level has been mcc.rded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet." P Record initial cooling tower on Form L, Cooling Tower NPDES Tracking Inform student, "SW-V-44 is open and de-energized." P If SW-V-44, SW isolation from intake structure is Perform the following:
switch in Pull-To-Lock.
Open V-44 and lock open its US to student, "Pre-starts will not be done at this time.. C,ontinue with the next step." P Perform SW ocean pump starts as determined by the If the student asks about SW-V-20 position, then respond, "SW-V-20 is stuck open. Continue with the next step." P Open SW-V-20, SW train A to 5 Student mcognizes that SW-V-20 discharge structure.
              *P   10 Open SW-V-54, Cooling Tower                 10 Opens SW-V-54.
is stuck open and proceeds.  
pump A discharge isolation.
*P Close SW-V-34, SW train A 6 Closes return to cooling Control Room '8' Page 8 of 14 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
P   11 When SW-V-54 indicates full                 11 When SW-V-54 is full open open place SW-V-54 control                    places control switch in auto.
____________
switch in auto.
*_d_e_n_o_te_s
P   12 Verify SW-V-56, Cooling Tower               12 Verify S\I\I-V-56 auto closed.
__
Train A spray header test, auto closed.
______________
CUE:      After the student reads the step to manually control PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature using CC-TK-2171 (Train A), provide cue, "The Primary Operator is monitoring PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature."
S_A_T_U_N__S_A_T__ *P Simultaneously place and hold 7 Simultane!ously closes SW-V-54 the control switch for SW-V-54, and opens SW-V-56. Cooling Tower Pump A Discharge Isolation, to throttle close, and the control switch for SW-V-56, Cooling Tower Train A Spray Header Test, to open until the valves reposition.  
Control Room 'B' Page 6 of 14
*P Start the desired train A ocean 8 Starts SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41 C. SW pump. P Check the selected SW pump 9 Verifies SW-V-2 OR discharge valve opens . SW-V-.22 opens. SW-V-2, discharge isolation SW-V-22, discharge If student selected path 1, then the JPM is complete.
 
CUE: "The JPM is complete." 10 Stoptime ___Time to complete task s30 minutes Evaluator calculates time complete Obtain from Tear Off sheets and any training materials used performance of this Control Room '8' Page 9 of 14
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss          ELEMENT/STEP                                      STANDARD                                    EVALUATION P=Perform
___ __ ____________
~3_=~S_im
__ ______________
__ u_la_te_ __*_d_e_n_o_te_s_a_ _c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e~p____________*_d_e_n_o_te_s__acr~iti~ca=l~s~te~p~__________~S~A~T_U~N~SA~T__
__
P    13 If required, manually control PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature using CC-TK-2171 (Train A)
D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
              *P    14 Flush the Train A SW system to                14 Flushes to the ocean for at least discharge transition structure for                103 seconds prior to proceeding at least 103 seconds, then                        to the next step.
_3_=_S_im__u_la_te *_d_e_n_o_te_s
continue with next step.
*_d_e_n_o_te_s S_A_T_U N_S_A_T__ 4. Path 2: OS1216.01 , Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink CUE: Provide copy of OS1216.01 , Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink, to student. P Determine Appropriate 1 Student goes to OS1216.01, Step Response:
CUE:      After candidate starts timing of flush give the following, "103 seconds have elapsed."
IF affected SW train 8. aligned to the cooling tower, THEN Go to Step 8. 2 Check For Cooling Tower Failure: 2 P 2a Cooling tower pump discharge 2a Student checks Cooling pressure >40 psig pump discharge pressure P Check cooling tower boundary 2a Student identifies SW-V20 is intact: NOT CLOSED and Cooling tower Check cooling tower boundary basin is DECREASING.
              *P    15 Open SW-V-34, SW Train A                       15 Opens SW-V-34.
valves -CLOSED: Student goes to RNO column. SW-V4 SW-V20 o Check cooling tower level -STABLE P Manually or locally close 3 Student identifies SW-V20 cannot boundary valve(s) for affected be closed and cooling tower train. IF any boundary valve can basin is decreasing.
return to Cooling Tower.
NOT be closed OR cooling tower level is decreasing, THEN: *P Place the affected cooling tower 3a Stops SW-P-11 OA and pump in PULL TO LOCK within control switch in 10 minutes of boundary Control Room 'B' Page 10 of 14 PERFORMANCE CHECK:LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform  
              *P     16 Close SW-V-20, SW Train A to                  16 Places SW-V-20 switch to close.
-=3'-=--'S_im----'-u--'-la....:...te-'--_*_d.;,...e_n_o_te_s_a_c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e.J....P
discharge structure.                             Identifiles that SW-V-20 does not close.
______*_ denotes c:t cr_iti_c_al_s_te---'p'--
            ****BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH****
______S_A_T_U_N_S_A_T_ US to student, "I will refer to 051212.01. Continue with the next step." P Refer to OS1212.01, System Malfunction for Cooling while continuil1g with P IF a suction source is 3b Student goes to Attachment B. AVAILABLE from intact intake tunnels, THEN transfer the affected train to the ocean: ATTACHMENT B, Transfer Train A Service Water to Ocean ATTACHMENT B, Transfer A Service Water to P 4a Reset TA signal, as necessary. Student may reset the TA or vocaliz:e that it is not necessary.
CUE:      If the student dispatches the Primary NSO to close SW-V-20, then respond, "This is the Primary NSO, I am at SW-V-20 and there appears to be a probllem with the actuator. SW-V-20 cannot be repositioned. "
Either is acceptable. If the student asks about SW-V-20 position, then responcl, "SW-V-20 is stuck open. Continue with the next step." P Open SW-V20, SW Train A to 4b Student that SW-V-20 discharge structure.
NOTE: STUDENT DECISION POINT Student will recognize boundary valve issue. Student has thle two following optional procedure paths:
is stuck open and proceeds.  
: 1. OS1 016.05, section 4.4, Transferring Train A Service Water System From the Cooling Tower to the Ocean per precaution 3.10 -OR
*P Close SW-V34, SW Train A 4c Closes return to cooling *P Close SW-V54, Cooling tower 4d Closes pump discharge Control Room 'B' Page 11 of 14 PERFORMANCE CHECK,LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP P=Periorm  
: 2. OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink per pre-job briefing sheet or OS1216.01 entry conditions If student selects path 1, go to JPM step 3 (page 8).
If student selects path 2, go to JPM step 4 (page 10).
Control Room '8' Page 7 of 14
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                                     STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
~3~=~S~im
__u~la_te___*_d_e_n_o_te_s_ _
a_c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e~p____________*_d_e_n_o_te_s__
acr_iti_ca_l_s_te~p______________
S_A_T_L_IN_S_AT__
: 3.      Path 1: OS1016.05, section 4.4, Transferring Train A               Servic~3    Water System From the Cooling Tower to the Ocean P     1    CHECK SW Train A and SW                     1   Student mcognizes only one train Train 8 is aligned to the cooling               of SW is aligned to the cooling tower, DO NOT PROCEED if this                   tower and proceeds to next step .
is the case.
CUE:      Inform student, "Initial Cooling Tower level has been mcc.rded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet."
P     2    Record initial cooling tower level on Form L, Cooling Tower Flush NPDES Tracking Sheet.
CUE:      Inform student, "SW-V-44 is open and de-energized."
P     3    If SW-V-44, SW isolation from the intake structure is closed, Perform the following: Open SW V-44 and lock open its breaker.
CUE:      US to student, "Pre-starts will not be done at this time.. C,ontinue with the next step."
P     4    Perform SW ocean pump pre-starts as determined by the US.
CUE:      If the student asks about SW-V-20 position, then respond, "SW-V-20 is stuck open. Continue with the next step."
P     5    Open SW-V-20, SW train A to                 5   Student mcognizes that SW-V-20 discharge structure.                             is stuck open and proceeds.
              *P     6    Close SW-V-34, SW train A                   6   Closes SW-V-34.
return to cooling tower.
Control Room '8' Page 8 of 14
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                 STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
~3_=~S~im~ul~a~te~_*_d~e~n~0~te~s_a~cr_it~ic~a_l~st~e~p____________*_d_e_n_o_te_s__
acr_iti_ca_l_s_te~p_ _____________
S_A_T_U_N
__S_A_T__
              *P     7    Simultaneously place and hold           7   Simultane!ously closes SW-V-54 the control switch for SW-V-54,             and opens SW-V-56.
Cooling Tower Pump A Discharge Isolation, to throttle close, and the control switch for SW-V-56, Cooling Tower Train A Spray Header Test, to open until the valves reposition.
              *P     8    Start the desired train A ocean         8   Starts SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41 C.
SW pump.
P     9    Check the selected SW pump               9 Verifies SW-V-2 OR discharge valve opens .                     SW-V-.22 opens.
* SW-V-2, SW-P-41-A discharge isolation OR
* SW-V-22, SW-P-41-C discharge isolation.
NOTE: If student selected path 1, then the JPM is complete.
CUE:       "The JPM is complete."
10 Stoptime _ _ __                                Time to complete task s30 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task 11 Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
Control Room '8' Page 9 of 14
 
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
_3_=_S_im
__                          a_c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e~p____________*_d_e_n_o_te_s__alcr_iti_c_al_s_te~p______________
u_la_te___*_d_e_n_o_te_s__                                                                                S_A_T_U
__N_S_A_T__
: 4.       Path 2: OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink CUE:       Provide copy of OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink, to student.
P     1    Determine Appropriate                     1   Student goes to OS1216.01, Step Response: IF affected SW train                 8.
aligned to the cooling tower, THEN Go to Step 8.
2   Check For Cooling Tower Failure:         2 P   2a Cooling tower pump discharge               2a Student checks Cooling tower pressure >40 psig                             pump discharge pressure >40 psig.
P   2b Check cooling tower boundary               2a Student identifies SW-V20 is intact:                                       NOT CLOSED and Cooling tower
* Check cooling tower boundary                 basin hevE~1 is DECREASING.
valves - CLOSED:                           Student goes to RNO column.
o SW-V4 o SW-V20 o SW-V74
                          -AND
* Check cooling tower basin level - STABLE OR INCREASING P     3    Manually or locally close                 3   Student identifies SW-V20 cannot boundary valve(s) for affected                 be closed and cooling tower train. IF any boundary valve can               basin IlevE~1 is decreasing.
NOT be closed OR cooling tower level is decreasing, THEN:
              *P   3a Place the affected cooling tower           3a Stops SW-P-11 OA and places pump in PULL TO LOCK within                   control switch in PTL.
10 minutes of boundary valve failure.
Control Room 'B' Page 10 of 14
 
PERFORMANCE CHECK:LlST D=Discuss                             ELEMENT/STEP                                               STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
-=3'-=--'S_im----'-u--'-la....:...te-'--_*_d.;,...e_n_o_te_s_a_c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e.J....P_ _ _ _ _ _*_ denotes c:t cr_iti_c_al_s_te---'p'--_ _ _ _ _ _S_A_T_U_N_S_A_T_
CUE:              US to student, "I will refer to 051212.01. Continue with the next step."
P             3b Refer to OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction for Degraded Cooling while continuil1g with this procedure.
P             3c IF a suction source is                                   3b Student goes to Attachment B.
AVAILABLE from intact intake tunnels, THEN transfer the affected train to the ocean:
ATTACHMENT B, Transfer Train A Service Water to Ocean 4        ATTACHMENT B, Transfer Train A Service Water to Ocean P             4a Reset TA signal, as necessary.                           4a Student may reset the TA or vocaliz:e that it is not necessary.
Either is acceptable.
CUE:              If the student asks about SW-V-20 position, then responcl, "SW-V-20 is stuck open. Continue with the next step."
P             4b Open SW-V20, SW Train A to                               4b Student n~cognizes that SW-V-20 discharge structure.                                 is stuck open and proceeds.
                        *P             4c Close SW-V34, SW Train A                                 4c Closes SW-V-34.
return to cooling tower
                        *P             4d Close SW-V54, Cooling tower                             4d Closes SW-V-54.
pump discharge isolation.
Control Room 'B' Page 11 of 14
 
PERFORMANCE CHECK,LlST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                         STANDARD                          EVALUATION P=Periorm
;=Simulate
;=Simulate
* denotes a critical step *P 4e Open SW-V56, Cooling tower spray header test. *P 4f Start one SW Ocean pump: SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41C.
* denotes a critical step
STANDARD
* denotes a critical step          SAT UNSAT
* denotes a critical step EVALUATION SAT UNSAT 4e Opens S\JV-V-56.
          *P 4e Open SW-V56, Cooling tower         4e Opens S\JV-V-56.
4f Starts SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41 C. NOTE: If student selected path 2, then the JPM is complete.
spray header test.
CUE: "The JPM is complete." 5 Stop time ____ Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in periormance of this JPM. Time to complete task s30 minutes Control Room '8' Page 12 of 14 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/stEIp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such a:s; retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary.
          *P   4f Start one SW Ocean pump:           4f Starts SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41 C.
Control Room '8' Page 13 of 14 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'B' Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Secondary Operator. The following information is provided to you: The plant is operating at 100% power. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours. Initial Cooling Tower level has been recorded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet. Local pre-starts are complete on the "A" Cooling Tower pump. Previous pump start was two days ago. Perform the task using OS1016.05, Service Water Tower Operation. The US will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41C.
Initiating Cue: US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), all Prerequisites are complete.
NOTE: If student selected path 2, then the JPM is complete.
Review OS1016.05 Precautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Pre-Job Brief. Then transfer Service Water Train A from the Ocean to the Cooling Tower per OS1016.05 section 4.3." Control Room '8' Page 14 of 14
CUE:   "The JPM is complete."
----------
5 Stop time _ _ __                      Time to complete task s30 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student:
--------SEABRC)OK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'e', POST LoeA PORV Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in periormance of this JPM.
JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0100400201 Operate The PORV/Block Valve To Control RCS Pressure Conditions: The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress. Standards:
Control Room '8' Page 12 of 14
Refill the pressurizer to >30% [44% adverse] per ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization. Student Materials:
 
Copy of Tear Off Copy of ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization Rev. Limitations On Performance:
PERFORMANCE  
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/stEIp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such a:s; retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l. if necessary.
Control Room '8' Page 13 of 14
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'B' JPM Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Secondary Operator.
: 8. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is operating at 100% power.
: 2. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A.
: 3. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours.
: 4. Initial Cooling Tower level has been recorded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet.
: 5. Local pre-starts are complete on the "A" Cooling Tower pump.
: 6. Previous pump start was two days ago.
C. Perform the task using OS1016.05, Service Water Coolins~ Tower Operation.
D. The US will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), all Prerequisites are complete. Review OS1016.05 Precautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Pre-Job Brief. Then transfer Service Water Train A from the Ocean to the Cooling Tower per OS1016.05 section 4.3."
Control Room '8' Page 14 of 14
 
SEABRC)OK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'e', FINAL POST LoeA PORV OPERATION Student Name:                                     LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT     UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY: - - - - - - - - - -                  DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                       DATE:
                ----=T~~IN~IN~G~S~U~PE=R~V~IS~OR~-        --------
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               RO SBK 0100400201         Operate The PORV/Block Valve To Control RCS Pressure
: 2. Conditions:
A. The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated.
B. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1.
C. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
D. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress.
: 3. Standards:
Refill the pressurizer to >30% [44% adverse] per ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization Rev. 38.
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.   


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
Procedures:
Value Sys DescriptionRO/SRO 009 Ability to operate and monitor PORV and 3.9/4.1 PORV block valve as they apply to a small break LOCA. I 009 EA2.04 Ability to determine or interpret PZR level 3.8/4.0 I as they apply to a small break LOCA. Control Room 'C' Page 2 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE
* ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
: 7. Setting: Reset the simulator to IC #155 or any 100% IC which contains the following: Initialize to an IC at 100% power. Insert malfunction mfRC049D RCS Cold Leg 4 leak 0-17S000gpm Final Value=1200. Run the simulator and allow the reactor to trip and SI to actuate. Complete E-O and E-1 through step 12 for ES-1.2 transition. Open EFW mini-flow valves and throttle EFW flow. Reset SI. Shut down and reset EDGs. Isolate SW to EDGs Trip all RCPs. Transition to ES-1.2 and perform steps 1-10. Ensure RHR pumps are secured. Modify mfRC049D to 1000 gpm to restore subcooling to >40&deg;F. Place the simulator in FREEZE. 8. Safety Considerations:
Value Sys         KA                        Description I                                                                          RO/SRO 009       EA1.1S    Ability to operate and monitor PORV and     3.9/4.1 PORV block valve as they apply to a I                            small break LOCA.
None. 9. Approximate Completion Time: 10 minutes 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Primary Operator.
009       EA2.04     Ability to determine or interpret PZR level 3.8/4.0 I                           as they apply to a small break LOCA.
You are going to the RCS to refill the pressurizer. The following information is provided to you: The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress.
Control Room 'C' Page 2 of 8
Control Room 'C' Page 3 of 8 JOB PERFORMANCE C. Perform the task using ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldcwn And Depressurization.
 
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. E. I will provide cues and communications for this .JPIVI. Do you have any questions?
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 11. Initiating Cue: Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer using step 11 of ES-1.2." Control Room 'C' Page 4 of 8
: 7. Setting:
Reset the simulator to IC #155 or any 100% IC which contains the following:
A. Initialize to an IC at 100% power.
B. Insert malfunction mfRC049D RCS Cold Leg 4 leak 0-17S000gpm Final Value=1200.
C. Run the simulator and allow the reactor to trip and SI to actuate.
D. Complete E-O and E-1 through step 12 for ES-1.2 transition.
E. Open EFW mini-flow valves and throttle EFW flow.
F. Reset SI.
G. Shut down and reset EDGs. Isolate SW to EDGs H. Trip all RCPs.
I. Transition to ES-1.2 and perform steps 1-10. Ensure RHR pumps are secured.
J. Modify mfRC049D to 1000 gpm to restore subcooling to >40&deg;F.
K. Place the simulator in FREEZE.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
10 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to   dE~pressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated.
: 2. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1.
: 3. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
: 4. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress.
Control Room 'C' Page 3 of 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. Perform the task using ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldcwn And Depressurization.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will provide cues and communications for this .JPIVI. Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer using step 11 of ES-1.2."
Control Room 'C' Page 4 of 8


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT 1. P Start time ____Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." Read the note prior to step 11 of ES-1.2. *2. Depressurize the RCS to refill PZR level less than 30% [44% a. Verifies PZR level less than 30% adverse].
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT
[44% cldverse]. The student should recognize that the pressurizer spray valves cannot be used due to RCPs being secured and transition to the RNO. If the student opens the normal spray valve(s), then they should subsequently be closed and transition to the RNO for satisfactory completion of the JPM. Open normal PZR spray valve(s) b. Verifies normal spray is not to refill PZR. available.  
: 1.     P   Start time _ _ _ __                      Initiating cue read CUE:    If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
****BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH**** RNO step 11 b. *b1) Uses ol1e PZR PORV to refill Use one PZR PORV to refill PZR. Opens one PZR PORV PZR. (with associated block valve open). PZR level greater than 30% [44% c. Verifies and reports that PZR level is not greater than 30% [44% cldverse]. US (Instructor) provide the following cue if decision to continue with step 12, "Monitor PZR level to see what the effects of depressurizing the RCS are 011 PZR level." PZR level should come on scale within a minute. Stop the RCS depressurization:  
NOTE: Read the note prior to step 11 of ES-1.2.
*d. Closes PZR If PORV in use then close Control Room IC' Page 5 of 8 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
  *2.     P    Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR:
___
: a. PZR level less than 30% [44%         a. Verifies PZR level less than 30%
___________
adverse].                                 [44% cldverse].
__________
NOTE: The student should recognize that the pressurizer spray valves cannot be used due to RCPs being secured and transition to the RNO. If the student opens the normal spray valve(s), then they should subsequently be closed and transition to the RNO for satisfactory completion of the JPM.
__ CUE: "The JPM is complete." 3. Stop time ____ Time to complete task :S 10 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM. Control Room "C' Page 6 of 8 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element'ste:p or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary. Page 7 of B TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'C' Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Primary Operator.
: b. Open normal PZR spray valve(s)       b. Verifies normal spray is not to refill PZR.                             available.
You are going to depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer. The following information is provided to you: The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress. Perform the task using ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
        ****BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH****
Initiating Cue: Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer using step 11 of ES-1.2." Control Room 'C' Page 8 of 8
                *b1) RNO step 11 b.                     *b1)     Uses ol1e PZR PORV to refill Use one PZR PORV to refill               PZR. Opens one PZR PORV PZR.                                     (with associated block valve open).
-------------------
: c. PZR level greater than 30% [44%     c. Verifies and reports that PZR adverse].                                level is not greater than 30%
CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'D', PLACE FAH IN FUEL HANDLING Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNEDI ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: APPROVED BY: ____
[44% cldverse].
__-. TRAINING JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 1100100101 Shift Ventilation Lineups Between Normal And FAH Conditions: The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be performing an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in Standards:
CUE:    US (Instructor) provide the following cue if decision to continue with step 12, "Monitor PZR level to see what the effects of depressurizing the RCS are 011 PZR level."
Place FAH in the fuel handling mode per OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation. Student Materials:
PZR level should come on scale within a minute.
Copy of Tear Off Copy of OS1 023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation Limitations On Performance:
                *d. Stop the RCS depressurization:       *d. Closes PZR PORV.
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested, no Peer Checks will be provided during the  
If PORV in use then close PZR PORV.
Control Room IC' Page 5 of 8
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
~3_=S~im~u~la=t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c=r~iti~c=al~s=te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~clcr~iti~c=al~s=te~p~__________~S~A~T_U~N~S~A=T__
CUE:       "The JPM is complete."
: 3.             Stop time _ _ __                                Time to complete task :S 10 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 4.            Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
Control Room "C' Page 6 of 8
 
PERFORMANCE  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element'ste:p or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.
L0024J Page 7 of B
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'C' JPM Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated.
: 2. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1.
: 3. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
: 4. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress.
C. Perform the task using ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer using step 11 of ES-1.2."
Control Room 'C' Page 8 of 8
 
CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'D', FINAL PLACE FAH IN FUEL HANDLING MODE Student Name:                                     LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT     UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNEDI ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                       DATE:
APPROVED BY: ____-=:-:--:-:-:-~--,,-~--,-_ _- . DATE:
TRAINING SUPERVISOR
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               RO SBK 1100100101         Shift Ventilation Lineups Between Normal And FAH
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.
B. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be performing an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building.
C. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in sE~rvice.
: 3. Standards:
Place FAH in the fuel handling mode per OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of OS1 023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation Rev.13.
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested, no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.   


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: OS1023.63 , Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.
Procedures:
Sys KA 2.1 2.1.44 Description Value RO/SRO Knowledge of RO duties in the control room during 3.9/3.8 fuel handling, such as responding to alarms from the fuel handling area, communication with the fuel storage facility, systems operated from the control room in support of fueling operations, and supporting instrumentation.
* OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.
Control Room '0' Page 2 of9 JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Simulator: Initialize the simulator to IC #155 OR 100% power IC OR any IC that does not interfere with FAH operations. FAH is in the normal lineup (i.e. FAH-FN-124 running). Safety Considerations:
Value Sys           KA                             Description RO/SRO 2.1       2.1.44   Knowledge of RO duties in the control room during   3.9/3.8 fuel handling, such as responding to alarms from the fuel handling area, communication with the fuel storage facility, systems operated from the control room in support of fueling operations, and supporting instrumentation.
None. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Primary Operator.
Control Room '0' Page 2 of9
In response to activities about to occur in the Fuel Storage Building, the US has directed you to place FAH in the fuel handling mode. The following information is provided to you: The plant is at 100% power and all systems an9 normal. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be! performing an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in service. A sign has been hung on door F202 prohibiting the use of any fossil fueled equipment in the FSB. Control Room 'DJ Page 3 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE Perform the task using OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. The US will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
 
: 11. Initiating Cue: US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (01/' student's name), place Train "A" Fuel Storage Building ventilation in the fuel handling mode in accordance with OS1023.63. All Prerequisites and Initial Conditions are complete." Control Room 'D' Page 4 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
__im_u_la_t_e
: 7. Setting:
___
Simulator:
___________
A. Initialize the simulator to IC #155 OR 100% power IC OR any IC that does not interfere with FAH operations.
____________
B. FAH is in the normal lineup (i.e. FAH-FN-124 running).
S_A_T_U__N_S_A_T__ 1. Start time ______ Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." NOTE: Student should review the Note prior to step 4.4.1 of OS1 023.63 NOTE: Student should review the Note and Caution prior to step 4.3.1 of OS1 023.63 P Locally place PAH-DP-1003, Directs NSO to place PAB/FSB balancing damper, to the to the fuel handling fuel handling NSO to Primary Operator, "I copy, place PAH-DP-1003 in the fuel handling position." After completion of communication to place PAH-DP-1003 to the fuel handling position, NSO Primary Operator,"1 have placed PAH-DP-1003 in the fuel handling  
: 8. Safety Considerations:
*3. Place the control switch for FAH-DP-Places the control switch for 14, FSB normal exhaust damper, to 14 to close. close. Exhaust fan FAH-FN-124 is interlocked with FAH-DP-14 and will (Observes FAH-FN-124 stops when stop when the damper reaches the full FAH-DP-14 is full closed) closed position.  
None.
*4. Place the control switches for Places the following control switches DP-13A and FAH-DP-13B, FSB to close: supply dampers, to close.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
20 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. In response to activities about to occur in the Fuel Storage Building, the US has directed you to place FAH in the fuel handling mode.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems an9 normal.
: 2. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be! performing an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building.
: 3. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in service.
: 4. A sign has been hung on door F202 prohibiting the use of any fossil fueled equipment in the FSB.
Control Room 'DJ Page 3 of 9
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEIET C. Perform the task using OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. The US will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (01/' student's name), place Train "A" Fuel Storage Building ventilation in the fuel handling mode in accordance with OS1023.63. All Prerequisites and Initial Conditions are complete."
Control Room 'D' Page 4 of 9
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                       STANDARD                                   EVALUATION P=Perform
_~~~_=S
__im_u_la_t_e___*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_clcr_iti_c_a_ls_te~p~____________S_A_T_U
__N_S_A_T__
: 1.         P    Start time ______                                 Initiating cue read CUE:        If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
NOTE: Student should review the Note prior to step 4.4.1 of OS1 023.63 NOTE: Student should review the Note and Caution prior to step 4.3.1 of OS1 023.63
: 2.          P   Locally place PAH-DP-1003,                         Directs NSO to place PAH-DP-1003 PAB/FSB balancing damper, to the                   to the fuel handling position.
fuel handling position.
CUE:        NSO to Primary Operator, "I copy, place PAH-DP-1003 in the fuel handling position."
CUE:        After completion of communication to place PAH-DP-1003 to the fuel handling position, NSO to Primary Operator,"1 have placed PAH-DP-1003 in the fuel handling position."
    *3.         P  Place the control switch for FAH-DP-               Places the control switch for FAH-DP 14, FSB normal exhaust damper, to                 14 to close.
close. Exhaust fan FAH-FN-124 is interlocked with FAH-DP-14 and will               (Observes FAH-FN-124 stops when stop when the damper reaches the full             FAH-DP-14 is full closed) closed position.
    *4.         P  Place the control switches for FAH                Places the following control switches DP-13A and FAH-DP-13B, FSB                         to close:
supply dampers, to close.
* FAH-DP-13A
* FAH-DP-13A
* FAH-DP-13B.
* FAH-DP-13B.
Control Room 'D' Page 5 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP P=Perform S=Simulate
Control Room 'D' Page 5 of 9
* denotes a critical step *5. Place both Train A and Train B Fuel Storage Building ventilation mode control switches to fuel handling. P Verify FAH-DP-13A and FAH-DP-13B, FSB supply dampers indicate closed. P Verify FAH-DP-14, FSB normal exhaust damper, is fully closed. If not full closed, the damper must be closed manually at the damper (FSB 64 ft elevation)
 
* denotes a critical SAT UNSAT Places the following switches to fuel handling:
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                              EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step              SAT UNSAT
  *5.     P    Place both Train A and Train B Fuel     Places the following switches to fuel Storage Building ventilation mode         handling:
control switches to fuel handling.
* Train A mode switch
* Train A mode switch
* Train B mode switch. Verifies closed:
* Train B mode switch.
: 6.      P  Verify FAH-DP-13A and FAH-DP-13B, Verifies closed:
FSB supply dampers indicate closed.
* FAH-DP-13A
* FAH-DP-13A
* FAH-DP-13B Verifies FAH-DP-14 is closed. CUE: If asked, US to Primary Operator,"Place Train A air cleaning unit in service." NOTE: Student should review Caution prior to step 4.4.6.1 of OS 1023.63. NOTE: Placing FAH-DP-366 to start will start FAH-FN-11A when FAH-DP-366 starts to open. *8. P If fan FAH-FN-11A and its associated air cleaning unit, 41, are to be placed in service, perform the following:
* FAH-DP-13B
Performs the following:
: 7.      P  Verify FAH-DP-14, FSB normal              Verifies FAH-DP-14 is closed.
*a. Place the control switch for DP-366, FSB cleaning unit exhaust damper to start. *a. Places control switch for FAH-DP-366 to start. NOTE: FAH-DP-13A will modulate to mid-position (20% open). Control Room 'D' Page 6 of9
exhaust damper, is fully closed. If not full closed, the damper must be closed manually at the damper (FSB 64 ft elevation)
CUE:   If asked, US to Primary Operator,"Place Train A air cleaning unit in service."
NOTE: Student should review Caution prior to step 4.4.6.1 of OS 1023.63.
NOTE: Placing FAH-DP-366 to start will start FAH-FN-11A when FAH-DP-366 starts to open.
  *8.     P   If fan FAH-FN-11A and its associated     Performs the following:
air cleaning unit, 41, are to be placed in service, perform the following:
              *a. Place the control switch for FAH    *a. Places thl~ control switch for DP-366, FSB cleaning unit               FAH-DP-366 to start.
exhaust damper to start.
NOTE: FAH-DP-13A will modulate to mid-position (20% open).
Control Room 'D' Page 6 of9
 
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss          ELEMENT/STEP                                      STANDARD                                        EVALUATION P=Perform
_~~~_=S~i~m~u~la~t~e__*~de~n_o~te~s~a~cr_it~ic~a_ls_t_e~p____________  *_de_n_o_te_s__a:cr_iti_ca_l_s_te~p_ ____________S_A_T_ _
U_N_S_A_T__
                      *b. Place the control switch for FAH            *b. Positions FAH-DP-13A control DP-13A, FSB supply damper to                    switch to open.
open. The damper will open to a preset position to maintain FSB internal pressure at a negative value.
                      *c. At MCB, place the FAH-F-41,                  *c. Positions FAH-F-41, cleaning unit cleaning unit heater, control                    heater control switch to auto.
switch to auto.
CUE:        "The JPM is complete."
: 9.            Stop time _ _ __                                  Time to complete task::; 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 10.            Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this
                      ..IPM.
Control Room 'D' Page 7 of 9
 
PERFORMANCE
 
==SUMMARY==


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainingl, if necessary.
__
Control Room '0' Page 8 of 9
____________
 
*_de_n_o_te_s
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL R()OM '0' JPM Directions To The Student:
__
A. You are the Primary Operator. In response to activities about to occur in the Fuel Storage Building, the US has directed you to place FAH in the fuel handling mode.
_____________
B. The following information is provided to you:
S_A_T__U_N_S_A_T__ *b. Place the control switch for DP-13A, FSB supply damper to open. The damper will open to a preset position to maintain FSB internal pressure at a negative value. *b. Positions FAH-DP-13A control switch to open. *c. At MCB, place the FAH-F-41, cleaning unit heater, control switch to auto. *c. Positions FAH-F-41, cleaning unit heater control switch to auto. CUE: "The JPM is complete." 9. Stop time ____ Time to complete task::; 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task 10. Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this ..IPM. Control Room 'D' Page 7 of 9 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainingl, if necessary.
: 1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.
Control Room '0' Page 8 of 9
: 2. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be peri:orrning an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building.
* TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL R()OM '0' JPM Directions To The Student: You are the Primary Operator.
: 3. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in servic:e.
In response to activities about to occur in the Fuel Storage Building, the US has directed you to place FAH in the fuel handling mode. The following information is provided to you: The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be peri:orrning an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in servic:e. A sign has been hung on door F202 prohibiting the use of any fossil fueled equipment in the FSB. Perform the task using OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. The US will provide cues and communications for this .JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 4. A sign has been hung on door F202 prohibiting the use of any fossil fueled equipment in the FSB.
Initiating Cue: US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), place Train "A" Fuel Storage Building ventilation in the fuel handling mode in accordance with OS1023.63. All Prerequisites and Initial Conditions are complete." Control Room '0' Page 9 of 9
C. Perform the task using OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.
-------------
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
-----
E. The US will provide cues and communications for this .JPM. Do you have any questions?
....gj SEABROOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE  
Initiating Cue:
'E', FAILED OPEN Student Name: LMS #: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATIION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: APPROVED BY: DATE: ----:T=RA::-:-:-:--:I N:-::-I N:-::::-G-:::"S-:-:-:UP=E=RV:-::I-=--SO=R:----<
US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), place Train "A" Fuel Storage Building ventilation in the fuel handling mode in accordance with OS1023.63. All Prerequisites and Initial Conditions are complete."
JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0390101501 OPERATE ASDV'S FROM MCB OR RSS Conditions:
Control Room '0' Page 9 of 9
A. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are nClrmal. Standards:
 
Identify a failed open ASDV and restore the system pe!r VAS D5214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm MM-UA-53, A-7 ATMOS 8TM DUMP VALVE OPEN. Student Materials:
ENER~<<....                                                         gj SEABROOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'E', FINAL FAILED OPEN ASDV Student Name:                                                                               LMS #:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet. Limitations On Performance:
Evaluator Name:                                                 ---
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the  
SAT             UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATIION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                                                               DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                                                               DATE:
                ----:T=RA::-:-:-:--:I N:-::-IN:-::::-G-:::"S-:-:-:UP=E=RV:-::I-=--SO=R:----<
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               RO SBK 0390101501         OPERATE ASDV'S FROM MCB OR RSS
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are nClrmal.
: 3. Standards:
Identify a failed open ASDV and restore the system pe!r VAS D5214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm MM-UA-53, A-7 ATMOS 8TM DUMP VALVE OPEN.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.   


==References:==
==References:==
Line 716: Line 1,943:
Procedures:
Procedures:
* VAS D5214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED
* VAS D5214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED
* Hardwire alarm MM-UA-53, A-7 ATMOS STM DUMP VALVE Technical
* Hardwire alarm MM-UA-53, A-7 ATMOS STM DUMP VALVE OPEN Technical Specifications:
* 3.7.1.6 Atmospheric Relief Valves Value Sys Description I RO/SRO 035 K6.02 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or 3.1/3.5 malfunction on the following will have on i the S/Gs: Secondary PORV Control Room 'E' Page 2 of7 JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Simulator:
* 3.7.1.6 Atmospheric Relief Valves Value Sys           KA                      Description I                                                       RO/SRO 035         K6.02   Knowledge of the effect of a loss or     3.1/3.5 i          malfunction on the following will have on the S/Gs: Secondary PORV Control Room 'E' Page 2 of7
Reset the simulator to IC #156 or any 100% IC: Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC. Fail A ASDV controller to stay in Auto as follows: SELECT: Panel Overview section FF SELECT: Insert Override SELECT: MS-PK-3001 manual push button CANCEL first screen that pops up to get to second screen Change Final value to MANUAL SELECT: Insert Place the simulator in RUN. Safety Considerations:
 
None. Approximate Completion Time: 15 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Secondary Operator.
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement. The following information is provided to you: The plant is at 100% power and all systems am normal. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will provide cues and communications for this ..IPM. Do you have any questions? Initiating Cue: US to Secondary Operator, "You are the Secondary Operator respond to any condition that arises." Control Room 'E' Page 3 of 7 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform  
: 7. Setting:
Simulator:
Reset the simulator to IC #156 or any 100% IC:
A. Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC.
B. Fail A ASDV controller to stay in Auto as follows:
: a. SELECT: Panel Overview section FF
: b. SELECT: Insert Override
: c. SELECT: MS-PK-3001 manual push button
: d. CANCEL first screen that pops up to get to second screen
: e. Change Final value to MANUAL
: f. SELECT: Insert C. Place the simulator in RUN.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
15 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Secondary Operator. An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems am normal.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
I will provide cues and communications for this ..IPM. Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
US to Secondary Operator, "You are the Secondary Operator respond to any condition that arises."
Control Room 'E' Page 3 of 7
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                               STANDARD                             EVALUATION P=Perform
.3=Simulate
.3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT 1. Start time _____ Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." MS-PV-3001, 'N SG Atmospheric Dump Valve fails open to a mid SELECT: MF SELECT: Main Steam SELECT:
* denotes a critical step             SAT UNSAT
SELECT: FAIL OUTPUT SET VALUE: SET RAMP: SELECT: *2. Recognize and report that an ASDV Recognizes and reports that 'A' has failed open. has failed CUE: If student requests 'Skill of the Operator' to close the ASDV, US respond, "I concur". CUE: If student using VAS 05214 or hardwire alarm resonse close the ASDV, US respond, "I concur". NOTE: The remaining steps are performed using VAS 05214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm response for MM-UA-53, A-7 ATMOS STM DUMP VALVE OPEN. Note prior to step 1.1 of VAS 05214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm response for MM-UA-53, A 7 ATMOS STM DUMP VALVE OPEN should be read. *3. P VERIFY SG pressures and ASDV Checks SG pnessures are less than controller setpoint.
: 1. P    Start time _ _ _ __                        Initiating cue read CUE:    If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
1125 psig and ASDV controller NOTE: ASDV controllers are normally setpoint set at 1125 psig. set for 1125 psig in auto. 4. P ADJUST ASDV controllers and/or Acknowledges step requires no TRANSFER steam loads to actions. condenser steam dumps as Control Room 'E' Page 4 of 7 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform  
CUE:    MS-PV-3001, 'N SG Atmospheric Dump Valve fails open to a mid position:
=Simulate
SELECT: MF List SELECT: Main Steam (Component)
SELECT: ctMSPK3001 SELECT: FAIL OUTPUT (AUTO)
SET VALUE: 15 SET RAMP: 15 SELECT: INSERT
  *2. P    Recognize and report that an ASDV         Recognizes and reports that 'A' ASDV has failed open.                           has failed open.
CUE:   If student requests 'Skill of the Operator' to close the ASDV, US respond, "I concur".
CUE:   If student using VAS 05214 or hardwire alarm resonse close the ASDV, US respond, "I concur".
NOTE: The remaining steps are performed using VAS 05214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm response for MM-UA-53, A-7 ATMOS STM DUMP VALVE OPEN.
NOTE: Note prior to step 1.1 of VAS 05214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm response for MM-UA-53, A 7 ATMOS STM DUMP VALVE OPEN should be read.
  *3.     P   VERIFY SG pressures and ASDV               Checks SG pnessures are less than controller setpoint.                       1125 psig and ASDV controller NOTE: ASDV controllers are normally       setpoint set at 1125 psig.
set for 1125 psig in auto.
: 4.       P   ADJUST ASDV controllers and/or             Acknowledges step requires no TRANSFER steam loads to                   actions.
condenser steam dumps as Control Room 'E' Page 4 of 7
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform
=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT necessary. P If an ASDV has failed OPEN: Verifies that an ASDV has PLACE controller for failed ASDV 1 Places controller for failed ASDV in manual/minimum.
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT necessary.
in manual/minimum. PLACE affected ASDV control *2 Places thE! affected ASDV control switch to switch to close and verifies that the ASDV closes. Reports ASDV closed to US. If the student dispatches an NSO to the West Pipe Chase to locally isolate the 'A' ASDV "This is Primary NSO (or name) responding to the West Pipe Chase to locally isolate the 3 Locally ISOLATE ASDV as necessary.
: 5.      P   If an ASDV has failed OPEN:             Verifies that an ASDV has failed OPEN:
3 Dispatches an NSO to the West Pipe Chase to locally isolate the 'A' ASDV. 6. P Observes for proper ASDV response.
PLACE controller for failed ASDV   1   Places controller for failed ASDV in manual/minimum.                     in manual/minimum.
Informs US that the 'A' ASDV is closed. CUE: "The JPM is complete." 7. Stop time ____ Time to complete task minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task 8. Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM. Control Room 'E' Page 5 of 7 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
                *2 PLACE affected ASDV control         *2 Places thE! affected ASDV control switch to close.                        switch to close and verifies that the ASDV closes. Reports ASDV closed to US.
Control Room 'E' Page 6 of 7
CUE:    If the student dispatches an NSO to the West Pipe Chase to locally isolate the 'A' ASDV respond, "This is Primary NSO (or name) responding to the West Pipe Chase to locally isolate the 'A' ASDV."
*TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL R()OM 'E' JPM Directions To The Student: You are the Secondary Operator.
3 Locally ISOLATE ASDV as             3   Dispatches an NSO to the West necessary.                              Pipe Chase to locally isolate the
An event will occur. YOll are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement. The following information is provided to you: The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read .. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
                                                            'A' ASDV.
Initiating Cue: US to Secondary Operator, "You are the Secondary Operat.or respond to any condition that arises." Control Room 'E' Page 7 of 7
: 6.       P   Observes for proper ASDV response.     Informs US that the 'A' ASDV is closed.
-------------------
CUE:   "The JPM is complete."
ENER....-_. SEABRIQOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'F', RAISE SI ACCUMULATOR Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS J,ND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY:
: 7.           Stop time _ _ __                        Time to complete task ~15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0060100201 Monitor The Safety Injection System Conditions: The uN Accumulator pressure has decreased to the low pressure alarm setpoint due to normal system leakage. The Roving NSO is available at the nitrogen skid. Standards:
: 8.           Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
Pressurize the "A" Accumulator to above the low pnessure alarm, and within the limitations of Technical Specifications.
Control Room 'E' Page 5 of 7
(610 psig +10 psig/-0 psig) Student Materials:
 
Copy of Tear Off Copy of OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation Rev. 16 Pages 9-11 & Limitations On Performance:
PERFORMANCE  
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
Control Room 'E' Page 6 of 7
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL R()OM 'E' JPM Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Secondary Operator. An event will occur. YOll are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.
C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read ..
D. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
US to Secondary Operator, "You are the Secondary Operat.or respond to any condition that arises."
Control Room 'E' Page 7 of 7
 
ENER               .~.*..-_.
SEABRIQOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'F', FINAL RAISE SI ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE Student Name:                                       LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT     UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS J,ND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                       DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                       DATE:
                -----T=RA~IN~IN~G~S~U~PE~R~V~ISO~R~
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               RO SBK 0060100201         Monitor The Safety Injection System
: 2. Conditions:
A. The uN Accumulator pressure has decreased to the low pressure alarm setpoint due to normal system leakage.
B. The Roving NSO is available at the nitrogen skid.
: 3. Standards:
Pressurize the "A" Accumulator to above the low pnessure alarm, and within the limitations of Technical Specifications. (610 psig +10 psig/- 0 psig)
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation Rev. 16 Pages 9-11 & 27-29.
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures:
Procedures:
* OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Technical
* OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation Technical Specifications:
* 3.5.1.1 ECCS Accumulators  
* 3.5.1.1 ECCS Accumulators - Hot Standby, Startup, and Power Operation Drawings
-Hot Standby, Startup, and Power Operation Drawings 1-SI-820455 Safety Injection System Value Sys Descriptil)n RO/SRO 006 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes 3.5/3.7 in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associaited with operating the ECCS controls including:
* 1-SI-820455 Safety Injection System i
Accumulator pressure.
Value Sys           KA                      Descriptil)n RO/SRO 006         A1.13    Ability to predict and/or monitor changes 3.5/3.7 in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associaited with operating the ECCS controls including: Accumulator pressure.
Page 2 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE
Page 2 of 9
: 7. Setting: Reset the simulator to IC #156 or any 100% IC which Gontains the following: Initialize to an IC at 100% power. Vent the "A" Accumulator (using the vent valves), to approximately 590 psig, until UA-50 hardwire alarm Accum Press Hillo and VAS alarm D4505 are in alarm. Use "GD ACCUMS" on MPCS to view Accumulator level and pressure "A" points. D. OPEN NG-V-30 as follows: SELECT: RF List SELECT: Nitrogen Gas SELECT: rfNG003 NG-V30 Nitrogen to SI accumulators manual isolation SELECT: Final Value=OPEN SELECT: INSERT Freeze the simulator.
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEIET
: 7. Setting:
Reset the simulator to IC #156 or any 100% IC which Gontains the following:
A. Initialize to an IC at 100% power.
B. Vent the "A" Accumulator (using the vent valves), to approximately 590 psig, until UA-50 hardwire alarm Accum Press Hillo and VAS alarm D4505 are in alarm.
C. Use "GD ACCUMS" on MPCS to view Accumulator level and pressure "A" points.
D. OPEN NG-V-30 as follows:
SELECT: RF List SELECT: Nitrogen Gas SELECT: rfNG003 NG-V30 Nitrogen to SI accumulators manual isolation SELECT: Final Value=OPEN SELECT: INSERT E. Freeze the simulator.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None. 9. Approximate Completion Time: 15 minutes 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Primary Operator and you are tel pressurize the "An Accumulator to within limits of Tech. Specs. (610 psig +10 psig/-0 psig). You may use MPCS Group Display "GD ACCUMS n to view Accumulator level and pressure "An points or SVD A0414 for "A" Accumulator pressure. The following information is provided to you: The "AI! Accumulator pressure has decreased due to normal system leakage. All applicable prerequisites of OS1 005.05 Safety Injection System Operation are complete. Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube truck. Perform the task using OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
None.
: 11. Initiating Cue: Page 3 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), Pressurize the "An Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig 1-0 psig." Page 4 of 9 
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
15 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Primary Operator and you are goin~) tel pressurize the "An Accumulator to within limits of Tech. Specs. (610 psig +10 psig/- 0 psig). You may use MPCS Group n
Display "GD ACCUMS to view Accumulator level and pressure "An points or SVD A0414 for "A" Accumulator pressure.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The "AI! Accumulator pressure has decreased due to normal system leakage.
: 2. All applicable prerequisites of OS1 005.05 Safety Injection System Operation are complete.
: 3. Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube truck.
C. Perform the task using OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Page 3 of 9


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION O=Perform S=Simulate
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), Pressurize the "An Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig 1-0 psig."
Page 4 of 9
 
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                               EVALUATION O=Perform S=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes al critical step SAT UNSAT 1. Start time _____ Initiating cUie read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during theJPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the talsk." P Verify a N2 source is available from Determines if a nitrogen source the N2 truck or the N2 bottle banks per ON1024.01 Startup and Shutdown Nitrogen Gas When the student attempts to determine if a nitrogen source is available, inform the "Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube *3. P Open the following valves *a. NG-V-13, nitrogen to SI accumulator ORC isolation.
* denotes al critical step             SAT UNSAT
*a. Opens NG-V-13, nitrogen to SI accumulator ORC isolation.  
: 1. P    Start time _ _ _ __                      Initiating cUie read CUE:  If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during theJPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the talsk."
*b. NG-V-14, nitrogen to SI accumulator IRC isolation.
: 2. P   Verify a N2 source is available from     Determines if a nitrogen source is the N2 truck or the N2 bottle banks per available.
*b. Opens NG-V-14, nitrogen to SI accumulator IRe isolation.  
ON1024.01 Startup and Shutdown of Nitrogen Gas System CUE:  When the student attempts to determine if a nitrogen source is available, inform the student, "Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube truck."
*4. P Slowly opens NG-V-30, nitrogen inlet isolation to the accumulators.
  *3. P   Open the following valves
Directs NSO to slowly open NG-V-30, nitrogen inlet isolation to the accumulators.
              *a. NG-V-13, nitrogen to SI             *a. Opens NG-V-13, nitrogen to SI accumulator ORC isolation.                accumulator ORC isolation.
CUE: When candidate asks NSO to slowly open NG-V-30, then report, "NG-V-30 is open." CUE: If the student requests US direction, respond, "Pressurize the "A" Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig/ -0 psig." *5. P Open the nitrogen header isolation valve for the desired accumulator.
              *b. NG-V-14, nitrogen to SI             *b. Opens NG-V-14, nitrogen to SI accumulator IRC isolation.                accumulator IRe isolation.
  *4. P   Slowly opens NG-V-30, nitrogen inlet     Directs NSO to slowly open NG-V-30, isolation to the accumulators.          nitrogen inlet isolation to the accumulators.
CUE:   When candidate asks NSO to slowly open NG-V-30, then report, "NG-V-30 is open."
CUE:   If the student requests US direction, respond, "Pressurize the "A" Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig/ - 0 psig."
  *5. P   Open the nitrogen header isolation       Opens NG-V-17 Accumulator "A" valve for the desired accumulator.      nitrogen isolation.
NG-V-17 Accumulator "A" nitrogen isolation.
NG-V-17 Accumulator "A" nitrogen isolation.
Opens NG-V-17 Accumulator "A" nitrogen isolation.
  *6. P    When pressure reaches desired           When pressure reaches desired value, close NG-V-30, nitrogen inlet     value, directs NSO to close NG-V-30, isolation to the accumulators.           nitrogen inlet Isolation to the Page 5 of9
*6. When pressure reaches desired When pressure reaches desired value, close NG-V-30, nitrogen inlet value, directs NSO to close NG-V-30, isolation to the accumulators.
 
nitrogen inlet Isolation to the Page 5 of9 PERFORMANCE O=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION o=Perform
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST O=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                 STANDARD                                     EVALUATION o=Perform
___________
_&#xa2;~'=_S~i~m~u~la~te~_*_d~e~n~o~te~s~a~cr~it~ic~a~ls~t~ep~___________*~de~n~o~te~s~a.cr.~iti~ca=l~s~te~p____________S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
____________
accumulators.
__ accumulators.
CUE:       When candidate directs NSO to close NG-V-30, then repc)rt, "NG-V-30 is closed."
CUE: When candidate directs NSO to close NG-V-30, then repc)rt, "NG-V-30 is closed." *7. P Check closed/close the following valves: *a. NG-V-17 Accumulator "A" *a. Closes NG-V-17 Accumulator "A" nitrogen isolation.
    *7.       P     Check closed/close the following valves:
nitrogen isolation.
                      *a. NG-V-17 Accumulator "A"                   *a. Closes NG-V-17 Accumulator "A" nitrogen isolation.                           nitrogen isolation.
: b. NG-V-19 Accumulator b. Check clc1sed NG-V-19 nitrogen Accumulator "8" nitrogen isolation.
: b. NG-V-19 Accumulator "8"                    b. Check clc1sed NG-V-19 nitrogen isolation.                          Accumulator "8" nitrogen isolation.
: c. NG-V-21 Accumulator c. Check closed NG-V-21 nitrogen Accumulator "C" nitrogen isolation.
: c. NG-V-21 Accumulator "C"                c. Check closed NG-V-21 nitrogen isolation.                          Accumulator "C" nitrogen isolation.
: d. NG-V-23 Accumulator d. Check closed NG-V-23 nitrogen Accumulator "D" nitrogen isolation.
: d. NG-V-23 Accumulator "0"                d. Check closed NG-V-23 nitrogen isolation.                          Accumulator "D" nitrogen isolation.
Page 6 of9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss P=Perform 3=Simulate ELEMENT/STEP
Page 6 of9
* denotes a critical step STANDARD
 
* denotes a critical step EVALUATION SAT UNSAT "A" Accumulator final pressure ______ psig at completion of task 610 psig +10 psig/-0 psig." *8. P Close the following valves: *a. NG-V-13, nitrogen to SI accumulator ORC isolation  
PERFORMANCE CHECK:LIST D=Discuss   ELEMENT/STEP                          STANDARD                            EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
*b. NG-V-14, nitrogen to SI accumulator IRC isolation.
* denotes a critical step
CUE: "The JPM is complete." 9. Stop time ____ Evaluator calculates time to complete task 10. Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM. *a. Closes NG-V-13, nitrogen to SI accumulator ORC isolation.
* denotes a critical step           SAT UNSAT "A" Accumulator final pressure ______ psig at completion of task 610 psig +10 psig/- 0 psig."
*b. Closes NG-V-14, nitrogen to SI accumulator IRC isolation.
  *8. P   Close the following valves:
Time to complete task::; 15 minutes Page 70f9 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary.
            *a. NG-V-13, nitrogen to SI            *a. Closes NG-V-13, nitrogen to SI accumulator ORC isolation             accumulator ORC isolation.
Page 8 of 9 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM IF' Directions To The Student: You are the Primary Operator and you are going to pressurize the "A" Accumulator to within limits of Tech. Specs. (610 psig +10 psig/-0 psig). You mlay use MPCS Group Display "GD ACCUMS" to view Accumulator level and pressure "A" pOints or SVD A0414 for "A" Accumulator pressure. The following information is provided to you: The "A" Accumulator pressure has decreased due to normal system leakage. All applicable prerequisites of OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation are complete. Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube truck. Perform the task using OS1005.05 Safety Injection Sysitem Operation. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any Initiating US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), Pressurize the Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig 1-0 Page 9 of 9
            *b. NG-V-14, nitrogen to SI            *b. Closes NG-V-14, nitrogen to SI accumulator IRC isolation.            accumulator IRC isolation.
------------
CUE:   "The JPM is complete."
CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'G', FINAL ESTABLISH CHARGING AND LETDOWN (HlCV-189/190 FAIL) Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA-TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: ______________
: 9.       Stop time _ _ __                      Time to complete task::; 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
__ DATE: APPROVED BY: TRAINING JOB PERFORMANCE
: 10.       Obtain from student:
: 1. Task Number and Description RO SBK 0040104801 Establish Charging And Seal Injection SBK 0040104901 Establish Normal Letdown 2. Conditions:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
A. A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture. B. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3. C. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG. D. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21. E. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip. F. Offsite power has been restored.
Page 70f9
 
PERFORMANCE SUMM,AR:Y Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.
Page 8 of 9
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM IF' JPM Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Primary Operator and you are going to pressurize the "A" Accumulator to within limits of Tech. Specs. (610 psig +10 psig/- 0 psig). You mlay use MPCS Group Display "GD ACCUMS" to view Accumulator level and pressure "A" pOints or SVD A0414 for "A" Accumulator pressure.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The "A" Accumulator pressure has decreased due to normal system leakage.
: 2. All applicable prerequisites of OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation are complete.
: 3. Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube truck.
C. Perform the task using OS1005.05 Safety Injection Sysitem Operation.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), Pressurize the "A" Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig 1-0 psig."
Page 9 of 9
 
CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'G', FINAL ESTABLISH CHARGING AND LETDOWN (HlCV-189/190 FAIL)
Student Name:                                     LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT   UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA-TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY: ________________                      DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                       DATE:
TRAINING SUPERVISOR
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position              RO SBK 0040104801       Establish Charging And Seal Injection Flow SBK 0040104901       Establish Normal Letdown Flow
: 2. Conditions:
A. A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture.
B. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3.
C. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG.
D. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
E. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.
F. Offsite power has been restored.
G. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Eme!rgEmcy Diesel Generators.
G. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Eme!rgEmcy Diesel Generators.
: 3. Standards:
: 3. Standards:
Establish normal charging and letdown in accordance with E-3, SG Tube Rupture. 4. Student Materials:
Establish normal charging and letdown in accordance with E-3, SG Tube Rupture.
Copy of Tear-Off Copy of E-3 SG Tube Rupture, Rev. 5. Limitations On Performance:
: 4. Student Materials:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..6.  
Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of E-3 SG Tube Rupture, Rev. 42
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..IPM.
: 6.    


==References:==
==References:==
Line 801: Line 2,174:
Procedures:
Procedures:
* E-3, SG Tube Rupture
* E-3, SG Tube Rupture
* Westinghouse Background Document, E-3. Value Sys Descri ption RO/SRO 038 EK3.06 Knowledge of bases for actions contained 4.2/4.5 in EOP for RCS water inventory balance. 038 Ability to operate and monitor PZR 3.2/3.3 level/pressure indicators, gauges, and recorders.
* Westinghouse Background Document, E-3.
038 Ability to operate and monitor CVCS tank 3.5/3.3 indicators and water charging sources. Control Room 'G' Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE
Value Sys           KA                        Descri ption RO/SRO 038         EK3.06     Knowledge of bases for actions contained 4.2/4.5 in EOP for RCS water inventory balance.
: 7. Setting: Reset the simulator to IC #157 or any 100% IC which contains the following: Initialize to any 100% IC and place the simulator in RUN. Insert malfunction mfSG001 C SG C DBl END Tube Rupture Hot Side (0 -1150gpm) for a 425 gpm tube rupture on "C" SG. When RDMS alarms due to the tube rupture manually trip the reactor and initiate a manual SI. Execute E-O. Open EFW mini-flow valves and isolate EFW to "C" SG when level is adequate (E-O OAS page). Transition to E-3 and execute steps 1-21. Using Panel Graphics insert override to close HCV-189 and HCV-190. Override both the potentiometer and meter for each valve. Insert malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite power and allow Bus 5 and 6 to be powered by the 'N and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators. Delete malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite power. Stop CS-P-2-B and place in Standby. Set boric acid flow to 40 GPM. FREEZE the simulator.
038         EA1.09    Ability to operate and monitor PZR       3.2/3.3 level/pressure indicators, gauges, and recorders.
038         EA1.29    Ability to operate and monitor CVCS tank 3.5/3.3 indicators and water charging sources.
Control Room 'G' Page 2 of 10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 7. Setting:
Reset the simulator to IC #157 or any 100% IC which contains the following:
A. Initialize to any 100% IC and place the simulator in RUN.
B. Insert malfunction mfSG001 C SG C DBl END Tube Rupture Hot Side (0 - 1150gpm) for a 425 gpm tube rupture on "C" SG.
C. When RDMS alarms due to the tube rupture manually trip the reactor and initiate a manual SI.
D. Execute E-O. Open EFW mini-flow valves and isolate EFW to "C" SG when level is adequate (E-O OAS page).
E. Transition to E-3 and execute steps 1-21.
F. Using Panel Graphics insert override to close HCV-189 and HCV-190. Override both the potentiometer and meter for each valve.
G. Insert malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite power and allow Bus 5 and 6 to be powered by the 'N and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.
H. Delete malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite power.
I. Stop CS-P-2-B and place in Standby.
J. Set boric acid flow to 40 GPM.
K. FREEZE the simulator.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None. 9. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes Control Room 'G' Page 3 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE
None.
: 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Primary Operator.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
You are going to re*,establish charging and letdown per E-3, SG Tube Rupture. The evaluator will act as the Unit Supervisor.
20 minutes Control Room 'G' Page 3 of 10
The student will read and execute the procedure. The following information is provided to you: A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3. The crew identified SG "c" as the ruptured SG. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip. Offsite power has been restored. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will provide cues and communications for this ,IPM. Do you have any questions?
 
: 11. Initiating Cue: Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), you will be establishing letdown in accordance with E-3. You will begin performance of E-3, starting at step 22." Control Room 'G' Page 4 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEI:T
___
: 10. Directions To The Student:
___________
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
__________
Evaluator reads the following to student:
__ When student is ready to begin place the simulator in Student begins at step 22 of 1. P Start time _____Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." P Restore normal charging path:
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to re*,establish charging and letdown per E-3, SG Tube Rupture. The evaluator will act as the Unit Supervisor. The student will read and execute the procedure.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture.
: 2. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3.
: 3. The crew identified SG "c" as the ruptured SG.
: 4. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
: 5. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.
: 6. Offsite power has been restored.
: 7. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.
C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will provide cues and communications for this ,IPM. Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), you will be establishing letdown in accordance with E-3. You will begin performance of E-3, starting at step 22."
Control Room 'G' Page 4 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                       EVALUATION D=Perform
-=3_=~S~im~u=la~t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c=r~it~ic~a~ls=te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~8Icr~iti~ca~l~s~te~p~__________~S~A~T_L~IN~S~A~T__
NOTE: When student is ready to begin place the simulator in RUN.
Student begins at step 22 of E-3.
: 1.       P   Start time ______                              Initiating cue read CUE:        If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
    *2.        P   Restore normal charging path:                   Opens charging line isolation valves:
* Open CS-V-142
* Open CS-V-142
* Open CS-V-142
* Open CS-V-143 *3. Establish normal charging flow: *a. Isolate CCP to RCS Cold Legs:
* Open CS-V-143
* Open CS-V-143
      *3.       P    Establish normal charging flow:
                      *a. Isolate CCP to RCS Cold Legs:              *a. Isolates CCP to RCS Cold Legs:
* Close SI-V-138
* Close SI-V-138
* Close SI-V-139 Opens charging line isolation valves:
* Open CS-V-142
* Open CS-V-143 Isolates CCP to RCS Cold Legs:
* Close SI-V-138
* Close SI-V-138
* Close SI-V-139 It is not necessary to establish exactly 60 gpm charging flow. The evaluator judges that the intent is met if enough flow is established to supply letdown regenerative cooling, and not too much flow established such that Pressurizer level is adversely affected.  
* Close SI-V-139
*b. Establish 60 gpm charging flow. Establishes adequate charging flow by adjusting CS-FCV-121. If necessary, provide the following cue, US to PSO: "6-10 glPm is the desired seal injection flow rate." Adjust seal injection flow as *c. Adjusts injection flow to 6-10 necessary using CS-HCV-182.
* Close SI-V-139 NOTE: It is not necessary to establish exactly 60 gpm charging flow. The evaluator judges that the intent is met if enough flow is established to supply letdown regenerative cooling, and not too much flow established such that Pressurizer level is adversely affected.
gpm CS-HCV-182. The intent of the next step is met if the student is into the RCS via CS-FCV-121.
                      *b. Establish 60 gpm charging flow.            *b. Establishes adequate charging flow by adjusting CS-FCV-121.
It is a continuous action step. Control of charging flow is specifical.ly addressed after letdown is established (step 30 of E-3). 4. P Control charging flow to maintain Controls charging flow to maintain Pressurizer level. Pressurizer level. Control Room 'G' Page 5 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
CUE:      If necessary, provide the following cue, US to PSO: "6-10 glPm is the desired seal injection flow rate."
___
                      *c. Adjust seal injection flow as               *c. Adjusts sl~al injection flow to 6-10 necessary using CS-HCV-182.                   gpm usin!~ CS-HCV-182.
___________
NOTE: The intent of the next step is met if the student is chargin!~ into the RCS via CS-FCV-121. It is a continuous action step. Control of charging flow is specifical.ly addressed after letdown is established (step 30 of E-3).
________.__
: 4.         P   Control charging flow to maintain               Controls charging flow to maintain Pressurizer level.                             Pressurizer level.
: 5. P Verify ECCS flow not required:
Control Room 'G' Page 5 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
~3_=~S~im~u~la=t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c=r~iti~c=al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~no~t~e~s~acri~ti=ca=l~s=te~p~________.__~SA~T~U=N~S=A~T~
: 5.       P   Verify ECCS flow not required:                Verifies ECCS flow not required:
* RCS subcooling greater than 40&deg;F
* RCS subcooling greater than 40&deg;F
* PZR level greater than 7%. 6. P Check VCT makeup control system Makeup set for greater than RCS boron concentration
.. Makeup set for automatic control. Verifies ECCS flow not required:
* RCS subcooling greater than 40&deg;F
* RCS subcooling greater than 40&deg;F
* PZR level !;Ireater than 7%. Checks boric acid controller maximum 40 Checks makeup in automatic and armed. NOTE: The instructor (acting as the BOP) should maintain RCS temperature using steam dumps or AS DVs. *7. P Check if letdown can be established: Check PZR level greater than 30%. Establish letdown: Open CC-V-341 letdown HX cooling water outlet. Close letdown flow control valves:
* PZR level greater than 7%.
* PZR level !;Ireater than 7%.
: 6.        P    Check VCT makeup control system
: a. Makeup set for greater than RCS              a. Checks boric acid controller to boron concentration ..                          maximum 40 GPM.
: b. Makeup set for automatic control.            b. Checks makeup in automatic and armed.
NOTE: The instructor (acting as the BOP) should maintain RCS temperature using steam dumps or AS DVs.
    *7.       P   Check if letdown can be established:
: a. Check PZR level greater than                 a. Checks PZR level greater than 30%.                                            30%.
: b. Establish letdown:
                    *b1) Open CC-V-341 letdown HX                  *b1)    Opens CC-V-341 letdown HX cooling water outlet.                           cooling water outlet.
b2)    Close letdown flow control             b2)    Closes letdown flow control valves:                                        valves:
* CS-HCV-189
* CS-HCV-189
* CS-HCV-190.
*b3) Open letdown line Phase A isolation valves: *
* CS-V-149 *
* CS-V-150. Checks PZR level greater than 30%. Opens CC-V-341 letdown HX cooling water outlet. Closes letdown flow
* CS-I-ICV-189
* CS-I-ICV-189
* CS-I-ICV-190.  
* CS-HCV-190.
"'b3) Open letdown line Phase A isolation valves: *
* CS-I-ICV-190.
* CS-\/-149  
                    *b3) Open letdown line Phase A                  "'b3)   Open letdown line Phase A isolation valves:                               isolation valves:
'"
                          *
* CS-V-149                                    *
* CS-\/-149
                          *
* CS-V-150.                                    '"
* CS-V-150.
* CS-V-150.
Control Room 'G' Page 6 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
Control Room 'G' Page 6 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                         STANDARD                           EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step            SAT UNSAT
                *b4) Open letdown line isolation      *b4)  Opens letdown line isolation valves:                                valves:
a) RC-V-81                            a) RC-V-81
* b) RC-LCV-459
* b) RC-l.CV-459
* c) RC-LCV460
* c) RC-LCV-460
* d) CS-V-145
* d) CS-V-145 CUE:    US to PSG, "Take manual control of CS-PK-131 as necessary to establish flow in the letdown line. "
NOTE: The student may place CS-PCV-131 in manual and open the valve about 20%,
****BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH****
b5)  Throttle open letdown flow      b5)
* Attempts to throttle open control valve.                            CS-HCV-189, Determines that valve will not open,
* Attempts to throttle open CS-HCV-190, Determines that valve will not open.
* Transitions to step 27b RNO.
                *b6) RNO: Establish Excess          *b6)    Determines Excess Letdown Letdown per ATTACHMENT E.              per An"ACHMENT E is required.
Control Room 'G' Page 7 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss    ELEMENT/STEP                          STANDARD                                EVALUATION o=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT Open letdown line isolation valves: a) RC-V-81 b) RC-LCV-459 c) RC-LCV460 d) CS-V-145 Opens letdown line isolation valves: a) RC-V-81 b) RC-l.CV-459 c) RC-LCV-460 d) CS-V-145 CUE: US to PSG, "Take manual control of CS-PK-131 as necessary to establish flow in the letdown line. " NOTE: The student may place CS-PCV-131 in manual and open the valve about 20%, ****BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH**** Throttle open letdown flow control valve. RNO: Establish Excess Letdown per ATTACHMENT E. b5) Attempts to throttle open CS-HCV-189, Determines that valve will not open, Attempts to throttle open CS-HCV-190, Determines that valve will not open. Transitions to step 27b RNO. Determines Excess Letdown per An"ACHMENT E is required.
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT
Control Room 'G' Page 7 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss STANDARD o=Perform 3=Simulate
  *8. P   Establish excess letdown:
* denotes a critical
NOTE: The student reads the CAUTION prior to step 1:
* denotes a critical step *8. P Establish excess letdown: NOTE: The student reads the CAUTION prior to step 1:
* Excess letdown HX outlet temperature of 175&deg;F should nClt be exceeded .
* Excess letdown HX outlet temperature of 175&deg;F should nClt be exceeded .
* Excess letdown HX outlet pressure of 150 psig should not be exceeded. Open all four B PCCW loop a. Checks open all four B PCCW containment isolation valves. loop containment isolation valves. Open CC-V434, excess letdown b. Opens CC-V434, excess letdown HX cooling water outlet. HX cooling water outlet. Open RCP seal return isolation
* Excess letdown HX outlet pressure of 150 psig should not be exceeded.
: c. Opens RCP seal return isolation valves: CS-V167 and CS-V168. valves: CS-V167 and CS-V168. Open RCDT outlet isolation
: a. Open all four B PCCW loop         a. Checks open all four B PCCW containment isolation valves.         loop containment isolation valves.
: d. Opens RCDT outlet isolation valves: WLD-V81 and WLD-V82. valves: WLD-V81 and WLD-V82. Close CS-HCV-123.
: b. Open CC-V434, excess letdown       b. Opens CC-V434, excess letdown HX cooling water outlet.               HX cooling water outlet.
: e. Closes CS-HCV-123. Open excess letdown isolation
: c. Open RCP seal return isolation     c. Opens RCP seal return isolation valves: CS-V167 and CS-V168.           valves: CS-V167 and CS-V168.
: f. Opens excess letdown isolation valves: CS-V175 and CS-V176. valves: CS-V175 and CS-V176. Align CS-V170 to RCDT. g. Aligns CS-V170 to RCDT. Throttle open CS-HCV-123 to h.
: d. Open RCDT outlet isolation         d. Opens RCDT outlet isolation valves: WLD-V81 and WLD-V82.           valves: WLD-V81 and WLD-V82.
open CS-HCV-123 to establish desired excess letdown establish desired excess letdown pressure and temperature.
: e. Close CS-HCV-123.                 e. Closes CS-HCV-123.
pressure .:md temperature.
: f. Open excess letdown isolation     f. Opens excess letdown isolation valves: CS-V175 and CS-V176.           valves: CS-V175 and CS-V176.
CUE: "The JPM is complete." 8. Stop time ___Time to complete task::;; 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to Obtain from Tear Off sheets and any other materials used in performance of ..Control Room Page 8 of SAT PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element'stElp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance sucl1 as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
: g. Align CS-V170 to RCDT.             g. Aligns CS-V170 to RCDT.
Control Room 'G' Page 9 of 10 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'G' Directions To The Student: You are the Primary Operator.
: h. Throttle open CS-HCV-123 to       h. ThrottlE~s open CS-HCV-123 to establish desired excess letdown       establish desired excess letdown pressure and temperature.             pressure .:md temperature.
You are going to re-estslblish charging and letdown per E-3, SG Tube Rupture. The evaluator will act as the Unit Supervisor.
CUE:   "The JPM is complete."
The student will read and execute the procedure. The following information is provided to you: A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SGi tube rupture. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E<L The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip. Offsite power has been restored. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. DIO you have any questions?
: 8.         Stop time _ _ __                      Time to complete task::;; 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
Initiating Cue: Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), you will be establishing letdown in accordance with E-3. You will begin performance of E-3, starting at step 22." Control Room 'G' Page 10 of 10
: 9.        Obtain from student:
--------------------
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this
--------SEABROOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'H', FINAL OFFSITE POWER RESTORATION Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: _______ APPROVED BY: ________________
              ..IPM.
_ TRAINING JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0640402501 Restore Offsite Power to Bus E5/E6. Conditions:
Control Room 'G' Page 8 of 10
A. The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due, to a SG tube rupture. B. The control room executed E-O and transitioneci to E-3. C. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG. D. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21. E. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip. F. Offsite power has been restored.
 
G. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators. Standards:
PERFORMANCE  
Student will restore offsite power to bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H. Student Materials:
 
Copy of Tear-Off Copy of Attachment H of E-3, Offsite Power Restorcaticm to Bus E5 and E6, Rev. Limitations On Performance:
==SUMMARY==
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the  
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element'stElp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance sucl1 as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
Control Room 'G' Page 9 of 10
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'G' JPM Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to re-estslblish charging and letdown per E-3, SG Tube Rupture. The evaluator will act as the Unit Supervisor. The student will read and execute the procedure.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SGi tube rupture.
: 2. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E<L
: 3. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG.
: 4. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
: 5. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.
: 6. Offsite power has been restored.
: 7. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.
C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. DIO you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), you will be establishing letdown in accordance with E-3. You will begin performance of E-3, starting at step 22."
Control Room 'G' Page 10 of 10
 
EN                SEABROOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'H', FINAL OFFSITE POWER RESTORATION Student Name:                                     LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT   UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                     DATE: _ _ _ _ _ __
APPROVED BY: _________________                    DATE: - - - - - - - -
TRAINING SUPERVISOR
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               RO SBK 0640402501         Restore Offsite Power to Bus E5/E6.
: 2. Conditions:
A. The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due, to a SG tube rupture.
B. The control room executed E-O and transitioneci to E-3.
C. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG.
D. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
E. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.
F. Offsite power has been restored.
G. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.
: 3. Standards:
Student will restore offsite power to bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of Attachment H of E-3, Offsite Power Restorcaticm to Bus E5 and E6, Rev. 42.
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.   


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures:
Procedures:
* E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H Sys KA Description Value RO/SRO 062 K1.04 Knowledge of offsite power sources. 3.7/4.2 062 A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor breakers.
* E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H Sys     KA         Description                                             Value RO/SRO 062     K1.04       Knowledge of offsite power sources.                     3.7/4.2 062     A4.01       Ability to manually operate and/or monitor breakers. 3.3/3.1 062     A4.07       Synchronizing and paralleling of different AC supplies. 3.1/3.1 Control Room 'H' Page 20f9
3.3/3.1 062 A4.07 Synchronizing and paralleling of different AC supplies.
 
3.1/3.1 Control Room 'H' Page 20f9 JOB PERFORMANCE
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 7. Setting: Reset the simulator to IC #157 or any 100% IC which contains the following: Initialize to any 100% IC and place the simulator in RUN. Insert malfunction mfSG001C SG C DBL END Tube Rupture Hot Side (0 -1150gpm) for a 425 gpm tube rupture on "e" SG. When RDMS alarms due to the tube rupture manually trip the reactor and initiate a manual SI. Execute E-O. Open EFW mini-flow valves and isolate EFW to "C" SG when level is adequate (E-O, OAS page). Transition to E-3 and execute steps 1-21. Using Panel Graphics insert override to close HCV-189 and HCV-190. Override both the potentiometer and meter for each valve. Insert malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite and allow Bus 5 and 6 to be powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators. Delete malfunction mfED038, loss of offsite power. Stop CS-P-2-B and place in Standby. FREEZE the simulator.
: 7. Setting:
Reset the simulator to IC #157 or any 100% IC which contains the following:
A. Initialize to any 100% IC and place the simulator in RUN.
B. Insert malfunction mfSG001C SG C DBL END Tube Rupture Hot Side (0 -1150gpm) for a 425 gpm tube rupture on "e" SG.
C. When RDMS alarms due to the tube rupture manually trip the reactor and initiate a manual SI.
D. Execute E-O. Open EFW mini-flow valves and isolate EFW to "C" SG when level is adequate (E-O, OAS page).
E. Transition to E-3 and execute steps 1-21.
F. Using Panel Graphics insert override to close HCV-189 and HCV-190. Override both the potentiometer and meter for each valve.
G. Insert malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite powe~r and allow Bus 5 and 6 to be powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.
H. Delete malfunction mfED038, loss of offsite power.
I. Stop CS-P-2-B and place in Standby.
J. FREEZE the simulator.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
: 8. Safety Considerations:
None. 9. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student. Evaluator reads the following to student: You are the Secondary Operator.
None.
You will restore ()ffsite power to Bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H. The following information is provided to you: The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactclr trip. Offsite power has been restored. The system dispatcher reports grid conditions iare now stable, and are expected to remain stable. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
Control Room 'H' Page 3 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H. D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
20 minutes
: 11. Initiating Cue: US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), restore offsite power to Bus E6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H. Control Room 'H' Page 4 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD  
: 10. Directions To The Student:
*_d_en_o_t_es
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
__ __
Evaluator reads the following to student:
____________
A. You are the Secondary Operator. You will restore ()ffsite power to Bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.
______ __ ____________
B. The following information is provided to you:
* de_n_o_t_es
: 1. The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture.
: 1. P Start time _______Initiating clle read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task." 2. IF AC emergency bus is powered by emergency diesels 1A11 B, THEN restore offsite power as follows: *P a Raise DG frequency to 60.2 to 60.4 Hz. *P b Place DG sync. selector switch in the RAT or UAT position.  
: 2. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3.
*P c Reset RMO. *P d Adjust DG voltage to match INCOMING VOLTS with RUNNING VOLTS. *P e Adjust DG frequency so that the sync. meter is going slowly in the fast direction.  
: 3. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG.
*P f Close the RAT or UAT breaker when synchronized.
: 4. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
a Raises DG frequency to 60.2 to 60.4 Hz. b Places DG sync. selector switch in the RAT or UAT position.
: 5. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactclr trip.
c Resets RIMa. d Adjusts DG voltage to match INCOMING VOLTS with RUNNING VOLTS. e Adjusts DG frequency so that the sync. meter is gOing slowly in the fast direction.
: 6. Offsite power has been restored.
f Closes the RAT or UAT breaker when synchronized. (sync. meter approximcately 12 o'clock position)  
: 7. The system dispatcher reports grid conditions iare now stable, and are expected to remain stable.
*P g Place the sync. selector switch in g Places the sync. selector switch OFF. in OFF. NOTE: The evaluator should observe that the operator maintains control over the generator VARs while Control Room 'H' Page 5 of9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
: 8. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.
Control Room 'H' Page 3 of 9
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), restore offsite power to Bus E6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.
Control Room 'H' Page 4 of 9
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
_~~~=_S~i_m_u_la_te
____              a_c_ri_tic_a_l_s_te~p____________*__
                      *_d_en_o_t_es__                                  de_n_o_t_es__acr~it~ic~a~ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
: 1.         P   Start time ________                            Initiating clle read CUE:        If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
: 2.             IF AC emergency bus is powered by emergency diesels 1A11 B, THEN restore offsite power as follows:
                *P   a   Raise DG frequency to 60.2 to              a    Raises DG frequency to 60.2 to 60.4 Hz.                                       60.4 Hz.
                *P     b   Place DG sync. selector switch in          b    Places DG sync. selector switch the RAT or UAT position.                        in the RAT or UAT position.
                *P     c   Reset RMO.                                 c    Resets RIMa.
                *P     d   Adjust DG voltage to match                 d    Adjusts DG voltage to match INCOMING VOLTS with                            INCOMING VOLTS with RUNNING VOLTS.                                 RUNNING VOLTS.
                *P     e   Adjust DG frequency so that the            e    Adjusts DG frequency so that the sync. meter is going slowly in the             sync. meter is gOing slowly in the fast direction.                                fast direction.
                *P     f   Close the RAT or UAT breaker               f   Closes the RAT or UAT breaker when synchronized.                              when synchronized. (sync. meter approximcately 12 o'clock position)
                *P     g   Place the sync. selector switch in         g   Places the sync. selector switch OFF.                                           in OFF.
NOTE: The evaluator should observe that the operator maintains control over the generator VARs while Control Room 'H' Page 5 of9
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT unloading.
* denotes a critical step                     SAT UNSAT unloading. Due to simulator bus voltage settings, it is expected that leading VAR loading will initially be observed. Until this issue can be corrected, the followlng cue must be stated to the student:
Due to simulator bus voltage settings, it is expected that leading VAR loading will initially be observed.
CUE:    "Due to simulator bus voltage settings, it is expected that you will initially see leading VARs after paralleling. The response of KVARS to DG voltage adjustments will be reversed. Adjust DG KVARS to 1000 lagging at this time. This adjustment is not part of the evaluation."
Until this issue can be corrected, the followlng cue must be stated to the student: "Due to simulator bus voltage settings, it is expected that you will initially see leading VARs after paralleling.
CUE:    Inform the student: "For the purposes of this JPM, the 10 minute unloading period can be compressed."
The response of KVARS to DG voltage adjustments will be reversed.
h Shutdown DG by performing the         h   Shuts down DG by performing following:                               the following:
Adjust DG KVARS to 1000 lagging at this time. This adjustment is not part of the evaluation." Inform the student: "For the purposes of this JPM, the 10 minute unloading period can Shutdown DG by performing the h Shuts down DG by performing following:
          *P   h1 Over a 10 minute period lower       h1 Over a 10 minute period, lowers KVARS to less than 200 lagging           KVARS to less than 200 lagging and lower load to 75 to 125 KW.           and lower load to 75 to 125 KW.
the following:  
          *P   h2 Open DG breaker.                     h2 Opens DG breaker.
*P Over a 10 minute period lower h1 Over a 10 minute period, lowers KVARS to less than 200 lagging KVARS to less than 200 lagging and lower load to 75 to 125 KW. and lower load to 75 to 125 KW. *P Open DG breaker. h2 Opens DG breaker. *P Adjust DG voltage to 4160 volts. h3 Adjusts DG voltage to 4160 volts. When the above step is completed, inform the student: "For the purpose of this JPM, ten minutes have elapsed and the DG is cooled sufficiently to shutdown the engine." *P After running DG unloaded for 10 h4 Runs DG unloaded for 10, then minutes to cool the engine, shuts down the diesel by shutdown the diesel by depressing both emergency stop depressing both emergency stop buttons simultaneously.
          *P   h3 Adjust DG voltage to 4160 volts. h3 Adjusts DG voltage to 4160 volts.
buttons simultaneously. When the above step is completed and DG rpm is Zer4), inform the student: "For the purpose of this JPM, two minutes have elapsed and the DG has s_to-'p-'-p_e_d_r_o_lI_in
CUE:    When the above step is completed, inform the student: "For the purpose of this JPM, ten minutes have elapsed and the DG is cooled sufficiently to shutdown the engine."
......glL._"__________ Control Room 'H' Page 60f9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
          *P   h4 After running DG unloaded for 10     h4 Runs DG unloaded for 10, then minutes to cool the engine,               shuts down the diesel by shutdown the diesel by                   depressing both emergency stop depressing both emergency stop           buttons simultaneously.
buttons simultaneously.
CUE:    When the above step is completed and DG rpm is Zer4), inform the student: "For the purpose of this JPM, two minutes have elapsed and the DG has s_to-'p-'-p_e_d_r_o_lI_in......glL._"__________
Control Room 'H' Page 60f9
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                         EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT *P h5 After waiting two minutes to allow h5 Resets the DG. time for diesel to stop. reset the DG. *P h6 Close SW-V-16 for DG A, or h6 Closes SW-V-18 for DG B. V-18 for DG B. CUE: "The JPM is complete." 3. Stop time ____ Time to complete task s20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task 4. Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM. Control Room 'H' Page 7 of 9 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementistep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, ii: necessary.
* denotes a critical step         SAT UNSAT
Control Room 'H' Page 80f9 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'H' Directions to the Student: You are the Secondary Operator.
          *P   h5 After waiting two minutes to allow   h5 Resets the DG.
You will restore offsi1:e power to Bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H. The following information is provided to you: The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E<3. The crew identified SG UC" as the ruptured SG. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip. Offsite power has been restored. The system dispatcher reports grid conditions are now stable, and are expected to remain stable. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
time for diesel to stop. reset the DG.
Initiating Cue: US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), restore offsite power to Bus E6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H. Control Room 'H' Page 9 of9
          *P   h6 Close SW-V-16 for DG A, or SW        h6 Closes SW-V-18 for DG B.
--------------------
V-18 for DG B.
SEABR()OK IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASLIRE 'A', DC START OF ELGAR Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY:
CUE:   "The JPM is complete."
.. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position NSO SBK 0620100304 Place In/Remove From Service A Static Inverter Conditions: The plant is in mode 5. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Support Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation. PP-1 E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus. Standards:
: 3.         Stop time _ _ __                          Time to complete task s20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
Simulate restart of UPS-1-EDE-I-1 E{F). Student Materials:
: 4.         Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
Copy of Tear Off Sheet. Copy of OS1047.01 , Vital Inverter Operation Rev 14 Operator Aid 90-0019 Inverter 1 E, PP-1 E Power Supplies Operator Aid 90-0020 Inverter 1 F, PP-1 F Power SuppHes Limitations On Performance:
Control Room 'H' Page 7 of 9
Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the  
 
PERFORMANCE  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementistep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, ii: necessary.
Control Room 'H' Page 80f9
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'H' JPM Directions to the Student:
A. You are the Secondary Operator. You will restore offsi1:e power to Bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture.
: 2. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E<3.
: 3. The crew identified SG UC" as the ruptured SG.
: 4. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
: 5. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.
: 6. Offsite power has been restored.
: 7. The system dispatcher reports grid conditions are now stable, and are expected to remain stable.
: 8. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.
C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), restore offsite power to Bus E6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.
Control Room 'H' Page 9 of9
 
SEABR()OK IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASLIRE 'A', FINAL DC START OF ELGAR UPS Student Name:                                       LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT     UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:   --------------------
DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                       DATE:
                ----~T~RA~IN~I~NG~SU~P~E~RV~I~SO~R~
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               NSO SBK 0620100304         Place In/Remove From Service A Static Inverter
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant is in mode 5.
B. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Support Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.
C. PP-1 E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown.
D. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus.
: 3. Standards:
Simulate restart of UPS-1-EDE-I-1 E{F).
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation Rev 14 Operator Aid 90-0019 Inverter 1E, PP-1 E Power Supplies Operator Aid 90-0020 Inverter 1F, PP-1 F Power SuppHes
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.   


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: OS1047.01 , Vital Inverter Operation
Procedures:
* OS1047.02 , Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses Technical Specifications: 3.8.3.1 On Site Power Distribution  
* OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation
-Operating 3.8.3.2 On Site Power Distribution  
* OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses Technical Specifications:
-Shutdown Page 2 of 12 In-Plant 'A' JOB PERFORMANCE Drawings: Operator Aid 90-0019 Inverter 1E, PP-1E Power Supplies Operator Aid 90-0020 Inverter 1 F, PP-1 F Power Supplies Value Sys Description RO/SRO 062 Knowledge of AC distribution system 3.1/3.5 design features and/or interlocks which provide for uninterruptible AC power sources. 2.1.23 Ability to perform specific system and 3.9/4.0 integrated plant procedures during all modes of operation.
* 3.8.3.1 On Site Power Distribution - Operating
: 7. Setting: Plant. Essential Switchgear Room. 8. Safety Considerations:
* 3.8.3.2 On Site Power Distribution - Shutdown In-Plant 'A' Page 2 of 12
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Drawings:
* Operator Aid 90-0019 Inverter 1E, PP-1E Power Supplies
* Operator Aid 90-0020 Inverter 1F, PP-1 F Power Supplies Value Sys           KA                        Description RO/SRO 062         K4.10      Knowledge of AC distribution system         3.1/3.5 design features and/or interlocks which provide for uninterruptible AC power sources.
2.1        2.1.23     Ability to perform specific system and       3.9/4.0 integrated plant procedures during all modes of operation.
: 7. Setting:
Plant. Essential Switchgear Room.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
Energized electrical equipment.
Energized electrical equipment.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time: 25 minutes 10. Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to You are the Secondary NSO. You are going to :simulate restart of 1 E(F). The following information is provided to you: The plant is in mode 5. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Support Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation. Vital PP-1 E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus. In-Plant 'A' Page 3 of 12 JOB PERFORMANCE Perform the task using OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues alnd communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
: 11. Initiating Cue: US to Secondary NSO, "Secondary NSO (or student's name), simulate restarting UPS-1-EDE-I-1E(F} using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation, section 4.11 (4.12). All ofthe procedure are complete." In-Plant 'A' Page 4 of 12 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
25 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student:
A. You are the Secondary NSO. You are going to :simulate restart of UPS-1-EDE-I 1E(F).
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is in mode 5.
: 2. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Support Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.
: 3. Vital PP-1 E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown.
: 4. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus.
In-Plant 'A' Page 3 of 12
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. Perform the task using OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues alnd communications for this JPM.
Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
US to Secondary NSO, "Secondary NSO (or student's name), simulate restarting UPS-1-EDE-I-1E(F} using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation, section 4.11 (4.12). All ofthe procedure prerequisite~:; are complete."
In-Plant 'A' Page 4 of 12
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                               STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a. critical step SAT UNSAT When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation provide the student with OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation. P Start time _____ Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the S Verify reverse transfer light on Simulates verifying reverse CP-1 E(F), static transfer switch, is light on EDE-GP-1 E(F), static energized.
* denotes a. critical step               SAT UNSAT NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation provide the student with OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.
switch, is When student simulates verifying light is energized, evaluator to student, "The reverse transfer light is illuminated." *3. Close the following breakers to 1-EDE-I-1 When student locates UPS-1E(F)
: 1.      P   Start time _ _ _ __                        Initiating cue read CUE:    If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the tank.'"
AC supply at MCC-512(612) node DD3(DD5), evaluator to student, "The AC supply breaker to the inverter indicates open." Simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) AC supply at MCC-512(612) node DD3(DD5). When student simulates closing UPS-1E(F)
: 2.      S   Verify reverse transfer light on EDE    Simulates verifying reverse transfer CP-1 E(F), static transfer switch, is     light on EDE-GP-1 E(F), static transfer energized.                               switch, is energized.
AC supply at MCC-512 (612) node DD3(DD5), evaluator to student, "The breaker closes." When student locates UPS-1E(F)
CUE:    When student simulates verifying light is energized, evaluator to student, "The reverse transfer light is illuminated."
DC supply at DC bus 1'lA(B) node DM7(DNO), evaluator to student, "The DC supply breaker to the inverter indicates open!' Simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) DC supply at DC bus 11A(B) node DM7(DNO), When student simulates closing UPS-1E(F)
  *3.     S    Close the following breakers to UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F):
DC supply at DC bus 11A(B) node DM7(DNO), evaluator to student, "The breaker closes." In-Plant 'A' Page 5 of 12 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate
CUE:    When student locates UPS-1E(F) AC supply at MCC-512(612) node DD3(DD5), evaluator to student, "The AC supply breaker to the inverter indicates open."
                                                          *a. Simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) AC supply at MCC-512(612) node DD3(DD5).
CUE:    When student simulates closing UPS-1E(F) AC supply at MCC-512 (612) node DD3(DD5), evaluator to student, "The breaker closes."
CUE:    When student locates UPS-1E(F) DC supply at DC bus 1'lA(B) node DM7(DNO), evaluator to student, "The DC supply breaker to the inverter indicates open!'
                                                          *b, Simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) DC supply at DC bus 11A(B) node DM7(DNO),
CUE:    When student simulates closing UPS-1E(F) DC supply at DC bus 11A(B) node DM7(DNO), evaluator to student, "The breaker closes."
In-Plant 'A' Page 5 of 12
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                                EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical SAT UNSAT Student should review caution prior to step 4.11.3(4.12.3).
* denotes a critical step                  SAT UNSAT NOTE: Student should review caution prior to step 4.11.3(4.12.3). If student elects not to perform step 4.11.3(4.12.3), then next step is not required. Inverter can be placed in service without pre-charge but it is the preferred method.
If student elects not to perform step 4.11.3(4.12.3), then next step is not required.
CUE:    If student asks if pre-charge is desired, evaluator to student,"Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1E(F)."
Inverter can be placed in service without pre-charge but it is the preferred method. If student asks if pre-charge is desired, evaluator to student,"Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1E(F)." S Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1E(F): Simulates; depressing Pre-charge pushbutton. (If performed)
: 4.      S   Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1E(F):
When student simulates depressing pushbutton, evaluator to student, "The Pre-charge pushbutton has been depressed." Waits OnE! minute to allow DC bus capacitor to charge. After student recognizes time requirement, evaluator to student, "One minute has elapsed." *5. Close AC input breaker (100 amp) start UPS as Simulates; closing AC input breaker ('100 amp) to start UPS. When student simulates closing AC input breaker (100 amp), evaluator to student, "The When the AC input breaker is shut, the rectifier and inverter sections begin startup. This JPM sets up conditions described in the note prior to step 4.11.5(4.12.5).
: a. Simulates; depressing Pre-charge pushbutton.
Normally when the AC input breaker is shut, output voltage and frequency will rise. In the JPM, Olutput voltage and frequency rise momentarily and return to the low peg. The UPS will again try to restart. Voltage and frequency rise and then fall to the low peg a second time. The UPS will "lock out" when this occurs In-Plant 'A' Page 6 of 12
CUE:    (If performed) When student simulates depressing     Pre-char~~e pushbutton, evaluator to student, "The Pre-charge pushbutton has been depressed."
: b. Waits OnE! minute to allow DC bus capacitor to charge.
CUE:    After student recognizes time requirement, evaluator to student, "One minute has elapsed."
  *5.       S    Close AC input breaker (100 amp) to start UPS as follows:
                                                        *a. Simulates; closing AC input breaker ('100 amp) to start UPS.
CUE:    When student simulates closing AC input breaker (100 amp), evaluator to student, "The breaker closes."
NOTE: When the AC input breaker is shut, the rectifier and inverter sections begin startup. This JPM sets up conditions described in the note prior to step 4.11.5(4.12.5). Normally when the AC input breaker is shut, output voltage and frequency will rise. In the JPM, Olutput voltage and frequency rise momentarily and return to the low peg. The UPS will again try to restart. Voltage and frequency rise and then fall to the low peg a second time. The UPS will "lock out" when this occurs In-Plant 'A' Page 6 of 12


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                 STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
__________
_~~~=_S~i~m~u~la~te~_*_d~e~n~o~te~s~a~cr~it~ic~a~ls~te~p~__________*_d=e~n~o~te~s~clcr~iti~c~al~s~te~p~___________S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
___________
: b. Checks output voltage and frequency Begin Alternate Path CUE:       When student checks output voltage and frequency, evaluator to student, "Output voltage and frequency rise toward normal, and then fall off. They rise again a second time and fall off to the low peg. The following alarms are lit. at the UPS:
__ Checks output voltage and frequency Begin Alternate Path CUE: When student checks output voltage and frequency, evaluator to student, "Output voltage and frequency rise toward normal, and then fall off. They rise again a second time and fall off to the low peg. The following alarms are lit. at the UPS:
* DCINPUTOVERVOLTAGE
* DCINPUTOVERVOLTAGE
* DC INPUT BREAKER OPEN
* DC INPUT BREAKER OPEN
* INV OUTPUT LlNDERVOLTAGE
* INV OUTPUT LlNDERVOLTAGE
* FREQUENCY OUT OF UMITS." NOTE: Student should review note prior to step 4.11.5(4.12.5). S Recognize that inverter is "locked Recognizes that inverter is out." When student determines that UPS has a "lock out" condition and section 4.13(4.14) must be used to restart the UPS, acknowledge and respond as appropriate
* FREQUENCY OUT OF UMITS."
(,either as evaluator or US), "Continue with restart ofthe UPS." *7. Check open/open the breakers on 1-EDE-I-1 Simulates checking open/opening UPS-1E(F)
NOTE: Student should review note prior to step 4.11.5(4.12.5).
AC input breaker (100 amp). When student simulates opening UPS-1 E(F) AC input breaker (1 00 amp), evaluator to student, "The AC input breaker is open." Simulates checking open 1 E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp). When student simUlates checking open UPS-1 E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp), evaluator student, "The battery input breaker is In-Plant 'A' Page 7 of 12 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEIVIENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
: 6.        S     Recognize that inverter is "locked           Recognizes that inverter is "locked out."                                         out."
CUE:      When student determines that UPS has a "lock out" condition and section 4.13(4.14) must be used to restart the UPS, acknowledge and respond as appropriate (,either as evaluator or US), "Continue with restart ofthe UPS."
    *7.       S    Check open/open the following breakers on 1-EDE-I-1 E(F):
                                                                    *a. Simulates checking open/opening UPS-1E(F) AC input breaker (100 amp).
CUE:      When student simulates opening UPS-1 E(F) AC input breaker (1 00 amp), evaluator to student, "The AC input breaker is open."
: b. Simulates checking open UPS 1E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp).
CUE:      When student simUlates checking open UPS-1 E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp), evaluator to student, "The battery input breaker is open."
In-Plant 'A' Page 7 of 12
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEIVIENT/STEP                         STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT S Ensure UPS-1 E(F) DC supply breaker Simulates ensuring UPS-1 E(F) on bus 11A(8) node DM7(DNO) is supply breaker on bus 11A(8) closed. DM7(DNO) is CUE: When student simulates ensuring UPS-1 E(F) DC supply breaker on bus 11A(8) node DM7(DNO) is closed, evaluator to student, "The breaker is closed." *9. S Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1 E(F): *a. Simulates depressing Pre-charge pushbutton.
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT
CUE: When student simulates depressing Pre-charge pushbutt,on, evaluator to student, "The Pre*charge pushbutton has been depressed." b. Simulates verifying pre-charge LED is energized.
: 8. S   Ensure UPS-1 E(F) DC supply breaker Simulates ensuring UPS-1 E(F) DC on bus 11A(8) node DM7(DNO) is         supply breaker on bus 11A(8) node closed.                                 DM7(DNO) is closed.
CUE: When student simulates verifying pre-charge LED is energized, evaluator to student, "The charge LED is illuminated." *c. Waits one minute to allow DC bus capacitor to charge. CUE: After student recognizes time requirement, evaluator to student, "One minute has elapsed." *10. S Close the battery input breaker (400 amp). Simulates closing the battery input breaker (400 amp). CUE: When student simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp), evaluator to student, "The battery input breaker is closed." In-Plant 'A' Page 8 of 12
CUE:   When student simulates ensuring UPS-1 E(F) DC supply breaker on bus 11A(8) node DM7(DNO) is closed, evaluator to student, "The breaker is closed."
  *9. S   Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1 E(F):
                                                      *a. Simulates depressing Pre-charge pushbutton.
CUE:   When student simulates depressing Pre-charge pushbutt,on, evaluator to student, "The Pre*charge pushbutton has been depressed."
: b. Simulates verifying pre-charge LED is energized.
CUE:   When student simulates verifying pre-charge LED is energized, evaluator to student, "The Pre charge LED is illuminated."
                                                      *c. Waits one minute to allow DC bus capacitor to charge.
CUE:   After student recognizes time requirement, evaluator to student, "One minute has elapsed."
  *10. S   Close the battery input breaker (400   Simulates closing the battery input amp).                                  breaker (400 amp).
CUE:   When student simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp), evaluator to student, "The battery input breaker is closed."
In-Plant 'A' Page 8 of 12


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                               STANDARD                                   EVALUATION P=Perform
__________
~S_=S~i~m~u~la=te~_*~de~n~o~te~s~a~cr~it~ic=a~ls=t~ep~__________*_d~e=n~o~te=s~clcr~iti~ca=l~s~te~p~__________S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
__________
: 11.        S   Check UPS output voltage and               Simulates che;cking UPS output frequency.                                 voltage and frequency.
__ S Check UPS output voltage and Simulates che;cking UPS frequency.
CUE:      When student simulates checking UPS output voltage and frequency, evaluator to student, "Output is 120 volts and 60 Hz."
voltage and When student simulates checking UPS output voltage and frequency, evaluator to student, "Output is 120 volts and 60 Hz." S Verify LEDS are energized for the Simulates verifying LEDS following:
: 12.        S   Verify LEDS are energized for the           Simulates verifying LEDS are following:                                 energized for the following:
energized for the
* AC INPUT BKR
* AC INPUT BKR OPEN
* AC INPUT BKR OPEN
* I NV FED FROM
* AC INPUT BKR OPEN
* INV FED FROM BATT
* INV FEO FROM BATT
* INV FEO FROM BATT
* FREQ OUT OF
* FREQ OUT OF LIMITS
* FREQ OUT OF LIMITS When student simulates verifying LEOS are energized, evaluator to student,"LEDS are energized." *13. Close the UPS AC input breaker (100 Simulates closing the UPS AC amp). breaker (100 When student simulates closing UPS AC input breaker (100 amp), evaluator to student, "The breaker is closed." 14. Depress the alarm reset pushbutton Simulates depressing the alarm reset and verify no alarm LEOs pushbutton and verifying that no alarm LEOs are lit When student simulates depressing the alarm reset pushbutton and verifying that no alarm LEDs are lit, evaluator to student, "All alarms are clear." *15. Close the AC output breaker (400 Simulates closing the AC amp). breaker (400 When student simulates closing UPS AC breaker (400 amp), evaluator to student, breaker is In-Plant 'A' Page 9 of 12 PERFORMANCE CHECI<:LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* FREQ OUT OF LIMITS CUE:      When student simulates verifying LEOS are energized, evaluator to student,"LEDS are energized."
    *13.       S    Close the UPS AC input breaker (100         Simulates closing the UPS AC input amp).                                       breaker (100 amp).
CUE:      When student simulates closing UPS AC input breaker (100 amp), evaluator to student, "The breaker is closed."
: 14.       S    Depress the alarm reset pushbutton         Simulates depressing the alarm reset and verify no alarm LEOs energized.        pushbutton and verifying that no alarm LEOs are lit CUE:      When student simulates depressing the alarm reset pushbutton and verifying that no alarm LEDs are lit, evaluator to student, "All alarms are clear."
    *15.       S    Close the AC output breaker (400           Simulates closing the AC output amp).                                       breaker (400 amp).
CUE:      When student simulates closing UPS AC OUtP~lt breaker (400 amp), evaluator to student, "The breaker is closed."
In-Plant 'A' Page 9 of 12
 
PERFORMANCE CHECI<:LlST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                           EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT CUE: "The JPM is complete." Stop time ____ Time to complete task S 25 minutes Evaluator calculates time to Obtain from Tear Off sheets and any other materials used in performance of In-Plant 'A' Page 10 of 12 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
* denotes a critical step           SAT UNSAT CUE:   "The JPM is complete."
In-Plant 'A' Page 11 of 12
: 16.        Stop time _ _ __                      Time to complete task S 25 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
.... TEAR OFF SHEET FOR IN-PLANT 'A' JPM Directions To The Student: You are the Secondary NSO. You are going to simulate restart of 1 E(F). The following information is provided to you: The plant is in mode 5. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Suppc,rt Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1047.01, Vitatlnverter Ope,ration. Vital PP-1E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus. Perform the task using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cue,s and communications for this ..IPM. Do you have any questions?
: 17.        Obtain from student:
Initiating Cue: US to Secondary NSO, "Secondary NSO (or student's name), simulate restarting UPS-1-EDE-I-1E(F) using OS1047.01 , Vital Inverter Operation, section 4.11 (4.12). All of the procedure prerequisites are complete." In-Plant 'A' Page 12 of 12
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
-------------------
In-Plant 'A' Page 10 of 12
IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEA.SURE 'B', LOCALLY CLOSE AN Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: APPROVED BY: ______________
 
_ TRAINING JOB PERFORMANCE Task Number and Description Position NSO SBK 0400100504 Locally close an MSIV Conditions: The plant has tripped from 100% power. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted. The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1. SG C MSIV is open. Standards:
PERFORMANCE  
Simulate locally closing the C MSIV in accordance with OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves. Student Materials:
 
Copy of Tear Off Copy of OS1090.01 , Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves, Rev Precautions (pages 5-9) and section 4.7 (pages Limitations On Performance:
==SUMMARY==
Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the  
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.
In-Plant 'A' Page 11 of 12
 
~. ....
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR IN-PLANT 'A' JPM Directions To The Student:
A. You are the Secondary NSO. You are going to simulate restart of UPS-1-EDE-I 1E(F).
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant is in mode 5.
: 2. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Suppc,rt Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1047.01, Vitatlnverter Ope,ration.
: 3. Vital PP-1E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown.
: 4. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus.
C. Perform the task using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cue,s and communications for this ..IPM.
Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
US to Secondary NSO, "Secondary NSO (or student's name), simulate restarting UPS-1-EDE-I-1E(F) using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation, section 4.11 (4.12). All of the procedure prerequisites are complete."
In-Plant 'A' Page 12 of 12
 
IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEA.SURE 'B', FINAL LOCALLY CLOSE AN MSIV Student Name:                                     LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT   UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS J~ND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                       DATE:
APPROVED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __          DATE:
TRAINING SUPERVISOR
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position               NSO SBK 0400100504         Locally close an MSIV
: 2. Conditions:
A. The plant has tripped from 100% power.
B. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted.
C. The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1.
D. SG C MSIV is open.
: 3. Standards:
Simulate locally closing the C MSIV in accordance with OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves.
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Copy of OS1090.01, Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves, Rev 15 Precautions (pages 5-9) and section 4.7 (pages 22-29).
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.   


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures: OS 1090.0'1 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves E-2 Faulted S/G Isolation. Description I Value I KA _____________
Procedures:
+,.__ROffiRO . Knowledge of local auxilic3ry operator 3.8/4.0 I 2.4.35 tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects. In-Plant 'B' Page 2 of 9 I JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Plant. East Pipe Chase. Safety Considerations:
* OS 1090.0'1 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves
Pipe chases safety requirements as posted for noise and steam exposure. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional fCJr multiple A You are the Roving NSO. You are going to simulate locally closing an The following information is provided to The plant has tripped from 100%power. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted, The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1. SG C MSIV is open, Simulate the task using OS 1090,01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions? Initiating Cue: US to Roving NSO, "Roving NSO (or student's name), using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves go to the East pipe chase and locally close MS-V-90 the C MSIV." In-Plant 'B' Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* E-2 Faulted S/G Isolation.
Sys    I    KA Description           I   Value
_____________+,._ _ ROffiRO  I 2.4    I  2.4.35  . Knowledge of local auxilic3ry operator   3.8/4.0 tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
In-Plant 'B' Page 2 of 9
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 7. Setting:
Plant. East Pipe Chase.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
Pipe chases safety requirements as posted for noise and steam exposure.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
20 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional fCJr multiple JPMs):
A You are the Roving NSO. You are going to simulate locally closing an MSIV.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant has tripped from 100%power.
: 2. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted,
: 3. The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1.
: 4. SG C MSIV is open, C. Simulate the task using OS 1090,01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM.
Do you have any questions?
: 11. Initiating Cue:
US to Roving NSO, "Roving NSO (or student's name), using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves go to the East pipe chase and locally close MS-V-90 the C MSIV."
In-Plant 'B' Page 3 of 9
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                             EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes <:1 critical step SAT UNSAT When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of OS1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves provide the student with the required portions of OS1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves. P Start time _____ Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the S Close the air isolation valves on Close MS-V-90-V-4C C MSIV IA a. Close MS-V-90-V-4C C MSIV IA isolation isolation When the student simulates CW motion to close the valve, evaluator to student, "The valve Close MS-V-90-V-4D C MSIV IA b. Close MS-V-90-V-4D C MSIV IA isolation isolation When the student simulates CW motion to close the valve, evaluator to student, "The valve Student should review the caution and note prior to step 4.7.3.2. The MSIV shuts when one solenoid is overridden, but the procedure and local operator aid has the operator override both solenoids.
* denotes   <:1 critical step         SAT UNSAT NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of OS1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves provide the student with the required portions of OS1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves.
To successfully complete the task only one of the solenoids has to be overridden. Local operator aid does not reflect recent procedure change. Noun names on tags do not match procedure noun names. In-Plant '8' Page 4 of 9
: 1.      P   Start time _ _ _ __                      Initiating cue read CUE:    If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
" , PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
: 2.      S   Close the air isolation valves (located on MSIV):
___
: a. Close MS-V-90-V-4C C MSIV IA         a. Close MS-V-90-V-4C C MSIV IA isolation                                 isolation CUE:    When the student simulates CW motion to close the valve, evaluator to student, "The valve is closed."
___________
: b. Close MS-V-90-V-4D C MSIV IA         b. Close MS-V-90-V-4D C MSIV IA isolation                                 isolation CUE:    When the student simulates CW motion to close the valve, evaluator to student, "The valve is closed."
____________
NOTE: Student should review the caution and note prior to step 4.7.3.2.
__ *3. Manually open MS-FY-89A-3 dump pilot solenoid Remove threaded metal cap a. Removes threaded metal cap covering override assembly covering I:>verride assembly When student simulates CCW motion to remove the cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been removed." Using ratchet wrench turn the *b. Using ratchet wrench turns the manual override hex nut manual override hex nut clockwise until the hydraulic fluid clockwise until the hydraulic fluid is bled off. is bled off. When the student simulates CW motion to bleed off the hydraulic fluid, evaluator to student, hydraulic fluid is bleeding off. The MSIV is Reinstall threaded metal cap c. Reinstalls threaded metal cap covering the override assembly covering the override assembly When the student simulates reinstalling the metal cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap been  
NOTE: The MSIV shuts when one solenoid is overridden, but the procedure and local operator aid has the operator override both solenoids. To successfully complete the task only one of the solenoids has to be overridden.
*4. Manually open MS-FY-89B-3 main dump pilot solenoid valve: Remove threaded metal cap a. Removes threaded metal cap covering override assembly covering override assembly CUE: When student simulates CCW motion to remove the cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been removed." In-Plant 'B' Page 5 of 9 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
NOTE: Local operator aid does not reflect recent procedure change. Noun names on tags do not match procedure noun names.
___
In-Plant '8' Page 4 of 9
___________
 
__ __
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                         EVALUATION P=Perform
__________
-=S_=~S~im~u~la~t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c~al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~no~t~e~s~,lcl.*~it~ic~a_ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T_U~N~S~A~T__
S_A_T Using ratchet wrench turn the *b. Using ratchet wrench turns the manual override hex nut screw manual override hex nut clockwise until the hydraulic fluid clockwise-until the hydraulic fluid is bled off. is bled off. When the student simulates CW motion to bleed off the hydraulic fluid, evaluator to student, hydraulic fluid has bled off. The MSIV is Reinstall threaded metal cap c. Reinstalls threaded metal cap covering the override assembly covering the override assembly When the student simulates reinstalling the metal cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap been S Close MSIV hydraulic supply isolation Simulates closing MSIV valve supply isolation valve When student correctly simulates closing MS-V-434, evaluator to student, "MS-V-434 is closed." If the student states that the MSIV hydraulic air motor should start, the hydraulic supply isolation valve was just shut, therefore, the air motor should not start. "The JPM is complete." Stop time ____ Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to 7 Obtain from Tear Off sheets and any other materials used in performance of In-Plant '8' Page 6 of9 IN-PLANT "8' JPM*ATTACHMENT MANUAL MSIV MSIV HYDRAULIC MAIN DUMP MAIN DUMP IA ISOLATIONS ISOLATION PILOT SOL 1 PILOT SOL 2 8 MS-V-435 MS-FY -89A-2 MS-FY -89B-2 MS-V-88-V4C,V4D C MS-V-434 MS-FY -89A-3 MS-FY -89B-3 MS-V-90-V4C,v4D In-Plant 'B' Page 7 of 9 PERFORMANCE Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementlstelp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary.
    *3.         S    Manually open MS-FY-89A-3 main dump pilot solenoid valve:
In-Plant 'B' Page 8 of9 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR IN-PLANT 'B' Directions To The Student: Student: You are the Roving NSO. You are going to simulate locally closing an MSIV. The following information is provided to you: The plant has tripped from 100%power. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted. The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1. SG C MSIV is open. Simulate the task using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?
: a. Remove threaded metal cap                   a. Removes threaded metal cap covering override assembly                     covering I:>verride assembly CUE:        When student simulates CCW motion to remove the cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been removed."
Initiating Cue: US to Roving NSO, "Roving NSO (or student's name), using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves go to the East pipe chase and locally close MS-V-90 the C MSIV." In-Plant 'B' Page 9 of9
                      *b. Using ratchet wrench turn the               *b. Using ratchet wrench turns the manual override hex nut                         manual override hex nut clockwise until the hydraulic fluid             clockwise until the hydraulic fluid is bled off.                                   is bled off.
-------------------
CUE:        When the student simulates CW motion to bleed off the hydraulic fluid, evaluator to student, "The hydraulic fluid is bleeding off. The MSIV is closing."
ENER...
: c. Reinstall threaded metal cap             c. Reinstalls threaded metal cap covering the override assembly                 covering the override assembly CUE:        When the student simulates reinstalling the metal cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been reinstalled."
SEABROOK IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'C', ALIGN ALTERNATE (DEMIN WATER) COOLING TO CCP LUBE OIL Student Name: LMS#: Evaluator Name: SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 INITIAL EXAM SECURITY PREPARED BY: DATE: APPROVED BY: DATE: ______
    *4.         S    Manually open MS-FY-89B-3 main dump pilot solenoid valve:
N'-:-I JOB PERFORMANCE
: a. Remove threaded metal cap                   a. Removes threaded metal cap covering override assembly                     covering override assembly CUE:       When student simulates CCW motion to remove the cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been removed."
: 1. Task Number and Description NSO SBK Align/Remove Alternate Cooling To Charging pump Lube Oil Coolers 2. Conditions:
In-Plant 'B' Page 5 of 9
A. Plant is in Mode 4. B. CS-P-2A is not available.
 
C. Train B PCCW has been lost. D. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.
PERFORMANCE     CHEC~~LlST D=Discuss         ELEMENT/STEP                                   STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
_~~~_=S~im~u~la~t~e___
                    *~d~e~no~t~e~s~a~c~r~iti~ca~l~s~te~p~___________*~de~n~o~t~es~acr_it~ic~a_ls~te~pL-__________~S_A_T_L~IN
__S_A_T__
                    *b. Using ratchet wrench turn the               *b. Using ratchet wrench turns the manual override hex nut screw                 manual override hex nut clockwise until the hydraulic fluid           clockwise- until the hydraulic fluid is bled off.                                   is bled off.
CUE:        When the student simulates CW motion to bleed off the hydraulic fluid, evaluator to student, "The hydraulic fluid has bled off. The MSIV is closed."
: c. Reinstall threaded metal cap             c. Reinstalls threaded metal cap covering the override assembly                 covering the override assembly CUE:        When the student simulates reinstalling the metal cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been reinstalled."
: 5.        S   Close MSIV hydraulic supply isolation           Simulates closing MSIV hydraulic valve                                           supply isolation valve MS-V-434 CUE:        When student correctly simulates closing MS-V-434, evaluator to student, "MS-V-434 is closed."
NOTE: If the student states that the MSIV hydraulic air motor should start, the hydraulic supply isolation valve was just shut, therefore, the air motor should not start.
CUE:        "The JPM is complete."
: 6.            Stop time _ _ __                                Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task 7_            Obtain from student:
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
In-Plant '8' Page 6 of9
 
IN-PLANT "8' JPM*ATTACHMENT A MANUAL MSIV VALVES MSIV HYDRAULIC     MAIN DUMP         MAIN DUMP   IA ISOLATIONS ISOLATION PILOT SOL 1       PILOT SOL 2 8       MS-V-435   MS-FY-89A-2       MS-FY-89B-2 MS-V-88-V4C,V4D C       MS-V-434   MS-FY-89A-3       MS-FY-89B-3 MS-V-90-V4C,v4D In-Plant 'B' Page 7 of 9
 
PERFORMANCE  
 
==SUMMARY==
 
Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementlstelp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~I, if necessary.
In-Plant 'B' Page 8 of9
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR IN-PLANT 'B' JPM Directions To The Student:
Student:
A. You are the Roving NSO. You are going to simulate locally closing an MSIV.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. The plant has tripped from 100%power.
: 2. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted.
: 3. The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1.
: 4. SG C MSIV is open.
C. Simulate the task using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves.
D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM.
Do you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
US to Roving NSO, "Roving NSO (or student's name), using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves go to the East pipe chase and locally close MS-V-90 the C MSIV."
In-Plant 'B' Page 9 of9
 
ENER                       . ~*.***"'I!
SEABROOK IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'C', FINAL ALIGN ALTERNATE (DEMIN WATER) COOLING TO CCP LUBE OIL COOLER Student Name:                                                               LMS#:
Evaluator Name:
SAT           UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.
PREPARED BY:                                                               DATE:
APPROVED BY:                                                               DATE: _ _ _ _ __
                -----T=RA~I N'-:-IN--::"G---::S-U=-=PE=R-VI-"-SO.,,.-R----
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 1. Task Number and Description Position              NSO SBK 0040160004        Align/Remove Alternate Cooling To Charging pump Lube Oil Coolers
: 2. Conditions:
A. Plant is in Mode 4.
B. CS-P-2A is not available.
C. Train B PCCW has been lost.
D. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.
: 3. Standards:
: 3. Standards:
Simulate manually aligning alternate cooling from DEMIN to CS-P-2B per OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
Simulate manually aligning alternate cooling from DEMIN to CS-P-2B per OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
: 4. Student Materials:
: 4. Student Materials:
Copy of Tear Off Copy of OS1002.02 , Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Rev 5. Limitations On Performance:
Copy of Tear Off Sheet.
Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the 6.  
Copy of OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
Rev 38.
: 5. Limitations On Performance:
Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluatClr.
Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.
: 6.    


==References:==
==References:==


Procedures:
Procedures:
* OS1212.01 , PCCW System Malfunction.
* OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.
* OS1002.02 , Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection Value Sys Description RO/SRO 008 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the 3.3/3.6 following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or opl3rations:
* OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection Value Sys           KA                        Description RO/SRO 008         A2.01    Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the   3.3/3.6 following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or opl3rations: Loss of PCCW pump.                                 I In-Plant IC' Page 2 of 10
Loss of PCCW pump. I In-Plant IC' Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE Setting: Plant. PAB 25 ft and PAB 7 ft. Safety Considerations:
 
Health Physics postings and ALARA. Approximate Completion Time: 20 minutes Directions To The Student: Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple You are the Primary NSO. You are going to simulate locally aligning Oemin water (OW) as alternate cooling to CS-P-2B lube oil cooler. The following information is provided to you: Plant is in Mode 4. CS-P-2A is not available. Train B PCCW has been lost. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction. OS1212.01 Attachment A Shift Charging Pump/Align Cooling step 1 RNO instructs crew to align alternate cooling to charging pump lube oil cooler per OS1002.02 , Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection. The Roving NSO and a Fire Fighter have been dispatched to connect the drain hose from the Charging Pump lube oil coolers outlet to a storm drain and the drain hose has been connected at the storm drain end (OS1002.02 step 4.21.2). Chemistry has generated the Non-Rad release permit and it is in the control room." All applicable Tech Specs have been entered. Perform the task using OS1002.02, Operation Of L.etdown, Charging, and Seal Injection. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM. 00 you have any questions?
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
In-Plant Page 3 of JOB PERFORMANCE
: 7. Setting:
: 11. Initiating Cue: US to Primary NSO, "Primary N80 (or student's name), simulate aligning Demin water as alternate cooling to C8-P-2B lube oil cooler using 081002.02 section 4.21. Inform the control room as soon as cooling flow has been established." In-Plant 'e' Page 4 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
Plant. PAB 25 ft and PAB 7 ft.
: 8. Safety Considerations:
Health Physics postings and ALARA.
: 9. Approximate Completion Time:
20 minutes
: 10. Directions To The Student:
Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.
Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):
A. You are the Primary NSO. You are going to simulate locally aligning Oemin water (OW) as alternate cooling to CS-P-2B lube oil cooler.
B. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. Plant is in Mode 4.
: 2. CS-P-2A is not available.
: 3. Train B PCCW has been lost.
: 4. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.
: 5. OS1212.01 Attachment A Shift Charging Pump/Align Cooling step 1 RNO instructs crew to align alternate cooling to charging pump lube oil cooler per OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
: 6. The Roving NSO and a Fire Fighter have been dispatched to connect the drain hose from the Charging Pump lube oil coolers outlet to a storm drain and the drain hose has been connected at the storm drain end (OS1002.02 step 4.21.2).
: 7. Chemistry has generated the Non-Rad release permit and it is in the control room."
: 8. All applicable Tech Specs have been entered.
C. Perform the task using OS1002.02, Operation Of L.etdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
O. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM.
00 you have any questions?
In-Plant 'c' Page 3 of 10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET
: 11. Initiating Cue:
US to Primary NSO, "Primary N80 (or student's name), simulate aligning Demin water as alternate cooling to C8-P-2B lube oil cooler using 081002.02 section 4.21. Inform the control room as soon as cooling flow has been established."
In-Plant 'e' Page 4 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss       ELEMENT/STEP                           STANDARD                               EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection provide the student with the required portions OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection. P Start time _____ Initiating cue read If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the Student should review CAUTION prior to step 4.21.1. S Notify Chemistry to issue a Non-Rad Initial conditions state Chemistry has release issued a Non-Rad release permit and it is in control room. S Connect a drain hose from Charging Initial conditions states Roving pump lube oil cooler outlet to the and a Fire Fighter have connected storm drain. drain hose from Charging pump oil cooler outlet. S Refer to listed Technical Simulates informing control room to Specifications for refer to Technical Specifications for applicability.
* denotes a critical step               SAT UNSAT NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection provide the student with the required portions OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
In-Plant "C' Page 5 of 10
: 1.      P   Start time _ _ _ __                    Initiating cue read CUE:    If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
NOTE: Student should review CAUTION prior to step 4.21.1.
: 2.      S   Notify Chemistry to issue a Non-Rad     Initial conditions state Chemistry has release permit.                        issued a Non-Rad release permit and it is in control room.
: 3.      S   Connect a drain hose from Charging     Initial conditions states Roving NSO pump lube oil cooler outlet to the     and a Fire Fighter have connected a storm drain.                           drain hose from Charging pump lube oil cooler outlet.
: 4.      S   Refer to listed Technical               Simulates informing control room to Specifications for applicability.      refer to Technical Specifications for applicability.
In-Plant "C' Page 5 of 10


D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                 STANDARD                                       EVALUATION P=Perform
__________
_S~-_-S~i~m~u=la=te~_*_d=e=n~o~te=s~a~cr=it~ic=a=ls=t~ep~__________*_d=e=n~o~te=s~a.cl.=*it=ic=a=ls=te~p=-___________S=A=T~U=N=S=A=T__
___________
: 5.             Check that CS-P-2B is in Pull To             Simulate checking that CS-P-2B is in S                                                   Pull To Lock.
__ 5. Check that CS-P-2B is in Pull To Simulate checking that CS-P-2B is in S Lock. Pull To CUE: When student checks on the status of CS-P-2B, US to NSO,"CS-P-2B is in Pull To Valves CC-V-315, CC-V-318, CC-V-1292, DM-V-793, and CC-V-1294 are all located along the outside the degassifier room in the main passageway of the PAB 25 ft. across from the If the student requests permission to unlock and close CC-V-318, PCCW return from CS-P-2B oil cooler and CC-V315, supply to CS-P-2B oil cooler, US to NSO, "You have permission to unlock and close CC-V-318 and CC-V-31S." Required keys would be on the Primary NSO key ring. *6. S Unlock and close the following *a. Simulates unlocking and CC-V-318, PCCW return CS-P-2B oil When student simulates unlocking and closing CC-V-318, evaluator to student, "The valve unlocked.
Lock.
The valve is Simulates unlocking and closing CC-V315, PCCW supply to 2B oil cooler. When student simulates unlocking and closing CC-V-315, evaluator to student, "The valve unlocked.
CUE:       When student checks on the status of CS-P-2B, US to NSO,"CS-P-2B is in Pull To Lock."
The valve is In-Plant 'C' Page 6 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate
NOTE: Valves CC-V-315, CC-V-318, CC-V-1292, DM-V-793, and CC-V-1294 are all located along the wall, outside the degassifier room in the main passageway of the PAB 25 ft. across from the sampling room.
CUE:      If the student requests permission to unlock and close CC-V-318, PCCW return from CS-P-2B oil cooler and CC-V315, supply to CS-P-2B oil cooler, US to NSO, "You have permission to unlock and close CC-V-318 and CC-V-31S."
NOTE: Required keys would be on the Primary NSO key ring.
    *6.       S     Unlock and close the following valves:
                                                                    *a. Simulates unlocking and closing CC-V-318, PCCW return from CS-P-2B oil cooler.
CUE:      When student simulates unlocking and closing CC-V-318, evaluator to student, "The valve is unlocked. The valve is closed."
                                                                    *b. Simulates unlocking and closing CC-V315, PCCW supply to CS-P 2B oil cooler.
CUE:      When student simulates unlocking and closing CC-V-315, evaluator to student, "The valve is unlocked. The valve is closed."
In-Plant 'C' Page 6 of 10
 
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss     ELEMENT/STEP                             STANDARD                              EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate
* denotes a critical step
* denotes a critical step
* denotes .a critical SAT UNSAT *7. Demin water is to be aligned to CS-P-2B oil cooler. Aljgn the Simulate::;
* denotes .a critical step              SAT UNSAT
releasing locking pin and opening CC-V-1292 demin alternate cooling supply to CS-P-2B oil coolers. When student simulates releasing the locking pin and opening CC-V-1292, evaluator to student, "The locking pin releases.
  *7.     S  Demin water is to be aligned to the CS-P-2B oil cooler. Aljgn the following valves
The valve is open." If student does not simulate release of locking pin, cue, "The valve does not move." Simulatel:;
                                                        *a. Simulate::; releasing locking pin and opening CC-V-1292 demin alternate cooling supply to CS-P-2B oil coolers.
opening DM-V-793 demin alternate cooling supply to Charging pump oil coolers. When student simulates opening DM-V-793, evaluator to student, "The valve is open." NOTE: Student should not perform step 4.21.7. Demin water is being used for alternate cooling. NOTE: Student should review NOTE prior to step 4.21.8. *8. Throttle CC-V-1294 CS-P-2B oil Simulates locking pin cooler alternate cooling outlet as throttling open CC-V-1294 necessary to maintain 10-30 gpm. oil cooler alternate cooling When student simulates releasing the locking pin and throttling CC-V-1294, evaluator to "The locking pin releases.
CUE:    When student simulates releasing the locking pin and opening CC-V-1292, evaluator to student, "The locking pin releases. The valve is open." If student does not simulate release of locking pin, cue, "The valve does not move."
The valve is throttled open. You hear flow." If student does simulate release of locking pin, cue, "The valve does not In-Plant 'C' Page 7 of 10 PERFORMANCE D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform
                                                        *b. Simulatel:; opening DM-V-793 demin alternate cooling supply to Charging pump oil coolers.
___
CUE:    When student simulates opening DM-V-793, evaluator to student, "The valve is open."
*_d_e_no_t_e
NOTE: Student should not perform step 4.21.7. Demin water is being used for alternate cooling.
__ __________.
NOTE: Student should review NOTE prior to step 4.21.8.
T_______________
  *8.     S  Throttle CC-V-1294 CS-P-2B oil           Simulates relE~asing locking pin and cooler alternate cooling outlet as     throttling open CC-V-1294 CS-P-2B necessary to maintain 10-30 gpm.         oil cooler alternate cooling outlet.
____ __ S Check flow on CC-FISL-2218.
CUE:    When student simulates releasing the locking pin and throttling CC-V-1294, evaluator to student, "The locking pin releases. The valve is throttled open. You hear flow." If student does not simulate release of locking pin, cue, "The valve does not move."
Simulates checking flow When student simulates checking flow, evaluator to student, "The indicator shows 25 gpm." S Inform control room that alternate Simulates informing control room cooling using Demin water has been alternate cooling using Demin established to CS-P-2B oil cooler at has been established to CS-P-2B 25 gpm. cooler at 2t) US to I\ISO, "I copy, alternate cooling using Demin water has been established to CS-P-2B oil cooler at 25 gpm. We will enter this on the Non-Rad release permit. We will monitor Charging pump temperatures." "The JPM is complete." 11. Stop time ___Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to Obtain from Tear Off sheets and any other materials used in performance of In-Plant 'C' Page 8 of 10 PERFORMANCE SUMMAFty Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial if necessary.
In-Plant 'C' Page 7 of 10
In-Plant 'C' Page 9 of 10 TEAR OFF SHEET FOR  
 
'C' JPM Directions To The Student: You are the Primary NSO. You are going to simulate locally aligning Oemin water (OW) as alternate cooling to CS-P-28 lube oil clJoler. The following information is provided to you: Plant is in Mode 4. CS-P-2A is not available. Train 8 PCCW has been lost. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction. OS1212.01 Attachment A Shift Charging Pump/Align Cooling step 1 RNO instructs crew to align alternate cooling to charging pump lube oil cooler per OS1002.02 , Operation Of letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection. The Roving NSO and a Fire Fighter have been dispatched to connect the drain hose from the Charging Pump lube oil coolers outlet to a storm drain and the drain hose has been connected at the storm drain end (OS1 002.02 step 4.21.2). Chemistry has generated the Non-Rad release, permit and it is in the control room." All applicable Tech Specs have been Perform the task using OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues elnd communications for this JPM. 00 you have any questions?
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss           ELEMENT/STEP                                     STANDARD                                     EVALUATION P=Perform
Initiating Cue: US to Primary NSO, "Primary NSO (or student's name), simulate aligning Demin water as alternate cooling to lube oil cooler using OS1002.02 section 4.21. Inform the control room as soon as coolin!g flow has been established." In-Plant 'C' Page 10 of 10 SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SITE: Seabrook Revision #: FINAL LMS 10: LMS Rev. Date: SEG TITLE: 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG TYPE: o Training Evaluation PROGRAM: o LOCT o Other: DURATION:
~3-_-S~'~lm~u~la~t~e___
90 minutes Developed by: Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by: Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by: SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by: Training Supervision Date Approved by: Training Program Owner (Line) Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 26 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003)
                      *_d~e_no~t~e~s~a_c~r_iti_ca_l_s_te~p_____________            sacr_iti_c_al_s_te~p__________.____
I made to the material after initial approval.
                                                                      *_d_e_no_t_e__                                S_A_T_U_N_S~A
Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.  
__ T__
# DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE ARlTWR# PREPARER REVIEWER DATE DATE i -I I i i i i I i TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of 26
: 9.          S   Check flow on CC-FISL-2218.                     Simulates checking flow on CC-FISL-2218.
",;:><'era
CUE:        When student simulates checking flow, evaluator to student, "The indicator shows 25 gpm."
'. ENE 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 55% power with, stable xenon, boron concentration at 1314 ppm, CB D at 205 steps and both Main feed Pumps and one Heater Drain pump in service. CBS-P-9-A is tagged out for maintenance.
: 10.        S   Inform control room that alternate               Simulates informing control room that cooling using Demin water has been               alternate cooling using Demin water established to CS-P-2B oil cooler at             has been established to CS-P-2B oil 25 gpm.                                         cooler at 2t) gpm.
The crew will begin a power increase at 5%/hr to 75% power. 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel will fail low. The crew will then experience CC-V-341 failing closed which will force them to use excess letdown. A seismic event will cause rod HS to drop. CBS -P-9-B loss of all oil. Two CBS pumps INOP. T.S. 3.0.3 entry. While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod FS drops, requiring a manual reactor trip. On the reactor trip the 'C' SG will fault inside containment.
CUE:        US to I\ISO, "I copy, alternate cooling using Demin water has been established to CS-P-2B oil cooler at 25 gpm. We will enter this on the Non-Rad release permit. We will monitor Charging pump temperatures."
The auto isolation for 'C' SG EFW flow control valves will be defeated and manual action to close the valves will be required.
CUE:        "The JPM is complete."
When the SI occurs, CS-P-2-A will trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B will not auto start and must be manually started by the PSO. With no CBS pumps containment pressure will increase >1Spsig and Z will go ORANGE requiring FR-Z.1 entry. SEQUENCE OF EVENTS Event # Description i 1. Crew begins a 5%/hr power increase.
: 11.             Stop time _ _ __                                Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
: 2. FW-LT-551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel fails low. 3. CC-V-341 fails closed. Crew is forced to use excess letdown. 4. Seismic event causes rod HS to drop. 5. I Loss of all oil to CBS-P-9-B.
: 12.            Obtain from student:
T.S.3.0.3 entry. 6. While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod FS drops, requiring a manual reactor trip. On reactor trip the 'C' SG faults inside containment.
Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.
: 7. When SI occurs, CS-P-2-A trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B blocked from starting on SI. B must be manually started by PSO. S. Defeat the auto isolation for the 'C' SG EFW flow control valves FW-FV-4234-A and FV-4234-B.
In-Plant 'C' Page 8 of 10
Manual action to close the valves will be required.
 
I TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of 26 2013 LOIT NRC 81M E:x:am 1 SEG SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setup Checklist.
PERFORMANCE SUMMAFty Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin!~, if necessary.
In-Plant 'C' Page 9 of 10
 
TEAR OFF SHEET FOR         IN~PLANT  'C' JPM Directions To The Student:
A You are the Primary NSO. You are going to simulate locally aligning Oemin water (OW) as alternate cooling to CS-P-28 lube oil clJoler.
: 8. The following information is provided to you:
: 1. Plant is in Mode 4.
: 2. CS-P-2A is not available.
: 3. Train 8 PCCW has been lost.
: 4. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.
S. OS1212.01 Attachment A Shift Charging Pump/Align Cooling step 1 RNO instructs crew to align alternate cooling to charging pump lube oil cooler per OS1002.02, Operation Of letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
: 6. The Roving NSO and a Fire Fighter have been dispatched to connect the drain hose from the Charging Pump lube oil coolers outlet to a storm drain and the drain hose has been connected at the storm drain end (OS1 002.02 step 4.21.2).
: 7. Chemistry has generated the Non-Rad release, permit and it is in the control room."
: 8. All applicable Tech Specs have been entere~d.
C. Perform the task using OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
O. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.
E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues elnd communications for this JPM.
00 you have any questions?
Initiating Cue:
US to Primary NSO, "Primary NSO (or student's name), simulate aligning Demin water as alternate cooling to CS~P~2B lube oil cooler using OS1002.02 section 4.21. Inform the control room as soon as coolin!g flow has been established."
In-Plant 'C' Page 10 of 10
 
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE                             SEG SITE:         Seabrook                                           Revision #: FINAL LMS 10:                                                       LMS Rev. Date:
SEG TITLE:     2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG TYPE:                   o Training                         ~ Evaluation PROGRAM:       o LOCT           ~LOIT          o Other:
DURATION:     90 minutes Developed by:
Instructor/Developer                       Date Reviewed by:
Instructor (Instructional Review)               Date Validated by:
SME (Technical Review)                       Date Approved by:
Training Supervision                       Date Approved by:
Training Program Owner (Line)                   Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                 Page 1 of 26
 
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                     SEG I
UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
PREPARER    DATE
    #           DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                   REASON FOR CHANGE         ARlTWR#
REVIEWER   DATE i
I I
i i
i i
i I
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                           Page 2 of 26
 
  ",;:><'era'.
ENE                                   2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                 SEG OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 55% power with, stable xenon, boron concentration at 1314 ppm, CB D at 205 steps and both Main feed Pumps and one Heater Drain pump in service. CBS-P-9-A is tagged out for maintenance. The crew will begin a power increase at 5%/hr to 75% power. 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel will fail low. The crew will then experience CC-V-341 failing closed which will force them to use excess letdown. A seismic event will cause rod HS to drop. CBS -P-9-B loss of all oil. Two CBS pumps INOP. T.S. 3.0.3 entry. While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod FS drops, requiring a manual reactor trip. On the reactor trip the 'C' SG will fault inside containment. The auto isolation for 'C' SG EFW flow control valves will be defeated and manual action to close the valves will be required. When the SI occurs, CS-P-2-A will trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B will not auto start and must be manually started by the PSO. With no CBS pumps containment pressure will increase
        >1Spsig and Z will go ORANGE requiring FR-Z.1 entry.
SEQUENCE OF EVENTS i
Event #   Description
: 1.     Crew begins a 5%/hr power increase.
: 2.     FW-LT-551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel fails low.
: 3.     CC-V-341 fails closed. Crew is forced to use excess letdown.
: 4.     Seismic event causes rod HS to drop.
: 5. I Loss of all oil to CBS-P-9-B. T.S.3.0.3 entry.
: 6.     While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod FS drops, requiring a manual reactor trip. On reactor trip the 'C' SG faults inside containment.
: 7.     When SI occurs, CS-P-2-A trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B blocked from starting on SI. CS-P-2 B must be manually started by PSO.
S.     Defeat the auto isolation for the 'C' SG EFW flow control valves FW-FV-4234-A and FW FV-4234-B. Manual action to close the valves will be required.
I TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                   Page 3 of 26
 
2013 LOIT NRC 81M E:x:am 1                               SEG SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setup Checklist.
General Instructions
General Instructions
: a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
: a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
: b. Reset to IC #150 c. Place simulator in Run d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #38 and insert the following:
: b. Reset to IC #150
: 1. B Train is Protected, SV C0755, '2' 2. Tagout CBS-P-9-A
: c. Place simulator in Run
: d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #38 and insert the following:
: 1. B Train is Protected, SV C0755, '2'
: 2. Tagout CBS-P-9-A
* SELECT: RF List
* SELECT: RF List
* SELECT: Containment Spray (Component)
* SELECT: Containment Spray (Component)
* SELECT: cCBSP9A
* SELECT: cCBSP9A
* SELECT: RACK OUT
* SELECT: RACK OUT
* SELECT: INSERT 3. Block CS-P-2-B from starting on SI:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 3. Block CS-P-2-B from starting on SI:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Chemical and Volume Control
* SELECT: Chemical and Volume Control
* SELECT: mfCS002
* SELECT: mfCS002
* SELECT: INSERT 4. Defeat the auto isolation for the 'C' SG EFW flow control valve FW-FV-4234-A:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 4. Defeat the auto isolation for the 'C' SG EFW flow control valve FW-FV-4234-A:
* SELECT: Scenario
* SELECT: Scenario
* OPEN: Sim Support
* OPEN: Sim Support
* SELECT: C SG EFW Auto Isolation Defeat
* SELECT: C SG EFW Auto Isolation Defeat
* SELECT: Run
* SELECT: Run
* SELECT: OK e. Insert Event Trigger
* SELECT: OK
: e. Insert Event Trigger
* SELECT: Event Triggers
* SELECT: Event Triggers
* OPEN: Sim Support
* OPEN: Sim Support
* SELECT: SG FAULT
* SELECT: SG FAULT
* SELECT: Activate TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 26 i\,jt:xrera*
* SELECT: Activate TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                               Page 4 of 26
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG FIHT Place tag on CBS-P-9-A control switch. Depress the CBS Train A BypassllNOP pushbutton on ECCS Train A BypassllNOP section. h. Ensure that FW-L-551 is the contrOlling channel for 'A' SG L Advance logger and tear off any sheets with Procedure OS1000.05, Power Increase is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.39. Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation, TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 5 of 26
 
_____
i\,jt:xrera*
___________ __ __ __________2_0_1_3_L_O_IT N_R_C_S_IM E_Xan_11 SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
E~~~        FIHT 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                          SEG f Place tag on CBS-P-9-A control switch.
* See Turnover Sheet TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 26 rera 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 l SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT Event 1 PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N) Allow the students to increase plant power Start Crew Begins the Power increase lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.05, to the extent that a significant manipulation is The crew should prepare for and initiate a power increase at 5%/hr. Unit Supervisor:
: g. Depress the CBS Train A BypassllNOP pushbutton on ECCS Train A BypassllNOP section.
A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase.
: h. Ensure that FW-L-551 is the contrOlling channel for 'A' SG Level.
The temperature band will normally be + 1.5&deg;F with rods in Auto or + 3&deg;F with rods in manual. Dilution will be used for temperature control during the power increase.
L Advance logger and tear off any sheets with print.
Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control. Turbine Operations:
: j. Procedure OS1000.05, Power Increase is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.39.
The BOP will increase turbine load using automatic DEHC operations..*
Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation, TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                          Page 5 of 26
Using the laminated sheets, Figure 19 of OS 1000.10, . The basic steps are:
 
_____ Nu~_mff~ ___________2_0_1_3_L_O_IT__N_R_C_S_IM
__E_Xan_11__________ ~I~
SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
* See Turnover Sheet
~~~~~==~=============:================
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                               Page 6 of 26
 
rera 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                         *****-;E~    l SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                       EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1                                                     PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N)
Start          Allow the students to increase plant power Crew Begins the Power increase lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.05, Power to the extent that a significant reactivity  Increase.
manipulation is demonstrated.
The crew should prepare for and initiate a power increase at 5%/hr.
Unit Supervisor: A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase. The temperature band will normally be + 1.5&deg;F with rods in Auto or + 3&deg;F with rods in manual. Dilution will be used for temperature control during the power increase. Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control.
Turbine Operations: The BOP will increase turbine load using automatic DEHC operations..* Using the laminated sheets, Figure 19 of OS 1000.10, .
The basic steps are:
* Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
* Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
* Insert the desired loading Rate.
* Insert the desired loading Rate.
* insert the desired Power Level. I
* insert the desired Power Level.
* VVhen ReS temperature begins to Increase, Select "Load."
I
* VVhen ReS temperature begins to Increase, Select "Load."                 I
* Monitor turbine loading using "Load Status" is Loading and "Load Actual" increases.
* Monitor turbine loading using "Load Status" is Loading and "Load Actual" increases.
The BOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.
The BOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.
* At any time during the automatic loading, the power increase can be stopped by activating the "Hold" function.
* At any time during the automatic loading, the power increase can be stopped by activating the "Hold" function.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 26 1--2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam SEG J TIME/NOTES Power Increase (continued)
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                   Page 7 of 26
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS i INSTRUCTOR EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Reactor Power change: The crew will use dilution to increase temperature during the turbine load increase.
 
A dilution value will be determined to change the boron concentration and increase power/temperature.
I~~                  1--                   2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1                                                  SEG     J SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS i
If control rods are used in manual to control AFD I temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the OUT direction and withdraw the rods a maximum of three steps. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions. Using the laminated sheets of OS 1008.01, Figure 2, Dilution Check List, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required dilution volume and rate. The high level steps are:
TIME/NOTES            INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                            EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Power Increase                                      Reactor Power change: The crew will use dilution to increase temperature (continued)                                        during the turbine load increase. A dilution value will be determined to change the boron concentration and increase power/temperature. If control rods are used in manual to control AFD I temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the OUT direction and withdraw the rods a maximum of three steps. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions.
Using the laminated sheets of OS 1008.01, Figure 2, Dilution Check List, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required dilution volume and rate.
The high level steps are:
* Verify the pumps are in AUTO
* Verify the pumps are in AUTO
* Verify the makeup valves are in AUTO
* Verify the makeup valves are in AUTO
* Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
* Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
* Place the Mode Selector Switch to DILUTE or ALT DILUTE
* Place the Mode Selector Switch to DILUTE or ALT DILUTE
* Set the quantity and flow rate on CIS-FIQ-111 controller During validation the crew used a dilution value of 950 gallons in approximately 240 gallon batches every 15 minutes.
* Set the quantity and flow rate on CIS-FIQ-111 controller Note: During validation the crew used a dilution value of 950 gallons in approximately 240 gallon batches every 15 minutes.
* If not desired, select OFF for the "Stepback Feature"
* If not desired, select OFF for the "Stepback Feature"
* Set the Mode Start Switch to START
* Set the Mode Start Switch to START
* Verify the pumps and valves respond
* Verify the pumps and valves respond
* Verify Plant Response.
* Verify Plant Response.
* Restore System to Automatic control TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 8 of 26
* Restore System to Automatic control TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                          Page 8 of 26


2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG FU'ET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES Event 2 After Power I ncrease or At Lead Examiner's Discretion INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY FW-L T-551 , 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel fails low:
~~f)(rera' ENERGY_~                                            2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                                 SEG
* SELECT: MF List
      ,/~~
* SELECT: Feedwater (Component)
FU'ET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                   INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2                                                       BOP (I), US (I, TS)
* SELECT: ItFWL T551
FW-LT -551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel fails low.
* SELECT: FAIL LOW
After Power          FW-LT-551 , 'A' SG Level Instrument Increase or At      controlling channel fails low:            Initial Alarms:
* SELECT: INSERT If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for the FW-L T -551, then respond "Understand that FW-L T -551 has failed low. A troubleshooting team is being formed." EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP (I), US (I, FW-L T -551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel fails Initial 04770 SG A LVL REF 04876 SG A LEVEL F4756 SG A LEVEL F5871 SG LEVEL LO ATWS CHANNEL UA-53 A-3 SG A LEVEL US will ask BOP if a controlling  
Lead
'A' SG Level channel has failed. BOP identify that FW-LT-551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel failed low. US will direct BOP to take manual control of the 'A' SG control valve and return 'A' SG level to 45% to 55%. BOP will inform when 'A' SG level is under his US enters 081235.03 , 8G Levei instrument Faiiure and directs the foiiowing I actions: Step 1: Check Steam Generator Water Level Control:
* SELECT: MF List                  04770 SG A LVL REF DEVIATION Examiner's
* BOP will report FW-L T-551 failed low.
* SELECT: Feedwater (Component)    04876 SG A LEVEL LOW Discretion
* SELECT: ItFWLT551                F4756 SG A LEVEL LO-LO
* SELECT: FAIL LOW                  F5871 SG LEVEL LO ATWS CHANNEL TRIP
* SELECT: INSERT                    UA-53 A-3 SG A LEVEL HilLa US will ask BOP if a controlling 'A' SG Level channel has failed. BOP will identify that FW-LT-551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel has failed low. US will direct BOP to take manual control of the 'A' SG feed control valve and return 'A' SG level to 45% to 55%. BOP will inform US when 'A' SG level is under his control.
IUS enters 081235.03, 8G Levei instrument Faiiure and directs the foiiowing I actions:
Step 1: Check Steam Generator Water Level Control:
* BOP will report FW-LT-551 failed low.
* BOP will report 'A' SG feed control valve in manual.
* BOP will report 'A' SG feed control valve in manual.
* BOP will control 'A' SG level to 45% to Step 2: Realign Steam Generator Level
* BOP will control 'A' SG level to 45% to 55%.
* BOP will select an alternate controlling channel for 'A' SG Step 3: Align Steam Generator Water Level
Step 2: Realign Steam Generator Level Instruments:
* BOP will check steam flow/feed flow signals matched, 'A' SG level 50%, proper controller setpoint and then place the controller in TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 9 of26 era 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG ,fo P #* NUCtEAR Fl.liET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES FW-LT-5S1, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel fails low. (continued)
If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for the
INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C, then respond "I&C is on their way to the control room." IF NEEDED at OS1235.03, step 6:
* BOP will select an alternate controlling channel for 'A' SG level FW-LT -551, then respond "Understand      Step 3: Align Steam Generator Water Level Control:
that FW-LT -551 has failed low. A troubleshooting team is being formed."
* BOP will check steam flow/feed flow signals matched, 'A' SG level at 50%, proper controller setpoint and then place the controller in Auto.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                    Page 9 of26
 
era EN~                                                      2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                              SEG
      ,foP #*   NUCtEAR Fl.liET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                       INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE FW-LT-5S1, 'A'                                                     Step 4: Verify redundant channels bistables not tripped:
SG Level
* PSO will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-1 and UL Instrument                                                           6.
controlling channel fails
* BOP will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-12.
low. (continued)                                                   Step 5: US will verify technical specification compliance:
* T.S. 3.3.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Action 6 If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C,
* T.S. 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation; then respond "I&C is on their way to the   Action 18 control room."
* US will coordinate with I&C to place bistables to bypass for up to 6 hours or trip within 6 hours.
Step 6: US will direct BOP to verify ATWS Mitigation Input Status:
* BOP will verify that 551 is the failed channel.
IF NEEDED at OS1235.03, step 6:
* BOP will check UL-28 bistables per US direction.
* SELECT: Panel Overview
* SELECT: Panel Overview
* SELECT: AMSAC CP-519
* US will direct I&C to place failed channel in 1-MM-CP-519, ATWS
* SELECT: SG A (L551) EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Step 4: Verify redundant channels bistables not tripped:
* SELECT: AMSAC CP-519                 mitigation system cabinet to - OPERATE BYPASS
* PSO will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-1 and 6.
* SELECT: SG A (L551)
* BOP will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-12. Step 5: US will verify technical specification compliance:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                        Page 10 of 26
* T.S. 3.3.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Action 6
 
* T.S. 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation; Action 18
EN~E3QYm~                                        2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                              SEG
* US will coordinate with I&C to place bistables to bypass for up to 6 hours or trip within 6 hours. Step 6: US will direct BOP to verify A TWS Mitigation Input Status:
      ",/fo"'<""
* BOP will verify that 551 is the failed channel.
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES              INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3                                                    PSO (C), US (C)
* BOP will check UL-28 bistables per US direction. US will direct I&C to place failed channel in 1-MM-CP-519, mitigation system cabinet to -OPERATE TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 10 of 26 
After T.S. Call  CC-V-341 fails closed:                    CC-V-341, PCCW to Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails closed.
is made (Can
* SELECT: MF List be left for post
* SELECT: Primary Component        Initial Alarms:
scenario)                Cooling (Component)              04692 LTON HX OUTLET TEMPERATURE HIGH
* SELECT: cCCV341                  04695 LTON HX TEMP HIGH & OEMIN BYPASS
* SELECT: Fail Closed
* SELECT: INSERT                    "Skill of the operator" may be utilized to close CS-V-145 and reduce charging
* to seal only.
If the crew dispatches an NSO to CC-V 341, respond "This is Primary NSO, go      PSO may review 04692, LTON HX Outlet Temperature High and under the toCC-V-341 and let you know what I        US direction will complete the following actions:
find."                                    Step 1: PSO will verify high temperature on CS-TI-130.
Step 2: PSO will verify CS-TK-130 proper operation.
If the crew dispatches an NSO to CC-V    Step 3: PSO will find CC-V-341 closed and attempt to open.
341, wait 2 minutes then respond "This is the NSO, I am at CC-V-341 is closed        NOTE: At this time the US may direct PSO to isolate letdown by closing CS and the airline appears to have failed."  V-145  due to loss of letdown temperature control and enter OS1202.01, Loss of Letdown.
Step 4: US, PSO or BOP will contact Chemistry.
If the crew calls the WCSNVWM for maintenance support for CC-V-341 , then    Step 5: US will direct transfer to Excess Letdown, respond "I will inform maintenance that    Step 6: PSO will monitor RCP parameters.
CC-V-341 airline appears to have failed."
If the crew calls Chemistry, then respond "Chemistry understands that letdown cooling has been lost (OR lost letdown)."
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                  Page 11 of26


2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG ",/fo"'<"" SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES Event 3 After T.S. Call is made (Can be left for post scenario)
rera ENERGY~
INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY CC-V-341 fails closed: SELECT: MF List SELECT: Primary Component Cooling (Component) SELECT: cCCV341 SELECT: Fail Closed SELECT: INSERT
        """~'-"'~"~,,                       2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                               SEG NUClEAR FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE 3 minutes after                                     CC-V-341, PCCW to Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails closed. (continued)
* If the crew dispatches an NSO to 341, respond "This is Primary NSO, go toCC-V-341 and let you know what I find." If the crew dispatches an NSO to 341, wait 2 minutes then respond "This is the NSO, I am at CC-V-341 is closed and the airline appears to have failed." If the crew calls the WCSNVWM for maintenance support for CC-V-341 , then respond "I will inform maintenance that CC-V-341 airline appears to have failed." If the crew calls Chemistry, then respond "Chemistry understands that letdown cooling has been lost (OR lost letdown)." EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE PSO (C), US CC-V-341, PCCW to Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails Initial 04692 LTON HX OUTLET TEMPERATURE 04695 L TON HX TEMP HIGH &OEMIN "Skill of the operator" may be utilized to close CS-V-145 and reduce to seal PSO may review 04692, LTON HX Outlet Temperature High and under US direction will complete the following Step 1: PSO will verify high temperature on Step 2: PSO will verify CS-TK-130 proper Step 3: PSO will find CC-V-341 closed and attempt to NOTE: At this time the US may direct PSO to isolate letdown by closing V-145 due to loss of letdown temperature control and enter Loss of Step 4: US, PSO or BOP will contact Step 5: US will direct transfer to Excess Step 6: PSO will monitor RCP TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 11 of26 
CC-V-341, PCCWto Alarm:
---rera 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG NUClEAR FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE 3 minutes after CC-V-341, PCCW to Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails closed. Alarm: Letdown Heat D4698 VCT TEMP HIGH Exchanger, fails closed. PSO or BOP may review D4698, VCT Temp Hi and under the US direction will complete the following actions: Step 1: PSO will verify VCT high temperature on CS-Step 2: PSO will verify CS-TK-130 proper Step 3: PSO will find CC-V-341 closed and attempt to Step 4: PSO will inform US that letdown temperature cannot be controlled setpoint and recommend isolating letdown by closing CS-V-145
Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails                                    D4698 VCT TEMP HIGH closed.
PSO or BOP may review D4698, VCT Temp Hi and under the US direction will complete the following actions:
Step 1: PSO will verify VCT high temperature on CS-TI-116.
Step 2: PSO will verify CS-TK-130 proper operation.
Step 3: PSO will find CC-V-341 closed and attempt to open.
Step 4: PSO will inform US that letdown temperature cannot be controlled at setpoint and recommend isolating letdown by closing CS-V-145 .
* US will direct PSO to close CS-V-145 .
* US will direct PSO to close CS-V-145 .
* After CS-V-145 is closed, US will direct PSO to reduce charging flow to the RCP seals only (approximately 32 gpm). I Step 5: US will enter OS1202.01, Loss of Letdown. I Step 6: PSO will monitor RCP parameters.
* After CS-V-145 is closed, US will direct PSO to reduce charging flow to the RCP seals only (approximately 32 gpm).
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 26 era' 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 ,,-,/fi'" SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECIED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-V-341, US enters OS1202.01, Loss of Letdown and directs the following actions: PCCWto Step 1: Check for Letdown Isolation:
I Step 5: US will enter OS1202.01, Loss of Letdown.
I Step 6: PSO will monitor RCP parameters.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                         Page 12 of 26
 
                                                                                                                          ~J era' EN~'3~y:,a                                      2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1
      ,,-,/fi'"
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECIED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-V-341,                                                 US enters OS1202.01, Loss of Letdown and directs the following actions:
PCCWto                                                     Step 1: Check for Letdown Isolation:
Letdown Heat
Letdown Heat
* PSO will report pressurizer level (>17%) Exchanger, closed.
* PSO will report pressurizer level (>17%)
* US will go to Step 2 per the (continued)
Exchanger, fails closed.
Step 2: Check Letdown System
* US will go to Step 2 per the RNO.
* PSO or BOP will verify radiation levels are normal. Step 3: Check Status Of Letdown:
(continued)                                               Step 2: Check Letdown System Intact:
* PSO or BOP will verify radiation levels are normal.
Step 3: Check Status Of Letdown:
* PSO will report Normal Letdown is not in service.
* PSO will report Normal Letdown is not in service.
* US will direct PSO to adjust charging flow to control PZR level on program, as necessary.
* US will direct PSO to adjust charging flow to control PZR level on program, as necessary.
* US will go to Step 4 per the RNO. Step 4: Check Normal Letdown Flowpath Alignment:
* US will go to Step 4 per the RNO.
Step 4: Check Normal Letdown Flowpath Alignment:
* PSO will verify valves as requested by US or tell US that normal letdown is not available.
* PSO will verify valves as requested by US or tell US that normal letdown is not available.
* PSO will report BTRS is in OFF. Step 5: Check VCT Makeup Control System: I
* PSO will report BTRS is in OFF.
Step 5: Check VCT Makeup Control System:                                     I
* PSO will check blended makeup boron concentration set at required RCS boron concentration.
* PSO will check blended makeup boron concentration set at required RCS boron concentration.
* PSO will align makeup for automatic control. Step 6: Check If Normal Letdown Can Be Established:
* PSO will align makeup for automatic control.
Step 6: Check If Normal Letdown Can Be Established:
* PSO will verify charging flow and pressurizer level as requested by US or tell US that normal letdown is not available.
* PSO will verify charging flow and pressurizer level as requested by US or tell US that normal letdown is not available.
* US will go to Step 7 per the RNO. -TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 13 of 26
                                        - ~-----~--~~----
--------------
* US will go to Step 7 per the RNO.
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY CC-V-341, PCCWto Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails closed. ( continued)
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                               Page 13 of 26
-!f the crew calls the waste NSO to inform 1 him that they are flushing excess letdown to the RCDT, respond "This is Waste NSO, you are flushing excess letdown to the RCOT. I will monitor the service PDT level during the RCOT pump down." EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE US will read CAUTION prior to Step 7:
 
* Do NOT exceed excess letdown heat exchanger outlet temperature
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                               SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-V-341,                                                     US will read CAUTION prior to Step 7:
* Do NOT exceed excess letdown heat exchanger outlet pressure of 150 PSIG. Step 7: Establish excess letdown:
PCCWto
* PSO will open CC-V-434, excess letdown heat exchanger cooling
* Do NOT exceed excess letdown heat exchanger outlet temperature of Letdown Heat                                                    175&deg;F.
* PSO will check open RCP seal return containment isolation valves: 167 and CS-V-168.
Exchanger, fails
* Do NOT exceed excess letdown heat exchanger outlet pressure of 150 closed.                                                          PSIG.
(continued)                                                  Step 7: Establish excess letdown:
* PSO will open CC-V-434, excess letdown heat exchanger cooling water outlet.
* PSO will check open RCP seal return containment isolation valves: CS-V 167 and CS-V-168.
* PSO will check closed CS-HCV-123.
* PSO will check closed CS-HCV-123.
* PSO will open excess letdown containment isolation valves:
* PSO will open excess letdown containment isolation valves: CS-V-175 and CS-V-176
and
* PSO will flush excess letdown heat exchanger to RCDT by performing the following:
* PSO will flush excess letdown heat exchanger to RCDT by performing the following:
o Align CS-V-170 to the RCDT position.
                - !f the crew calls the waste NSO to inform    o Align CS-V-170 to the RCDT position.
() Slowly throttle CS-HCV-123 open and flush to RCDT for greater than five minutes. o Close CS-HCV-123.
1him that they are flushing excess letdown      () Slowly throttle CS-HCV-123 open and flush to RCDT for greater than to the RCDT, respond "This is Waste              five minutes.
NSO, you are flushing excess letdown          o Close CS-HCV-123.
to the RCOT. I will monitor the in
* PSO will align CS-V-170 to the SEAL RET HDR position.
* PSO will align CS-V-170 to the SEAL RET HDR position.
* PSO will establish desired excess letdown flow by throttling open HCV-123 while monitoring excess letdown heat exchanger temperature and
service PDT level during the RCOT pump down."
* PSO will remove normal letdown flow input to plant calorimetric by deleting from scan A0620, CS-E-4 LETDN OUTL FLOW. Step 8: Restore Normal Pressurizer Level Control:
* PSO will establish desired excess letdown flow by throttling open CS HCV-123 while monitoring excess letdown heat exchanger outlet temperature and pressure.
* PSO will control charging and letdown flow to maintain pressurizer at program level and control RCP seal injection flow between 8 and gpm to each TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 14 of 26
* PSO will remove normal letdown flow input to plant calorimetric by deleting from scan A0620, CS-E-4 LETDN OUTL FLOW.
Step 8: Restore Normal Pressurizer Level Control:
* PSO will control charging and letdown flow to maintain pressurizer level at program level and control RCP seal injection flow between 8 and 13 gpm to each RCP.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                 Page 14 of 26


3 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 I SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES Event 4 After Excess Letdown is established or at Lead Examiner's Discretion INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY Simultaneous Events Seismic Event:
ENEf3~e                                                                                                                =~ I
                                                                                                                            ~
      ,.,,.~,.~i<
3 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4                                                   PSO (C), BOP (C), US (C, TS)
After Excess     Simultaneous Events                    Seismic Event coincident with rod H8 drop.
Letdown is       Seismic Event:                          Initial Alarms:
established or
* SELECT: MF List                  05452 SEISMIC EVENT IN PROGRESS at Lead Examiner's
* SELECT: Seismic Monitoring      07753 CONTROL ROD DEVIATION Discretion
* SELECT: mfSM001                  07730 ONE ROD ON BOTTOM
* SELECT: INSERT                    B7457 ROD MOTION DETECTED Rod H8 Drop:                           F8105 DRPI/DEMAND DEVIATION -12 STEPS
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Seismic Monitoring
* SELECT: Rod Control and Position IF rod control is in Auto, rods may step out. In this case the US will instruct the BOP to check generator load stable and then direct the PSO to place
* SELECT: mfSM001
* SELECT: mfCP018 rods in rJlanual. PSO identifies to US that rod H8 has dropped from DRPI
* SELECT: INSERT Rod H8 Drop:
* SELECT: INSERT                  and temperature response as seen on TavglTref indication.
* SELECT: MF List
US enters OS1210.05, Dropped Rod and directs the following actions:
* SELECT: Rod Control and Position
Step 1 : Stabilize Plant Conditions:
* SELECT: mfCP018
* SELECT: INSERT EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE PSO (C), BOP (C), US (C, TS) Seismic Event coincident with rod H8 drop. Initial Alarms: 05452 SEISMIC EVENT IN PROGRESS 07753 CONTROL ROD DEVIATION 07730 ONE ROD ON BOTTOM B7457 ROD MOTION DETECTED F8105 DRPI/DEMAND DEVIATION
-12 STEPS IF rod control is in Auto, rods may step out. In this case the US will instruct the BOP to check generator load stable and then direct the PSO to place rods in rJlanual.
PSO identifies to US that rod H8 has dropped from DRPI and temperature response as seen on TavglTref indication.
US enters OS1210.05, Dropped Rod and directs the following actions: Step 1 : Stabilize Plant Conditions:
* PSO will check ONLY one rod dropped and report H8 has dropped.
* PSO will check ONLY one rod dropped and report H8 has dropped.
* PSO will place rod bank selector switch in MANUAL.
* PSO will place rod bank selector switch in MANUAL.
* BOP will reduce turbine load and maintain TavglTref matched.
* BOP will reduce turbine load and maintain TavglTref matched.
* BOP will check C-7A TURB LOAD REDUCTION status light on
* BOP will check C-7A TURB LOAD REDUCTION status light on UL-25 deenergized.
* PSO will the reactor is critical.
* PSO will veri~ the reactor is critical.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 15 of 26
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                 Page 15 of 26
--------------
 
><rera*
          ><rera*
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG /"",y;<} NUClEAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Seismic Event Step 2: Evaluate Conditions For Dropped Rod Recovery:
ENE&#xa3;l~Q                                                  2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                               SEG
        /"",y;<} NUClEAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                       INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Seismic Event                                                         Step 2: Evaluate Conditions For Dropped Rod Recovery:
coincident with
coincident with
* Verify Technical Specification compliance rod H8 drop_ o T.S. 3.1.3.1, Movable Control Assemblies ( continued)
* Verify Technical Specification compliance rod H8 drop_
o T.S. 3.1.3.1, Movable Control Assemblies (continued)
* Consult with the Shift Manager and Reactor Engineering to evaluate the recovery_
* Consult with the Shift Manager and Reactor Engineering to evaluate the recovery_
If the crew calls the SM or RE to recovery, then respond "Recover dropped rod as soon Seismic Event If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C, Step 3: Notify I&C To Check Rod Control System Status: coincident with then respond "I&C is on their way to 'A'
If the crew calls the SM or RE to evaluate recovery, then respond "Recover the dropped rod as soon ~ possible."
* US will have I&C verify power to the dropped rod is available by checking rod H8 drop_ essential switchgear to check for a for blown fuse at the rod control cabinets. (continued) blown fuse at the rod control cabinets." I -. .* US Will have I&C venfy rod control cabinet alarms are clear for: o Logic Ilf the crew calis I&C to verify rod o All five power cabinets cabinet alarms are clear, then "All rod control cabinet alarms are TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 16 of 26 I 2013 LOIT NRC SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Seismic Event When the crew calls the SM to refer to ER-When the plant is stable PSO or BOP will review D5452, Seismic Event in coincident with 1.1, respond "I will review ER-1.1." Progress, and under the US direction will complete the following actions: rod H8 drop. Step 1: PSO will check the Event Light (yellow) or the OBE Light (red) is lit (continued) at SM-CP-58.
Seismic Event             If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C,       Step 3: Notify I&C To Check Rod Control System Status:
When the crew calls plant respond "Perform ES1802.001, Step 2: PSO and BOP will check the MCB and plant conditions for Earthquake Response."
coincident with           then respond "I&C is on their way to 'A'
* US will have I&C verify power to the dropped rod is available by checking rod H8 drop_             essential switchgear to check for a             for blown fuse at the rod control cabinets.
(continued)               blown fuse at the rod control cabinets."   I         -             .                 .
* US Will have I&C venfy rod control cabinet alarms are clear for:         I o Logic cabinet Ilf the crew calis I&C to verify rod control cabinet alarms are clear, then respond          o All five power cabinets "All rod control cabinet alarms are             007746 clear."
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 16 of 26
 
2013 LOIT NRC SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Seismic Event   When the crew calls the SM to refer to ER- When the plant is stable PSO or BOP will review D5452, Seismic Event in coincident with 1.1, respond "I will review ER-1.1."       Progress, and under the US direction will complete the following actions:
rod H8 drop.                                               Step 1: PSO will check the Event Light (yellow) or the OBE Light (red) is lit (continued)                                                 at SM-CP-58.
When the crew calls plant engineering, respond "Perform ES1802.001,               Step 2: PSO and BOP will check the MCB and plant conditions for any Earthquake Response."                     abnormalities.
Step 3: PSO will contact I&C to perform IX1670.905.
Step 3: PSO will contact I&C to perform IX1670.905.
When the crew calls National Earthquake Step 4: US will inform SM to refer to ER-1.1, Classification of Emergencies.
When the crew calls National Earthquake Step 4: US will inform SM to refer to ER-1.1, Classification of Emergencies.
Information Center, acknowledge the Step 5: US will contact plant engineering to perform ES1802.001, report. "Earthquake Response".
Information Center, acknowledge the       Step 5: US will contact plant engineering to perform ES1802.001, report.                                     "Earthquake Response".
Step 6: US will refer to TR21-4.3.3.3.2, Seismic Instrumentation.
Step 6: US will refer to TR21-4.3.3.3.2, Seismic Instrumentation.
When the crew calls the NSOs to ensure Step 7: US will report the seismic event to the National Earthquake safety, respond "All NSOs are in NSO Information Center at 1-303-273-8500.
When the crew calls the NSOs to ensure     Step 7: US will report the seismic event to the National Earthquake safety, respond "All NSOs are in NSO       Information Center at 1-303-273-8500.
central." Step 8: PSO or BOP will perform a radio check with all NSOs to ensure safety. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 17 of 26
central."
---------------
Step 8: PSO or BOP will perform a radio check with all NSOs to ensure safety.
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG Event 5 US (TS) CUE: Mechanic calls control room and Loss of reports: "Control this is Scott Lavoie.9-B
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                 Page 17 of 26
 
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                             SEG Event 5                                                     US (TS)
Loss of CBS-P CUE: Mechanic calls control room and 9-B              reports: "Control this is Scott Lavoie.
* Crew should recognize that with both CBS pumps inoperable, We are working on CBS-P-9-A, but we got on the wrong train and drained all
* Crew should recognize that with both CBS pumps inoperable, We are working on CBS-P-9-A, but we got on the wrong train and drained all
* Tech Spec 3.0.3. entry required.
* Tech Spec 3.0.3. entry required.
of the oil out CBS-P-9-B."
of the oil out CBS-P-9-B."
* Good operator practice will be to place the CBS-P-9-B control switch in PTL CUE: If US asks Mechanic or WCS how long to replace the oil in CBS-P-9-B, respond: "It will take us about 2 hours after the pump is tagged out." CUE: If US asks Mechanic or WCS the status of CBS-P-9-A, respond: "No work has been performed." CUE: If US asks WCS to restore A, respond: "I will start releasing tags now." TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 18 of 26 2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 1 SEG fl&#xa3;Er Event 6 During I&C check of Rod Control System Status at Step 3 or at Lead Examiner's Discretion Rod Fa drops:
* Good operator practice will be to place the CBS-P-9-B control switch in PTL CUE: If US asks Mechanic or WCS how long to replace the oil in CBS-P-9-B, respond: "It will take us about 2 hours after the pump is tagged out."
CUE: If US asks Mechanic or WCS the status of CBS-P-9-A, respond: "No work has been performed."
CUE: If US asks WCS to restore CBS-P-9 A, respond: "I will start releasing tags now."
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                               Page 18 of 26
 
2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 1                                                   SEG
              ~UCI.EAR fl&#xa3;Er Event 6                                                       PSO (M), BOP (M), US (M)
During I&C                                                   While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod Fa drops.
check of Rod           Rod Fa drops:                          Initial Alarms:
Control System
* SELECT:  MF List                  07749 TWO OR MORE RODS ON BOTTOM Status at Step 3 or at Lead
* SELECT:  Rod Control and Position 04421 TAVG-TREF DEVIATION Examiner's
* SELECT:  mfCP009 Discretion
* SELECT:  INSERT                  PSO identifies to US that rod Fa has also dropped.
US will go back to continuous action step 1 of OS1210.05, Dropped Rod and directs the following actions:
Step 1: Stabilize Plant Conditions:
* PSO will check ONLY one rod dropped and report Fa has also dropped and there are now 2 dropped rods.
* US will direct manual reactor trip.
* US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection and to perform their immediate actions.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                    Page 19 of 26
 
    \j:::xrera ENEf)Q~~
      ~~      NUCLEAR FLEET 2013 LOll NRC 81M Exam 1                                          I SEGJ When crew trips Simultaneous Events will occur from Event E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection the Reactor            Trigger SG FAULT OR insert the following:
                        'C' SG faults inside containment:          US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection and to
* SELECT: MF List                      perform their immediate actions. 'C' SG faults inside containment which will cause a Safety Injection on Containment pressure in approximately 15
* SELECT: Main Steam                    seconds. This will result in Adverse Containment.
* SELECT: mfMS049C                      Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:
* SELECT: Set Final Value to 0.03
* PSO will check Rod bottom lights lit, reactor trip and bypass breakers
* SELECT: INSERT                          open and neutron flux decreasing.
CS-P-2-A trip and lockout when SI occurs: Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Rod Control and Position
* BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the
* SELECT: mfCP009
* SELECT: Chemical and Volume             generator breaker open.
* SELECT: INSERT PSO (M), BOP (M), US (M) While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod Fa Initial 07749 TWO OR MORE RODS ON 04421 TAVG-TREF PSO identifies to US that rod Fa has also US will go back to continuous action step 1 of OS1210.05, Dropped Rod directs the following Step 1: Stabilize Plant
Control                            Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency Busses:
* PSO will check ONLY one rod dropped and report Fa has also and there are now 2 dropped
* SELECT: mfCS016
* US will direct manual reactor trip.
* BOP will check both AC emergency busses energized.
* US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection and perform their immediate TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 26 
* SELECT: IN$ERT                      Step 4: Check If SI Is Actuated:
--------\j:::xrera 2013 LOll NRC 81M Exam 1 I SEGJNUCLEAR FLEET When crew trips the Reactor Event 7 Critical Task Simultaneous Events will occur from Event Trigger SG FAULT OR insert the following:
* PSO will check both SI annunciators lit.
'C' SG faults inside containment: SELECT: MF List SELECT: Main Steam SELECT: mfMS049C SELECT: Set Final Value to 0.03
NOTE: US will direct PSO and BOP to bring up their alarms and notify him of any immediate plant concerns and share any pertinent plant information. At Ithis time the PSO may identify that CS-P-2-A tripped and is locked out and that CS-P-2-B is not running. US may direct PSO to start CS-P-2-B by Skill of the Operator.
* SELECT: INSERT CS-P-2-A trip and lockout when SI occurs: SELECT: MF List SELECT: Chemical and Volume Control SELECT: mfCS016 SELECT: IN$ERT E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection and to perform their immediate actions. 'C' SG faults inside containment which will cause a Safety Injection on Containment pressure in approximately 15 seconds. This will result in Adverse Containment.
Step 5: Perform ESF actuation verification per Attachment A:
Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:
* PSO will perform Attachment A.
* PSO will check Rod bottom lights lit, reactor trip and bypass breakers open and neutron flux Step 2: Verify Turbine
PSO (C)
* BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the generator breaker Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency
Event 7
* BOP will check both AC emergency busses Step 4: Check If SI Is
* When SI occurs, CS-P-2-A will trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B is blocked from Critical Task                                                          starting on SI. CS-P-2-B must be manually started by PSO.
* PSO will check both SI annunciators lit. NOTE: US will direct PSO and BOP to bring up their alarms and notify him of any immediate plant concerns and share any pertinent plant information.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                          Page 20 of 26
At I this time the PSO may identify that CS-P-2-A tripped and is locked out and that CS-P-2-B is not running. US may direct PSO to start CS-P-2-B by of the Step 5: Perform ESF actuation verification per Attachment
 
* PSO will perform Attachment PSO
EN&sect;~
* When SI occurs, CS-P-2-A will trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B is blocked from starting on SI. CS-P-2-B must be manually started by PSO. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 20 of 26
          ~                  2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1                                          [m    S~G E-O, Reactor                          PSO performing Attachment A while US and BOP process E-O.
Trip or Safety                            1. PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by Injection                                      checking all status panel lights lit for both trains.
(continued)                                2. PSO will verify Safeguard Equipment Alignment by checking proper alignment by status panel for both trains.
* If not previously done, PSO will identify CS-P-2-A trip and lockout and CS-P-2-B failure to auto start and will start CS-P-2 B.
: 3. PSO  will verify Feedwater Isolation by checking proper alignment by status panel.
: 4. PSO will verify a PCCW Pump running in both loops.
: 5. PSO will verify ECCS Flow by checking:
* CCP indicated flow to RCS cold legs.
* RCS pressure <1700 psig, SI pump indicated flow to both
          .                                      trains .
* RCS pressure >300 psig, go to Step 6.
: 6. PSO will verify MS-V-129 is open.
: 7. PSO will verify a SW Pump running in both trains.
I      8. PSO will verify SW flow to Train A and Train B Diesels >900 gpm.      I
: 9. PSO will check all main steamlines isolated with containment pressure >4 psig.
: 10. PSO will check Containment Pressure has remained <18 pSig by pressure recording.
: 11. PSO will verify Total EFW flow >500 gpm.
: 12. PSO will not need to reset RMO ..
: 13. PSO will notify US of Actuation Verification Status.
Attachment A is complete.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                            Page 21 of 26


2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam [mE-O, Reactor PSO performing Attachment A while US and BOP process E-O. Trip or Safety PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by Injection checking all status panel lights lit for both trains. ( continued) PSO will verify Safeguard Equipment Alignment by checking proper alignment by status panel for both trains. If not previously done, PSO will identify CS-P-2-A trip and lockout and CS-P-2-B failure to auto start and will start B. PSO will verify Feedwater Isolation by checking proper alignment by status panel. PSO will verify a PCCW Pump running in both loops. PSO will verify ECCS Flow by checking: CCP indicated flow to RCS cold legs. RCS pressure <1700 psig, SI pump indicated flow to both trains . . RCS pressure >300 psig, go to Step 6. PSO will verify MS-V-129 is open. 7. PSO will verify a SW Pump running in both trains. I 8. PSO will verify SW flow to Train A and Train B Diesels >900 gpm. I PSO will check all main steamlines isolated with containment pressure >4 psig. 10. PSO will check Containment Pressure has remained <18 pSig by pressure recording.
era' ENEBQY_&
: 11. PSO will verify Total EFW flow >500 gpm. 12. PSO will not need to reset RMO .. 13. PSO will notify US of Actuation Verification Status. Attachment A is complete.
        ~,,,-   NUGI.EAR 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1                                                   SEG
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 21 of 26 
      ,~          ftEET E-O, Reactor                                                           Step 6: Monitor RCS Temperature stable at or trending to 55rF.
---era' ENEBQY_& 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG NUGI.EAR ftEET E-O, Reactor Step 6: Monitor RCS Temperature stable at or trending to 55rF. Trip or Safety
Trip or Safety
* BOP will report temperature less than 557&deg;F and decreasing.
* BOP will report temperature less than 557&deg;F and decreasing.
Injection
Injection (continued)
* US will direct the following actions: (continued) o Stop dumping steam to condenser and atmosphere.
* US will direct the following actions:
o Stop dumping steam to condenser and atmosphere.
o Check MS to MSRs isolated.
o Check MS to MSRs isolated.
BOP (e)Event 8 NOTE: The following 2 steps may have been performed per the E-O OAS Critical Task page. Additionally, the BOP may stop all flow to the faulted 'C' SG by closing FW-V-4234A and/or FW-V-4234B.
Event 8                                                                  BOP (e)
o If cooldown continues, then open EFW pump mini flow valves and throttle total feed flow to maintain greater than 500 GPM. o When SG level is adequate based on 15% narrow range in at least one SG (Adverse Containment) then throttle feed flow to maintain SG narrow range level between 15% and 50% (Adverse Containment).
Critical Task                                                            NOTE: The following 2 steps may have been performed per the E-O OAS page. Additionally, the BOP may stop all flow to the faulted 'C' SG by closing FW-V-4234A and/or FW-V-4234B.
o If cooldown continues, then open EFW pump mini flow valves and throttle total feed flow to maintain greater than 500 GPM.
o When SG level is adequate based on 15% narrow range in at least one SG (Adverse Containment) then throttle feed flow to maintain SG narrow range level between 15% and 50% (Adverse Containment).
o If cooldown continues, then close MSIVs, MSIV bypass valves and upstream drains Step 7: Check RCS Isolated:
o If cooldown continues, then close MSIVs, MSIV bypass valves and upstream drains Step 7: Check RCS Isolated:
* BOP will check CS-V-145, both PORVs and both normal PZR spray valves closed. Step 8: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped: Whenllf CBS-P-9-B starts( approx. 5
* BOP will check CS-V-145, both PORVs and both normal PZR spray I    valves closed.
* BOP will check at least one running ECCS pump and report RCS minutes following reactor trip} , trip pump. subcooling greater than 40&deg;F. Critical Task SELECT: Malfunction list. NOTE: At 18 psig in containment the P signal will actuate. This will SELECT: Containment Spray System. isolate all PCCW to containment.
Step 8: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped:
Per the E-O OAS page the PSO will secure all RCPs.SELECT: mfsCBS003 Step 9: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted: SELECT: Enter
Whenllf CBS-P-9-B starts( approx. 5
* BOP will check at least one running ECCS pump and report RCS minutes following reactor trip} , trip pump.       subcooling greater than 40&deg;F.
Critical Task           SELECT: Malfunction list.                     NOTE: At 18 psig in containment the P signal will actuate. This will SELECT: Containment Spray System.             isolate all PCCW to containment. Per the E-O OAS page the PSO will SELECT: mfsCBS003                              secure all RCPs.
SELECT: Enter                                  Step 9: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted:
* BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report 'C' SG pressure decreasing in an uncontrolled manner.
* BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report 'C' SG pressure decreasing in an uncontrolled manner.
* US will direct ent to E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation,
* US will direct ent   to E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Ste~ 1.
: 1. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 22 of 26 NEXT era flEET FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure 2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 1 SEG NOTE: US will direct crew to enter E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                Page 22 of 26
US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions (CSFs) are in effect. At 18 psig in containment the P signal will actuate. CBS pumps will not operate and containment pressure will remain >18psig. This will signal an Orange path on the CSF for containment.
 
The US will direct entry to Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure.
NEXT era E~                        2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 1                                                  SEG flEET FR-Z.1,                             NOTE: US will direct crew to enter E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.
FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure Step 1: PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by checking all status panel lights lit for both trains. Step 2: Check If Containment Spray Is Required:
Response to                        US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions (CSFs) are in High                                effect. At 18 psig in containment the P signal will actuate. CBS pumps will Containment                        not operate and containment pressure will remain >18psig. This will signal Pressure                            an Orange path on the CSF for containment. The US will direct entry to FR Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure.
FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure Step 1: PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by checking all status panel lights lit for both trains.
Step 2: Check If Containment Spray Is Required:
* PSO will report containment pressure >18 psig .
* PSO will report containment pressure >18 psig .
* PSO will report containment isolation Phase B (,pI signal) and containment spray actuated but all Phase B status lights are not '0 PSO will actuate BOTH CBS/P/CVI manual actuation switches for each train. o PSO will manually report no CBS pumps running or available.
* PSO will report containment isolation Phase B (,pI signal) and containment spray actuated but all Phase B status lights are not
o PSO wiii check CBS pump suction alignment and report CBS-V-2 & 5 open and CBS-V-8 & 14 closed. o If not previously performed, PSO will stop all RCPs. Step 3: PSO will verify At Least One Containment Enclosure Cooling Fan, EAH-FN-5A or 5B running. Step 4: PSO will verify MSIV, MSIV Bypass Valves And MSIV Upstream Drains are Step 5: If not previously performed, BOP will isolate the faulted 'C' SG line and EFW TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 23 of 26
                                        '0 PSO will actuate BOTH CBS/P/CVI manual actuation switches for each train.
>Clera 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG ..'" F1.&#xa3;E1 FR-Z.1, Step 6: Check Hydrogen Concentration Response to CUE: If US asks WCS to place hydrogen
o PSO will manually report no CBS pumps running or available.
* BOP will report no hydrogen analyzers in service and will align at least High analyzer in service, respond: "I will have ONE hydrogen monitor and place in Analyze Mode per OS 1023.71, Containment the TSC place the hydrogen analyzer in Operation of the Hydrogen Analyzers.
o PSO wiii check CBS pump suction alignment and report CBS-V-2 & 5 open and CBS-V-8 & 14 closed.
Continue with Step 9. When Pressure service." hydrogen concentration available, Then do Step 6b. ( continued)
o If not previously performed, PSO will stop all RCPs.
Step 3: PSO will verify At Least One Containment Enclosure Cooling Fan, EAH-FN-5A or 5B running.
Step 4: PSO will verify MSIV, MSIV Bypass Valves And MSIV Upstream Drains are closed.
Step 5: If not previously performed, BOP will isolate the faulted 'C' SG feed line and EFW flow.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                             Page 23 of 26
 
        >Clera ENE~"LG
        ~< ..' " ~'
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1                                               SEG F1.&#xa3;E1 FR-Z.1,                                                             Step 6: Check Hydrogen Concentration Response to             CUE: If US asks WCS to place hydrogen
* BOP will report no hydrogen analyzers in service and will align at least High                     analyzer in service, respond: "I will have     ONE hydrogen monitor and place in Analyze Mode per OS1023.71, Containment             the TSC place the hydrogen analyzer in         Operation of the Hydrogen Analyzers. Continue with Step 9. When Pressure                 service."                                     hydrogen concentration available, Then do Step 6b.
(continued)
Step 9: Return To Procedure And Step In Effect
Step 9: Return To Procedure And Step In Effect
* US will direst en!!y to E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, 1. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 24 of 26
* US will direst en!!y to E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, st~  1.
: era 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG all'1'*' E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation US will direct crew to enter E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                         Page 24 of 26
US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions are in effect. If RCS temperature starts increasing, then the US may direct RCS temperature be stabilized by dumping steam per the E-2 OAS page Step 1: Check main steamline isolation and bypass valves of all SGs closed Step 2: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Intact:
 
* PSO will check pressure in all SGs and report any stable or Step 3: Identify Faulted
:era ENE~J::f~                2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1                                                 SEG all'1'*'   NUClEAR R.ffi E-2, Faulted                         E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation Steam Generator US will direct crew to enter E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation. US, Isolation PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions are in effect. If RCS temperature starts increasing, then the US may direct RCS temperature be stabilized by dumping steam per the E-2 OAS page Step 1: Check main steamline isolation and bypass valves of all SGs closed Step 2: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Intact:
* BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report 'C' SG decreasing in an uncontrolled Step 4: Check Faulted SG(s)
* PSO will check pressure in all SGs and report any stable or increasing.
BOP BOP will check the faulted 'C' SG: feed line, EFW floW, ASDV, Main Steam Drain and blowdown are all isolated.
Step 3: Identify Faulted SG(s):
Step 5: Check CST Level greater than 250,000 gallons I = BOP will check CST level. Step 6: Check Secondary Radiation:
* BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report 'C' SG pressure decreasing in an uncontrolled manner.
* BOP will check main steamline, condenser air evacuation and generator blowdown radiation all
Step 4: Check Faulted SG(s) Isolated:
* BOP will check no uncontrolled SG narrow range level Step 6: Check If ECCS Flow Should Be
BOP (C)
* PSO will check RCS subcooling  
                                      .~ BOP will check the faulted 'C' SG: feed line, EFW floW, ASDV, Main Steam Drain and blowdown are all isolated.
>40&deg;F.
Step 5: Check CST Level greater than 250,000 gallons I = BOP will check CST level.
Step 6: Check Secondary Radiation:
* BOP will check main steamline, condenser air evacuation and steam generator blowdown radiation all normal.
* BOP will check no uncontrolled SG narrow range level increase.
Step 6: Check If ECCS Flow Should Be Reduced:
* PSO will check RCS subcooling >40&deg;F.
* BOP will check secondary heat sink available.
* BOP will check secondary heat sink available.
* PSO will check RCS pressure or stable or increasing.
* PSO will check RCS pressure or stable or increasing.
* PSO will check PZR level greater than 7% (28% for adverse containment)
* PSO will check PZR level greater than 7% (28% for adverse containment)
* US will entry to ES 1.1, SI TERMINATION, Step 1. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 25 of 26
* US will entry to ES 1.1, SI TERMINATION, Step 1.
'---____l 2013 LOlr NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG ES 1.1. SI Termination Terminate the scenario when the crew starts to estabiish normal charging fiow in ES-1.1, or at the discretion of the lead examiner.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                           Page 25 of 26
ES 1.1, SI Termination.
 
US will direct crew to enter ES 1.1, SI Termination.
'- -____~_c                                            2013 LOlr NRC SIM Exam 1                                       l      SEG     J ES 1.1. SI                                                     ES 1.1, SI Termination.
US, PSO or BOP announce that Critical Safety Functions are in Step 1: Reset Step 2: Stop All But One CCP And Place In Step 3: Check RCS Pressure stable or increasing by pressure Step 4: Restore Normal Charging
Termination US will direct crew to enter ES 1.1, SI Termination. US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions are in effect.
* PSO will open CS-V-142 and 143. Step 5: Establish Normal Charging Flow:
Step 1: Reset SI.
Step 2: Stop All But One CCP And Place In Standby.
Step 3: Check RCS Pressure stable or increasing by pressure recorder.
Step 4: Restore Normal Charging Path:
* PSO will open CS-V-142 and 143.
Step 5: Establish Normal Charging Flow:
* PSO will close SI-V-138 and 139.
* PSO will close SI-V-138 and 139.
* PSO will establish 60 GPM charging flow using CS-FCV-121.
* PSO will establish 60 GPM charging flow using CS-FCV-121.
* PSO will adjust seal injection flow for 6 GPM to 10 GPM using 182. Step 6: Control Charging Flow To Maintain PZR Level
* PSO will adjust seal injection flow for 6 GPM to 10 GPM using CS-HCV 182.
* PSO will reduce charging flow to the RCP seals only (apprOXimately 32 gpm). *** END OF SCENARIO TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision a Page 26 of 26 WORLD CLASS 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 PERFORMANCE  
Step 6: Control Charging Flow To Maintain PZR Level
....... expectit!
* PSO will reduce charging flow to the RCP seals only (apprOXimately 32 gpm).
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT Plant Status Plant is in Mode 1 At 55% Power. The Security Threat Level is Yellow Protected Train Current PRA Risk is Green Aggregate risk is 2 LOW B Reactivity RCS Boron concentration is 1314 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 205 Steps Tave Band (Oeg. F) 573-573.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): '191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): :35 SG Blowdown Lineup: H otwe lis At 60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids -6 Days -6 Cation Flowrate:
Terminate the scenario when the crew starts to estabiish normal charging fiow in ES-1.1, or at the discretion of the lead examiner.
Full Flow 8FP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Turbine Controls:
                                                        *** END OF SCENARIO ***
Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering recommendations and will normally left in automatic control. Utilize 081000.10 Fig. 11, Rod Motiion 001 56 Values for NEPEX Contingency Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 776
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision a                                                                                   Page 26 of 26
 
WORLD CLASS 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 PERFORMANCE
                    ....... expectit!   OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT TURNOVER Plant Status Plant is in Mode 1 At 55% Power.                                     Current PRA Risk is Green Protected Train The Security Threat Level is Yellow                                   Aggregate risk is 2 LOW B
Reactivity
------------------------------------~_--_,----------------------------
RCS Boron concentration is 1314 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 205 Steps
.~C8  Tave Band (Oeg. F)             573- 573.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal):       '191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): :35 SG Blowdown Lineup:           Hotwelis          At   60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids - 6 Days - 6           Cation Flowrate: Full Flow 8FP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Low Turbine Controls: Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between 3646.0 MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 MW.
Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering recommendations and will normally be left in automatic control. Utilize 081000.10 Fig. 11, Rod Motiion Checklist.
001 56 Values for NEPEX Contingency Oownpower Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Gal.
Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is           776 Gal.


Activities that may affect reactivity.
Reactivity                          Activities that may affect reactivity.
Today 0:00 *TURNOVER  
Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
'3y: eelOh Increase power to 75% at 5%/hour. Maintain AFD on target. Dilute as required to establish and maintain a power increase to 75% at 5%/hour. CB D at 205 ste s with rods in Auto. General Plant Status General Plant Info Non Watchstation Specific)
  '3y: eelOh 11
Today 0:00 *TURNOVER By: CB8-P-9-A was tagged out 1 hour ago for maintenance. T8 3.6.2.1 was entered 2 hours ago. TS 3.6.2.1 requires CBS pump restoration within 72 hours or be in Hot Standby within the next 6 hours. Evolutions List non-tagging evolutions and surveillances in progress or planned Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
: 1. Increase power to 75% at 5%/hour.
By: eelOhll 1. Procedure 081000.05 , Power Increase, is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.39. Both Main feed Pumps and one Heater Drain pump in service. Second heater drain um start is be in briefe<:!..!!y OCC and will be started prior at 75%. Work Control RSS Today 0:00 *TURNOVER Primary NSO Name: =FBRSSMED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
: 2. Maintain AFD on target.
By: ( Secondary NSO FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER I Rover NSO FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER I Waste NSO FBRSSMED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER I Field Support NSO FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER I Fire Brigade Leader Name: Today 0:00 *TURNOVER I Unit Name =*TURNOVER INFORMATION* Name: Today *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
: 3. Dilute as required to establish and maintain a power increase to 75% at 5%/hour.
: 4. CB D at 205 ste s with rods in Auto.
General Plant Status                 General Plant Info Non Watchstation Specific)
Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By: eelOhll
: 1. CB8-P-9-A was tagged out 1 hour ago for maintenance.
: 2. T8 3.6.2.1 was entered 2 hours ago.
: 3. TS 3.6.2.1 requires CBS pump restoration within 72 hours or be in Hot Standby within the next 6 hours.
I Evolutions             List non-tagging evolutions and surveillances in progress or planned Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By: eelOhll
: 1. Procedure 081000.05, Power Increase, is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.39.
: 2. Both Main feed Pumps and one Heater Drain pump in service.
: 3. Second heater drain um start is bein briefe<:!..!!y OCC and will be started prior at 75%.
Work Control                         Name:                          RSS Today 0:00     *TURNOVER INFORMATION*                              ----------------------------~
By:
I Primary NSO                         Name:                       =FBRSSMED Today 0:00     *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
( Secondary NSO                       Name:                          FB RSS MED Today 0:00     *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Rover NSO                           Name:                          FB RSS MED Today 0:00     *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Waste NSO                           Name:                          FBRSSMED Today 0:00     *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Field Support NSO                   Name:                          FB RSS MED Today 0:00     *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Fire Brigade Leader                 Name:
Today 0:00     *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Unit Supervisor
                *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
Name
                                                                  =
er                    Name:
Today         *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
By:
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SITE: Seabrook Revision #: FINAL LMS ID: LMS Rev. Date: SEG TITLE: 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG TYPE: D Training !8J Evaluation PROGRAM: D LOCT !8J LOIT Other: DURATION:
90 minutes Developed by: I nstructorlDeveloper Date Reviewed by: , -Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by: SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by: Training Supervision Date Approved by: Training Program Owner (Line) Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 22 2013 LOIT NRC SIM I-v","ft'1I UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval.
Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
DATE# DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHAN.GE A DATE
* 1 TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of 22 


2013 LOIT NRC SIM Ex:am 2 OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 75% power with stable Xenon, Boron Concentration at 1206 ppm, CB D at 207 steps and both Heater Drain pumps in service. The crew will begin a power increase at 10%/hr to 90% power. MS-PT-505 fails high causing outward rod motion. After recovery from the instrument failure, SW-P-41-A will trip and lockout The standby pump SW-P-41-C fails to auto start and cannot be manually started requiring manual TA. SW-V-20 will fail to auto actuate but can be manually aligned. 'A' RGP vibration will ramp up, requiring a reactor trip. When 'A' RCP is secured after the E-O immediate actions a 300 gpm RCP seal leak (Simulated with int leg leak) will occur simultaneously with a loss of offsite power. 'N EDG will fail to auto start and the operator will be required to emergency start 'A' EDG using the slave relay in ECA-O.O. SW-V-16 will fail to automatically open the BOP will be required to open manually to establish cooling to operating  
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE                              SEG SITE:          Seabrook                                            Revision #:  FINAL LMS ID:                                                        LMS Rev. Date:
'A' DG. 'B' EDG will trip due to lube oil failure. 11-A will fail to auto start. RMO must be reset and either A Train CC pump may be started manually.
SEG TITLE:    2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG TYPE:                  D Training                          !8J Evaluation PROGRAM:      D LOCT          !8J LOIT            Other:
DURATION:      90 minutes Developed by:
InstructorlDeveloper                        Date Reviewed by:
Instructor (Instructional Review)                  Date Validated by:
SME (Technical Review)                        Date Approved by:
Training Supervision                        Date Approved by:
Training Program Owner (Line)                      Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                    Page 1 of 22
 
2013 LOIT NRC SIM          I-v","ft'1I UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.
DATE
    #          DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                    REASON FOR CHAN.GE          A DATE 1
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                          Page 2 of 22
 
r'~Exera***
ENEBQ:t~                                    2013 LOIT NRC SIM Ex:am 2                                   SEG
    "","""'~      NUQ.&#xa3;AR FlEET OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 75% power with stable Xenon, Boron Concentration at 1206 ppm, CB D at 207 steps and both Heater Drain pumps in service. The crew will begin a power increase at 10%/hr to 90% power. MS-PT-505 fails high causing outward rod motion.
After recovery from the instrument failure, SW-P-41-A will trip and lockout The standby pump SW-P-41-C fails to auto start and cannot be manually started requiring manual TA. SW-V-20 will fail to auto actuate but can be manually aligned. 'A' RGP vibration will ramp up, requiring a reactor trip. When 'A' RCP is secured after the E-O immediate actions a 300 gpm RCP seal leak (Simulated with int leg leak) will occur simultaneously with a loss of offsite power. 'N EDG will fail to auto start and the operator will be required to emergency start 'A' EDG using the slave relay in ECA-O.O. SW-V-16 will fail to automatically open the BOP will be required to open manually to establish cooling to operating 'A' DG. 'B' EDG will trip due to lube oil failure. CC-P 11-A will fail to auto start. RMO must be reset and either A Train CC pump may be started manually.
SEQUENCE OF EVENTS Event' I Description
SEQUENCE OF EVENTS Event' I Description
: 1. Crew begins a 1 O%/hr power increase.  
: 1.             Crew begins a 1O%/hr power increase.       'I
'I 2.
: 2.
* MS-PT-505 fails high causing outward rod motion. 3. SW-P-41-A trip and lockout, standby pump SW-P-41-G fails to auto start and cannot be manually started requiring manual TA. SW-V-20 fails t<:::> auto actuate but can be manually aligned. 4. 'N RCP vibration ramps up, requiring a reactor trip. 5. When 'A' RCP is secured after immediate actions, trigger starts 300 gpm RCP seal leak (simulated with int leg leak). Also triggers a loss of offsite power. '8' EDG trips due to lube oil failure. 6. 'A' EDG fails to auto start, Operator emergency starts using the slave relay in EGA-O.O. SW-V-16 fails to automatically open and may be opem3d manually.
* MS-PT-505 fails high causing outward rod motion.
: 7. GC-P-11-A fails to auto start. RMO must be reset and either 'A' Train CC pump may be I started manually. ) TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of 22
: 3.             SW-P-41-A trip and lockout, standby pump SW-P G fails to auto start and cannot be manually started requiring manual TA. SW-V-20 fails t<: :> auto actuate but can be manually aligned.
: 4.             'N RCP vibration ramps up, requiring a reactor trip.
: 5.             When 'A' RCP is secured after immediate actions, trigger starts 300 gpm RCP seal leak (simulated with int leg leak). Also triggers a loss of offsite power. '8' EDG trips due to lube oil failure.
: 6.             'A' EDG fails to auto start, Operator emergency starts using the slave relay in EGA-O.O.
SW-V-16 fails to automatically open and may be opem3d manually.
: 7.             GC-P-11-A fails to auto start. RMO must be reset and either 'A' Train CC pump may be i
I started manually.
                                                                )
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                           Page 3 of 22


___________
~~_~~_=~_(T_e_r_~_>~___________2_01_3_L_O_I_T_N_~__S_I_M_E_Xam_2__________~I~
____________S_I_M_E_Xam_2 SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setup Checklist.
SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setup Checklist.
General Instructions
General Instructions
: a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
: a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
: b. Resetto IC #151 c. Place simulator in Run d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #32 and insert the following:
: b. Resetto IC #151
: 1. A Train is Protected, SV C0755, '1' 2. Defeat the 'A' EDG auto start:
: c. Place simulator in Run
: d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #32 and insert the following:
: 1. A Train is Protected, SV C0755, '1'
: 2. Defeat the 'A' EDG auto start:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution
* SELECT: mfED031}
* SELECT: m f E D 0 3 1 }
* SELECT: INSERT 3. Defeat the 'A' EDG emergency start:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 3. Defeat the 'A' EDG emergency start:
* SELECT: Panel Overview
* SELECT: Panel Overview
* SELECT: Panel GF
* SELECT: Panel GF
* SELECT: A DG Emergency Start Pushbutton
* SELECT: A DG Emergency Start Pushbutton
* SELECT: Release
* SELECT: Release
* SELECT: INSERT 4. 'B' EDG Trip:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 4. 'B' EDG Trip:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution
* SELECT: mfED034
* SELECT: mfED034
* SELECT: INSERT 5. Block SW-P-41-C from Auto start:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 5. Block SW-P-41-C from Auto start:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Service Water
* SELECT: Service Water
* SELECT: mfSW014 )
* SELECT: mfSW014                   )
* SELECT: INSERT 6. Defeat SW-V-16 Auto Open:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 6. Defeat SW-V-16 Auto Open:
* SELECT: Scenario
* SELECT: Scenario
* SELECT: Sim_Support
* SELECT: Sim_Support
* SELECT: Defeat Auto Open SW-V-16
* SELECT: Defeat Auto Open SW-V-16
* SELECT: RUN TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 22 2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam SEG Block CS-P-2-B from starting on LOP:
* SELECT: RUN TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                 Page 4 of 22
 
2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 2                          SEG
: 7. Block CS-P-2-B from starting on LOP:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Chemical and Volume Control
* SELECT: Chemical and Volume Control
* SELECT: mfCS002
* SELECT: mfCS002
* SELECT: INSERT Block CC-P-11-A from Auto start:
* SELECT: INSERT
* SELECT: MF List ')
: 8. Block CC-P-11-A from Auto start:
* SELECT: MF List                   ')
* SELECT: Primary Component Cooling
* SELECT: Primary Component Cooling
* SELECT: mfCC012
* SELECT: mfCC012
* SELECT: INSERT Defeat the auto actuation of SW-V-20:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 9. Defeat the auto actuation of SW-V-20:
* SELECT: Scenario
* SELECT: Scenario
* OPEN: SW folder
* OPEN: SW folder
* SELECT: SW-V-20 auto failure
* SELECT: SW-V-20 auto failure
* SELECT: Run
* SELECT: Run
* SELECT: OK 10. Block SW-P-41-C from manual start:
* SELECT: OK
: 10. Block SW-P-41-C from manual start:
* SELECT: Panel Overview
* SELECT: Panel Overview
* SELECT: GF
* SELECT: GF
Line 1,360: Line 3,497:
* SELECT: SW-P-41-C switch
* SELECT: SW-P-41-C switch
* SELECT: Set Final Value to PTL
* SELECT: Set Final Value to PTL
* SELECT: INSERT ')Insert Event Trigger
* SELECT: INSERT
: e. Insert Event Trigger                     ')
* SELECT: Event Triggers
* SELECT: Event Triggers
* OPEN: Sim Support
* OPEN: Sim Support
* SELECT: RCP TRIP
* SELECT: RCP TRIP
* SELECT: Activate Advance logger and tear off any sheets with print. Procedure OS1000.05, Power Increase is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.49. Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation.
* SELECT: Activate
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 5 of 22 2013 LOIT NRF 81M E)(am 2 SEG SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
: 1. Advance logger and tear off any sheets with print.
* See Turnover Sheet TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 22 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1 PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N) Start Allow the students to increase plant power I Crew Begins the Power increase lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.05, Power to the extent that a significant reactivity manipulation is demonstrated.
: g. Procedure OS1000.05, Power Increase is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.49.
.) .) Increase.
Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation.
The crew should prepare for and initiate a power increase at 10%/hr. Unit Supervisor:
1
A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase.
=====================================~~~
The temperature band will normally be + 1.5&deg;F with rods in Auto or + 3&deg;F with rods in manual. Dilution will be used for temperature control during the power increase.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                        Page 5 of 22
Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control. Turbine Operations:
 
The BOP will increase turbine load using automatic DEHC operations.
2013 LOIT NRF 81M E)(am 2 SEG SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
Using the laminated
* See Turnover Sheet TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                           Page 6 of 22
: sheets, 19 of OS 1 000.1 0, The basic steps are:
 
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                               SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                       EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1                                                       PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N)
Start to the extent that a significant reactivity I
Allow the students to increase plant power Crew Begins the Power increase lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.05, Power Increase.
manipulation is demonstrated.
The crew should prepare for and initiate a power increase at 10%/hr.
Unit Supervisor: A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase. The temperature band will normally be + 1.5&deg;F with rods in Auto or + 3&deg;F with rods in manual. Dilution will be used for temperature control during the power increase. Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control.
Turbine Operations: The BOP will increase turbine load using automatic
.)                                                      .)
DEHC operations. Using the laminated sheets, ~ure 19 of OS 1000.1 0, The basic steps are:
* Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
* Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
* Insert the desired loading Rate.
* Insert the desired loading Rate.
Line 1,381: Line 3,528:
* Monitor turbine loading using "Load Status" is Loading and "Load Actual" increases.
* Monitor turbine loading using "Load Status" is Loading and "Load Actual" increases.
The BOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.
The BOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.
* At any time during the automatic loading, the power increase can stopped by activating the "Hold" TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 22 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2-'..  
* At any time during the automatic loading, the power increase can be stopped by activating the "Hold" function.
.*." FrnT'---____-L-____________________
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                   Page 7 of 22
----1__..................SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Power Reactor Power change: The crew will use dilution to increase temperature during the turbine load increase.
 
A dilution value will be determined to change the boron concentration and increase power/temperature.
r---
If control rods are used in manual to control AFD I temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the OUT direction and withdraw the rods a maximum of three steps. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions. Using the laminated sheets of OS1008.01 , Figure 2, Dilution Check List, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required dilution volume and rate. The high level steps are:
SE~
* Verify the pumps are in AUTO
                    !era ENE~~a
* Verify the makeueJ'alves are in AUTO ..>
        .. -.~.'.*."
                        -'                            2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 FrnT _- L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- - - - 1_ _..........                                 ~ ........ ~
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                       INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                          EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Power Increase                                              Reactor Power change: The crew will use dilution to increase temperature (continued)                                                  during the turbine load increase. A dilution value will be determined to change the boron concentration and increase power/temperature. If control rods are used in manual to control AFD I temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the OUT direction and withdraw the rods a maximum of three steps. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions.
Using the laminated sheets of OS1008.01, Figure 2, Dilution Check List, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required dilution volume and rate.
The high level steps are:
* Verify the pumps are in AUTO cJ
* Verify the makeueJ'alves are in AUTO                                           ..>
* Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
* Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
* Place the Mode Selector Switch to DILUTE or ALT DILUTE
* Place the Mode Selector Switch to DILUTE or ALT DILUTE
* Set the quantity and flow rate on CIS-FIQ-111 controller During validation the crew used a dilution value of 1600 gallons in approximately 400 gallon batches every 15 minutes.
* Set the quantity and flow rate on CIS-FIQ-111 controller Note: During validation the crew used a dilution value of 1600 gallons in approximately 400 gallon batches every 15 minutes.
* If not desired, select OFF for the "Stepback Feature"
* If not desired, select OFF for the "Stepback Feature"
* Set the Mode Start Switch to START
* Set the Mode Start Switch to START
* Verify the pumps and valves respond
* Verify the pumps and valves respond
* Verify Plant Response.
* Verify Plant Response.
* Restore System to Automatic control TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 8 of 22 rers' ENE&#xa3;l9ya,.
* Restore System to Automatic control TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                    Page 8 of 22
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG HUClf.AR FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES Event 2 During Power Increase with Rods in Auto or At Lead Examiner's Discretion J INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY MS-PT-505 fails high:
 
* SELECT: MF List
rers' ENE&#xa3;l9ya,.                                     2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                 SEG
      .~'-    HUClf.AR FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                              EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2                                                   PSO (I), BOP (I), US (I, TS)
During Power           MS-PT-505 fails high:             MS-PT-505, Turbine Impulse Pressure, fails high causing outward rod Increase with
* SELECT: MF List               motion.
Rods in Auto or
* SELECT: Feedwater (Component)
* SELECT: Feedwater (Component)
* SELECT: ptFWPT505
At Lead                                                  Initial Alarms:
* SELECT: FAIL HIGH
Examiner's
* SELECT: INSERT J TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE PSO (I), BOP (I), US (I, MS-PT-505, Turbine Impulse Pressure, fails high causing outward Initial D4421 TAVG-TREF B7457 ROD MOTION US will direct BOP to check generator electrical load stable. BOP will identify that generator electrical load is stable. US will direct PSO to place rods in manual. PSO will place rod control in manual and auto rod motion will stop. PSO or BOP will identify that MS-PT -505 has failed high. I.J US enters OS1235.05, Turbine Impulse Pressure PT 505 or PT 506 Instrument Failure and directs the following actions: I Step 1: Check PT-505 FAILED:
* SELECT: ptFWPT505 D4421 TAVG-TREF DEVIATION Discretion
* SELECT: FAIL HIGH B7457 ROD MOTION DETECTED
* SELECT: INSERT US will direct BOP to check generator electrical load stable. BOP will identify that generator electrical load is stable. US will direct PSO to place rods in manual. PSO will place rod control in manual and auto rod motion will stop.
PSO or BOP will identify that MS-PT-505 has failed high.
J                                                  J                                                        I.J US enters OS1235.05, Turbine Impulse Pressure PT 505 or PT 506 Instrument Failure and directs the following actions:
IStep 1: Check PT-505       FAILED:
* BOP wiii report MS-PT-505 iaiied high.
* BOP wiii report MS-PT-505 iaiied high.
* PSO will report rods in manual.
* PSO will report rods in manual.
* PSO or BOP will report Tavg at program temperature.
* PSO or BOP will report Tavg at program temperature. If not at program temperature, US may direct rod insertion.
If not at program temperature, US may direct rod Step 2: Check Condenser Steam
Step 2: Check Condenser Steam Dumps:
* BOP will report steam dump valves are closed.
* BOP will report steam dump valves are closed.
* BOP will transfer steam dumps to the steam pressure mode: o BOP will verify steam dump controller MS-PK-507 in manual/minimum.
* BOP will transfer steam dumps to the steam pressure mode:
o BOP will place steam dump control mode selector to steam pressure mode. o BOP will adjust steam dump controller setpoint to 1092 psig. o BOP will place MS-PK-507 in AUTO. Page 9 of 22 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES MS-PT -505 fails high (continued)
o BOP will verify steam dump controller MS-PK-507 in manual/minimum.
INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for the MS-PT -505, then respond "Understand that MS-PT -505 has failed high. A troubleshooting team is being formed." If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C, then respond "I&C is on their way to the control room." .:J If needed at OS1235.05, step 5:
o BOP will place steam dump control mode selector to steam pressure mode.
o BOP will adjust steam dump controller setpoint to 1092 psig.
o BOP will place MS-PK-507 in AUTO.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                  Page 9 of 22
 
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                               SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES               INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE MS-PT-505 fails                                           OS1235.05, Turbine Impulse Pressure PT 505 or PT 506 Instrument Failure.
high (continued) If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for the   (continued)
MS-PT -505, then respond "Understand that MS-PT-505 has failed high. A       Step 2: Check Condenser Steam Dumps: (continued) troubleshooting team is being formed."
* BOP will verify both steam dump interlock selector switches positioned to NA RESET NA BYPASS INTERLOCK Step 3: Verify Proper P-13 Status By Status light TURBINE PWR BELOW P-13 UL-6 N-5:
* BOP will report that with turbine power above 10%, the status light is If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C,     deenerg ized.
then respond "I&C is on their way to the Step 4: Verify Technical Specification Compliance:
control room."
* T.S. 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Table 3.3 1, Item 18.f
                            .:J Action 8. Requirerttents of this action are met when step 3 is completed . .:J If needed at OS1235.05, step 5:        Step 5: US will direct BOP to verify ATWS Mitigation Input Status:
* SELECT: Panel Overview
* SELECT: Panel Overview
* SELECT: AMSAC CP-S19 I * . TS IMP (P505) I EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE OS1235.05 , Turbine Impulse Pressure PT 505 or PT 506 Instrument Failure. (continued)
* US will direct I&C to place failed channel in 1-MM-CP-519, ATWS
Step 2: Check Condenser Steam Dumps: (continued)
* SELECT: AMSAC CP-S19              mitigation system cabinet to - OPERATE BYPASS                                 I I
* BOP will verify both steam dump interlock selector switches positioned NA RESET NA BYPASS Step 3: Verify Proper P-13 Status By Status light TURBINE PWR BELOW P-13 UL-6 N-5:
                      *          . TS IMP (P505)
* BOP will report that with turbine power above 10%, the status light is deenerg ized. Step 4: Verify Technical Specification Compliance:
* BOP wiii verify proper status light indication for C-20 ATWS MITiGATION SYS ARMED at UL-28 B-1. With turbine power above 20%, the status I                                            light is energized.
* T.S. 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Table 3.3 1, Item 18.f Action 8. Requirerttents of this action are met when step 3 is completed . .:J Step 5: US will direct BOP to verify A TWS Mitigation Input Status:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                 Page 10 of 22
* US will direct I&C to place failed channel in 1-MM-CP-519, ATWS mitigation system cabinet to -OPERATE BYPASS I
 
* BOP wiii verify proper status light indication for C-20 ATWS SYS ARMED at UL-28 B-1. With turbine power above 20%, the light is TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 10 of 22
        ),lera" ENER,Q::-L~                                              2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                   SEG J'A"'-~ NUClEAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                      INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                    EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3                                                              BOP (C), US (C, TS)
---),lera" NUClEAR FLEET TIME/NOTES Event 3 After 505 failure or at Lead Examiner's Discretion f 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS I'Nrong with SW-P-41A." When the crew dispatches an NSO to essential switchgear, respond "This is the secondary NSO. I am on my way to essential switchgear verify relay actuation for SW-P-41 A." After 5 minutes, respond, "This is secondary NSO, SW-P-41A has an INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY SW-P-41-A trip and lockout:
After M8-PT            SW-P-41-A trip and lockout:                   SW-P-41-A trip and lockout and SW-P-41-C fails to auto,start.
* SELECT: MF List
505 failure or at
* SELECT: Service Water
* SELECT: MF List Lead
* SELECT: mfSW001
* SELECT: Service Water                Initial Alarms:
* SELECT: INSERT It the crew dispatches an NSO to the Service Water Pump House, respond "This is the roving NSO. I am on my way to the Service Water Pump House to check on SW-P-41A." '".J After 5 minutes, respond "This is the roving NSO. I see don't see anything EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP (C), US (C, SW-P-41-A trip and lockout and SW-P-41-C fails to Initial 05523 SW PMP A BKR TRIP F7192 SWTA TRAIN A FAIL TO NOTE: US may use 'Skill of the Operator' to attempt to start the back-up pump OR take initial actions using 05523 alarm response or Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink. All are acceptable.
Examiner's                                                            05523 SW PMP A BKR TRIP LlO Discretion
US may place the power increase on PSO will review 05523, SW PMP A BKR TRIf5-f./O and under the direction will complete the following Step 1: BOP will verify SW Pump A tripped by amber light indication on i Step 2: BOP will verify started/start SW Pump C. Step 3: If SW Pump C is not available, BOP will initiate Train A actuation from Step 4: BOP will verify SW Pump A discharge valve SW-V-2 Step 5: BOP will place the control switch for SW-P-41A in pull to Step 6: US will refer to and enter OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Step 7: BOP will dispatch an operator to verify relay actuation for SW-P-41 BKR at Bus 5 Step 8: US will refer to technical specifications for the service water T.S. 3.7.4a action a will be entered. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 11 of 22 I
* SELECT: mfSW001 F7192 SWTA TRAIN A FAIL TO ACTUATE
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG ruET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES SW-P-41-A trip and lockout and SW-P-41-C fails to auto start. (continued)
* SELECT: INSERT NOTE: US may use 'Skill of the Operator' to attempt to start the back-up SW It the crew dispatches an NSO to the          pump OR take initial actions using 05523 alarm response or OS1216.01, Service Water Pump House, respond            Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink. All are acceptable. US may place the plant "This is the roving NSO. I am on my          power increase on hold.
INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY It the crew dispatches an NSO to perform a cooling tower fill, respond "This is the roving NSO. Commence a cooling tower fill from potable water." After 5 minutes, respond, "This is the roving NSO, I started a coaling tower fill from potable water at 50 gpm." .) IF NEEDED for Cooling Tower fill:
way to the Service Water Pump House to check on SW-P-41A."
* SELECT: RF List
                                                            '".J PSO will review 05523, SW PMP A BKR TRIf5-f./O and under the US direction will complete the following actions:
* SELECT: Service \Nater
f                    I After 5 minutes, respond "This is the roving NSO. I see don't see anything
* SELECT: rfSW001 PVV or FP
                        'Nrong with SW-P-41A."
* SELECT: Set FINAL VALUE to 50
i Step 1: BOP will verify SW Pump A tripped by amber light indication on the MCB.
* SELECT: INSERT EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE US enters OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink and directs following Step 1: Determine Appropriate
Step 2: BOP will verify started/start SW Pump C.
Step 3: If SW Pump C is not available, BOP will initiate Train A tower When the crew dispatches an NSO to actuation from MCB.
essential switchgear, respond "This is the secondary NSO. I am on my way to              Step 4: BOP will verify SW Pump A discharge valve SW-V-2 closes.
essential switchgear verify relay            Step 5: BOP will place the control switch for SW-P-41A in pull to lock.
actuation for SW-P-41 A."                    Step 6: US will refer to and enter OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink.
Step 7: BOP will dispatch an operator to verify relay actuation for SW-P-41 A After 5 minutes, respond, "This is the        BKR at Bus 5 <AQ3>.
secondary NSO, SW-P-41A has an 86            Step 8: US will refer to technical specifications for the service water system.
lockout."
T.S. 3.7.4a action a will be entered.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                             Page 11 of 22
 
I   .~.\~~~~  ruET 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                      EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE SW-P-41-A trip                                                 US enters OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink and directs the and lockout and                                                following actions:
SW-P-41-C fails                                                Step 1: Determine Appropriate Response:
to auto start.
* If entered upon initial failure, then go to Step 2.
* If entered upon initial failure, then go to Step 2.
* If entered after processing 05523 alarm response and affected SW aligned to the cooling tower, then go to Step
(continued)
* If entered after processing D5523 alarm response and Tower actuation is in progress, then got to Step 4. Step 2: Check For Ocean System Failure:
It the crew dispatches an NSO to perform
* BOP will check one ocean service water pump running per train associated discharge valve
* If entered after processing 05523 alarm response and affected SW train a cooling tower fill, respond "This is the    aligned to the cooling tower, then go to Step 8.
* With no Train ocean SW pump running the BOP will perform the I.,.;) following:
roving NSO. Commence a cooling
o Manually start SW Pump C. o SW Pump C can not be started and BOP will actuate Train A tower actuation.
* If entered after processing D5523 alarm response and Tower actuation is tower fill from potable water."                in progress, then got to Step 4.
o Go to Step 4. Step 4: Verify Tower Actuation Sequence:
Step 2: Check For Ocean System Failure:
After 5 minutes, respond, "This is the
* BOP will check one ocean service water pump running per train with roving NSO, I started a coaling tower          associated discharge valve open.
fill from potable water at 50 gpm."
                            .)
* With no Train ~ ocean SW pump running the BOP will perform the I.,.;)
following:
IF NEEDED for Cooling Tower fill:              o Manually start SW Pump C.
* SELECT: RF List                      o SW Pump C can not be started and BOP will actuate Train A tower
* SELECT: Service \Nater                  actuation.
* SELECT: rfSW001 PVV or FP            o Go to Step 4.
* SELECT: Set FINAL VALUE to 50      Step 4: Verify Tower Actuation Sequence:
* SELECT: INSERT
* BOP will verify proper TA alignment by UL-16 status panel indication.
* BOP will verify proper TA alignment by UL-16 status panel indication.
o BOP will identify that SW-V-20 failed to auto close and will close the valve if not previously performed.
o BOP will identify that SW-V-20 failed to auto close and will close the valve if not previously performed.
* BOP will check cooling tower boundary intact by verifying SW-V-4, 20 and 74 are closed and cooling tower basin level is stable or increasing.
* BOP will check cooling tower boundary intact by verifying SW-V-4, 20 and 74 are closed and cooling tower basin level is stable or increasing.
Step 5: Determine Step Transition:
Step 5: Determine Step Transition:
* With one cooling tower pump in service, US will go to Step 7. TR-AA-230-1 003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 22
* With one cooling tower pump in service, US will go to Step 7.
-----
TR-AA-230-1 003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                       Page 12 of 22
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG. flHT SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT SW-P-41-A trip OS1216.01 , Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink and lockout Step 7: Align equipment with one cooling tower pump ,in SW-P-41-C
 
* BOP will place both Train A ocean SW pump control switches in PTL. to auto start.
                                                                                                                              ~
* BOP will place running Train A CT pump control switch in NA START.(continued)
      ~~L:xrera~
E~:!
      .        flHT 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                  SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE SW-P-41-A trip                                     OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink (continued) and lockout and                                    Step 7: Align equipment with one cooling tower pump ,in service:
SW-P-41-C fails
* BOP will place both Train A ocean SW pump control switches in PTL.
to auto start.
(continued)
* BOP will place running Train A CT pump control switch in NA START.
* BOP will reset Train A tower actuation.
* BOP will reset Train A tower actuation.
* BOP will operate cooling tower spray and fans per Attachment A. Step 8: Check For Cooling Tower Failure:
* BOP will operate cooling tower spray and fans per Attachment A.
Step 8: Check For Cooling Tower Failure:
* BOP will report Cooling tower pump discharge pressure >40 psig.
* BOP will report Cooling tower pump discharge pressure >40 psig.
* BOP will check cooling tower boundary intact: o BOP will check SW-V-4, 20 and 74 are closed, identify that SW-V-20 failed to auto close and will close the valve if not previously performed.
* BOP will check cooling tower boundary intact:
J J
o BOP will check SW-V-4, 20 and 74 are closed, identify that SW-V-20 failed to auto close and will close the valve if not previously performed.
J                                           J
* BOP will check cooling tower basin level itfstable or increasing.
* BOP will check cooling tower basin level itfstable or increasing.
* BOP will verify Cooling tower basin level >43.5 feet.
* BOP will verify Cooling tower basin level >43.5 feet.
* BOP will operate cooling tower spray and fans per Attachment A, as necessary.
* BOP will operate cooling tower spray and fans per Attachment A, as
Step 9: Determine S'v"V Systern status: T.S. 3.7.4a action a will be entered.
                                                    ' necessary.
I TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 13 of 22
IStep 9: Determine S'v"V Systern status:
-----------2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY Event 'A' RCP vibration ramps After Step 7 8 of
L-----LI                                          T.S. 3.7.4a action a will be entered.
* SELECT: MF OS1216.01 , SELECT: Reactor Coolant *at Lead SELECT: mfRC020 Examiner's
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                          Page 13 of 22
* Discretion
 
* SELECT: Set Ramp Time to 600 seconds and Final Value to 21
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                   INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE c~~~ ~ ~ ~~-~~~ ~          --------
* SELECT: INSERT NOTE: alarm comes approximately minutes failure I _J EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE PSO (C), US 'A' RCP vibration ramps up, which will require a manual reactor Initial 88300 RCP A MTR FRAME VI8 VERT ROC 88301 RCP A MTR FRAME VI8 HORIZ ROC 88308 RCP A SHAFT VI8 VERT ROC 88309 RCP A SHAFT VI8 HORIZ ROC US enters OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction and directs the following Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure Step
Event 4                                                        PSO (C), US (C)
* With vibration level US will go to Step 2. w Step 2: Monitor RCP Vibration less than alert and danger limit
After Step 7 or    'A' RCP vibration ramps up:                  'A' RCP vibration ramps up, which will require a manual reactor trip.
* Determine If RCP vibration indication is valid using applicable indication as o 80P will perform Attachment A to confirm RCP vibration rack module output is valid o PSO will use MPCS to obtain RCP vibration readings.
8 of
o PSO will check RCP seal leak off flows. o PSO will check RCP bearing temperatures.
* SELECT: MF List OS1216.01, or at Lead
* US and PSO determine valid RCP vibration are greater than alert danger limits requiring a reactor
* SELECT: Reactor Coolant          Initial Alarms:
* US directs manual reactor trip and states that 'A' RCP will be tripped immediate actions are
* SELECT: mfRC020                  88300 RCP A MTR FRAME VI8 VERT ROC HI Examiner's 88301 RCP A MTR FRAME VI8 HORIZ ROC HI Discretion
* US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection perform their iml11&sect;!diate TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 14 of 22 I I 
* SELECT: Set Ramp Time to 600 88308 RCP A SHAFT VI8 VERT ROC HI seconds and Final Value to 21 88309 RCP A SHAFT VI8 HORIZ ROC HI NOTE: First
----------------2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG /" NUCUAA FUfl SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Crew trips the E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Rx Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:
* SELECT: INSERT alarm comes in                                                  US enters OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction and directs the following actions:
approximately 8                                                Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure Step Transition:
minutes after
* With abnorm~RCP vibration level US will go to Step 2.                 w failure is                .~
inserted.                                                      Step 2: Monitor RCP Vibration less than alert and danger limit
* Determine If RCP vibration indication is valid using applicable diverse indication as follows:
I                                                o 80P will perform Attachment A to confirm RCP vibration rack module output is valid I
o PSO will use MPCS to obtain RCP vibration readings.
o PSO will check RCP seal leak off flows.
o PSO will check RCP bearing temperatures.
* US and PSO determine valid RCP vibration are greater than alert and/or danger limits requiring a reactor trip.
* US directs manual reactor trip and states that 'A' RCP will be tripped after immediate actions are completed.
I                _J                          ----~      -----
* US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection and perform their iml11&sect;!diate actions.    ------                          ~-
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                       Page 14 of 22
 
[~.iN.**.***~~~.
            /"      NUCUAA FUfl 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Crew trips the                                         E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Rx Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:
* PSO will check Rod bottom lights lit, reactor trip and bypass breakers open and neutron flux decreasing.
* PSO will check Rod bottom lights lit, reactor trip and bypass breakers open and neutron flux decreasing.
Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:
Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:
* BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the generator breaker open. Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency Busses:
* BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the generator breaker open.
Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency Busses:
* BOP will check both AC emergency busses energized.
* BOP will check both AC emergency busses energized.
Step 4: Check If SI Is Actuated:
Step 4: Check If SI Is Actuated:
c-::J u
c-::J                                               u
* PSO will check and report no SI annuncil8tors lit.
* PSO will check and report no SI annuncil8tors lit.
* Check if SI is required o PSO checks RCS pressure <1800 psig, o PSO checks pressurizer level <7%, o PSO checks containment pressure >4 pSig, o PSO checks RCS subcooling  
* Check if SI is required o PSO checks RCS pressure <1800 psig, o PSO checks pressurizer level <7%,
<40&deg;F, o BOP checks any SG pressure <585 pSig and o SI is not required.
o PSO checks containment pressure >4 pSig,                                     I o PSO checks RCS subcooling <40&deg;F, o BOP checks any SG pressure <585 pSig and o SI is not required.
* Immediate actions are complete.
* Immediate actions are complete. US will direct the PSO to stop the 'A'
US will direct the PSO to stop the 'A' RCP.  
                      --              --~-""-,-,-~~"'-,-,-~-
----TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 15 of 22
RCP. ---~-    ----    ---~  ----    ----    ----    ---~-    -----""'-,--~-
---i',!FXrera RUT 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE PSO (M), BOP (M), US (M) Simultaneous Events When 'A' RCP Loss of offsite power, Station Blackout and 300 gpm RCP seal is secured after Loss of offsite
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                               Page 15 of 22
* SELECT: MF NOTE: Crew may reassess E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, step 3 for actions SELECT: Electrical Distribution LOP, then go to ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power, OR go directly to ECA-O.O,* Loss of all AC Power, step 1. Either transition path is correct.
 
i',!FXrera E~Y~                                              2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                 SEG RUT SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES               INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                    EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE EventS                                                        PSO (M), BOP (M), US (M)
When 'A' RCP       Simultaneous Events                        Loss of offsite power, Station Blackout and 300 gpm RCP seal leak.
is secured after   Loss of offsite power:
immediate actions
* SELECT: MF List                    NOTE: Crew may reassess E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, step 3 for
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution   LOP, then go to ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power, OR go directly to ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power, step 1. Either transition path is correct.
* SELECT: mfED038
* SELECT: mfED038
* SELECT: INSERT Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency Busses: 350 gpm RCP seal leak (simulated intermediate leg leak):
* SELECT: INSERT Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency Busses:
* BOP will check at least one AC emergency bus SELECT: MF
350 gpm RCP seal leak (simulated with intermediate leg leak):
* BOP will attempt to emergency start both emergency EDGs. *
* BOP will check at least one AC emergency bus energized.
* SELECT: Reactor o 'A' EDG will not start. o 'B' EDG witt:start and trip due to lube oil failure u* w SELECT: mfRC050A
* SELECT: MF List
* US will direct crew to enter ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power and perform SELECT: Set Final Value to their immediate
* BOP will attempt to emergency start both emergency EDGs.
* SELECT: INSERT TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 16 of 22
* SELECT: Reactor Coolant              o 'A' EDG will not start.
----
o 'B' EDG witt:start and trip due to lube oil failure .              u
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG .-HIlCI&#xa3;Al\.' Flffi .... SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power Event 6 Critical Task INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY 'J When BOP simulates actuating Slave relay K603 test switch S909 "Relay test switch has been actuated.
* w SELECT: mfRC050A
Indications are as seen on the MeB." Slave relay start of 'A' EDG:
* US will direct crew to enter ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power and perform
* SELECT: Set Final Value to 350 their immediate actions.
* SELECT: INSERT TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                      Page 16 of 22
 
                '/Tera'
  ~ ..
        ~.{N.*~*~.
            .-     HIlCI&#xa3;Al\
Flffi 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                       INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power                                                      ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:
* PSO will check reactor trip and bypass breakers open and neutron flux decreasing.
Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:
* BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the generator breaker open.
Step 3: Check If RCS Is Isolated:
* PSO will check PORVs, CS-V-145, Excess letdown isolation valves and
.~
                                                            'J RCS sample valves closed.                u Step 4: BOP will verify EFW Flow >500 gpm Step 5: Try To Restore Power to any AC Emergency Bus:
* BOP will place Bus 5 & 6 UAT and RAT supply breaker control switches in PTL.
When BOP simulates actuating Slave Event 6                    relay K603 test switch S909 "Relay test   BOP (C) switch has been actuated. Indications
* BOP will manually start emergency diesel generator(s) from the main Critical Task              are as seen on the MeB."                   control room:
o Emergency start (will not work)
Slave relay start of 'A' EDG:               o Slave relay K603 test switch S909
* SELECT: Scenario
* SELECT: Scenario
* SELECT: Sim_Support
* BOP will verify diesel generator is running with normal voltage and
* SELECT: Sim_Support                 frequency.
* SELECT: Start E DG Slave Relay
* SELECT: Start E DG Slave Relay
* SELECT: Run EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:
* BOP will verify diesel generator breaker is closed and EPS is actuated and sequencing.
* PSO will check reactor trip and bypass breakers open and neutron flux decreasing.
* SELECT: Run
Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:
* Check equipment loaded:
* BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the generator breaker open. Step 3: Check If RCS Is Isolated:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 17 of 22
* PSO will check PORVs, CS-V-145, Excess letdown isolation valves RCS sample valves closed. Step 4: BOP will verify EFW Flow >500 Step 5: Try To Restore Power to any AC Emergency
 
* BOP will place Bus 5 & 6 UA T and RAT supply breaker control switches in PTL. BOP (C)
rera*
* BOP will manually start emergency diesel generator(s) from the main control room: o Emergency start (will not work) o Slave relay K603 test switch S909
ENE!312J::~~                                                2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                               SEG J"#' ",'"   NUClfAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                         INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE ECA-O.O, Loss                                                          ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power, Step 5 (continued) of all AC Power (continued)
* BOP will verify diesel generator is running with normal voltage
If the crew dispatches an NSO to DG room
* BOP will verify diesel generator breaker is closed and EPS is and
* Check equipment loaded:
* Check equipment loaded: TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 17 of 22 rera*
to investigate, respond "This is the         o PSO reports 'A' Charging Pump running.
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG J"#'",'" NUClfAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power ( continued)
roving NSO. I am in the 'B' DG room o PSO reports 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump running.
Event 6 Critical Task E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Step 4 INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY If the crew dispatches an NSO to DG room to investigate, respond "This is the roving NSO. I am in the 'B' DG room and there is a large amount of oil on the floor." If the crew directs NSO to Place 'B' DG in MAINTENANCE, respond "Place 'B' DG in MAINTENANCE."
and there is a large amount of oil on the floor."                                   PSO (C) o PSO will identify CC-P-11-A failure to auto start.
the 'B' DG in MAINTENANCE:
If the crew directs NSO to Place 'B' DG in
* BOP will reset RMO (after EPS sequencing is complete).
MAINTENANCE, respond "Place 'B' DG
* PSO will start CC-P-11-A or C.
in MAINTENANCE."
o BOP reports 'A' EFW pump running.
Event 6                    PI~ing    the 'B' DG in MAINTENANCE:
BOP (C)      J                                                        J o BOP reports 'A' Cooling Tower Pump running Critical Task
* SELECT: Local Panels
* SELECT: Local Panels
* BOP may identify that SW-V-16 is closed, but should be open.
* SELECT: DG System
* SELECT: DG System
* SELECT: DG B @ SELECT: SS-9710 Maintenance EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power, Step 5 (continued)
* Check equipment loaded: o PSO reports 'A' Charging Pump running. o PSO reports 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump running. PSO (C) o PSO will identify CC-P-11-A failure to auto start.
* BOP will reset RMO (after EPS sequencing is complete).
* PSO will start CC-P-11-A or C. o BOP reports 'A' EFW pump running. BOP (C) J J o BOP reports 'A' Cooling Tower Pump running
* BOP may identify that SW-V-16 is closed, but should be open.
* US directs BOP using 'Skill ofthe Operator' to open SW-V-16.
* US directs BOP using 'Skill ofthe Operator' to open SW-V-16.
* SELECT: DG B
* BOP opens SW-V-16.
* BOP opens SW-V-16.
                                @  SELECT: SS-9710 Maintenance
* BOP reports Bus 5 is energized.
* BOP reports Bus 5 is energized.
* BOP reports only one AC emergency bus is energized.
* BOP reports only one AC emergency bus is energized.
* BOP reports Bus 5 is energized from its Emergency Diesel.
* BOP reports Bus 5 is energized from its Emergency Diesel.
* US directs return to E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Step 4. Step 4: Check If SI Is Actuated:
* US directs return to E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Step 4.
* PSO will check and both SI annunciators lit. US will direct PSO and BOP to bring up their alarms and notify him of any immediate plant concerns and share any pertinent plant information.
E-O, Reactor                                                          Step 4: Check If SI Is Actuated:
Trip or Safety
* PSO will check and both SI annunciators lit.
Injection, Step 4 US will direct PSO and BOP to bring up their alarms and notify him of any immediate plant concerns and share any pertinent plant information.
Step 5: Perform ESF actuation verification per Attachment A:
Step 5: Perform ESF actuation verification per Attachment A:
* PSO will perform Attachment A. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 18 of 22 era' ENERj,ix.a 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG HIJClEAft Ft.m SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS I TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE E-O, Reactor PSO performing Attachment A while US and BOP process E-O. Trip or Safety 1. PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by I'njection checking all status panel lights lit for both trains. (continued) PSO will verify Safeguard Equipment Alignment by checking proper alignment by status panel for both trains. PSO will verify Feedwater Isolation by checking proper alignment by status Event PSO Critical NOTE: US may direct PSO to start CC-P-11-A or C after Step 4 of E-O using Skill of the Operator. PSO will verify a PCCW Pump running in both loops.
* PSO will perform Attachment A.
* PSO will identify CC-P-U-A failure to auto start. u
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                           Page 18 of 22
 
era' ENERj,ix.a                             2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                     SEG HIJClEAft Ft.m SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS
                              -------                I TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                              EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE E-O, Reactor                                         PSO performing Attachment A while US and BOP process E-O.
Trip or Safety                                             1. PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by I'njection                                                       checking all status panel lights lit for both trains.
(continued)                                                 2. PSO will verify Safeguard Equipment Alignment by checking proper alignment by status panel for both trains.
: 3. PSO will verify Feedwater Isolation by checking proper alignment by status panel.
Event 7                                              PSO (C)
Critical Task                                        NOTE: US may direct PSO to start CC-P-11-A or C after Step 4 of E-O using Skill of the Operator.
: 4. PSO will verify a PCCW Pump running in both loops.
u                                      u
* PSO will identify CC-P-U-A failure to auto start.
* PSO will reset RMO.
* PSO will reset RMO.
* PSO will start CC-P-11-A or C. PSO will verify ECCS Flow by checking: CCP indicated flow to RCS cold legs. RCS pressure <1700 psig, SI pump flow to both trains. RCS pressure >300 psig, go to Step 6. PSO will verify MS-V-129 is open. PSO will verify a SW Pump running in both trains. PSO will verify SW flow to Train A and Train B Diesels >900 gpm. PSO will check all main steamlines isolated with containment pressure >4 psig. 10. PSO will check Containment Pressure has remained <18 psig 11. PSO will verify total EFW flow >500 gpm. 12. PSO will reset RMO if not previously done. 13. PSO will notify US of Actuation Verification Status. Attachment A is complete.
* PSO will start CC-P-11-A or C.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 22
: 5. PSO will verify ECCS Flow by checking:
* CCP indicated flow to RCS cold legs.
* RCS pressure <1700 psig, SI pump flow to both trains.
* RCS pressure >300 psig, go to Step 6.
: 6. PSO will verify MS-V-129 is open.
PSO will verify a SW Pump running in both trains.
: 8. PSO will verify SW flow to Train A and Train B Diesels >900 gpm.
: 9. PSO will check all main steamlines isolated with containment pressure >4 psig.
: 10. PSO will check Containment Pressure has remained <18 psig
: 11. PSO will verify total EFW flow >500 gpm.
: 12. PSO will reset RMO if not previously done.
: 13. PSO will notify US of Actuation Verification Status.
Attachment A is complete.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                               Page 19 of 22


2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection (continued)
    ~**~E;><rera' ENER~                                                2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                                 SEG
INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY When the BOP dispatches an NSO to open FW-V-347, B EFW pump miniflow, respond "'This is the roving NSO. Open FW-V-347, B EFW pump miniflow." After 2 minutes open FW-V-347:
      ,~      N~
* SELECT: SIM diagrams
FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                   INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                      EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE E-O, Reactor         When the BOP dispatches an NSO to         Step 6: Monitor RCS Temperature stable at or trending to 557&deg;F.
* SELECT: FW3
Trip or Safety        open FW-V-347, B EFW pump miniflow,
* SELECT: FW-V-347
* BOP will report t~mperature less than 55rF and decreasing.
* SELECT: Manual Adjust
Injection            respond "'This is the roving NSO. Open (continued)          FW-V-347, B EFW pump miniflow."
* SET: Final Value = 1 P
* US will direct the following actions:
* SET: Ramp =30
o Stop dumping steam to condenser and atmosphere.
* SELECT: Insert After FW-V-347 is open, respond, "This is I -nr-.r'l. '11 h k CS " 145 b th POR"----' t.._.o.h I PZR -. -the roving NSO FW-V-347 is open." 1
After 2 minutes open FW-V-347:
* cur WI C ec -v-,0 eUiU UUl norma 1 , valves closed. Step 8: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped:
o Check MS to MSRs isolated.
* BOP will check at least one running ECCS pump and report RCS subcooling greater than 40&deg;F. Step 9: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted:
NOTE: The following 2 steps may have been performed per the E-O OAS
* SELECT: SIM diagrams page.
* SELECT: FW3                             o If cooldown continues, then open EFW pump mini flow valves and
* SELECT: FW-V-347                         throttle total feed flow to maintain greater than 500 GPM.
* SELECT: Manual Adjust                   o When SG level is adequate based on 15% NR in at least one SG
* SET: Final Value = 1                     (Adverse Containment), then throttle feed flow to maintain SG narrow range level between 15% and 50% (Adverse Containment).
P
* SET: Ramp 30    =
o If cooldown continues, then close MSIVs, MSIV bypass valv~ and
* SELECT: Insert                           upstream drains.
Step 7: Check RCS Isolated:
After FW-V-347 is open, respond, "This is I - nr-.r'l. '11 h k CS " 145 b th POR"- ---' t.._.o.h         I PZR -.
                    - the roving NSO FW-V-347 is open."         1
* cur WI C ec         -v-     ,0         v~ eUiU UUl norma       ~pray 1                 ,                             valves closed.
Step 8: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped:
* BOP will check at least one running ECCS pump and report RCS subcooling greater than 40&deg;F.
Step 9: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted:
* BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report pressures as expected.
* BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report pressures as expected.
Step 10: Check If SG U Tubes Are Intact:
Step 10: Check If SG U Tubes Are Intact:
Line 1,546: Line 3,848:
Step 11: Check If RCS Is Intact:
Step 11: Check If RCS Is Intact:
* BOP will report abnormal containment radiation and pressure.
* BOP will report abnormal containment radiation and pressure.
* US will direct entry to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant. EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Step 6: Monitor RCS Temperature stable at or trending to 557&deg;F.
* US will direct entry to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.
* BOP will report less than 55rF and decreasing.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                         Page 20 of22
* US will direct the following actions: o Stop dumping steam to condenser and atmosphere.
 
o Check MS to MSRs isolated.
era**
NOTE: The following 2 steps may have been performed per the E-O OAS page. o If cooldown continues, then open EFW pump mini flow valves and throttle total feed flow to maintain greater than 500 GPM. o When SG level is adequate based on 15% NR in at least one SG (Adverse Containment), then throttle feed flow to maintain SG narrow range level between 15% and 50% (Adverse Containment).
ENE~Jl;CJ'~                            2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                             SEG NUCLEAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE E-1, Loss of                                     E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant Reactor or Secondary US will direct crew to enter E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant and Coolant direct the following actions. US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions are in effect.
o If cooldown continues, then close MSIVs, MSIV bypass and upstream drains. Step 7: Check RCS Isolated:
Step 1: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 20 of22 era**
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant ;) D E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant ( continued)
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant US will direct crew to enter E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant and direct the following actions. US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions are in effect. Step 1: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped:
* PSO will check one charging pump running.
* PSO will check one charging pump running.
* PSO will check RCS subcooling  
* PSO will check RCS subcooling >40&deg;F.
>40&deg;F. Step 2: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted:
Step 2: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted:
* BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report pressures as expected.
* BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report pressures as expected.
Step 3: Check Intact SG Levels:
Step 3: Check Intact SG Levels:
* BOP will verify 15% NR in at SG (Adverse Containment).
D
* BOP will verify 15% NR in at   leas~ne  SG (Adverse Containment).
;)
* BOP will open EFW pump mini flow valves AND control feed flow to maintain NR level between 15% and 50% (adverse containment).
* BOP will open EFW pump mini flow valves AND control feed flow to maintain NR level between 15% and 50% (adverse containment).
Step 4: Check Secondary Radiation:
Step 4: Check Secondary Radiation:
* BOP wi!! check main steam!ine, condenser air evacuation and generator blowdown radiation all
* BOP wi!! check main steam!ine, condenser air evacuation and steam generator blowdown radiation all normal.
* BOP will check no uncontrolled SG narrow range level increase.
* BOP will check no uncontrolled SG narrow range level increase.
Step 5: Check PZR PORV And Block Valves:
Step 5: Check PZR PORV And Block Valves:
* BOP will verify block valves have power and are open and both PORVs are closed. Step 6: Check If ECCS Flow Should Be Reduced:
* BOP will verify block valves have power and are open and both PORVs are closed.
E-1, Loss of                                      Step 6: Check If ECCS Flow Should Be Reduced:
Reactor or
* PSO will check RCS subcooling greater than 40&deg;F.
* PSO will check RCS subcooling greater than 40&deg;F.
Secondary Coolant
* BOP will check secondary heat sink available.
* BOP will check secondary heat sink available.
(continued)
* PSO will check RCS pressure or stable or increasing.
* PSO will check RCS pressure or stable or increasing.
* PSO will check PZR level greater than 28% (adverse containment)
* PSO will check PZR level greater than 28% (adverse containment)
* US will entry to ES 1.1, SI TERMINATION, Step 1. Page 21 of 22
* US will entry to ES 1.1, SI TERMINATION, Step 1.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                      Page 21 of 22
 
era**
ENERGY~
0"/X1,.rt~~~.
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2                                SEG FLEU SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                  EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Terminate the scenario after the crew check If ECCS flow should be reduced at step 6 Of E-1, or at the discretion of the lead examiner.
                                                                *** END OF SCENARIO ***
Q                                                        Q                                        Q TR-AA~230-1003-F06      Revision 0                                                                    Page 22 of 22


2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG FLEU SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT Terminate the scenario after the check If ECCS flow should be reduced step 6 Of E-1, or at the discretion of '--lead examiner.
WORLD CLASS         2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 PERFORMANCE
*** END OF SCENARIO *** Q Q Q Revision 0 Page 22 of 22 WORLD CLASS 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 PERFORMANCE  
                    ....... expectit!   OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT TURNOVER Plant Status Plant is in Mode 1 At 75% Power.
....... expectit!
Protected Train
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT TURNOVER Plant Status -Plant is in Mode 1 At 75% Power. Current PRA Risk is Green Protected Train Aggregate risk is 0 LOW The Security Threat Level is Yellow Reactivity RCS Boron concentration is 1206 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 207 Steps RCS Tave Band (Oeg. F) 581-581.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): 191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): 35 SG Blowdown Lineup: Hotwells At 60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids -6 Days -6 Cation Flowrate:
                                                              -      Current PRA Risk is Green The Security Threat Level is Yellow                                   Aggregate risk is 0 LOW A
Full Flow SFP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Low Turbine Controls:
Reactivity RCS Boron concentration is 1206 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 207 Steps RCS Tave Band (Oeg. F)               581- 581.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal):         191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): 35 SG Blowdown Lineup:           Hotwells           At   60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids - 6 Days - 6             Cation Flowrate: Full Flow SFP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Low Turbine Controls: Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between 3646.0 MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 MW.
Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between 3646.0 MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 MW. Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering re!commendations and will normally be left in automatic control. Utilize OS1 000.1 0 Fig. 11, Rod Motion Checklist.
Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering re!commendations and will normally be left in automatic control. Utilize OS1 000.1 0 Fig. 11, Rod Motion Checklist.
00156 Values for NEPEX Contingency Oownpower  
00156 Values for NEPEX Contingency Oownpower Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Gal.
-Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Gal. Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 776 Gal. -
Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is           776 Gal.
I Reactivity Activities that may affect reactivity.
 
Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*  
I Reactivity                         Activities that may affect reactivity.
'3y: eelOh 11 1. Increase power to 90% at 10%/hour.
Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
: 2. Maintain AFD on target. 3. Dilute as required to establish and maintain a power increase to 90% at 10%/hour.
  '3y: eelOh 11
: 4. CB D at 207 ste s with rods in Auto. General Plant Status General Plant Info Non Watchstation Specific)
: 1. Increase power to 90% at 10%/hour.
Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
: 2. Maintain AFD on target.
By: eelOh11 1. Power increase in ro ess. Evolutions List non-ta in evolutions and surv!!!lances in progress or planned Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
: 3. Dilute as required to establish and maintain a power increase to 90% at 10%/hour.
By: eelOhll 1. Procedure OSI000.05 , Power Increase, is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.49. 2. Both Heater Drain urn s are in service. Work Control Name: RSS Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION'" By: I Primary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
: 4. CB D at 207 ste s with rods in Auto.
By: I Secondary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 "'TURNOVER INFORMATION*
General Plant Status               General Plant Info Non Watchstation Specific)
Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By: eelOh11
: 1. Power increase in ro   ess.
Evolutions           List non-ta     in evolutions and surv!!!lances in progress or planned Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By: eelOhll
: 1. Procedure OSI000.05, Power Increase, is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.49.
: 2. Both Heater Drain urn s are in service.
Work Control                       Name:                         RSS Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION'"
By:
I Primary NSO                         Name:                         FB RSS MED Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Secondary NSO                       Name:                          FB RSS MED Today 0:00    "'TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
  ,~over  NSO                        Name:                         FB RSS MED Today 0:00   "'TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Waste NSO                          Name:                          FB RSS MED Today 0:00    "'TURNOVER INFORMATION'"
By:
I Field Support NSO                  Name:                          FB RSS MED Today 0:00    *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Fire Brigade Leader                Name:
Today 0:00    *TURNOVER INFORMATION'"
By:
By:
NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 "'TURNOVER INFORMATION*
I Unit Supervisor                    Name Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION'"
By: I Waste NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 "'TURNOVER INFORMATION'" By: I Field Support NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
By: I Fire Brigade Leader Name: Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION'" By: I Unit Supervisor Name Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION'" By: I Shift Manager Name: Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION'" By: 
I Shift Manager                      Name:
Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION'"
By:
 
NEXTera" E~F3~~!!.                SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE                              SEG REEl SITE:          Seabrook                                            Revision #:  FINAL LMS 10:                                                        LMS Rev. Date:
SEG TITLE:    2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG TYPE:                  o Training                          [gj Evaluation o
PROGRAM:       0 LOCT          [gj LOIT        0 Other:
DURATION:      90 minutes Developed by:
Instructor/Developer                        Date Reviewed by:
Instructor (Instructional Review)                  Date Validated by: ,
SME (Technical Review)                        Date 0
Approved by:
Training Supervision                        Date Approved by:
Training Program Owner (Lin4~)                    Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                   Page 1 of 28
 
",:F.xrera' ENERGY~                                      2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 4                                    SEG
  .",,~.~
fLeET UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate U~ate Log form TI~-AA-230-1003-F16.                    I PREPARER    DATE
    #            DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE                REASON FOR CHANGE:         ARlTWR#
REVIEWER    DATE I
o o
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                           Page 2 of28


SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE REEl SITE: Seabrook Revision #: FINAL LMS 10: LMS Rev. Date: SEG TITLE: 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG TYPE: o Training [gj Evaluation o PROGRAM: 0 LOCT [gj LOIT 0 Other: DURATION:
o
90 minutes Developed by: I nstructor/Developer Date Reviewed by: Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by: , SME (Technical Review) Date 0 Approved by: Training Supervision Date Approved by: Training Program Owner Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 28 I ",:F.xrera' 2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 4 SEG fLeET UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval.
. '~EX'era E~~                                  2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                               SEG f!.ffi OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 100% power with, Rods in Auto, boron concentration at 1100 ppm, CB D at 230 steps. The crew will begin a power decrease at 10%/hr to 50% power due to FW-P-32-A vibration issues. CC-P-322-A trips and standby pump fails to auto start, but can be started manually. The crew will then experienCE! a loss of EDE-PP-1A due to EDE-I-1A failure. Instrument Bus 1A can be recovered on its maintenance supply. This event will require manual control of FRV's and charging. AR-P-50-B will then trip with auto start of third AR pump blocked, but it' can be manually started. FW-P-32-A trips and power level is too high for Setback to be successful. Auto and Manual Rx trips are blockecl, n3sulting in A TWS. Auto rod insertion is blocked and manual rod insertion will be required. On the manual turbine trip, turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 will stick open, ~quiring manual MSI.
Or use separate Log form PREPARER DATE# DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE: ARlTWR# REVIEWER DATE I o TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of28 
SEQUENCE OF EVENTS Event # Description
.
: 1.       Crew begins a 1O%/hr power decrease due to FW-P<-I2-A vibration issues.                     I
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEGf!.ffi OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 100% power with, Rods in Auto, boron concentration at 1100 ppm, CB D at 230 steps. The crew will begin a power decrease at 10%/hr to 50% power due to FW-P-32-A vibration issues. CC-P-322-A trips and standby pump fails to auto start, but can be started manually.
: 2.       CC-P-322-A trips and standby pump fails to auto start, can be started manually.
The crew will then experienCE!
: 3.       Loss of EDE-PP-1A due to EDE-I-1A failure. Instrument Bus 1A recovered on maintenance
a loss of EDE-PP-1A due to EDE-I-1A failure. Instrument Bus 1A can be recovered on its maintenance supply. This event will require manual control of FRV's and charging.
AR-P-50-B will then trip with auto start of third AR pump blocked, but it' can be manually started. FW-P-32-A trips and power level is too high for Setback to be successful.
Auto and Manual Rx trips are blockecl, n3sulting in A TWS. Auto rod insertion is blocked and manual rod insertion will be required.
On the manual turbine trip, turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 will stick open, manual MSI. SEQUENCE OF EVENTS Event # Description
: 1. Crew begins a 1 O%/hr power decrease due to FW-P<-I2-A vibration issues. I 2. CC-P-322-A trips and standby pump fails to auto start, can be started manually.
: 3. Loss of EDE-PP-1A due to EDE-I-1A failure. Instrument Bus 1A recovered on maintenance
* supply. Requires manual control of FRV's and charging.
* supply. Requires manual control of FRV's and charging.
: 4. On loss of EDE-PP-1A, PC-PT-455 will fail low. This will be discovered when Instrument Bus 1A is recovered on its maintenance supply. I 5. AR-P-50-B trips, auto start of third but can be manually started. Vacuum will i continue to decrease requiring downpo r to maintain 25 inches of Hg.i I . 6. FW-P-32-A trips. Power level too high for Setback to be successful.
: 4.       On loss of EDE-PP-1A, PC-PT-455 will fail low. This will be discovered when Instrument Bus 1A is recovered on its maintenance supply.
Auto and Manual Rx . trips blocked resulting in A TWS. 7. Auto rod insertion blocked, manual rod insertion required.
I
I 8. On manual turbine trip, turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 stick open, requiring manual MSI. I 9. When crew enters ES-0.1 the A PORV will fail open. This will require the PSO to close the I I A PORV. It will not close and the PSO will close the A PORV Block Valve. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of28 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG , SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setlff> Checklist.
: 5.       AR-P-50-B trips, auto start of third blOC~d but can be manually started. Vacuum will i          i continue to decrease requiring downpo r to maintain 25 inches of Hg.
I         .
: 6.       FW-P-32-A trips. Power level too high for Setback to be successful. Auto and Manual Rx
          . trips blocked resulting in A TWS.
: 7.       Auto rod insertion blocked, manual rod insertion required.
I
: 8.       On manual turbine trip, turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 stick open, requiring manual MSI.
I
: 9.       When crew enters ES-0.1 the A PORV will fail open. This will require the PSO to close the I
I A PORV. It will not close and the PSO will close the A PORV Block Valve.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                               Page 3 of28
 
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                 SEG SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setlff> Checklist.
General Instructions
General Instructions
: a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
: a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
: b. Reset to IC #153 c. Place simulator in Run d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #30 and insert the following:
: b. Reset to IC #153
: 1. A Train is Protected, SV C0755, '1' 2. Block MS-SV-2 Main Stop Valve closure:
: c. Place simulator in Run
: d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #30 and insert the following:
: 1. A Train is Protected, SV C0755, '1'
: 2. Block MS-SV-2 Main Stop Valve closure:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Main Steam (Component)
* SELECT: Main Steam (Component)
* SELECT: avMSVSV2
* SELECT: avMSVSV2
* SELECT: FAIL OPEN
* SELECT: FAIL OPEN
* SELECT: INSERT 3. Block MS-CV-2 Main Turbine Control Valve clm;ure:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 3. Block MS-CV-2 Main Turbine Control Valve clm;ure:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Main Steam (Component)
* SELECT: Main Steam (Component)
* SELECT: avMSVCV2 n
* SELECT: avMSVCV2                   n
* SELECT: FAIL OPEN
* SELECT: FAIL OPEN
* SELECT: INSERT 4. Block standby Air Removal pump start:
* SELECT: INSERT
: 4. Block standby Air Removal pump start:
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: MF List
* SELECT: Condenser Air Evacuation
* SELECT: Condenser Air Evacuation
* SELECT: mfAR006C
* SELECT: mfAR006C
* SELECT: INSERT e. Advance logger and tear off any sheets with print. f. Procedure OS1 000.056, Power Decrease is being performed and is completed to step 4.3. Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of28 I . ENE:!j1iUi 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
* SELECT: INSERT
* See Turnover Sheet n o TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 28
: e. Advance logger and tear off any sheets with print.
---I 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEGSIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1 PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N) AII9w the students to decrease plant Start Crew begins the power decrease lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.06, Power power to the extent that a significant reactivity manipulation is The crew should prepare for and initiate a power decrease at 10%/hr. Unit Supervisor:
: f. Procedure OS1 000.056, Power Decrease is being performed and is completed to step 4.3.
A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase.
Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation.
The temperature band will normally be + 1.5&deg;F. Soration will be used for temperature control during the power decrease.
o TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                               Page 4 of28
Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control. Turbine Operations:
 
The SOP will decrease turbine load using automatic c:::> DEttC operations.
o I f~E>CTera
Using the laminated sheets, Figure 19 WOS1 000.1 0, The basic steps are:
. ENE:!j1iUi                 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
* See Turnover Sheet n
o TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                         Page 5 of 28
 
I   ~~."~~~Q
      ~/",ff""'"'"      H~
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                               SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                         INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1                                                                   PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N)
Start                      AII9w the students to decrease plant         Crew begins the power decrease lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.06, Power power to the extent that a significant       Decrease.
reactivity manipulation is demonstrated.
The crew should prepare for and initiate a power decrease at 10%/hr.
Unit Supervisor: A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase. The temperature band will normally be + 1.5&deg;F. Soration will be used for temperature control during the power decrease. Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control.
Turbine Operations: The SOP will decrease turbine load using automatic c:::>                                                 DEttC operations. Using the laminated sheets, Figure 19 WOS1 000.1 0, The basic steps are:
* Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
* Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
* Insert the desired Ramp Rate. I
* Insert the desired Ramp Rate.
* Insert the desired Power LeveL
I* Insert the desired Power LeveL
* V'v'hen RCS tern perature begins to decrease, Seiect "Load."
* V'v'hen RCS tern perature begins to decrease, Seiect "Load."
* Monitor turbine unloading using "Load Status" is Unloading and "Load Actual" decreases.
* Monitor turbine unloading using "Load Status" is Unloading and "Load Actual" decreases.
The SOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.
The SOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.
* At any time during the automatic unloading, the power decrease can be stopped by activating the "Hold" function.
* At any time during the automatic unloading, the power decrease can be stopped by activating the "Hold" function.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 28 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG I..
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                               Page 6 of 28
Nuct&#xa3;AJl , FIHl SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Reactor Power change: The crew will use boration to decrease temperature during the turbine load decrease.
 
A boration value will be . determined to change the boron concentration and decrease power/temperature.
I.. ~.N.f:~~~e
If control rods are used in manual to control AFD / temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the IN direction and insert the rods. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions. Using the laminated sheets of OS1008.01, Figure 3, Boration Checklist, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required boration volume and rate. The high level steps are:
        ~.~~ Nuct&#xa3;AJl FIHl 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES           INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                             EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Reactor Power change: The crew will use boration to decrease temperature during the turbine load decrease. A boration value will be
* Verify the pumps are in AUTO
                                      .           determined to change the boron concentration and decrease power/temperature. If control rods are used in manual to control AFD /
* Verify the makeup valves ar;;;in AUTO t:::) t:::)
temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the IN direction and insert the rods. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions.
Using the laminated sheets of OS1008.01, Figure 3, Boration Checklist, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required boration volume and rate.
The high level steps are:
* Verify the pumps are in AUTO t:::)
* Verify the makeup valves ar;;;in AUTO                                   t:::)
* Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
* Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
* Place the Mode Selector Switch to BORATE
* Place the Mode Selector Switch to BORATE
Line 1,656: Line 4,037:
* Verify the pumps and valves respond
* Verify the pumps and valves respond
* Verify Plant Response
* Verify Plant Response
* Restore Svstem to Automatic control TR-M-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 28 rera*
* Restore Svstem to Automatic control TR-M-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                         Page 7 of 28
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG .,,,,,,<,,,,,,,,,,,*, ** SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES Event 2 At Lead Examiner's Discretion Q INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY trips: SELECT: Scenario OPEN: CC folder SELECT: TB loss with failure of 322B to start SELECT: Run SELECT: OK EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE PSO(C), US (C) CC-P-322-A,.  
 
'A' Thermal Barrier Pump trips and CC-P-322-B, 'B' Thermal Barrier Pump fails to auto start. Initial Alarms: B5208 THERM BARR PMP NB OUTLET FLOW LOW 85219 THERM BARR PMP NB OUTLET FLOW LOW F8017 RCP A THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW F8018 RCP B THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW F8019 RCP C THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW F8020 RCP D THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW Q PSO identifies that CC-P-322-A, 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump trips and 322-B, 'B' Thermal Barrier Pump failed to auto start. NOTE: US may decide to take initial actions using "Skill of the Operator" or any of the above iisted aiarm responses or go directly to OS1212.01, PCCW Malfunction or OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction.
rera*
Any method is acceptable.
ENEBQY~                                                          2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                              SEG
US may place the plant down power on hold. If the US chooses to use "Skill of the Operator":
    .,,,,,,<,,,,,,,,,,,*,   ~ **
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2                                                                    PSO(C), US (C)
At Lead                            C~-P-322-A trips:                      CC-P-322-A,. 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump trips and CC-P-322-B, 'B' Thermal Examiner's
* SELECT: Scenario                  Barrier Pump fails to auto start.
Discretion
* OPEN: CC folder Initial Alarms:
* SELECT: TB loss with failure of 322B to start                      B5208 THERM BARR PMP NB OUTLET FLOW LOW 85219 THERM BARR PMP NB OUTLET FLOW LOW
* SELECT: Run F8017 RCP A THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW
* SELECT: OK F8018 RCP B THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW F8019 RCP C THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW F8020 RCP D THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW Q                                                  Q                                                      Q PSO identifies that CC-P-322-A, 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump trips and CC-P 322-B, 'B' Thermal Barrier Pump failed to auto start.
NOTE: US may decide to take initial actions using "Skill of the Operator" or any of the above iisted aiarm responses or go directly to OS1212.01, PCCW Malfunction or OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction. Any method is acceptable. US may place the plant down power on hold.
If the US chooses to use "Skill of the Operator":
* US will direct the PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill of the Operator".
* US will direct the PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill of the Operator".
* PSO will start CC-P-322-B.
* PSO will start CC-P-322-B.
* PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 8 of 28
* PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US.
---rera 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-P-322-A, 'A' PSO may review 85208 or B5219, THERM BARR PMP AlB OUTLET Thermal Barrier LOW. If the US chooses to use B5208 or B5219 alarm response, then he Pump trip . direct the PSO to complete the following PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 1 This alarm is generated from the transmitter supplying point A0283. standby pump auto start is supplied independently from the bistable at 120 Step 1: Verify Thermal Barrier Pump AlB outlet flow low conditions using
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                                Page 8 of 28
* A0283, CC-P-322A  
 
&B OUTLET FLOW
rera ENE8iZY.Jf~                            2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                             SEG
* A0284, CC-P-322A  
      ,/,4~y7!'
&B OUTLET FLOW D Step 2: Check one thermal ba=itier coolant pump running. D
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                         EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-P-322-A, 'A'                                   PSO may review 85208 or B5219, THERM BARR PMP AlB OUTLET FLOW Thermal Barrier                                   LOW. If the US chooses to use B5208 or B5219 alarm response, then he will Pump trip
                                      .           direct the PSO to complete the following actions:
(continued)
PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 1 :
This alarm is generated from the transmitter supplying point A0283. The standby pump auto start is supplied independently from the transmitter bistable at 120 gpm.
Step 1: Verify Thermal Barrier Pump AlB outlet flow low conditions using the following:
* A0283, CC-P-322A & B OUTLET FLOW
* A0284, CC-P-322A & B OUTLET FLOW D                                                                                              D Step 2: Check one thermal ba=itier coolant pump running.
* US may direct PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill of the Operator".
* US may direct PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill of the Operator".
Step 3: If continued low flow conditions exist, go to OS1212.01, PCCW System Ma!function.
Step 3: If continued low flow conditions exist, go to OS1212.01, PCCW System Ma!function.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 9 of 28
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                       Page 9 of 28
----------------------------
 
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG J" SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT I *CC-P-322-A, 'A' PSO may review F8017 (F8018, F8019 or F8020), RCP A (B, C or D) Thermal Barrier THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW. If the US chooses to use F8017 .Pump trip (F8018, F8019 or F8020) alarm response, then he will direct the PSO (continued) complete the following PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 1 CC-P-322A, Thermal Barrier Coolant Pump A is the preferred pump and normally be in service. CC-P-322B, Thermal Barrier Coolant Pump B normally be kept in auto as the standby Step 1: Verify CC-P-322A or B, thermal barrier coolant pump in service OS1012.08 , Thermal Barrier Cooling Water System  
EN~X~                                    2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                               SEG J"     NUct.EAR FlEEr SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE                              I CC-P-322-A, 'A'                                     PSO may review F8017 (F8018, F8019 or F8020), RCP A (B, C or D)
-PSO verifies no thermal barrier pumps
* Thermal Barrier                                     THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW. If the US chooses to use F8017 Pump trip
(;:) -eelS may direct PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill ofcthe Operator".
                        .                            (F8018, F8019 or F8020) alarm response, then he will direct the PSO to (continued)                                         complete the following actions:
PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 2: RCP thermal barrier outlet isolation valves are normally open and deenergized to avoid redundant high flow closure on a single loop failure. I I Step 2: Verify Thermal Barrier Pump Outlet Flow Normal (180 to 220 gpm) using the following:  
PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 1 :
-A0283, CC-P-322A  
CC-P-322A, Thermal Barrier Coolant Pump A is the preferred pump and will normally be in service. CC-P-322B, Thermal Barrier Coolant Pump B will normally be kept in auto as the standby pump.
&B OUTLET FLOW -A0284, CC-P-322A  
Step 1: Verify CC-P-322A or B, thermal barrier coolant pump in service per OS1012.08, Thermal Barrier Cooling Water System Operation.
&B OUTLET FLOW Step 3: Refer to the following procedures as applicable:
                                                        - PSO verifies no thermal barrier pumps running.
* OS1201.01 , RCP Malfunction  
(;:)
-OS1212.()j!PCCW TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 10 of28
                                                        -eelS may direct PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill ofcthe Operator".
---
PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 2:
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG/#-.Y;>0#
RCP thermal barrier outlet isolation valves are normally open and deenergized to avoid redundant high flow closure on a single loop failure.
__ _ >M"J* SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY CC-P-322-A, 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump trip (continued)
I                                                   IStep 2: Verify Thermal Barrier Pump Outlet Flow Normal (180 to 220 gpm) using the following:
Q EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE If the US chooses to go directly to OS1212.01, PCCW Malfunction, he direct the following US will read CAUTION prior to Step The reactor and affected RCPs must be tripped within 10 minutes of all PCCW flow to affected Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure
                                                        - A0283, CC-P-322A & B OUTLET FLOW
* IF PCCW system FLOW is degraded, THEN go to step 2. Step 2: Check PCCW Flow
                                                        - A0284, CC-P-322A & B OUTLET FLOW Step 3: Refer to the following procedures as applicable:
* OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction
                                                        - OS1212.()j!PCCW Sy~!em Malfun~tion                          -------
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                         Page 10 of28
 
r'~E~XTera ENERcrL~ /#-.Y;>0#       __ _                     2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                SEG
      >M"J*           NUCLEAR Ft&#xa3;ET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                       INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-P-322-A, 'A'                                             If the US chooses to go directly to OS1212.01, PCCW Malfunction, he will Thermal Barrier                                              direct the following actions:
Pump trip (continued)
US will read CAUTION prior to Step 1:
The reactor and affected RCPs must be tripped within 10 minutes of losing all PCCW flow to affected RCPs.
Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure Response:
* IF PCCW system FLOW is degraded, THEN go to step 2.
Step 2: Check PCCW Flow
* PSO will check PCCW pumps, one pump running per loop.
* PSO will check PCCW pumps, one pump running per loop.
* PSO will check PCCW system flow >6000 gpm.
* PSO will check PCCW system flow >6000 gpm.
* PSO will check RCP motof::tlow alarms reset. Q
Q
* PSO will check RCP motor temperatures are normal: o Motor bearing temperatures  
* PSO will check RCP motof::tlow alarms reset.                             Q
<195&deg;F. o Motor stator winding temperature  
* PSO will check RCP motor temperatures are normal:
<302&deg;F.
o Motor bearing temperatures <195&deg;F.
* PSO wi!! check at least one thermal barrier cooling pump running: o PSO will manually start pump. o PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US. NOTE: The remaining steps check on PCCW system status. The US will process the AOP to Step 8 where he will return to procedure and step in effect. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 11 of 28
o Motor stator winding temperature <302&deg;F.
--------------[ ,',FXlera ENEBQya 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT CC-P-322-A, 'A' If the US chooses to go directly to OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction, he will Thermal Barrier direct the following actions: . . .Pump trip ( continued)
* PSO wi!! check at least one thermal barrier cooling pump running:
o PSO will manually start pump.
o PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US.
NOTE: The remaining steps check on PCCW system status. The US will process the AOP to Step 8 where he will return to procedure and step in effect.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                   Page 11 of 28
 
[ ,',FXlera ENEBQya
      /"'~v HUCLEAA 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                 SEG fLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES               INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                             EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-P-322-A, 'A'                                     If the US chooses to go directly to OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction, he will Thermal Barrier                                     direct the following actions:
Pump trip (continued)
Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure Step Transition:
Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure Step Transition:
* IF RCP seal package cooling is degraded, THEN go to Step 14. Step 14: Monitor Rep Seal And Bearing Cooling Inlet Temperature:
* IF RCP seal package cooling is degraded, THEN go to Step 14.
Step 14: Monitor Rep Seal And Bearing Cooling Inlet Temperature:
* PSO will check Rep seal and bearing inlet temperature indication is available to each Rep.
* PSO will check Rep seal and bearing inlet temperature indication is available to each Rep.
* PSO will monitor RCP seal water inlet temperature  
* PSO will monitor RCP seal water inlet temperature <230&deg;F
<230&deg;F
* PSO will monitor Rep seal water inlet temperature <184&deg;F Step 15: Monitor for minimum RCP seal cooling system requirements:
* PSO will monitor Rep seal water inlet temperature  
D                                         (II) PSO will check Rep No.1 Seal injection flow >6 gpm:to each RCP.
<184&deg;F Step 15: Monitor for minimum RCP seal cooling system requirements:
US will read CAUTION prior to Step 16 to PSO:
D (II) PSO will check Rep No.1 Seal injection flow >6 gpm:to each RCP. US will read CAUTION prior to Step 16 to A loss of seal injection event may cause Rep seal and bearing to reach 230&deg;F within 2 hours. Thermal barrier cooling may not adequate cooling to RCP seals with leakoff rates less than 2.5 I I Step 16: Check Seal Water Cooling System Status:
A loss of seal injection event may cause Rep seal and bearing temperatures to reach 230&deg;F within 2 hours. Thermal barrier cooling may not provide I                                adequate cooling to RCP seals with leakoff rates less than 2.5 gpm.        I Step 16: Check Seal Water Cooling System Status:
* PSO will check RCP No.1 Seal injection flow >6 gpm to each RCP.
* PSO will check RCP No.1 Seal injection flow >6 gpm to each RCP.
* PSO will check Rep seal water injection temperature  
* PSO will check Rep seal water injection temperature <135&deg;F
<135&deg;F
* PSO will check at least one thermal barrier cooling pump running:
* PSO will check at least one thermal barrier cooling pump running: o PSO will manually start pump. o PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US.
o PSO will manually start pump.
* PSO will check RCP thermal barrier supply temperature  
o PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US.
<105&deg;F
* PSO will check RCP thermal barrier supply temperature <105&deg;F
* PSO will check thermal barrier head tank level between 30 and 45 inches. Step 17: Go to Step 19. Step 19: Verify Tech Spec compliance.
* PSO will check thermal barrier head tank level between 30 and 45 inches.
Step 20: Verifies normal RCP parameters.
Step 17: Go to Step 19.
END AOP TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 28 NUCUAA FLEET TIME/NOTES Event 3 After start of CC-P-322-B or at Lead Examiner's Discretion Event 4 Prior to energizing EDE-PP-1A on its maintenance supply 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT PSO (C), BOP (C), US (C, TS) Loss of Loss of vital instrument panel PP-1A 9ue to UPS-I-1A failure.
Step 19: Verify Tech Spec compliance.
* SELECT: MF List Initial Alarms:
Step 20: Verifies normal RCP parameters. END AOP TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                           Page 12 of 28
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution Many alarms associated with the loss of ED-PP-1-A.
 
NUCUAA 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                  SEG FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                  INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3                                                          PSO (C), BOP (C), US (C, TS)
After start of        Loss of UPS-I-1A:                        Loss of vital instrument panel PP-1A 9ue to UPS-I-1A failure.
CC-P-322-B or
* SELECT: MF List at Lead                                                          Initial Alarms:
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution   Many alarms associated with the loss of ED-PP-1-A.
Examiner's Discretion
* SELECT: mfED025
* SELECT: mfED025
* SELECT: INSERT Due to FW-PT-505 failing low from the loss of power, rods in auto will start inserting.
* SELECT: INSERT                     Due to FW-PT-505 failing low from the loss of power, rods in auto will start inserting. The US will direct BOP to check generator electrical load stable.
The US will direct BOP to check generator electrical load stable. RC-PT-455 Failed BOP will identify that generator electrical load is stable. US will direct PSO to place rods in manual. PSO will place rod control in manual and auto rod
Event 4                RC-PT-455 Failed Low:                    BOP will identify that generator electrical load is stable. US will direct PSO to Prior to re                                                    place rods in manual. PSO will place rod control in manual and auto rod
* SELECT: MF List motion will stop.
* SELECT: MF List energizing                                                      motion will stop.
* SELECT: Reactor Coolant (component)
EDE-PP-1A on
Due to SG Water Level cOnHPlling channel failing from the loss of power, SG c:::>* SELECT:'PtRCPT 455 NR levels will increase from program level. The US will direct the BOP to SELECT: FAIL LOW manually control feed regulating valves to restore SG level to program. to 55%) and to manually control main feed pump master speed controller SELECT: restore programmed DP, as TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 13 of 28
* SELECT: Reactor Coolant (component) its maintenance                                                  Due to SG Water Level cOnHPlling channel failing from the loss of power, SG       c:::>
supply
* SELECT:'PtRCPT455                  NR levels will increase from program level. The US will direct the BOP to
* SELECT: FAIL LOW                   manually control feed regulating valves to restore SG level to program. (45%
* SELECT: INSERT                    to 55%) and to manually control main feed pump master speed controller to restore programmed DP, as necessary.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                        Page 13 of 28


2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG TIME/NOTES Loss of PP-1A ( continued)
~
(::) SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE When the crew dispatches an NSO to 'A' With the plant stabilized the US enters OS 1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital essential switchgear to check the status of PP-1A and UPS-I-1A, respond "This is the secondary NSO, I am on my way to 'A' essential switchgear to check the status of PP-1A and UPS-I-1A." After 5 minutes, respond "Control, this is the secondary NSO, UPS-I-1A appears dead." When the crew directs the NSO to repower PP-1A from its maintenance Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1 B, 1 C OR 1 D) and directs the following actions: . US will read NOTE prior to Step 1 to BOP: 120 VAC Instrument bus can be energized at any time per Attachment D. US will give BOP Attachment D and direct him to repower PP-1A. NO!E: P.P-1A may be fro:n its maintenance supply at any time dunng this procedure.
f',JF><lera' E~~X~                                            2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES              INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A    When the crew dispatches an NSO to 'A'     With the plant stabilized the US enters OS 1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital (continued)      essential switchgear to check the status of Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 1D) and directs the following actions:
Repowenng Will cause a spurious containment evacuation alarm. Step 1: Check Rod Control System: supply using Attachment D, respond "This c; BOP will check generator electrical load stable. (::) is the secondary NSO, repower PP-1 A from its maintenance supply using Attachment D." Ensure MF for RC-PT -455 inserted.
PP-1A and UPS-I-1A, respond "This is the secondary NSO, I am on my way to US will read NOTE prior to Step 1 to BOP:
                'A' essential switchgear to check the status of PP-1A and UPS-I-1A."               120 VAC Instrument bus can be energized at any time per Attachment D.
US will give BOP Attachment D and direct him to repower PP-1A.
After 5 minutes, respond "Control, this is the secondary NSO, UPS-I-1A appears dead."
INO!E: P.P-1A may be repower~d fro:n its maintenance supply at any time dunng this procedure. Repowenng Will cause a spurious containment evacuation alarm.
When the crew directs the NSO to repower PP-1A from its maintenance          Step 1: Check Rod Control System:
(::)
supply using Attachment D, respond "This c; BOP will check generator electrical load stable.       (::)
is the secondary NSO, repower PP-1 A
* PSO will place the Rod Bank Selector Switch in Manual.
from its maintenance supply using Step 2: Check Steam Generator Water Level Control:
Attachment D."
* BOP will check controlling channel is failed.
Ensure MF for RC-PT -455 inserted.
* BOP will manually control feed regulating valves to restore SG level to program.
To place ED-PP-1A on its Maintenance supply:
To place ED-PP-1A on its Maintenance supply:
* BOP will manually control main feed pump speed controller to restore programmed DP, as necessary.
* SELECT: RF List
* SELECT: RF List
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution
* BOP will restore steam generator water level control to automatic per
* SELECT: Electrical Distribution         AITACHMENT A, as time permits.
* SELECT: rfED021
* SELECT: rfED021
* SELECT: INSERT After repowering PP-1A, respond "Control, this is the secondary NSO, PP-1A is on its Maintenance supply."
* SELECT: INSERT                     NOTE: When PP-1A is repowered from its maintenance supply the crew discover RC-PT-455 failed low. The US may decide to enter OS1201.06, After repowering PP-1A, respond            PZR Pressure Instrument I Component Failure at this time or complete the "Control, this is the secondary NSO,        current AOP. The steps for RC-PT-455 failure follow the PP-1A failure in the PP-1A is on its Maintenance supply."        Expected Student Response section.
* PSO will place the Rod Bank Selector Switch in Manual. Step 2: Check Steam Generator Water Level Control:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                Page 14 of 28
* BOP will check controlling channel is failed.
 
* BOP will manually control feed regulating valves to restore SG level
[~~~.~~~~
* BOP will manually control main feed pump speed controller to programmed DP, as
          ..,-'--~".~
* BOP will restore steam generator water level control to automatic A IT ACHMENT A, as time NOTE: When PP-1A is repowered from its maintenance supply the crew discover RC-PT -455 failed low. The US may decide to enter OS1201.06, PZR Pressure Instrument I Component Failure at this time or complete the current AOP. The steps for RC-PT-455 failure follow the PP-1A failure in the Expected Student Response section. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 14 of 28
fUU 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                              SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                         EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A                                     BOP performing Attachment A to align SG level control to automatic as (continued)                                        follows, while US and PSO continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 1D).
.*.
: 1. BOP will manually restore SG level to program level using:
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG ..,-'
* Feed regulating valve control OR
-. fUU SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY Loss of (
* Main feed water speed control, if necessary
c Loss of PP-1A (continued)
: 2. BOP will select alternate control channel as necessary:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP performing Attachment A to align SG level control to automatic as follows, while US and PSO continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1 B, 1 C OR 1 D). BOP will manually restore SG level to program level using: Feed regulating valve control OR Main feed water speed control, if necessary
* SG level
: 2. BOP will select alternate control channel as necessary: SG level Steam flow Feed flow 3. WHEN SG level returns to program, THEN perform the following: Return feedq:egulating valve control to automatic. Return main feed pump speed control to automatic, as necessary.
* Steam flow
Attachment A is Step 3: Check Rod Control
* Feed flow
* BOP will check Steam Dump o Condenser steam dump valves closed. o Reset C-7A steam dump arming signal, as necessary.
: 3. WHEN SG level returns to program, THEN perform the following:
c
* Return feedq:egulating valve control to automatic.           c
* Return main feed pump speed control to automatic, as necessary.
Attachment A is complete.
ILoss of PP-1A                                      Step 3: Check Rod Control System:
(continued)
* BOP will check Steam Dump Control:
o Condenser steam dump valves closed.
o Reset C-7A steam dump arming signal, as necessary.
Step 4: Check Pressurizer Pressure Control:
Step 4: Check Pressurizer Pressure Control:
* PSO will check controlling channel is failed.
* PSO will check controlling channel is failed.
* PSO will manually control the Master pressurizer pressure controller Heaters and spray valves to restore pressurizer pressure to
* PSO will manually control the Master pressurizer pressure controller OR Heaters and spray valves to restore pressurizer pressure to program,
* PSO will check pressurizer pressure is stable or trending to program.
* PSO will check pressurizer pressure is stable or trending to program.
* PSO will restore pressurizer pressure control to automatic ATTACHMENT B, as time Page 15 of 28 c 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A PSO performing Attachment B to align pressurizer pressure control to ( continued) automatic as follows, while US and BOP continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 10).
* PSO will restore pressurizer pressure control to automatic per ATTACHMENT B, as time permits.
* PSO will manually restore pressurizer pressure to program using:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                        Page 15 of 28
* Master pressurizer pressure controller OR Heaters and spray valves PSO will select alternate pressure channel for control/backup as necessary. PSO will select an alternate pressure channel for recorder as necessary. PSO will select an alternate AT, OT, OP channel for recorder as necessary. c: WHEN pressurizer pressure returns to program, THEN perform the following: Place PZR master pressure controller in automatic Place PZR spray controllers in automatic If required, reset pressurizer controi group heaters. Attachment B is complete.
 
Loss of PP-1A Step 5: Check Pressurizer Level Control: (continued)
                                                                                                                    ~
~~~~
    ~~L><Tera E~::{a.                                2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                             EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A                                     PSO performing Attachment B to align pressurizer pressure control to (continued)                                       automatic as follows, while US and BOP continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 10).             *
: 1. PSO will manually restore pressurizer pressure to program using:
* Master pressurizer pressure controller OR
* Heaters and spray valves
: 2. PSO will select alternate pressure channel for control/backup as necessary.
: 3. PSO will select an alternate pressure channel for recorder as necessary.
: 4. PSO will select an alternate AT, OT, OP channel for recorder as necessary.
(;:)                                      c:
: 5. WHEN pressurizer pressure returns to program, THEN perform the following:
* Place PZR master pressure controller in automatic
* Place PZR spray controllers in automatic
* If required, reset pressurizer controi group heaters.
Attachment B is complete.
Loss of PP-1A                                     Step 5: Check Pressurizer Level Control:
(continued)
* PSO will check controlling/backup/programmed level channel is failed.
* PSO will check controlling/backup/programmed level channel is failed.
* PSO will manually control the Master level controller OR CS-FK-121 controller to restore pressurizer level to program.
* PSO will manually control the Master level controller OR CS-FK-121 controller to restore pressurizer level to program.
* PSO will select an alternate level channel for control and backup.
* PSO will select an alternate level channel for control and backup.
* PSO will restore pressurizer level control to automatic per An ACHMENT C, as time permits. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 16 of 28 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG NUCWR FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY Loss of PP-1A (continued) . C) I EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE PSO performing Attachment C to align pressurizer level control to automatic as follows, while US and BOP continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1 B, 1 C OR 1 D) . PSO will manually restore pressurizer level to program using: Master level controller OR CS-FK-121 controller PSO will select alternate level channel for control and backup. PSO will select an alternate level channel for recorder PSO will verify control rods are in manual PSO will depress affected loop Tavg channel defeat pushbutton WHEN level returns to program, THEN perform the 1;3 following: Adjust RC-LK-459 as needed to match the input and setpoint signals on CS-FK-121 Piace CS-FK-121 in AUTO Adjust RC-LK-459 input to match program level setpoint Place RC-LK-459 in AUTO 7. If required, reset pressurizer control group heaters. Attachment C is complete.
* PSO will restore pressurizer level control to automatic per AnACHMENT C, as time permits.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 17 of28
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                          Page 16 of 28
 
NUCWR 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                              SEG FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A                                     PSO performing Attachment C to align pressurizer level control to automatic (continued)                                      as follows, while US and BOP continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC
                                    .            Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 1D) .
: 1. PSO will manually restore pressurizer level to program using:
* Master level controller OR
* CS-FK-121 controller
: 2. PSO will select alternate level channel for control and backup.
: 3. PSO will select an alternate level channel for recorder as necessary.
: 4. PSO will verify control rods are in manual
: 5. PSO will depress affected loop Tavg channel defeat pushbutton C)
: 6. WHEN pressu~er level returns to program, THEN perform the           1;3 following:
* Adjust RC-LK-459 as needed to match the input and setpoint signals on CS-FK-121
* Piace CS-FK-121 in AUTO I                                                                                                          I
* Adjust RC-LK-459 input to match program level setpoint
* Place RC-LK-459 in AUTO
: 7. If required, reset pressurizer control group heaters.
Attachment C is complete.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                        Page 17 of28


2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG .p"".......""' FU&#xa3;T SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A Step 6: Check If E Plan Classification is required: ( continued)
                                                                                                          ~---.-
* PSO.will report PP-1 C is energized and the US will go to
r~EXlera' ENE13",Q~a                                    2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                  SEG
: 7. Step 7: Check If Letdown Was Isolated:
      .p""......." "' NUClEAR FU&#xa3;T SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                   INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                             EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A                                             Step 6: Check If E Plan Classification is required:
* PSO will report that RC-LCV-459 is closed. Step 8: Check If Normal Letdown Can Be Established:
(continued)
* Verify charging flow >50 gpm: o PSO will report charging to the RCP seals only. o PSO will increase charging flow to >50 gpm. PSO will report pressurizer level >17% and increaSing. PSO will establish normal letdown as follows:
* PSO.will report PP-1 C is energized and the US will go to St~p 7.
* PSO will open/check open CC-V-341 and check CS-TK-130 in AUTO to C;:) c:t align PCCW to the letdown heat exchanger.
Step 7: Check If Letdown Was Isolated:
C;:) PSO will close letdown flow control valves CS-HCV-189 and 190.
* PSO will report that RC-LCV-459 is closed.
* PSO will open/check open letdown line isolation valves RC-LCV-459 and 460 and CS-V-145 . PSO will manually control CS-PK-131 AND estabiish ietdown fiow using letdown flow control valve CS-HCV-189 or 190.
Step 8: Check If Normal Letdown Can Be Established:
* US will go to Step 10. Step 10: Defeat Affected Loop ilT and Tavg inputs: PSO will depress affected loop il T channel defeat pushbutton. PSO will verify control rods are in manual. PSO will depress affected loop Tavg channel defeat pushbutton. PSO will select a non affected channel for il T, OT, OP recorder.
* Verify charging flow >50 gpm:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 18 of 28
o PSO will report charging to the RCP seals only.
-------I lera" 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG /"' SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT Loss of Step 11: Restore 120 VAC Instrument . NOTE: Power may already be ret?tored .
o PSO will increase charging flow to >50 gpm.
* PSO will report pressurizer level >17% and increaSing.
* PSO will establish normal letdown as follows:
* PSO will open/check open CC-V-341 and check CS-TK-130 in AUTO to C;:)
c:t     align PCCW to the letdown heat exchanger.         C;:)
* PSO will close letdown flow control valves CS-HCV-189 and 190.
* PSO will open/check open letdown line isolation valves RC-LCV-459 and 460 and CS-V-145 .
                                                          .. PSO will manually control CS-PK-131 AND estabiish ietdown fiow using letdown flow control valve CS-HCV-189 or 190.
* US will go to Step 10.
Step 10: Defeat Affected Loop ilT and Tavg inputs:
* PSO will depress affected loop ilT channel defeat pushbutton.
* PSO will verify control rods are in manual.
* PSO will depress affected loop Tavg channel defeat pushbutton.
* PSO will select   a non affected channel for ilT, OT, OP recorder.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                Page 18 of 28
 
lera" EN~,'39~                                  2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                               SEG
        /"'   1OlQ.EAII FtEEl SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A                                      Step 11: Restore 120 VAC Instrument Power:
(continued)
                                        .             NOTE: Power may already be ret?tored .
* BOP will report that he is working with an NSO in the field to place PP-1A on its maintenance supply per Attachment D OR
* BOP will report that he is working with an NSO in the field to place PP-1A on its maintenance supply per Attachment D OR
* BOP will report that PP-1A is energized on its maintenance supply per Attachment D. Step 12: Restore Normal System Alignment:
* BOP will report that PP-1A is energized on its maintenance supply per Attachment D.
Step 12: Restore Normal System Alignment:
* PSO will reset affected power range NI rate trip.
* PSO will reset affected power range NI rate trip.
* PSO will restore any defeated loop Tavg, t\T channels.
* PSO will restore any defeated loop Tavg, t\T channels.
* PSO will restore pressurizer pressure control channels for preferred alignment, as necessary.
* PSO will restore pressurizer pressure control channels for preferred alignment, as necessary.
0
0
* PSO will verify 1&deg;F OF Tref.
* PSO will verify Tavg~ITHIN 1&deg;F OF Tref.
* Under specific US direction, PSO will restore control rods to desired position, as necessary.
* Under specific US direction, PSO will restore control rods to desired position, as necessary.
* PSO will place rod control to AUTO.
* PSO will place rod control to AUTO.
* PSO will reset SSPS power supply per ATTACHMENT E as follows: oAt MM-CP-12, Train A Logic Cabinet, on PS 501, PSO will Press the Reset Push Button oAt MM-CP-12, Train A Logic Cabinet, PSO will verify PS 501 "OK" LED is illuminated
I
* PSO will reset SSPS power supply per ATTACHMENT E as follows:
oAt MM-CP-12, Train A Logic Cabinet, on PS 501, PSO will Press the Reset Push Button oAt MM-CP-12, Train A Logic Cabinet, PSO will verify PS 501 "OK" LED is illuminated
* US will restore other systems to automatic control using applicable attachments as necessary.
* US will restore other systems to automatic control using applicable attachments as necessary.
Step 13: Verify Technical Specification Compliance:
Step 13: Verify Technical Specification Compliance:
* T.S 3.8.3.1, Onsite Power Distribution Operating TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 28 I
* T.S 3.8.3.1, Onsite Power Distribution Operating TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                         Page 19 of 28
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 FI,HT SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RC-PT-455 PSO (I), US (I, TS) Failure Low . RC-P.T-455, controlling pressurizer pressure instrument fails.low . Initial Alarms: (alarms stay energized after powering PP-1A on its maintenance supply) F5298 OTDT CHAN TRIP F7434 PZR PRESSURE LOW CHANNEL LOW (RX) F7435 PZR PRESSURE LOW CHANNEL TRIP (SI) UL 1-F10 PZR PRESS LO SI UL6-A3 RCS LOOP OT T UL6-A5 PRESSURIZER PRESS LO c:::> c:::> c:::> US enters OS1201.06, PZR Pressure Instrument I Component Failure and directs the following actions: I US will read NOTE prior to Step 1 to PSO: A reactor trip may occur on OT T setpoint if RCS pressure significantly decreases below normal operating pressure.
 
Step 1: Check PORVs closed: The crew calls the WCSIWWM for the
[\JE:xrera' EN~;!                                            2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                   SEG FI,HT
* PSO will report both PORVs closed. PT-455, respond "Understand that RC-Step 2: Check Normal PZR Spray Valves closed: PT -455 has failed low. A troubleshooting team is being formed."
,---~~
* PSO will report both Normal PZR Spray valves are closed or redponding correctly. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 20 of 28
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                   INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RC-PT-455                                                         PSO (I), US (I, TS)
---------------
Failure Low
--------------------
                .                                                 RC-P.T-455, controlling pressurizer pressure instrument fails.low .
2013 lOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RC-PT-455 US will read NOTE prior to Step 3 to PSO: Failure Low Channel P-455/P-456 is selected for pressure control because a .(continued) failed LOW -RC-PT -458 (selected for backup) or RC-PT-457 (selected for control), will prevent automatic operation of both pressurizer PORVs. Step 3: Check PZR Pressure Channels:
Initial Alarms: (alarms stay energized after powering PP-1A on its maintenance supply)
Controlling/Backup/Recorder channel failed:
F5298 OTDT CHAN TRIP F7434 PZR PRESSURE LOW CHANNEL LOW (RX)
* PSO reports no Controlling/Backup/Recorder channel failed, but that PT -455 has failed low. US will read CAUTION prior to Step 4 to PSO: Channel Selection of alternate pressurizer pressure control channel OR recorder channel uses a "make before break" circuit that can result in control system transient if a significant deviation exists between the channels.
F7435 PZR PRESSURE LOW CHANNEL TRIP (SI)
Q Step 4: Realign Pressurizer Pressure Instruments:
UL 1-F10 PZR PRESS LO SI UL6-A3 RCS LOOP OT~ T UL6-A5 PRESSURIZER PRESS LO c:::>                                                   c:::>                                                     c:::>
US enters OS1201.06, PZR Pressure Instrument I Component Failure and directs the following actions:
I                                                                 IUS will read NOTE prior to Step 1 to PSO:
A reactor trip may occur on OT~T setpoint if RCS pressure significantly decreases below normal operating pressure.
Step 1: Check PORVs closed:
The crew calls the WCSIWWM for the RC
* PSO will report both PORVs closed.
PT-455, respond "Understand that RC-PT -455 has failed low. A                  Step 2: Check Normal PZR Spray Valves closed:
troubleshooting team is being formed."
* PSO will report both Normal PZR Spray valves are closed or redponding
-~~
correctly.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                       Page 20 of 28
 
2013 lOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                  SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES               INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                               EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RC-PT-455                                               US will read NOTE prior to Step 3 to PSO:
Failure Low                                               Channel P-455/P-456 is norma~ly selected for pressure control because a (continued) failed LOW - RC-PT-458 (selected for backup) or RC-PT-457 (selected for control), will prevent automatic operation of both pressurizer PORVs.
Step 3: Check PZR Pressure Channels: Controlling/Backup/Recorder channel failed:
* PSO reports no Controlling/Backup/Recorder channel failed, but that RC PT-455 has failed low.
US will read CAUTION prior to Step 4 to PSO:
Channel Selection of alternate pressurizer pressure control channel OR recorder channel uses a "make before break" circuit that can result in control system transient if a significant deviation exists between the C)                    channels.             Q Step 4: Realign Pressurizer Pressure Instruments:
* PSO reports that 457/456 or 458/456 for is selected for control/backup.
* PSO reports that 457/456 or 458/456 for is selected for control/backup.
* PSO reports that 456. 457 or 458 is selected for the pressure channel recorder.I
* PSO reports that 456. 457 or 458 is selected for the pressure channel recorder.
* PSO reports that an alternate 8 T. OT, OP channel is selected for the recorder.
* PSO reports that an alternate 8 T. OT, OP channel is selected for the recorder.
Step 5: Align Pressurizer Pressure control:
Step 5: Align Pressurizer Pressure control:
* PSO reports that RCS pressure is trending to 2235 psig and the master pressure controller, RC-PK-455A is in auto. Step 6: Verify redundant channels bistables not tripped:
* PSO reports that RCS pressure is trending to 2235 psig and the master pressure controller, RC-PK-455A is in auto.
* PSO will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-1 and 6 bistables.
Step 6: Verify redundant channels bistables not tripped:
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 21 of28 rera*
* PSO will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-1 and UL 6 bistables.
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG c-SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RC-PT-455 Step 7: Verify Technical Specification Failure
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                              Page 21 of28
* 3.3.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Table 1, Items 7,9 (continued)" and 10. Enter action 6 .
 
* T.S. 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation; Table 3.3-3, Items 1.d. Enter action 18. US will coordinate with I&C to place bistables to bypass for up to 6 hours or trip within 6 hours. c;:::) c;:::) c;:::) TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 22 of 28
rera*
ENEBilY.~                                  2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                 SEG
              .0~""*'    HUCI.&#xa3;AIl rut!
c-.........
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                     INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                           EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RC-PT-455                                                     Step 7: Verify Technical Specification Compliance:
Failure Low
* T~S. 3.3.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Table ~.3  1, Items 7,9 (continued)"                                                     and 10. Enter action 6 .
* T.S. 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation; Table 3.3-3, Items 1.d. Enter action 18.
US will coordinate with I&C to place bistables to bypass for up to 6 hours or trip within 6 hours.
c;:::)                                             c;:::)                                                 c;:::)
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                 Page 22 of 28


1-2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG J SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY Event 5 Simultaneous At Lead Examiner's AR-P-50-B trips: Discretion SELECT: MF List SELECT: Condenser Air Evacuation SELECT: mfAR005B
1  _~~.              1-                           2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                             SEG       J SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                   EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 5                                                   BOP (C), US (C)
* SELECT: INSERT Vacuum Leak: SELECT: SIM Diagrams SELECT: C01 SEE:eCT: mfC0026 SELECT: Set Final Value to 0.035 (adjust as necessary) SELECT: INSERT When the crew dispatches an NSO to P-50-B, respond "This is the secondary NSO, I am on my way to AR-P-50-B." After 2 minutes, respond "Control, this is the secondary NSO, AR-P-50-B is not running and the suction valve is open." When the crew directs the NSO to shut AR-P-50-B suction valve, respond "Close AR-P-50-B suction valve." TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE BOP (C), US AR-P-50-B trips and loss of cOl1denser Initial F5118 MECH VAC PMP B BOP identifies that AR-P-50-B tripped. BOP will review F5118 VAS. VAS directs the crew to start the standby mechanical vacuum pump A OR US will direct the BOP to start the standby mechanical vacuum pump A C. Vacuum will continue to decrease.
At Lead         Simultaneous Event~                      AR-P-50-B trips and loss of cOl1denser vacuum.
US enters ON1233.01, Loss of Condenser Vacuum and directs the following actions: c::;) c: Step 1: Check Mechanical Vacuum Pump Status:
Examiner's      AR-P-50-B trips:
Discretion                                                Initial Alarms:
* SELECT: MF List F5118 MECH VAC PMP B TRIP
* SELECT: Condenser Air Evacuation BOP identifies that AR-P-50-B tripped. BOP will review F5118 VAS. F5118
* SELECT: mfAR005B VAS directs the crew to start the standby mechanical vacuum pump A OR C.
* SELECT: INSERT                      US will direct the BOP to start the standby mechanical vacuum pump A OR Vacuum Leak:                              C. Vacuum will continue to decrease.
* SELECT: SIM Diagrams
* SELECT: C01                        US enters ON1233.01, Loss of Condenser Vacuum and directs the following
* SEE:eCT: mfC0026                  actions:               c::;)                                                 c:
Step 1: Check Mechanical Vacuum Pump Status:
* SELECT: Set Final Value to 0.035 (adjust as necessary)
* BOP will report all available vacuum pumps are running.
* BOP will report all available vacuum pumps are running.
* BOP will report vacuum seal water pump running lights are on. Step 2: Check Condenser Vacuum -DECREASING
* SELECT: INSERT
* BOP will report vacuum seal water pump running lights are on.
Step 2: Check Condenser Vacuum - DECREASING When the crew dispatches an NSO to AR
* BOP will report condenser vacuum is decreasing.
* BOP will report condenser vacuum is decreasing.
Step 3: Decrease Plant Power To Restore Vacuum:
P-50-B, respond "This is the secondary    Step 3: Decrease Plant Power To Restore Vacuum:
NSO, I am on my way to AR-P-50-B."
* BOP will report generator output is >360 MWe.
* BOP will report generator output is >360 MWe.
* BOP will reduce generator load until EITHER of the following conditions is met: o Load decrease to 360 MWe OR o Condenser vacuum can be maintained  
* BOP will reduce generator load until EITHER of the following conditions is After 2 minutes, respond "Control, this is    met:
>25 inches of Hg vacuum.
the secondary NSO, AR-P-50-B is not o Load decrease to 360 MWe OR running and the suction valve is open."
o Condenser vacuum can be maintained >25 inches of Hg vacuum.
When the crew directs the NSO to shut
* BOP will check steam generator tubes are intact.
* BOP will check steam generator tubes are intact.
* BOP will shift mechanical vacuum pump discharge to atmosphere, Page 23 of 28
AR-P-50-B suction valve, respond "Close
---era J AC ,' NUCLEAR* FlEET TIME/NOTES After vacuum restored insert these malfunctions as set up for the major event in the next step. D 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Block Auto Rod insertion(with rods in auto): SELECT: Scenario OPEN: CP folder SELECT: Auto Rod Failure SELECT: Run SELECT: OK Block Auto Rod insertion(with rods in manual): SELECT: Panel overview SELECT: Section DF SELECT: Insert override D D SELECT: Rod Bank SELECT: Final Value Manual
* BOP will shift mechanical vacuum pump discharge to atmosphere, AR-P-50-B suction valve."
* SELECT: !NSERT Block Reactor Trip: SELECT: Scenario OPEN: CP folder SELECT: Trip Breakers fail to open SELECT: Run SELECT: OK TR-M-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 24 of28
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                              Page 23 of 28
 
era ENEB~Ywa J
AC
            ,'
* NUCLEAR 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                              SEG FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                        INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                               EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE After vacuum                Block Auto Rod insertion(with rods in restored insert            auto):
these malfunctions as
* SELECT: Scenario set up for the
* OPEN: CP folder major event in
* SELECT: Auto Rod Failure the next step.
* SELECT: Run
* SELECT: OK Block Auto Rod insertion(with rods in manual):
* SELECT: Panel overview
* SELECT: Section DF D
* SELECT: Insert override       D                                     D
* SELECT: Rod Bank Selector Switch
* SELECT: Final Value Manual
* SELECT: !NSERT Block Reactor Trip:
* SELECT: Scenario
* OPEN: CP folder
* SELECT: Trip Breakers fail to open
* SELECT: Run
* SELECT: OK TR-M-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                              Page 24 of28


2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG /ff'P*' NIIJCtfAR c" flEeT --------------------SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES Event 6 Once the crew starts to decrease plant power to restore vacuum or at Lead Examiner's Discretion Critical Task Critical Task INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY FW-P-32-A trips: *
[~g~.m_    /ff'P*'  NIIJCtfAR 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 4                                               SEG c"             flEeT
* SELECT: MF List
-------------------- -----------------~---------------------------'----
* SELECT: Feed Water
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS I
* SELECT: mfFW038
TIME/NOTES                         INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                             EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 6                                                          PSO (M), BOP(M), US (M)
* SELECT: INSERT o I EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE PSO (M), BOP(M), US (M) FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power FW-P-32-A Initial D4716 MFP A TURBINE BEARING OIL D4718 MFP A PUMP BEARING OIL PRESS D4720 MFP A TURBINE D4854 MFP A ELECTRICAL D6045 TURB SETBACK LOSS OF ONE FW
Once the crew                  FW-P-32-A trips:
* FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS starts to
* SELECT: MF List            FW-P-32-A trips decrease plant
* SELECT: Feed Water          Initial Alarms:
power to
* SELECT: mfFW038            D4716     MFP A TURBINE BEARING OIL PRESSURE restore vacuum or at Lead
* SELECT: INSERT              D4718     MFP A PUMP BEARING OIL PRESS LOW Examiner's                                                      D4720     MFP A TURBINE TRIP Discretion                                                      D4854     MFP A ELECTRICAL TRIP D6045     TURB SETBACK LOSS OF ONE FW PUMP
* BOP will report FW-P-32-A trip and a setback is in progress.
* BOP will report FW-P-32-A trip and a setback is in progress.
0* BOP will report alFSG levels are rapidly decreasing and approaching the reactor trip setpoint.
o                                                                                                    0
* US will direct the PSO to manually trip the reactor. -* The reactor will not trip M.6,NUALL Y or AUTOMATICALLY when the auto 1 trip signa! from SG Leve! La-La actuates.
* BOP will report alFSG levels are rapidly decreasing and approaching the reactor trip setpoint.
* The US will declare that he is entering FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/A TWS, and direct the crew to perform their immediate actions. o Auto rod insertion is failed and the PSO will manually insert control rods. o BOP will manually trip the turbine. o Turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 will stick open. o BOP will manually actuate MSI. TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 25 of 28 lera' 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT Response .Nuclear Pbwer Generationl (continued)
* US will direct the PSO to manually trip the reactor.
PSO Step 1: Verify Reactor Event 7
                                                              -
* The reactor will not trip M.6,NUALL Y or AUTOMATICALLY when the auto 1   trip signa! from SG Leve! La-La actuates.
* The US will declare that he is entering FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS, and direct the crew to perform their immediate Critical Task                                                      actions.
o Auto rod insertion is failed and the PSO will manually insert control rods.
o BOP will manually trip the turbine.
Critical Task                                                      o Turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 will stick open.
o BOP will manually actuate MSI.
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                     Page 25 of 28
 
lera' ENE~Y14                                                2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                               SEG IlUClEAII FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES                   INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                                     EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Pbwer Generationl ATWS (continued)                                                      PSO (C)
Event 7                                                          Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:
* PSO will report Rod bottom lights not lit.
* PSO will report Rod bottom lights not lit.
* PSO will continue to manually insert control rods. BOP (C) EventS Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:
* PSO will continue to manually insert control rods.
* BOP will report that Turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 are stuck 0 0 open. Locally trip the
BOP (C)
* BOP will report that he manually actuated MSI. SELECT: Scenario
EventS                                                           Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:
* BOP will report that the generator breaker is open. OPEN: CP folder I SELECT: 120 second delay then I NOTE: After the Immediate Actions are complete, the US or BOP win clear fault and trip reactor direct any available NSO to locally trip the reactor. SELECT: Run SELECT: OK Step 3: Check EFW Pumps Running:
* BOP will report that Turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 are stuck 0                                                           0                                                      0 open.
* BOP will report that the Motor driven pump is running. When the reactor is tripped, respond
Locally trip the Reactor:
* BOP will report that the Turbine-driven pump is running. "Control, this is the secondary NSO, I Step 4: Initiate Emergency Boration Of RCS: locally tripped the reactor."
* BOP will report that he manually actuated MSI.
* BOP will report that one charging pump is running. I-TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 26 of 28
* SELECT: Scenario
------------------
* BOP will report that the generator breaker is open.
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 ._,""""", SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS I TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE FR-S.1,
* OPEN: CP folder I
* Align boration Response o BOP will start a boric aciq pump and open Nuclear
* SELECT: 120 second delay then     INOTE: After the Immediate Actions are complete, the US or BOP win clear fault and trip reactor       direct any available NSO to locally trip the reactor.
* SELECT: Run
* SELECT: OK                         Step 3: Check EFW Pumps Running:
* BOP will report that the Motor driven pump is running.
When the reactor is tripped, respond
* BOP will report that the Turbine-driven pump is running.
                        "Control, this is the secondary NSO, I     Step 4: Initiate Emergency Boration Of RCS:
locally tripped the reactor."
* BOP will report that one charging pump is running.
I                                                       -                                                                 I TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                        Page 26 of 28
 
NE.Xlera*
ENE3_GY~~.                                2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4
                                                                                                              ------ l SEG
      ._,""""", N~
~------~-------
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS I
TIME/NOTES             INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY                               EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE FR-S.1,
* Align boration path:
Response to                                              o BOP will start a boric aciq pump and open CS-V-426.
Nuclear Power Generationl
* Align charging flow path:
* Align charging flow path:
ATWS o BOP will place CS-FK-121 in manual and charge at maximum (continued) o BOP will open CS-LCV-112D and E to align CCP suction to RWST. o BOP will close CS-LCV-112B and C to isolate the VCT. o BOP will report PZR pressure <2385 psig. Step 5: Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
ATWS                                                     o BOP will place CS-FK-121 in manual and charge at maximum rate.
* PSO will report COP-V-1, 2, 3 &4 and CAP-V-1, 2, 3 &4, Containment purge isolation valves, are closed. US will read CAUTION prior to Step 6: c::> If an SI signal exists::br occurs, ATTACHMENT A of E-O, REACTOR TRIP c::> OR SAFETY INJECTION should be performed while continuing with this procedure.
(continued)                                               o BOP will open CS-LCV-112D and E to align CCP suction to RWST.
Step 6: Check If The Following Trips Have Occurred: i
o BOP will close CS-LCV-112B and C to isolate the VCT.
* PSO will report the reactor is tripped. I
o BOP will report PZR pressure <2385 psig.
* BOP will report the turbine is tripped. Step 7: Check If Reactor Is Subcritical:
Step 5: Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:
* PSO will report COP-V-1, 2, 3 & 4 and CAP-V-1, 2, 3 & 4, Containment purge isolation valves, are closed.
US will read CAUTION prior to Step 6:
c::>                       If an SI signal exists::br occurs, ATTACHMENT A of E-O, REACTOR TRIP     c::>
OR SAFETY INJECTION should be performed while continuing with this procedure.
Step 6: Check If The Following Trips Have Occurred:
i
* PSO will report the reactor is tripped.
I
* BOP will report the turbine is tripped.
Step 7: Check If Reactor Is Subcritical:
* PSO will report power range channels <5%.
* PSO will report power range channels <5%.
* PSO will report intermediate range flux rate is zero or negative.
* PSO will report intermediate range flux rate is zero or negative.
* PSO will report gammametrics intermediate range flux level <5%.
* PSO will report gammametrics intermediate range flux level <5%.
* PSO will report gammametrics intermediate range flux rate is zero or negative.
* PSO will report gammametrics intermediate range flux rate is zero or negative.
* US will direct PSO to continue boration to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions. NOTE: US will exit FR-S.1 and direct the crew to go back to E-O and perform their immediate actions. TR-AA-230-1003-Jf06 Revision 0 Page 27 of 28 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam SEG Event PSO (C), US (C) When crew enters ES-O.1 fail open the A The PSO will report A PORV open with RCS pressure low. PORV as Follows: The US will direct PSO to close the A PORV per "Skill of the Operator". SELECT: MF List The PSO will attempt to close the A PORV. When the A PORV fails to close SELECT: Reactor Coolant the PSO will report, ''The A PORV failed to close." (Component)
* US will direct PSO to continue boration to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions.
The US will direct the PSO to close the A PORV Block valve per, "Skill of the SELECT: avRCPCV456A Operator." Critical Task SELECT: Fail open The PSO will close the A PORV Block Valve. SELECT: INSERT The PSO will report the A PORV Block valve is closed. Terminate the scenario when the crew finishes FR-S.1 and returns to E-O, or at the discretion of the lead examiner.  
NOTE: US will exit FR-S.1 and direct the crew to go back to E-O and perform their immediate actions.
*** END OF SCENARIO *** TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision Page 28 of 28 WORLD CLASS 2013 LOIT NRC SIM I::xam 4 PERFORMANCE  
TR-AA-230-1003-Jf06 Revision 0                                                                           Page 27 of 28
....... expectit!
 
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT TURNOVER Plant Status -Plant is in Mode 1 At 100% Power. The Security Threat Level is Yellow Protected Train Current PRA Risk is Green Aggregate risk is 6 LOW A Reactivity RCS Boron concentration is 1100 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 230 Steps RCS Tave Band (Deg. F) 589-589.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Deg. F (Gal): 191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Deg. F (Gal): 35 SG Blowdown Lineup: Hotwells At 60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids -6 Days -6 Cation Flowrate:
2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4                                                SEG Event 9                                                      PSO (C), US (C)
Full Flow SFP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Low Turbine Controls:
When crew enters ES-O.1 fail open the A       The PSO will report A PORV open with RCS pressure low.
Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between 3646.0 MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 MW. Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering recommendations and will normally be left in automatic control. Utilize OS1 000.1 0 Fig. 11, Rod Motion Checklist.
PORV as Follows:
001 56 Values for NEPEX Contingency Oownpower Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Gal. Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 776 Gal.
The US will direct PSO to close the A PORV per "Skill of the Operator".
Reactivity Activities that may affect reactivity.
* SELECT: MF List                           The PSO will attempt to close the A PORV. When the A PORV fails to close
Today 0:00 '"TURNOVER INFORMATION*
* SELECT: Reactor Coolant                   the PSO will report, ''The A PORV failed to close."
By: eelOhll General Plant Status General Plant Info Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
(Component)                               The US will direct the PSO to close the A PORV Block valve per, "Skill of the
By: eelOhll 1. 2. 3. Evolutions Today 0:00 By: I Work Control Name: RSS Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
* SELECT: avRCPCV456A                       Operator."
By: I Primary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
Critical Task
By: I Secondary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
* SELECT: Fail open                           The PSO will close the A PORV Block Valve.
By: I Rover NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
* SELECT: INSERT                             The PSO will report the A PORV Block valve is closed.
By: I Waste NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
Terminate the scenario when the crew finishes FR-S.1 and returns to E-O, or at the discretion of the lead examiner.
By: I Field Support NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 '"TURNOVER INFORMATION*
                                                  ~----~------------------------------------------------------~
By: I Fire Brigade Leader Name: Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION"'
                                                        *** END OF SCENARIO ***
By: I Unit Supervisor Name Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0                                                                                  Page 28 of 28
By: I Shift Manager Name: Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
 
WORLD CLASS         2013 LOIT NRC SIM I::xam 4 PERFORMANCE
                    ....... expectit!   OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT TURNOVER Plant Status Plant is in Mode 1 At 100% Power.
                                                              -      Current PRA Risk is Green Protected Train The Security Threat Level is Yellow                                   Aggregate risk is 6 LOW A
Reactivity RCS Boron concentration is 1100 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 230 Steps RCS Tave Band (Deg. F)               589- 589.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Deg. F (Gal):         191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Deg. F (Gal): 35 SG Blowdown Lineup:           Hotwells           At   60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids - 6 Days - 6             Cation Flowrate: Full Flow SFP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Low Turbine Controls: Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between 3646.0 MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 MW.
Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering recommendations and will normally be left in automatic control. Utilize OS1 000.1 0 Fig. 11, Rod Motion Checklist.
001 56 Values for NEPEX Contingency Oownpower Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Gal.
Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is           776 Gal.
 
Reactivity                   Activities that may affect reactivity.
Today 0:00   '"TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By: eelOhll General Plant Status           General Plant Info Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By: eelOhll 1.
2.
3.
Evolutions Today 0:00 By:
I Work Control                   Name:                       RSS Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Primary NSO                   Name:                       FB RSS MED Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Secondary NSO                 Name:                       FB RSS MED Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Rover NSO                     Name:                       FB RSS MED Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Waste NSO                     Name:                       FB RSS MED Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Field Support NSO             Name:                       FB RSS MED Today 0:00   '"TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Fire Brigade Leader           Name:
Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION"'
By:
I Unit Supervisor               Name Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:
I Shift Manager                 Name:
Today 0:00   *TURNOVER INFORMATION*
By:}}
By:}}

Latest revision as of 03:04, 6 February 2020

Seabrook - Final Operating Exam (Section a, B, and C) (Folder 3)
ML13206A350
Person / Time
Site: Seabrook NextEra Energy icon.png
Issue date: 07/11/2013
From: David Silk
Operations Branch I
To:
NextEra Energy Seabrook
Jackson D
Shared Package
ML13059A103 List:
References
TAC U01870
Download: ML13206A350 (274)


Text

EN JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 !\IRC EXAM RO-ADM,.lPM01, FINAL QPTR CALCULATION N42 INOP Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT o

OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


=T~~IN~IN~G~S~U~PE=R~V~IS~OR~*

o

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0150200501 Perform a Manual QPTR Calculation
2. Conditions:

A. Plant is now at 100% power after recovering a dropped rod at EOL.

B. The Main Plant Computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).

C. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago.

D. The QPTR surveillance is required to be performed on this shift.

E. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).

3. Standards:

Perform a manual QPTR surveillance in accordance with RX 1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of RX1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance, Rev 07 Chg 02 Copy of RE-17 Rev 01-16-06 Copy of Data Sheet for RO ADMIN JPM 01 Calculator

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..IPM.

RO-ADMJPM01 Page 2 of 13

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • RX 1703, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance, Rev 07 Chg 02.
  • OS1000.05 Power Increase.
  • ON1251.01 Loss of Plant Computer.

Value Sys KA Description RO/SRO 015 A1.04 Ability to monitor changes in QPTR 3.5/3.7 015 K5.12 Knowledge of QPTR 3.2/3.6 015 K5.16 Definition and calculation of QPTR 2.9/3.4 2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and 4.4/4.7 make operational judgments based on the operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.

7. Setting:

Classroom.

1. Give student a copy of the data sheet for 100% power NI cabinet values.
2. Use values listed in RE-17.
8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes RO-ADMJPM01 Page 3 of 13

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to perform the QPTR surveillance.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is now at 100% power following rE~covery of a dropped rod at EOL.
2. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
3. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago.
4. The QPTR surveillance, per Tech Spec Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.1(b), has been entered and the work order has been generated.
5. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

11. Initiating Cue:

Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name),

perform the QPTR surveillance per RX1703 section 4.1. Discuss the results with me."

RO-ADMJPM01 Page 4 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate '" denotes a critical step '" denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT

1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1703, QPTR surveillance, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.1 QPTR alarm inoperable above 50% RTP surveillance.

NOTE: Provide student with data sheet that has the values for detector currents. Detector current units are in microamps. Student should make the determination that one Power Range detector is inoperable when given the detector current data.

2. P Power range channel is inop. Record Records INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and 5 INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and 5 on Form A fpr N42.

for the inoperable channel NOTE: Provide the student with a copy of RE-17 NIS Channel and Loop Delta-T Scaling when asked for.

3. P Record time, date, and RE-17 revision Records tirne, date, and RE-17 date on Form A. revision date on Form A.

RO-ADMJPM01 pqge 5 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
4. S Record the current output in Records the current output in microamperes for the operable top (A) microamperes for the operable top (A) and bottom (8) detectors of each and bottom (8) detectors of each power range channel on Form A power range channel on Form A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Row 1: Row 1:

N41 top (A) detector current N42 top (A) detector current (INOP should be recorded)

N43 top (A) dE~tector current N44 top (A) detector current N41 bottom (B) detector current N42 bottom (B) detector current (INOP should be recorded)

N43 bottom (B) detector current N44 bottom (8) detector current CUE: When the student asks for independent verification of the va.lues recorded on Form A, provide the following cue, evaluator to student, "Form A detector currents have been independently verified."

RO-ADMJPM01 Page 6 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
5. P Record on Form A row 2 the 100% Records on Form A row 2 the 100%

power 0% AFD current for the power 0% AFD current for the operable top and bottom detectors for operable top and bottom detectors for each power range channel using TDB each power range channel using TDB Figure RE-17: Figure RE-17:

N41 top (A) detector N42 top (A) detector (INOP should be recorded)

N43 top (A) detector N44 top (A) detector N41 bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)

N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottom (8) detector RO-ADMJPIVI01 Page 7 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECt<:LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
6. P Calculate the normalized detector Calculates the normalized detector currents by dividing each operable currents by dividing each operable detector current (row 1) by its 100% detector current (row 1) by its 100%

power 0% AFD current (row 2) and power 0% AFD current (row 2) and record on Form A row 3: records on Form A row 3:

N41 top (A) nl)rmalized detector current N42 top (A) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)

N43 top (A) normalized detector current N44 top (A) n()rmalized detector current N41 bottom (B) normalized detector current N42 bottom (B) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)

N43 bottom (B) normalized detector current N44 bottom (B) normalized detector current RO-ADMJPM01 Page 8 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~_~_=S

__im_u_la_t_e___*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________*_d_e_n_ot_e__

sClcl_'it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p_____________S_A_T_ _

U_N_S_A_T__

7. P Calculate the average normalized Calculates thE~ average normalized detector currents as follows: detector currents as follows:
a. Divide the sum of the operable a. Divides the sum of the operable top normalized detector currents top normalized detector currents by the number of operable top by the number of operable top detectors and record on Form A detectors and records on Form A row 4. row 4.
b. Divide the sum of the operable b. Divides the sum of the operable bottom normalized detector bottom normalized detector currents by the number of currents by the number of operable bottom detectors and operable bottom detectors and record on Form A row 4. records on Form A row 4.
  • 8. P Calculate the QPTR for each detector Calculates thH QPTR for each as follows: detector as follows:
  • a. Divide each operable top *a. Divides each operable top normalized detector current (row normalized detector current (row
3) by the top average normalized 3) by the top average normalized detector current (row 4) and detector current (row 4) and record on Form A row 5: records on Form A row 5:

N41 tap (A) detector N42 top (A) detector (INOP should be recorded)

N43 top (A) detector N44 tap (A) detector RO-ADMJPM01 Page 9 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
  • b. Divide each operable bottom *b. Divides each operable bottom normalized detector current (row normalizE~d detector current (row
3) by the bottom average 3) by the bottom average normalized detector current (row normalizE~d detector current (row
4) and record on Form A row 5. 4) and records on Form A row 5.

N41 bottclm (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)

N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottc)m (8) detector NOTE: If the student expresses a rounded off value, then that VailUE! shall be compared against the standard.

The only value that is critical is the out of tolerance (circIE~d) QPTR value.

9. P Indicates the maximum QPTR by Circles the largest QPTR in row 5.

circling the largest QPTR in row 5.

CUE: When the student asks for independent verification of the calculations for Form A, provide the following cue, evaluator to student, "Form A calculations have been independently verified."

  • 10. P Determines if LCO 3.2.4 is/is not met based on maximum QPTR.
  • a. Notify US/SM that LCO 3.2.4 is/is *a. Notifies LJS/SM that LCO 3.2.4 not met. is/is not met CUE: When US/SM notified, repeat back information provided by student concerning QPTR and LCO 3.2.4.
  • b. On Form A row 6 circle YES/NO *b. On Form A row 6 circles YES/NO NOTE: Information given must agree with results shown on the key. See key for the correct item to circle in row 6.

RO-ADMJPM01 Page 10 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHEC~~LI:ST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~S_=~S~im~u~la~t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c~a~ls~te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~icl~*it~ic~a~ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

11. Stop time ________ Time to complete task ~ 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
12. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

RO-ADMJPM01 Page 11 of 13

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance SUCl1 as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes, Recommend remedial traininfl, if necessary.

RO-ADMJPM01 Page 12 of 13

  • ,~

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO A[)MIN ..IPM 01 Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to perform the QPTR surveillance.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL.
2. The main plant computer has been inoperClblE~ since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
3. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declarecilNOP 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago.
4. The QPTR surveillance, per Tech Spec Surve!illance Requirement 4.2.4.1 (b), has been entered and the work order has been gemerated.
5. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yl3sterday (before the rod dropped).

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

Initiating Cue:

Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name),

perform the QPTR surveillance per RX1703 section 4.1. Discuss the results with me."

RO-ADMJPM01 Page 13 of 13

SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM02, FINAL SHUTDOWN MARGIN qf-LCULATION (MODE 3)

Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED' ON TO THE 2013 NRC

. INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

o PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE: - - - - - -

---T~~-IN-IN-G-S-U-PE-R-V~IS-OR---

o

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0010100401 Perform Shutdown Margin Calculation
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> ago.

B. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.

3. Standards:

Using RX1707 Shutdown Margin Surveillance calculate the boron concentration required to satisfy SOM for the present conditions using the figures from the Primary Tech Data Book provided by the instructor.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance Rev '7 Chg 7.

Copy of Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature, Rev 01-16-06.

Copy of Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Values, Rev 01-16-00.

Calculator.

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

RO-ADMJPM02 Page 2 of 9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

6.

References:

Procedures:

Technical Specifications:

Manuals:

  • Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron ConcE~ntration vs. Temperature.

Value Sys KA Description RO/SRO 192002 K1.13 Calculate SDM using pre)cedures and 3.5/3.7 given plant parameter*s.

2.2.12 Knowledge of Surveill anGe Procedures 3.7/4.1

7. Setting:

Use the simulator or the classroom. A key must be setup using RE curves (RE curves may not be the latest revision). The required RE curves are included in the student material package and must be given to the student when reaching for the Primary Tech Data Book. Failure to do this will cause unrealistic numbers for the student. Since an inadvertent dilution has occurred, pick a value for the Gurrent boron concentration that is below the value required by RE-2. SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value selected (i.e., how large the dilution was).

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes RO-ADMJPM02 Page 3 of 9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

A. You are the Primary Operator. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. The chemist has sampled the RCS for the current boron concentration. Determine the boron concentration required, taking credit for xenon, to satisfy the SDM. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> ago.
2. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
3. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
4. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
5. Xenon worth is 5850 pcm.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

11. Initiating Cue:

Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred. Determine the required boron concentration to satisfy SDM requirements for the current ReS conditions taking credit for xenon. Using RX1707, determine if SDM is satisfactory. Discuss the results with me."

RO-ADMJPM02 Page 4 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~='_=S~im~u~la~t~e___*~d~e~n=m~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c=al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~n=ot~e~sa.cr.~it~ic~a~ls~t=eLP____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T~

NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance provide the student with RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.

1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
2. P For the existing RCS temperature, For the existing RCS temperature, obtain the required shutdown boron obtains the required shutdown boron concentration from Primary TDB, concentration from Primary TOB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature. Concentration vs. Temperature.

NOTE: See key for all values that student should enter on Form A hne 1.

  • 3. P Record RCS T avg and the Records ReS T avg and the corresponding RE-02 required corresponding RE-02 required shutdown boron concentration value shutdown boron concentration value (A) on Form A Shutdown Margin (A) on Forrn A Shutdown Margin Determination - Modes 3, 4, and 5. Determination - Modes 3, 4, and 5.
4. P Obtain xenon worth from the MPCS Obtains xenon worth from the MPCS point C0036 or from Reactor pOint C0036 or from Reactor Engineering. Record the xenon worth Engineering. Record the xenon worth value (B) on Form A. value (B) on Form A.
  • 5. P Obtain the correct value of differential Obtains thE~ correct value of boron worth (DBW) from Primary differential boron worth (OBW) from TOB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Margin Primary TDB, Figure RE-18 Shutdown Values. Record the OBW value (C) on Margin Values. Records the DBW Form A. value (C) on Form A.

RO-AOM.JPM02 Page 5 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D;::Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P;::Perform

,3;::Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
  • 6. P Using the equation as shown on Form Using the E:quation as shown on Form A calculate the shutdown boron A calculatEis the shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) value (D). concentration (xenon credit) value (D).

Record the calculated value (D) on Record thE! ccllculated value (D) on Form A. If number is negative record Form A. If number is negative records zero. zero.

NOTE: SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value of the current RCS boron concentration determined by the evaluator in the setup and required shutdown boron concentration obtained from RE-2.

7. P Record the existing RCS boron Records the E~xisting RCS boron concentration value (E) on Form A. concentration value (E) on Form A.
  • 8. P Check if existing RCS boron value (E) Checks if existing RCS boron value is greater than the shutdown boron (E) is greater than the shutdown concentration (xenon credit) (D). Mark boron concentration (xenon credit) the associated block yes or no as (0). Marks thE: associated block yes or applicable. no as applicable.

CUE: If student asks for independent verification, provide the following cue, "Form A has been independently verified. Please continue."

9. P If existing Res boron is less than If existing RCS boron is less than shutdown boron concentration (xenon shutdown boron concentration (xenon credit) (D), notify SM/US that the credit) (D), notifies SM/US that the shutdown margin surveillance is not shutdown margin surveillance is not being satisfied. being satisfied.

RO-ADMJPM02 Page 6 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

-=..3_=Sc;; . i;. ;. :m.:. ; u; .;.;la:.;.:tc; ;. e__

  • c;; . de.:. ; n.:. ; o:. .;.te.:. .;s:. . a.: . . . .:. c.ri.t:. . . :ic'--'-ac.. .1s.:. .;t.:. .;e.c. .p_ _ _ _ _ _ . . . .T-'--"'U.:...;N.:...;S;.;..A.:...;T~
  • .:. .;dec.. .n. .o:. .;.tec.. .s:. . . ;<:1 cl. .:. :ritc:. :ic. .: . :a-,-1s=--=t..::..Jep"'--______S.:...;A CUE: "The ..IPM is complete."
10. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task :5 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
11. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

RO-ADIVIJPIVI02 Page 7 of 9

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin!~, if necessary.

RO-ADMJPM02 Page 8 of 9

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIN JPM 02 Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. The chemist has sampled the RCS for the current boron concentration. Determine the boron concentration required, taking credit for xenon, to satisfy the SDM. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> ago.
2. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
3. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
4. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
5. Xenon worth is 5850 pcm.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

Initiating Cue:

Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred. Determine the required boron concentration to satisfy SDM requirements for the current: RCS conditions taking credit for xenon. Using RX1707, determine if SDM is !iatisfactory. Discuss the results with me."

RO-ADMJPM02 Page 9 of 9

SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM03, FINAL SPENT FUEL POOL BLENDED MAKEUP CALCULATION Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT o

OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY~ DATE:


TRA----IN-IN-G-SO:-U--=-P-=-ER-:-V-IS"""'O--=-R o

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0040100601 Perform a boron change calculeltion.
2. Conditions:

A. A manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool is required to raise pool level.

3. Standards:

Calculate the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet Copy of RS 1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev 6 Daily Chemistry Report Calculator

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev 6 Value Sys KA Descri ption RO/SRO 2.1.37 Knowledge of procedlJres, guidelines, or 4.3/4.6 limitations associated with reactivity management.

RO-ADMJPM03 Page 2 of 7

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Classroom.

1. Use values listed in Daily Chemistry Report.
8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

15 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for rnultiple JPMs):

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to pE~rform calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the~ Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition.
2. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm.
3. The makeup boron concentration will be at the current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration.
4. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup.
5. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cue-s and communications for this JPM.

Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name),

determine the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool. Discuss the results with me."

RO-ADMJPM03 Page 3 of 7

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating clle read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.4 Blended Makeup Calculation (Form E, Blended Makeup Worksheet) and the Daily Chemistry Report to determine Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and boric acid storage tank boron concentration.

2. P Determine the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool Enters the desired makeup boron ENTER the desired makeup concentration (CMU ) for the SFP
1. boron concentration (C MU )' 1. from the Daily Chemistry Report in step 1 of Form E. (2512 ppm)

Enters the desired makeup flow

2. E7T~~~~eo1~~ire~IQm~~~u(p/,ow) 2. rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (FToT) ra e  : - TOT* in step 2 of Form E. (50 gpm)

Enters the actual Boric Acid ENTER the actual Boric Acid Storage Tank concentration

3. Storage Tank concentration 3. (C BAST) from the Daily Chemistry (C BAST)' Report in step 3 of Form E. (7361 ppm)

Enters the desired makeup ENTER the desired makeup quantity TARGET: FIQ-111

4. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111
4. (GTOT) in step 4 of Form E. (550 (G TOT).

gallons)

RO-ADMJPM03 Page40f7

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform

_~_'_=S

__ im_u_la_t_e___*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________*_d_e_n_ot_e__

sClcr_'it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p_____________S_A_T_ _

U_N_S_A_T__

Enters thl3 values from steps 1, 2

  • 5. CALCULATE the boric acid flow *5. & 3 in the' equation and calculates rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (F BA): the boric acid flow rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (FBA)'

Enters thl3 values from steps 1, 3 CALCULATE the boric acid

  • 6. & 4 in the equation and calculates
  • 6. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 the bOiric acid quantity TARGET:

(G BA):

FIQ-1 'II 1 (G BA ).

Calculated By signature and Signs .and dates the Calculated

7. 7.

Date. By signature and Date line.

CUE: If the student asks for an Independent Verification of Form E during the JPM respond, "For the purpose of this JPM an independent verification will not be performed."

CUE: "The ..IPM is complete."

3. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task :S;15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
4. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this

..IPM.

RO-ADMJPM03 Page 5 of 7

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.

RO-ADMJPM03 Page 6 of7

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIIN JPM 03 Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to perform calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition.
2. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm.
3. The makeup boron concentration will be at thl~ current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration.
4. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup.
5. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

Initiating Cue:

Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name),

determine the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel P04:>1. Discuss the results with me."

RO-ADMJPM03 Page 7 of 7

SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM RO-ADMJPM04, FINAL INITIATE A LIQUID EFFLUENT WASTE SAMPLE REQUEST Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINAT~ON MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: ______________- -__- - - -___ DATE:

TRAINING SUPERVISOR

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.

B. WL-TK-63A, "An Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons.

C. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.

D. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.

E. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> after placing the tank on recirc.

3. Standards:

Using CP-4.1. Effluent Sampling Program and ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation. initiate the following:

  • Form CP4.1A. Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request
4. Student Materials:

Calculator Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program Copy of ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program
  • ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation RO-ADMJPM04 Page 2 of7

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Value Sys KA Description RO/SRO 2.3.11 i Ability to control radiation rele?sec.::.s,,-._ _-'-3::...:....::.8,1'--'4..:...:.3=-----_ _

7. Setting:

Simulator or Classroom.

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

15 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Servicl:: Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
2. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been fWed to 18,000 gallons.
3. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
4. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
5. Projected release start and time is normally 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> after placing the tank on recirc.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or students name), initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request for WL-TK-63A, 'A' Waste Test Tank.

Discuss the results with me."

RO*ADMJPM04 Page 30f7

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~~'_=S~im~u~la~t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c~al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~sClcl~'it~ic~a~ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__

NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program and ON1 018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, provide the student with the required document(s).

1. P Start time ______ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

NOTE: It is assumed that the student will use CP 4.1 to process through the verification and check ON1018.07 to verify the tank volumes and recirculation flow rate. The student may choose to verify the tank volume and recirculation rate prior to referring to CP 4.1. These steps can be performed in any order as long as all steps are completed correctly.

  • 2. P Complete section 1 of CP 4.1A.

Name of tank, sump, or SG

a. Enters WTT 'A'.
a. demin vessel to be sampled.

CUE: If the student wants to verify the amount of liquid in the 'A' Waste Test Tank using the Main Plant Computer, tell them that the MPCS indicates 18,000 gallons.

Verifies and enters 18,000 Total tank or sump volume to be

b. gallons for total tank or sump
b. discharged or transferred.

volume.

NOTE: The recirculation rate for WTT 'A' is 150 gpm.

Enters the recirculation rate of

  • c. 150 gpm and calculates the
c. Recirculation rate.

recirculation required time to be 240 minutes.

RO-ADMJPM04 Page 4 of 7

PERFORMANCE CHECKLllST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3_=S~im~u~la=t~e___

  • ~d~e~n=ot~e~s~a~c=r=iti~c=al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~n=ot~e~s~c.lcr=iti~c=a~ls~te~p~__________~S~A~T_U~N~S~A=T__

Recirculation starting time and

d. d. Enters 0800 and today's date.

date.

e. Sample date and time, *e. Enters 12,00 and today's date.

Enters DISCHARGE as

f. Disposition of tank. f.

disposition.

The projected CW and SW pump Enters 2 CW pumps and 2 SW

g. g.

combination for the discharge. pumps.

Projected release start date and

h. h. Enters 16100 and today's date.

time.

Date, time of request, and initials

i. i. Enters time, date and initials are.

of originator.

Date, time, and initials of Hands form to Unit Supervisor for

j. individual that performed j.

verificcltion.

verification of operational data.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

3. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task :s; 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
4. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

RO-ADMJPM04 Page 5 of 7

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.

RO-ADMJPM04 Page~ of 7

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Senlicf3 Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
2. WL-TK-63A, "AI! Waste Test Tank has been fililed to 18,000 gallons.
3. WL-TK-63A, "AI! Waste Test Tank, was plac:ed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
4. WL-TK-63A, "N Waste Test Tank has to be~ sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
5. Projected release start time is normally 8 h()urs after placing the tank on recirc.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

Unit Supervisor to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or students name), initiate a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request for WL-TK-63A, 'A' Waste Test Tank.

Discuss the results with me."

RO-ADMJPM04 Page 7 of 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC E)()l,M SRO-ADM..IPM01, FINAL VERIFY QPTR CALCULATION N42 INOP Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGf~EEMENT.

PREPARED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


=TRA=-:-::-:IN--:-:-:IN:-:-::G~S=-:-U-:-=P=ER=-:-V-:-:-:IS:-::O:-=R-

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEI:T

1. Task Number and Description Position SRO SBK 1190202602 Review Results of Surveillance Tests
2. Conditions:

A. Plant is now at 100% power after recovering a d.ropped rod at EOL B. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).

C. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago.

D. The QPTR surveillance has been entered and the work order has been generated.

E. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).

F. The Primary Operator has completed the QPTR surveillance.

G. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification.

H. The Secondary Operator has given the complet 9d forms to you for your verification.

3. Standards:

Verify a manual QPTR surveillance in accordance with RX1703 Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of RX 1703, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Surveillance, Rev 07 Chg 02 Copy of RE-17 Rev 01-16-06 Copy of Data Sheet for SRO ADMIN JPM 01 Copy of completed QPTR surveillance form.

Calculator

5. Limitations On Performance:

Verify all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

3RO-ADMJPM01 Page 2 of 13

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • RX1703, Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio 8urveillanc43, Rev 07 Chg 02.
  • 081000.05 Power Increase.
  • ON1251.0'1 Loss of Plant Computer.

Value 8ys KA Descri pti()n RO/8RO 015 A1.04 Ability to monitor char~ sin QPTR 3.5/3.7 015 K5.12 Knowledge of QPTR 3.2/3.6 015 K5.16 Definition and calcula tior10fQPTR 2.9/3.4 2.1.7 Ability to evaluate pial,t ~)erformance and 4.4/4.7 make operational jud~Ime~nts based on the operating characterist ics, reactor behavior, and instrum en1: interpretation.

7. Setting:

Classroom.

1. Give student a copy of the data sheet for 100% power NI cabinet values.
2. Examiner must prepare a completed RX1703 Form A in advance. It shall reflect the

...IPM values for the NI cabinet detector currents and RE-17 100% values.

3. Use values listed in RE-17.
8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes 3RO-ADMJPM01 Page 3 of 13

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to vl3rify the QPTR surveillance.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL.
2. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
3. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago.
4. The QPTR alarm surveillance has been entered and the work order generated.
5. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).
6. The Primary Operator has completed the QPTf~ surveillance.
7. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification.
8. The Secondary Operator has given the completed forms to you for your verification.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

11. Initiating Cue:

Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), verify the QPTR surveillance per RX1703. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 4 of 13

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3_=~S2im~u=l=at=e~_*~d~e~n~0~te~s~a~cr~it=ic~a~ls~t~eLP____________*~d~e~n~o~te~s~Clcr~it~ic=a~ls~t=ep~__________~S~A~T_U~N~S~A~T__

1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ..IPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1703, QPTR surveillance, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.1 QPTR alarm inoperable above 50% RTP surveillance.

NOTE: Provide student with data sheet that has the values for detector currents. Detector current units are in microamps. Student should make the determination that one Power Range detector is inoperable when given the detector current data.

2. P Power range channel is inop. Record Verifies that INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and INOP in rows 1, 2, 3, and 5 on Form A 5 for N42 has been recorded.

for the inoperable channel NOTE: Provide the student with a copy of RE-17 NIS Channel and Loop Delta-T Scaling when asked for.

3. P Record time, date, and RE-17 revision Verifies time, date, and RE-17 date on Form A. revision date ,on Form A.

SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 5 of 13

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
4. S Record the current output in Verifies the current output in microamperes for the operable top (A) microamperes for the operable top (A) and bottom (8) detectors of each and bottom (B) detectors of each power range channel on Form A power range channel on Form A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Sheet Row 1: Row 1 have been recorded:

N41 top (A) detector current N42 top (A) detector current (INOP should be recorded)

N43 top (A) detector current N44 top (A) dE,tector current N41 bottom (B) detector current N42 bottom (B) detector current (INOP should be recorded)

N43 bottom (B) detector current N44 bottom (B) detector current SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 6 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

  • .; ;. de..:. ;:n. :. ;:o;. .;.te. :. ;:s,-a.:. . -=-c,-rit,-ic;. .;.a,-Is. :. ;:t:.; . e.L:-p_ _ _ _ _ _

c;; . 3_=S.=. : .:. :im. :. ;:u=la=t.; ;. e__ * . .:. ;de..:. ;:n",-o;. .;.t. :. ;:es:. . .; Cl, cr..:. :cit:. . :.ic.:. :.al'--'s:. . :.te.: . .tp=--______S'-A-'-T~U..:..;:N=S..:..;:A..:..;:T_

5. P Record on Form A row 2 the 100% Verifies on Form A row 2 the 100%

power 0% AFD current for the power 0% AFD current for the operable top and bottom detectors for operable top and bottom detectors for each power range channel using TDB each power range channel using TDB Figure RE-17: Figure RE-17 have been recorded:

N41 top (A) detector N42 top (A) d.:~tector (INOP should be recorded)

N43 top (A) detector N44 top (A) detector N41 bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)

N43 bottom (8) detector N44 bottom (B) detector SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 7 of 13

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3_=~S_im_u~l_at~e___*_d_e_n_o_te_s_a_c_r_it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p____________*_d_e_n_o~te~s~acr~*it~ic_a_ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__

6. P Calculate the normalized detector Verifies calculation for the normalized currents by dividing each operable detector cUlrre'nts by dividing each detector current (row 1) by its 100% operable distector current (row 1) by power 0% AFD current (row 2) and its 100% powtsr 0% AFD current (row record on Form A row 3: 2) and verifies values have been recorded on Form A row 3:

N41 top (A) normalized detector current N42 top (A) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)

N43 top (A) normalized detector current N44 top (A) normalized detector current N41 bottom (8) normalized detector current N42 bottom (8) normalized detector current (INOP should be recorded)

N43 bottom (8) normalized detector current N44 bottom (8) normalized detector current SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 8 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
7. P Calculate the average normalized Verifies calculations for the average detector currents as follows: normalized de!tector currents as follows:
a. Divide the sum of the operable a. Divides the sum of the operable top normalized detector currents top normalized detector currents by the number of operable top by the number of operable top detectors and record on Form A detectc)rs and verifies values row 4. have been recorded on Form A row 4.
b. Divide the sum of the operable b. Divides the sum of the operable bottom normalized detector bottom normalized detector currents by the number of currents by the number of operable bottom detectors and operable bottom detectors and record on Form A row 4. verifies values have been recorded on Form A row 4.
  • 8. P Calculate the QPTR for each detector Verifies calculations for the QPTR for as follows: each detector as follows:
  • a. Divide each operable top *a. Divides e;ach operable top normalized detector current (row normalized detector current (row
3) by the top average normalized 3) by the top average normalized detector current (row 4) and detector current (row 4) and record on Form A row 5: verifies values have been recordlad on Form A row 5:

N41 top (A) detector N42 top (A) detector (INOP should be recorded)

N43 top (A) detector N44 top (A) detector SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 9 of 13

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
  • b. Divide each operable bottom *b. Verifies calculations that divide normalized detector current (row each operable bottom normalized
3) by the bottom average detector current (row 3) by the normalized detector current (row bottom average normalized
4) and record on Form A row 5. detector current (row 4) and verifie!:; v;:llues have been recorded on Form A row 5.

N41 bottom (8) detector N42 bottom (8) detector (INOP should be recorded)

N43 bottc)m (8) detector N44 bottom (8) detector NOTE: If the student expresses a rounded off value, then that valuE~ shall be compared against the standard.

The only value that is critical is the out of tolerance (circled) QPTR value.

9. P Indicates the maximum QPTR by Verifies that the largest QPTR in row circling the largest QPTR in row 5. 5 has been circled.

CUE: If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed tha1 the LCO statement performed by the Primary Operator is incorrect, say "Use your corrected LCO statement and complete the verification."

  • 10. P Determines if LCD 3.2.4 is/is not met based on maximum QPTR.
  • a. Notify US/SM that LCD 3.2.4 is/is *a. Notifies SM that LCO 3.2.4 is/is not met. not mElt CUE: When SM notified, repeat back information provided by student concerning QPTR and LCO 3.2.4.
  • b. On Form A row 6 circle YES/NO *b. Verifies on Form A row 6 YES/t\IO has been circled.

NOTE: Information given must agree with results shown on the ~:ey. See key for the correct item to circle in row 6.

SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 10 of 13

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

....=3_=--=S-,-,im-,-,-,-ul--=-a-,-,te,--_*_d,-e,-n--"o--=-te,-s,-a,---,-cr_it:....cic....::.a_1-'-st--'-e.Lp_ _ _ _ _ _*_d'-e'-n--'o--'-te---'s_a cl_"it_ic_a_1s_t_eL..p________S_A_T---'-U_N--=S_A_T_

CUE: "The ..IPM is complete."

11. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
12. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

SRO-ADMJ PMO1 Page 11of 13

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.

SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 12 of 13

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM 01 Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to veri~( the QPTR surveillance.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is now at 100% power following recovery of a dropped rod at EOL.
2. The main plant computer has been inoperable since yesterday (It was inoperable when the rod dropped).
3. Power Range NI N42 failed and was declared INOP 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago.
4. The QPTR alarm surveillance has been ente~red and the work order has been generated.
5. Incore/Excore calibration was performed yesterday (before the rod dropped).
6. The Primary Operator has completed the QPTR surveillance.
7. The Secondary Operator has completed the independent verification.
8. The Secondary Operator has given the completed forms to you for your verification.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

Initiating Cue:

Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name). verify the QPTR surveillance per RX1703. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM01 Page 13 of 13

ENER . ~I

. SEABROOK JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM02, FINAL REVIEW SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION (MODE 3)

Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNEDI ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE: _________


=TAA~IN~IN~G~S~U~P~ER~V~IS~O~R-

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position SRO SBK 1190202602 Review Results of Surveillance Tests
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55rF following a trip from 100% 9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> ago.

B. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn. Rod! H-8 will not move.

C. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.

D. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.

E. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.

F. MPCS point C0036 Xenon worth is 5850 pcm.

3. Standards:

Using RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance, review the boron concentration required to satisfy SDM for the present conditions using the figures from the Primary Tech Data Book provided by the instructor.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance Rev 7 Chg 7 Completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance Form A Copy of Primary TDB, Figure RE-2, Shutdown Bomn Concentration vs. Temperature, Rev 01-16-06.

Copy of Primary TDB, Figure RE-18, Shutdown Margin Values, Rev 01-16-00.

Calculator

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

Technical Specifications:

Manuals:

  • Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature.

SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 2 of 11

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 3 of 11

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Value Sys KA Descri pti(m RO/SRO 192002 K1.13 Calculate SDM using IpreIcedures and 3.5/3.7 given plant parameters.

2.2.12 Knowledge of Surveill;an<~e Procedures 3.7/4.1

7. Setting:

Use the simulator or the classroom. A key must be setup using RE curves (RE curves may not be the latest revision). The required RE curves are included in the student material package and must be given to the student when reaching for the Primary Tech Data Book. Failure to do this will cause unrealistic numbers for the student. Since an inadvertent dilution has occurred, pick a value for the current boron concentration that is below the value required by RE-2. SDM mayor may not be adequate depending on the value selected (i.e., how large the dilution was).

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

A. You are the Unit Supervisor. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin SurveiliancE~ Form A. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in Mode 3 at 557°F following a trip from 100% 9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> ago.
2. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn. I~od H-8 will not move.
3. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
4. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
5. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
6. Xenon credit is desired. MPCS point C0036 Xe~non worth is 5850 pcm.
7. The board operators have performed and independently verified a Shutdown Margin Surveillance per RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 4 of 11

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM.

Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred. Review the c:ompleted RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance form. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."

SRO*ADMJPM02 Page 5 of 11

PERFORMANCE CHEC~~LI:ST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_-=>=."'=_S.=. .;,;,.;im. :. ,:u: . ;,.la=.;t:.,=.e__*--=-d:. =.e.:. . :.n-=-ot: . =e-=..s--=-a,-c:. ;. r.:. :citi-=-ca=l,--,s:. . :.te.:. .Jp"---______*...: .d--'-e_no-=--t:. . :.e. .:. . . . :as c'_"it_ic_a_1s_t_e.L..p________S_A_T_U_N_S_A_T_

NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance provide the student with RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.

1. P Start time - - - - - Initiating cue ,"ead CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task.,"

CUE: If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed that the board operators did not factor in the stuck rod in the Shutdown Margin Surveillance respond, "The board operators are unavailable, use the correct forms and complete the Shutdown Margin Surveillance."

NOTE: Student recognizes that section 4.4, Shutdown Margin VI~rification With Inoperable Rod(s)

Immovable, Untrippable Or Dropped, is correct and that the plant is in Mode 3 and proceeds to step 4.4.2.

2. COMPLETE Part II of Form C, Shutdown Margin Determination Immovable, Untrippable or Dropped Rod(s).

P a. Number of Immovable and a. Enters 1 rod for (g).

Untrippable Rod(s)

P b. Boron Equivalent Worth of Worst b. Enters H5 ppm/rod from RE-18 Case Immovable or Untrippable for (h)"

Rod (Figure RE-18)

P c. Required Increase in Shutdown c. Performs calculation and enters Boron Concentration (~CB) 175 ppm (value i).

[g X h = i]

P d. Completed By signature. d. Signs block.

CUE: When the student requests the Independent Verification respond, "Independent Verification has been performed. Please continue with the task."

SRO-ADMJPIVI02 Page 6 of 11

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_.: >-=-"'_=S..: . . :. :.cim,-,-u:.:. :.lac:. . t:. c:.e__*--"d.. .:.e_n-=-otc:. . :ce.. .: . s--"a,-c"-r--,,iti. . :.c-=--al_s:. . :.te. :. Jp"--______*--"d.. .:;.e_n-=--ot.:. . ;.e. . :. . -sa cl_rit....:.ic....:.a_1-'-st:. . ;. e-'-p_______S:.....A_T----"-U_N--'S....:.A..:..cT_

3. P For the existing RCS temperature, For the existing RCS temperature, obtain the required shutdown boron obtains the required shutdown boron concentration from Primary TDB, concentratlion from Primary TDB, Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Figure RE-2 Shutdown Boron Concentration vs. Temperature. Concentration vs. Temperature.
4. *P RECORD the RCS Tavg and the Records the RCS Tavg of 557°F and corresponding RE-02 required the corresponding RE-02 required shutdown boron concentration value shutdown boron concentration value (F) on Form 0, Shutdown Margin of 1410 ppm (F) on Form 0, Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Shutdown Margin Verification -

Inoperable Rod(s). MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).

5. *P TRANSFER the value (i) from Form Transfers 'Ile; ppm from Form C, C, Shutdown Margin Determination Shutdown Margin Determination Immovable, Untrippable or Dropped Immovable, Lintrippable or Dropped Rod(s), to item (G) on Form 0, Rod(s), to item (G) on Form 0, Shutdown Margin Verification - Shutdown Ma.rgin Verification -

MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). Rod(s).

6. *P On Form 0, Shutdown Margin On Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s), ADD together Inoperable Rod(s), Adds together items (F) and (G) to calculate the items (F) and (G) to calculate the adjusted shutdown boron adjusted shutdown boron concentration (H). concentration (H) and enters 1585 ppm.

SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 7 of 11

PERFORMANCE CHECI'C~LI:ST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_,,=-"'=_S=-i~m.:.-=u:..:..:la::..:.te=----_*_d.:::...e::..:.n.:.-=o:...:,.te::....::s:.....;a:.:.....=..;cr:..:..:it.:.-=ic-=.:a.:,...1s: . . : t-=..Jepl:. . .-_ _ _ _ _*_d.: :. .e: . :.n. :. ,:o:. .:,.te: . . : s:. . .,:a cl. :. :*it.:.-=ic-=.:a.:,. .1s: . . : t-=..Jepl:. . .-_______S.=..:A....:.T..:........=U:...:...N..:..,:S:..:..A:..:..:T~

7. If credit for xenon is desired, Xenon credit is desired.

PERFORM the following:

P a. OBTAIN the xenon worth from a. Obtains the xenon worth from the MPCS point C0036 or from MPCS point C0036 as stated in Reactor Engineering. the student information.

P b. RECORD the xenon worth value b. Enters th'8 xenon worth value (J)

(J) on Form D, Shutdown Margin of 5850 pcm on Form D, Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 Shutdown Margin Verification -

With Inoperable Rod(s). MODEs :~, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).

P c. OBTAI N the correct value of c. Records the DBW value (K) of Differential Boron Worth (DBW) 8.596 on Form D, Shutdown from TDB Figure RE -AND Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 RECORD the DBW value (K) on And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).

Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).

  • P d. Using the equation [L = H - (J/K)] d. Performs calculation and records as shown on Form D, Shutdown the Adjus.ted Shutdown Boron Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 Concentration value (L) of 904 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s), ppm on Form D, Shutdown CALCULATE the Adjusted Margin V'8rification - MODEs 3, 4 Shutdown Boron -AND And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).

RECORD the Adjusted Shutdown Boron Concentration value (L) on Form D, Shutdown Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). If the number is negative, RECORD a zero.

8. P RECORD the Existing RCS Boron Record the Existing RCS Boron value value (M) on Form D, Shutdown (M) of 1220 ppm on Form D, Margin Verification - MODEs 3, 4 And Shutdown Margin Verification 5 With Inoperable Rod(s). MODEs 3,4 And 5 With Inoperable Rod(s).

SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 8 of 11

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a ctitical step SAT UNSAT
9. *P CHECK if existing RCS Boron (M) is Checks it E~xisting RCS Boron (M) is greater than the Shutdown Boron (L) greater than the Shutdown Boron (L) and mark the associated block as Yes and mark the associated block as or No as applicable. YES.
10. P Performed by initials. Initials Performed by line.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

11. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
12. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this

..IPM.

SRO-ADMJPM02 Page Sot 11

PERFORMANCE SUMMAFlY Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementJstl~P or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.

SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 10 of 11

y, TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM 02 Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Unit Supervisor. An inadvertent dilution has occurred. Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance Form A. State if the shutdown margin is adequate or not.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in Mode 3 at 55r'F following a trip from 100% 9 hours1.041667e-4 days <br />0.0025 hours <br />1.488095e-5 weeks <br />3.4245e-6 months <br /> ago.
2. On the trip, rod H-8 remained fully withdrawn. Rod H-8 will not move.
3. An inadvertent dilution has occurred.
4. Chemistry reports that the RCS boron concentration is 1220 ppm.
5. Cycle burnup is 9600 MWD/MTU.
6. Xenon credit is desired. MPCS point C0036 Xenon worth is 5850 pcm.
7. The board operators have performed and independently verified a Shutdown Margin Surveillance per RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM.

Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), an inadvertent dilution has occurred. Review the completed RX1707, Shutdown Margin Surveillance form. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM02 Page 11 of 11

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM03, FINAL APPROVE SPENT FUEL POOL BLENDED MAKEUP CALCULATION Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:


~-------

APPROVED BY: ______- - - - - - - - - - - - - DATE:

TRAINING SUPERVISOR

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0040100601 Perform a boron change calculation.
2. Conditions:

A. A manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool is required to raise pool level.

3. Standards:

Approve a calculation of the required flow controller and totalizer setpoints for a 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spent Fuel POCII.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet Copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations,' Rev 6 Copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations completed Form E Daily Chemistry Report Calculator

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evalu;ator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ~IPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Rev 6 Value I Sys KA Descripti,on 2.1.37 Knowledge of procedures, guidelines, or limitations associated with reactivity management.

4:]

RO/SRO i SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 2 of 8

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Classroom.

1. Give student a copy of the RS1735, Reactivity Calculations completed Form E.
2. Examiner must prepare a completed RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E in advance. It shall reflect the JPM values for the values listed in Daily Chemistry Report.
8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

15 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

Student:

1. Ensure task is done correctly.
2. You may be asked follow up questions to confirm knowledge of the task.

A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition.
2. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm.
3. The makeup boron concentration will be at the! current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration.
4. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for thf9 blended makeup.
5. The makeup line contains a blend from a prevIous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.

SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 3 of 8

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues and communications for this JPM.

Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that y(>u find. Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 4 of 8

PERFORMANCE CHEC~CLlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION 0=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any tim~ during tl1e JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, provide the student with a copy. Student should refer to section 4.4 Blended Makeup Calculation (Form E, Blended Makeup Worksheet) and the Daily Chemistry Report to determine Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) and boric acid storage tank boron concentration.

2. P Approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E.

Verifies the desired makeup 1 ENTER the desired makeup boron concentration (CMU ) for the

. boron concentration (C MU )' 1. SFP from the Daily Chemistry Report in step 1 of Form E.

ENTER the desired makeup flow Verifies the desired makeup flow

2. rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (FToT ). 2. rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (FTOT) in step 2 ()f Form E. (50 gpm)

Verifies the actual Boric Acid ENTER the actual Boric Acid Storag~3 Tank concentration

3. Storage Tank concentration
3. (C SAST) fmm the Daily Chemistry (C BAST)'

Report in step 3 of Form E.

Verifies the desired makeup ENTER the desired makeup quantity TARGET: FIQ-111

4. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111
4. (GTOT) in step 4 of Form E. (550 (GTOT).

gallons)

Verifies the values from steps 1, 2 & 3 are I;mtered in the equation

  • 5. and the calculated value for the rate SETPOINT: FIQ-111 (F BA):

boric acid flow rate SETPOINT:

FIQ-111 (F sA) is correct.

SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 5 of 8

PERFORMANCE CHECtCLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

.3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT Verifies the values from steps 1, CALCULATE the boric acid 3 & 4 are entered in the equation
  • 6. quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 *6. and calculated value for the boric (G BA): acid quantity TARGET: FIQ-111 (G BA) is correct.

7 SRO Approval By signature and Signs and dates the Approval By

. Date. 7. signature and Date line.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

3. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task :$15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
4. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 6 of 8

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementlst,sp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such ciS retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.

SRO-ADMJPM03 Page? of 8

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR RO ADMIN JPM 03 Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. A 550 gallon manual blended makeup to the Spend Fuel Pool is required for pool inventory addition.
2. Makeup total flow rate will be 50 gpm.
3. The makeup boron concentration will be at the current Spent Fuel Pool boron concentration.
4. 'A' Boric Acid Storage Tank will be used for the blended makeup.
5. The makeup line contains a blend from a previous SFP makeup based on the same SFP and BAST values.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide cues cmd communications for this JPM.

Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), approve calculations for a 550 gallon blended makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool on RS1735, Reactivity Calculations, Form E. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM03 Page 8 of 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADM~IPM04, FINAL VERIFY A LIQUID EFFLUENT WASTE SAMPLE REQUEST Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


=TM~IN~IN~G~S~U~P~ER~V~IS~O~R-

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEI:T

1. Task Number and Description Position SRO SBK 0690301502 Authorize a release of liquid waste.
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Welter and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.

B. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons.

C. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.

D. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be samplf3d to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.

E. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> aftl3r placing the tank on recirc.

F. The Primary Operator has completed Section 1 of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Requests.

3. Standards:

Using CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program and ON1 01 8.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, verify the following:

  • Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request
4. Student Materials:

Calculator Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program Copy of blank Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request Copy of ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation Copy of completed Form CP4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ~IPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program
  • ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation Value Sys KA Description RO/SRO SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 2 of 8

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Simulator or Classroom.

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

15 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

Student:

1. Ensure task is done correctly.
2. You may be asked follow up questions to confirm knowledge of the task.

A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to perform the verification of a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request, using the information provided.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
2. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filh9d to 18,000 gallons.
3. WL-TK-63A, "AI) Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
4. WL-TK-63A, "AI) Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
5. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> after placing the tank on recirc.
6. The Primary Operator has completed Section 1 of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request.

.~' -----

SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 3 of 8

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (c,r student's name), Section 1 of Form CP 4.1A is complete. Please perform the verification. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issues that you find. Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 4 of 8

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION o:;:Perform

-=3_:;:~S~im~u~la=t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c=r=iti~c~a~ls=te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a.cr.~iti~ca=l~s~te=p~__________~S~A~T_U=N~S~A~T__

NOTE: When the student demonstrates the ability to obtain a contmlled copy of CP-4.1, Effluent Sampling Program and ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation, provide the student with the required document(s).

1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the ta~;k."

NOTE: It is assumed that the student will use CP 4.1 to process through the verification and check ON1018.07 to verify the tank volumes and recirculation flow rate. The student may choose to verify the tank volume and recirculation rate prior to referring to CP 4.1. These steps can be performed in any order as long as all steps are completed correctly.

  • 2. P Section 1 of CP 4.1A is completed by Operations and provides the following information:

Name of tank, sump, or SG

a. demin vessel to be sampled.
a. Verifies 'I'm "An is entered.

CUE: If the student wants to verify the amount of liquid in the "A" Waste Test Tank using the Main Plant Computer, tell them that the MPCS indicates 18,000 gallons.

Notes 18,000 gallons are Total tank or sump volume to be

b. consistent with initial conditions
b. discharged or transferred.

and indications.

NOTE: The recirculation rate for WIT A is actually 150 gpm. Waste Holdup Sump recirculation rate is 400 gpm. The student must correct this mistake to ensure adequate tank recirculation prior to sampling.

CUE: If the Shift Manager (Evaluator) is informed that the recirculcltion rate is incorrect, say "The Primary Operator must have been thinking about the Waste Holdup Sump recirculation rate."

CUE: If the student (Unit Supervisor) gives the form back to the Primary Operator to correct, say: "Use your corrected values and complete the verification."

SRO*ADMJPM04 Page 5 of 8

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform

--=.-'_=-=-S::. :. :im:. .:. :u: . :.la=-t:. : e__*--=d:. : e. :. .,:n-=-ot.: . ,:e-=.s--=a.:,. .c: . :.r. :. :.iti:. ,:.c.: .:.a:. . ,;1s:. .,:te.=. JPI:. . .-______*--=d:. ,:.e. :. .,:n. :. ot.: . ,:e-=.s. . : ;a cr:...:..:iti..:..ca=-l--=s-=.te=.lP=------_ _ _ _ _----"'S.:,...A:....:.T_L=--'N:. . :. . :. SA:. . .:. .:. .T_

Corrects the recirculation rate to

c. Recirculation rate. *c. 150 gpm ;and the recirculation required time to be 240 minutes.

Recirculation starting time and

d. d. Verifies 0:300 and today's date.

date.

e. Sample date and time, *e. Corrects sample time to 1200.

Verifies DISCHARGE as

f. Disposition of tank. f.

disposition.

The projected CW and SW pump Verifies 2 CW pumps and 2 SW

g. g.

combination for the discharge. pumps entered.

Projected release start date and Corrects projected start time to

h. h.

time. 2000.

Date, time of request, and initials Verifies time, date and initials are

i. i.

of originator. entered.

Date, time, and initials of

j. individual that performed j. Enters date, time, and initials.

verification of operational data.

CUE: "The ..IPM is complete."

3. Stop time Time to complete task :S 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
4. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this

,JPM.

SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 6 of 8

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.

SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 7 of 8

, - f ..

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR SRO ADMIN JPM 04 Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Unit Supervisor. You are going to perform the verification of a Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request, using the informaltion provided.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in MODE 1 with two ocean Service Water and two Circulating Water pumps running with no expected change of configuration.
2. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has been filled to 18,000 gallons.
3. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank, was placed on recirculation at 0800 today per ON1018.07, Waste Test Tank Recirculation.
4. WL-TK-63A, "A" Waste Test Tank has to be sampled to prepare a LEW permit for a release to the transition Structure.
5. Projected release start time is normally 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> after placing the tank on recirc.
6. The Primary Operator has completed Section 'I of CP 4.1A, Liquid Effluent Waste Sample Request.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Shift Manager and provide the cues and communications for this

,JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

Shift Manager to Unit Supervisor, "Unit Supervisor (or student's name), Section 1 of Form CP 4.1A is complete. Please perform the verification. Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet. Correct any issue's that you find. Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM04 Page 8 of 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 2013 NRC EXAM SRO-ADMJPM05, FINAL GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS (PARS)

DETERMINATION Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ DATE:

APPROVED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ DATE:

TRAINING SUPERVISOR

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSIHEI:T

1. Task Number and Description Position SRO SBK 1190402003 Perform Required Notification of On-Site and Off-Site Personnel for Emergency Events
2. Conditions:

A. The plant has tripped from 100% power due to CI LOP today at 1300.

B. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.O.

C. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available.

D. The event has been classified as a General Eml3rgency based on EAL SG1, Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses. Rlestoration of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

E. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323.

F. A release has not occurred.

G. The Remote Monitoring Area (RMA) has not beEm activated.

H. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is c:omplete and the states were notified at 1333.

I. There is a 10 mph wind.

J. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 285 de,grE~es.

K. UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 305 de~~reles.

L. The appropriate PAR Group A has been recomrnended to the states.

M. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment.

N. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verifiled and are as follows:

  • CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path - go to FR-C.2
  • HEAT SINK (H) RED Path - go to FR-H.1
  • CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path - go to FR-Z.1
  • INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path - go to FR-H.1
3. Standards:
  • The student will start in ER 1.2, Emergency Plan Activation, Form 0, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11.
  • The student will transition to ER 1.2G, General Emergency PAR Worksheet, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted.
  • The student will notify the STED of the PAR recommendation within 15 minutes.
4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact SheE!t Copy of ER 1.2, Emergency Plan Activation, Form D, General Emergency Checklist STED, place kept up to Step 11.

SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 2 of 10

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..IPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • ER 2.0, Emergency Notification Documentation Forms Procedure Sys KA Descriptic~n 2.4.44 Knowledge of emergency plan p action recommendations.
7. Setting:

Simulator or Classroom

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

15 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

A This is a TIME CRITICAL task. You are the Work Control Supervisor. The STED directs you to re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.2D, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted. If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform the STED of your upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.

SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 3 of 10

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant has tripped from 100% power due to a LOP today at 1300.
2. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.D.
3. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available.
4. The event has been classified as a General Emergency based on EAL SG 1, Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses. Restoration of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
5. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323.
6. A release has not occurred.
7. The Remote Monitoring Area (RMA) has not bE~en activated.
8. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is complete and the states were notified at 1333.
9. There is a 10 mph wind.
10. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 28Ei dt~grees.
11. UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 305 degrees.
12. The appropriate PAR Group A has been recommended to the states.
13. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing pilant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment.
14. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verified and are as follows:
  • CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path - ~IO to FR-C.2
  • HEAT SINK (H) RED Path - go to FR-H.1
  • CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path - go to FR-Z.1
  • INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path - go to FR-H.1 C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Short Term Emergency Director (STED) and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any qUI;lstions?

11. Initiating Cue:

STED to Work Control Supervisor, "Work Control Supervisor (or student's name):

  • Re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR A~ssE!ssment, to determine if a PARs upgrade is warranted.
  • If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform me I:>f your upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.
  • This is a TIME CRITICAL task.
  • Record any issues that you find on the tear-I)ff sheet.
  • Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 4 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform

- -=- >_=S.: . .i:. :. cm..:. . :u.:. :. :la:. :. ct. : . . e__

  • . : . . de-=--n--=0c.. : .te-=--s,-a,,---,-cr_it:. . .:ic--=-a_1s.:. . :t. .: . .eL.. p_ _ _ _ _ _
  • _de_n_o_te_s_a cri_tic_a_l_s_te-'-p_ _ _ _ _ _ _S_A_T_L_IN_SA_T_

NOTE: This is a TIME CRITICAL task. A new PAR recommendation is required within 15 minutes of starting the JPM.

1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue nead CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any tim.e during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the ta!.k."
2. P Student starts at with ER 1.20, Student transitions to form ER 1.2G, General Emergency Checklist - General Emer!;]ency PAR Worksheet STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment to determine if a PARs upgrade is warranted.
3. P Using form ER 1.2G, General Emergency PAR Worksheet, student determines if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted.

Block 1: GENERAL Student mcognizes the plant is in

1. 1.

EMERGENCY a GENERAL EMERGENCY.

Block 2: IS THE CORE Student mcognizes that NO, COOLING CSFST

2. 2. CORE COOLING CSFST is PROCEEDING ALONG A RED ORANGE.

PATH?

Block 3: IS THE CONTAINMENT Student rE~cognizes that YES,

3. CSFST PROCEEDING ALONG A 3.

CONTAIt\IMENT CSFST is RED..

RED PATH?

Student identifies transition to PAR GROUP B

  • 4. *4. PAR Group B and goes to Page 2 GO TO PAGE 2 OF THIS FORM of Form G.

SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 5 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step **.denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
3. P For a PAR Group B selection, the student uses the following instructions and table to determine Protective Action Recommendations.

If a release is in progress from Student identifies no release is in

1. the plant vent, enter the current 1.

progress from the plant vent.

upper wind.

If a release from the plant vent is Studer:lt enters the current lower

2. NOT in progress, enter the 2.

wind direction of 285 degrees.

current lower wind direction.

Identify the appropriate PAR Student identifies the correct PAR GROUP B column based on the GROUP B column based on the

3. above wind direction to determine 3. above wind direction and the towns to be evacuated and determines the towns to be sheltered. evacuated and sheltered.

Check off the evacuated and Student checks off the evacuated sheltered towns and evacuated and sheltered towns and

4. 4.

and closed beaches on form ER evacuated and closed beaches 2.0B, Block 4. on form ER 2.0B, Block 4.

Check off "Implement KI plans for Student checks off "Implement KI

5. the general public" on form ER 5. plans for the general public" on 2.0B, Block 4. form ER 2.0B, Block 4.
4. Student informs STED of new PAR
  • P recommendation. Time to complete task S 15 minutes End time _ _ _ __

SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 6 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION o=Perform

_~~'-_-S~i~m~u~la~te~_*-=de=n~o~te=s~a~cr~it~ic~a~ls=t~ep~___________*~de=n~o~te=s~acr~iti~ca~l~s=te=p____________S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

5. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task S 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
6. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 7 of 10

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such aB retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.

SRO*ADMJPMOS Page 8 of 10

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEIET Directions To The Student:

A. This is a TIME CRITICAL task. You are the Work Control Supervisor. The STED directs you to re-assess plant conditions in accord.:mce with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment, to determine if upgraded protective action recommendations are warranted. If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform the STED of your upgraded PAH recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant has tripped from 100% power due to a LOP today at 1300.
2. The US has transitioned from E-O to ECA-O.O.
3. No Emergency Diesel Generators or SEPS Diesels are available.
4. The event has been classified as a General Emergency based on EAL SG1, Prolonged loss of both AC emergency buses. r~estoration of either emergency bus is not expected within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.
5. The time of E-Plan declaration was 1323.
6. A release has not occurred.
7. The Remote Monitoring Area (RIVIA) has not bf:!en activated.
8. Form ER 2.0B, State Notification Fact Sheet is complete and the states were notified at 1333.
9. There is a 10 mph wind.
10. LOWER wind direction is coming FROM 28:5 degrees.
11. UPPER wind direction is coming FROM 3m; degrees.
12. The appropriate PAR Group A has been recommended to the states.
13. At 1355 the Shift Manager is re-assessing plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Assessment.
14. Critical Safety Functions (CSF) have been verified and are as follows:
  • CORE COOLING (C) ORANGE Path - !~o to FR-C.2
  • HEAT SINK (H) RED Path - go to FR-H.1
  • CONTAINMENT (Z) RED Path - go to FR-Z.1
  • INVENTORY (I) YELLOW Path - go to FR-H.1 C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will act as the Short Term Emergency Director (STED and provide the cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 9 of 10

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Initiating Cue:

STED to Work Control Supervisor, "Work Control Supervisor (or student's name):

  • Re-assess plant conditions in accordance with ER 1.20, General Emergency Checklist - STED, Step 11, Follow up PAR Ass*~ssment. to determine if a PARs upgrade is warranted.
  • If upgraded PARs are warranted, inform me of ~,our upgraded PAR recommendation at the completion of ER 1.2G, step 4.
  • This is a TIME CRITICAL task.
  • Record any issues that you find on the tear-off sheet.
  • Discuss the results with me."

SRO-ADMJPM05 Page 10 of 10

CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'A', FINAL PRESSURZER LEVEL CHANNEL FAILURE Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA'TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


=TRA::::-:--:-:c l N--:-:-:NI C-:-:G=--S::-:-"U"""'P-=ER:-:-V":': "":S:-::O-=-R-'

I

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0110400101 Identify A Pressurizer Instrument Failure
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are n()rmal.

3. Standards:

Identify a failed Pressurizer level instrument channel and restore the system per OS1201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of OS1201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure Re!v.14.

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • OS1201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure.

Technical Specifications:

  • 3.3.3.6 Accident Monitoring Instrumentation.

Value Sys KA Descriptkm RO/SRO 011 A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the 3.4/3.6 following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

Failure of PZR level instrument - low Control Room 'A' Page 20f9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

5. Setting:

Simulator:

Reset the simulator to IC #154 or any 100% IC which contains the following:

A. Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC.

B. Place the simulator in RUN.

C. Ensure that LT-459 is selected for master PZR levlel control and for the PZR level recorder.

Malfunctions have additional time added so that alarms can be acknowledged. Do not exceed 60 seconds of run time during setup to ensure malfunctions do not initiate. Place the simulator in FREEZE.

6. Safety Considerations:

None.

7. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes

8. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedunes to implement.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

US to Primary Operator, "You are the Primary Operator respond to any condition that arises."

Control Room 'A' Page 3 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

CUE: Insert PZR Level 459 fails low as follows:

SELECT: Malfunction List SELECT: Reactor Coolant (Component)

SELECT: ItRCSLT 459 SELECT: Fails Low SELECT: Insert CUE: If student recommends using 'Skill of the Operator' to reduce charging to seals only, US respond, "I concur."

2. P Recognize and report that LT-459 is Recognizes and reports that LT-459 is failed low. failed low.

CUE: If student recommends entering OS1201.07 PZR Level Instrument Failure, US respond. "I concur."

CUE: Give the student a copy of 081201.07, PZR Level Instrument Failure.

3. P Check PZR level channels: Checks PZIR level channels and reports LT-459 is the controlling
  • Controlling channel failed channel and is; failed low.

-OR

  • Backup channel failed

-OR

  • Recorder channel failed.

Control Room 'A' Page 4 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHEC~:LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~~~_=S~im_u_la_t_e___

  • _d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________ sClcl_'it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p_____________S_A_T_ _
  • _d_e_n_ot_e__ U_N_S_A_T__

NOTE: Caution and Note prior to step 2 of OS1201.07 should be* read.

  • 4. PRealign PZR level instruments: Realigns PZR level instruments:
a. Manually control PZR level at a. Reduces charging flow. Adjusts program: seal injection flow as necessary.
  • b. Select an alternate level channel *b. Selects alternate level channels for Control/Backup as necessary. L-461/ L-460.
c. Select an alternate level channel c. Selects an alternate level channel for recorder as necessary. for recorcier as necessary:
  • 5. P Verify PZR heaters ON as follows: Resets the PZR control group of Reset or manually control PZR heaters.

heaters as necessary.

6. P Check if letdown was isolated: Checks if IE~tdown was isolated and Letdown isolation valves - closed identifies that RC-LCV-459 is closed.
  • RC-LCV-459

-OR

  • RC-LCV-460
  • 7. P Check if normal letdown can Checks if normal letdown can be established: established:
  • a. Verify charging flow - greater *a. Verifies or adjusts charging flow than 50 gpm. greater trlan 50 gpm.
b. PZR level - greater than 17% b. Verifies PZR level - greater than 17%.

Control Room 'A' Page 5 of 9

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3_=Sim_u_la_t_e

__ ___*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________*_d_e_n_ot_e__

sacr_'it_ic_a_ls_t_e~p_____________S_A_T__

U_N_S_A_T__

  • 8. P Establish normal letdown: Establishes normal letdown:
a. Align PCCW to the letdown heat a. Verifies PCCW to the letdown exchanger: heat exchanger
  • CC-V-341 - open
  • CC-V-341- open
  • CS-TK-130 - auto
  • CS-TI<-130 - auto
  • b. Close letdown flow control valves: *b. Closes/checks closed letdown flow control valves:
  • CS-HCV-189
  • CS-HCV-189
  • CS-HCV-190
  • CS-HCV-190
  • c. Open letdown isolation valves: *c. Opens/checks open letdown isolation valves:
  • a) RC-LCV-459
  • a) RC-LCV-459 b) RC-LCV-460 b) RC-LCV-460
  • c) CS-V-145
  • c) CS-V-145 NOTE: The student should take manual control of CS-PK-131 and open CS-PCV-131 to approximately 10 20%, then slowly open a flow control to establish letdown flow. When CS-PK-131 input pressure equals setpoint pressure (about 350 psig), the student should return CS-PK-131 to auto.
  • d. Manually control or monitor CS *d. Manually controls or monitors PK-131 response and establish CS-PK-1 :31 response and letdown flow using letdown flow establishl~s letdown flow using control valve(s). letdown f10w control valve(s).
  • CS-HCV-189
  • CS-HCV-189
  • CS-HCV-190
  • CS-HCV-190 Control Room 'A' Page 6 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHEC~~LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT CUE: "The JPM is complete."
9. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task :S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
10. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

Control Room 'A' Page 7 of 9

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.

Control Room 'A' Page 8 of9

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'A' JPM Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

D. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Primary Operator, "You are the Primary Operator respond to any condition that arises."

Control Room 'A' Page 9 of 9

CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'B', FINAL TRANSFER SERVICE WATE~ TO THE COOLING TOWER Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA'TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


=TRA::-:-:-::IN-:-:-:IN:-:-:G=-S=-=-U"7-:=P=-:ER=-=-V-:-:-S=-=O:-=R

I

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0760103401 Switch From SW To Cooling Tower Operation
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is operating at 100% power.

S. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A.

C. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

O. Local pre-starts are complete on the "An Cooling Tower pump.

3. Standards:

Place the Cooling Tower in operation per OS1016.05, Service Water Cooling Tower Operation.

4. Student Materials:
  • Copy of Tear-Off Sheet
  • Copy of 001-5 Pump Prestart Guidelines - SW-P-110A Rev. 01
5. Limitations On Performance:

Simulate/Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..IPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • OS1016.05, Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Value Sys KA Oescri pticm RO/SRO 076 A2.01 Ability to predict the in1pact of and use 3.5/3.7 procedures to control aloss ofSW.

076 K3.01 Knowledge of the effe ctt hat a loss or 3.4/3.6 malfunction of SW will heIve on closed cooling water system.

Control Room 'B' Page 2 of 14

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Simulator:

Reset the simulator to IC #154 or any 100% IC which contains the following:

A. Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC.

B. Place the simulator in RUN.

C. Insert/verify inserted Service Water (Component) malfunction csSWV20, fail as is.

D. Place the simulator in FREEZE.

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

30 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Secondary Operator.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is operating at 100% power.
2. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A.
3. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
4. Initial Cooling Tower level has been recorded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet.
5. Local pre-starts are complete on the "An Cooling Tower pump.
6. Previous pump start was two days ago.

C. Perform the task using OS1016.05, Service Walter Cooling Tower Operation.

D. The US will provide cues and communications fc)r this JPM. Do you have any questions?

Control Room 'B' Page 3 of 14

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

11. Initiating Cue:

US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (oir student's name), all Prerequisites are complete. Review OS1016.05lPrecautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Pre-Job Brief. Then tr,ansfer Service Water Train A from the Ocean to the Cooling Tower per OS1016.05 section 4.3."

Control Room 'B' Page 4 of 14

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT CUE: Student will perform a Pre-Job Brief for this evolution. When student responds that his review of OS1016.05 Prerequisites and Precautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation, Pre-Job Brief is complete, respond "Prerequisites are complete. Please continue with the task."
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ When student is directed to continue with the task.

CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task.'"

2. OS1016.05, section 4.3, Transferring Only Train A Service Water System From the Ocean to the Cooling Tower P 1 Record initial cooling tower level on Form L, Cooling Tower Flush NPDES Tracking Sheet.

P 2 Perform pump pre-starts for SW 2 Performs control room pre-start P-110A, Cooling Tower pump A, checks for SW-P-11 O-A per 001 as determined by the US. 5.

P 3 Verify SW-V-5, SW isolation to 3 Verifies SW-V-5 is open.

secondary loads is open.

P 4 Verify SW-V-139, SW Cooling 4 Verifies SW-V-139 is open.

Tower Train A spray bypass recirculation is open

  • P 5 Close SW-V-4, SW isolation to 5 Closes S\N-V-4.

secondary loads.

Control Room 'B' Page 5 of 14

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3_=S~im~u~la=t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c~al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a,cr~iti~ca~l~s~te~p~____________

S_A_T_U_N

__S_A_T__

P 6 Check closed/Close SW-V-74, 6 Checks closed SW-V-74.

turbine building SW cross connect to PAB.

NOTE: If requested by student make a plant announcement, "St.:utiing Service Water pump 110A."

pump A.

  • P 8 Place the Train A standby SW 8 Places SW-P-41 C in PTL.

pump control switch in Pull-To Lock.

  • P 9 Shutdown the running Train A 9 Stops S\I\I-P-41 A and places SW pump and place its control control switch in PTL.

switch in Pull-To-Lock.

pump A discharge isolation.

P 11 When SW-V-54 indicates full 11 When SW-V-54 is full open open place SW-V-54 control places control switch in auto.

switch in auto.

P 12 Verify SW-V-56, Cooling Tower 12 Verify S\I\I-V-56 auto closed.

Train A spray header test, auto closed.

CUE: After the student reads the step to manually control PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature using CC-TK-2171 (Train A), provide cue, "The Primary Operator is monitoring PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature."

Control Room 'B' Page 6 of 14

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3_=~S_im

__ u_la_te_ __*_d_e_n_o_te_s_a_ _c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e~p____________*_d_e_n_o_te_s__acr~iti~ca=l~s~te~p~__________~S~A~T_U~N~SA~T__

P 13 If required, manually control PCCW heat exchanger outlet temperature using CC-TK-2171 (Train A)

  • P 14 Flush the Train A SW system to 14 Flushes to the ocean for at least discharge transition structure for 103 seconds prior to proceeding at least 103 seconds, then to the next step.

continue with next step.

CUE: After candidate starts timing of flush give the following, "103 seconds have elapsed."

  • P 15 Open SW-V-34, SW Train A 15 Opens SW-V-34.

return to Cooling Tower.

  • P 16 Close SW-V-20, SW Train A to 16 Places SW-V-20 switch to close.

discharge structure. Identifiles that SW-V-20 does not close.

        • BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH****

CUE: If the student dispatches the Primary NSO to close SW-V-20, then respond, "This is the Primary NSO, I am at SW-V-20 and there appears to be a probllem with the actuator. SW-V-20 cannot be repositioned. "

NOTE: STUDENT DECISION POINT Student will recognize boundary valve issue. Student has thle two following optional procedure paths:

1. OS1 016.05, section 4.4, Transferring Train A Service Water System From the Cooling Tower to the Ocean per precaution 3.10 -OR
2. OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink per pre-job briefing sheet or OS1216.01 entry conditions If student selects path 1, go to JPM step 3 (page 8).

If student selects path 2, go to JPM step 4 (page 10).

Control Room '8' Page 7 of 14

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3~=~S~im

__u~la_te___*_d_e_n_o_te_s_ _

a_c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e~p____________*_d_e_n_o_te_s__

acr_iti_ca_l_s_te~p______________

S_A_T_L_IN_S_AT__

3. Path 1: OS1016.05, section 4.4, Transferring Train A Servic~3 Water System From the Cooling Tower to the Ocean P 1 CHECK SW Train A and SW 1 Student mcognizes only one train Train 8 is aligned to the cooling of SW is aligned to the cooling tower, DO NOT PROCEED if this tower and proceeds to next step .

is the case.

CUE: Inform student, "Initial Cooling Tower level has been mcc.rded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet."

P 2 Record initial cooling tower level on Form L, Cooling Tower Flush NPDES Tracking Sheet.

CUE: Inform student, "SW-V-44 is open and de-energized."

P 3 If SW-V-44, SW isolation from the intake structure is closed, Perform the following: Open SW V-44 and lock open its breaker.

CUE: US to student, "Pre-starts will not be done at this time.. C,ontinue with the next step."

P 4 Perform SW ocean pump pre-starts as determined by the US.

CUE: If the student asks about SW-V-20 position, then respond, "SW-V-20 is stuck open. Continue with the next step."

P 5 Open SW-V-20, SW train A to 5 Student mcognizes that SW-V-20 discharge structure. is stuck open and proceeds.

  • P 6 Close SW-V-34, SW train A 6 Closes SW-V-34.

return to cooling tower.

Control Room '8' Page 8 of 14

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3_=~S~im~ul~a~te~_*_d~e~n~0~te~s_a~cr_it~ic~a_l~st~e~p____________*_d_e_n_o_te_s__

acr_iti_ca_l_s_te~p_ _____________

S_A_T_U_N

__S_A_T__

  • P 7 Simultaneously place and hold 7 Simultane!ously closes SW-V-54 the control switch for SW-V-54, and opens SW-V-56.

Cooling Tower Pump A Discharge Isolation, to throttle close, and the control switch for SW-V-56, Cooling Tower Train A Spray Header Test, to open until the valves reposition.

  • P 8 Start the desired train A ocean 8 Starts SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41 C.

SW pump.

P 9 Check the selected SW pump 9 Verifies SW-V-2 OR discharge valve opens . SW-V-.22 opens.

  • SW-V-2, SW-P-41-A discharge isolation OR
  • SW-V-22, SW-P-41-C discharge isolation.

NOTE: If student selected path 1, then the JPM is complete.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

10 Stoptime _ _ __ Time to complete task s30 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task 11 Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

Control Room '8' Page 9 of 14

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_3_=_S_im

__ a_c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e~p____________*_d_e_n_o_te_s__alcr_iti_c_al_s_te~p______________

u_la_te___*_d_e_n_o_te_s__ S_A_T_U

__N_S_A_T__

4. Path 2: OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink CUE: Provide copy of OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink, to student.

P 1 Determine Appropriate 1 Student goes to OS1216.01, Step Response: IF affected SW train 8.

aligned to the cooling tower, THEN Go to Step 8.

2 Check For Cooling Tower Failure: 2 P 2a Cooling tower pump discharge 2a Student checks Cooling tower pressure >40 psig pump discharge pressure >40 psig.

P 2b Check cooling tower boundary 2a Student identifies SW-V20 is intact: NOT CLOSED and Cooling tower

valves - CLOSED: Student goes to RNO column.

o SW-V4 o SW-V20 o SW-V74

-AND

  • Check cooling tower basin level - STABLE OR INCREASING P 3 Manually or locally close 3 Student identifies SW-V20 cannot boundary valve(s) for affected be closed and cooling tower train. IF any boundary valve can basin IlevE~1 is decreasing.

NOT be closed OR cooling tower level is decreasing, THEN:

  • P 3a Place the affected cooling tower 3a Stops SW-P-11 OA and places pump in PULL TO LOCK within control switch in PTL.

10 minutes of boundary valve failure.

Control Room 'B' Page 10 of 14

PERFORMANCE CHECK:LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

-=3'-=--'S_im----'-u--'-la....:...te-'--_*_d.;,...e_n_o_te_s_a_c_rit_ic_a_l_st_e.J....P_ _ _ _ _ _*_ denotes c:t cr_iti_c_al_s_te---'p'--_ _ _ _ _ _S_A_T_U_N_S_A_T_

CUE: US to student, "I will refer to 051212.01. Continue with the next step."

P 3b Refer to OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction for Degraded Cooling while continuil1g with this procedure.

P 3c IF a suction source is 3b Student goes to Attachment B.

AVAILABLE from intact intake tunnels, THEN transfer the affected train to the ocean:

ATTACHMENT B, Transfer Train A Service Water to Ocean 4 ATTACHMENT B, Transfer Train A Service Water to Ocean P 4a Reset TA signal, as necessary. 4a Student may reset the TA or vocaliz:e that it is not necessary.

Either is acceptable.

CUE: If the student asks about SW-V-20 position, then responcl, "SW-V-20 is stuck open. Continue with the next step."

P 4b Open SW-V20, SW Train A to 4b Student n~cognizes that SW-V-20 discharge structure. is stuck open and proceeds.

  • P 4c Close SW-V34, SW Train A 4c Closes SW-V-34.

return to cooling tower

pump discharge isolation.

Control Room 'B' Page 11 of 14

PERFORMANCE CHECK,LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Periorm

=Simulate
  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT

spray header test.

  • P 4f Start one SW Ocean pump: 4f Starts SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41 C.

SW-P-41A OR SW-P-41C.

NOTE: If student selected path 2, then the JPM is complete.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

5 Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task s30 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task 6 Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in periormance of this JPM.

Control Room '8' Page 12 of 14

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/stEIp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such a:s; retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l. if necessary.

Control Room '8' Page 13 of 14

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'B' JPM Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Secondary Operator.

8. The following information is provided to you:
1. The plant is operating at 100% power.
2. On line maintenance needs to be done on the Service Water system Train A.
3. The Shift Manager requested that Service Water Train A be transferred to the Cooling Tower until the job is complete in approximately 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.
4. Initial Cooling Tower level has been recorded on Form L, Cooling Tower flush NPDES tracking sheet.
5. Local pre-starts are complete on the "A" Cooling Tower pump.
6. Previous pump start was two days ago.

C. Perform the task using OS1016.05, Service Water Coolins~ Tower Operation.

D. The US will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), all Prerequisites are complete. Review OS1016.05 Precautions and the Service Water Cooling Tower Operation Pre-Job Brief. Then transfer Service Water Train A from the Ocean to the Cooling Tower per OS1016.05 section 4.3."

Control Room '8' Page 14 of 14

SEABRC)OK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'e', FINAL POST LoeA PORV OPERATION Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: - - - - - - - - - - DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


=T~~IN~IN~G~S~U~PE=R~V~IS~OR~- --------

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0100400201 Operate The PORV/Block Valve To Control RCS Pressure
2. Conditions:

A. The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated.

B. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1.

C. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.

D. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress.

3. Standards:

Refill the pressurizer to >30% [44% adverse] per ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization Rev. 38.

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

Value Sys KA Description I RO/SRO 009 EA1.1S Ability to operate and monitor PORV and 3.9/4.1 PORV block valve as they apply to a I small break LOCA.

009 EA2.04 Ability to determine or interpret PZR level 3.8/4.0 I as they apply to a small break LOCA.

Control Room 'C' Page 2 of 8

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Reset the simulator to IC #155 or any 100% IC which contains the following:

A. Initialize to an IC at 100% power.

B. Insert malfunction mfRC049D RCS Cold Leg 4 leak 0-17S000gpm Final Value=1200.

C. Run the simulator and allow the reactor to trip and SI to actuate.

D. Complete E-O and E-1 through step 12 for ES-1.2 transition.

E. Open EFW mini-flow valves and throttle EFW flow.

F. Reset SI.

G. Shut down and reset EDGs. Isolate SW to EDGs H. Trip all RCPs.

I. Transition to ES-1.2 and perform steps 1-10. Ensure RHR pumps are secured.

J. Modify mfRC049D to 1000 gpm to restore subcooling to >40°F.

K. Place the simulator in FREEZE.

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

10 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to dE~pressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated.
2. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1.
3. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
4. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress.

Control Room 'C' Page 3 of 8

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. Perform the task using ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldcwn And Depressurization.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will provide cues and communications for this .JPIVI. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer using step 11 of ES-1.2."

Control Room 'C' Page 4 of 8

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

NOTE: Read the note prior to step 11 of ES-1.2.

  • 2. P Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR:
a. PZR level less than 30% [44% a. Verifies PZR level less than 30%

adverse]. [44% cldverse].

NOTE: The student should recognize that the pressurizer spray valves cannot be used due to RCPs being secured and transition to the RNO. If the student opens the normal spray valve(s), then they should subsequently be closed and transition to the RNO for satisfactory completion of the JPM.

b. Open normal PZR spray valve(s) b. Verifies normal spray is not to refill PZR. available.
        • BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH****
  • b1) RNO step 11 b. *b1) Uses ol1e PZR PORV to refill Use one PZR PORV to refill PZR. Opens one PZR PORV PZR. (with associated block valve open).
c. PZR level greater than 30% [44% c. Verifies and reports that PZR adverse]. level is not greater than 30%

[44% cldverse].

CUE: US (Instructor) provide the following cue if decision to continue with step 12, "Monitor PZR level to see what the effects of depressurizing the RCS are 011 PZR level."

PZR level should come on scale within a minute.

  • d. Stop the RCS depressurization: *d. Closes PZR PORV.

If PORV in use then close PZR PORV.

Control Room IC' Page 5 of 8

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3_=S~im~u~la=t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c=r~iti~c=al~s=te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~clcr~iti~c=al~s=te~p~__________~S~A~T_U~N~S~A=T__

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

3. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task :S 10 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
4. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

Control Room "C' Page 6 of 8

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element'ste:p or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.

L0024J Page 7 of B

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'C' JPM Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The reactor tripped from 100% due to a LOCA and Safety Injection has actuated.
2. All actions were completed in E-O and E-1.
3. The crew is presently at step 11 in ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.
4. An RCS cooldown to cold shutdown is in progress.

C. Perform the task using ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown And Depressurization.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), depressurize the RCS to refill the pressurizer using step 11 of ES-1.2."

Control Room 'C' Page 8 of 8

CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'D', FINAL PLACE FAH IN FUEL HANDLING MODE Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNEDI ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: ____-=:-:--:-:-:-~--,,-~--,-_ _- . DATE:

TRAINING SUPERVISOR

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 1100100101 Shift Ventilation Lineups Between Normal And FAH
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.

B. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be performing an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building.

C. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in sE~rvice.

3. Standards:

Place FAH in the fuel handling mode per OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of OS1 023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation Rev.13.

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested, no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.

Value Sys KA Description RO/SRO 2.1 2.1.44 Knowledge of RO duties in the control room during 3.9/3.8 fuel handling, such as responding to alarms from the fuel handling area, communication with the fuel storage facility, systems operated from the control room in support of fueling operations, and supporting instrumentation.

Control Room '0' Page 2 of9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Simulator:

A. Initialize the simulator to IC #155 OR 100% power IC OR any IC that does not interfere with FAH operations.

B. FAH is in the normal lineup (i.e. FAH-FN-124 running).

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. In response to activities about to occur in the Fuel Storage Building, the US has directed you to place FAH in the fuel handling mode.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems an9 normal.
2. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be! performing an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building.
3. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in service.
4. A sign has been hung on door F202 prohibiting the use of any fossil fueled equipment in the FSB.

Control Room 'DJ Page 3 of 9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEIET C. Perform the task using OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. The US will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (01/' student's name), place Train "A" Fuel Storage Building ventilation in the fuel handling mode in accordance with OS1023.63. All Prerequisites and Initial Conditions are complete."

Control Room 'D' Page 4 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~~~_=S

__im_u_la_t_e___*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_a_c_r_iti_c_al_s_te~p~___________*_d_e_n_ot_e_s_clcr_iti_c_a_ls_te~p~____________S_A_T_U

__N_S_A_T__

1. P Start time ______ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

NOTE: Student should review the Note prior to step 4.4.1 of OS1 023.63 NOTE: Student should review the Note and Caution prior to step 4.3.1 of OS1 023.63

2. P Locally place PAH-DP-1003, Directs NSO to place PAH-DP-1003 PAB/FSB balancing damper, to the to the fuel handling position.

fuel handling position.

CUE: NSO to Primary Operator, "I copy, place PAH-DP-1003 in the fuel handling position."

CUE: After completion of communication to place PAH-DP-1003 to the fuel handling position, NSO to Primary Operator,"1 have placed PAH-DP-1003 in the fuel handling position."

  • 3. P Place the control switch for FAH-DP- Places the control switch for FAH-DP 14, FSB normal exhaust damper, to 14 to close.

close. Exhaust fan FAH-FN-124 is interlocked with FAH-DP-14 and will (Observes FAH-FN-124 stops when stop when the damper reaches the full FAH-DP-14 is full closed) closed position.

  • 4. P Place the control switches for FAH Places the following control switches DP-13A and FAH-DP-13B, FSB to close:

supply dampers, to close.

  • FAH-DP-13A
  • FAH-DP-13B.

Control Room 'D' Page 5 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
  • 5. P Place both Train A and Train B Fuel Places the following switches to fuel Storage Building ventilation mode handling:

control switches to fuel handling.

  • Train A mode switch
  • Train B mode switch.
6. P Verify FAH-DP-13A and FAH-DP-13B, Verifies closed:

FSB supply dampers indicate closed.

  • FAH-DP-13A
  • FAH-DP-13B
7. P Verify FAH-DP-14, FSB normal Verifies FAH-DP-14 is closed.

exhaust damper, is fully closed. If not full closed, the damper must be closed manually at the damper (FSB 64 ft elevation)

CUE: If asked, US to Primary Operator,"Place Train A air cleaning unit in service."

NOTE: Student should review Caution prior to step 4.4.6.1 of OS 1023.63.

NOTE: Placing FAH-DP-366 to start will start FAH-FN-11A when FAH-DP-366 starts to open.

  • 8. P If fan FAH-FN-11A and its associated Performs the following:

air cleaning unit, 41, are to be placed in service, perform the following:

  • a. Place the control switch for FAH *a. Places thl~ control switch for DP-366, FSB cleaning unit FAH-DP-366 to start.

exhaust damper to start.

NOTE: FAH-DP-13A will modulate to mid-position (20% open).

Control Room 'D' Page 6 of9

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~~~_=S~i~m~u~la~t~e__*~de~n_o~te~s~a~cr_it~ic~a_ls_t_e~p____________ *_de_n_o_te_s__a:cr_iti_ca_l_s_te~p_ ____________S_A_T_ _

U_N_S_A_T__

  • b. Place the control switch for FAH *b. Positions FAH-DP-13A control DP-13A, FSB supply damper to switch to open.

open. The damper will open to a preset position to maintain FSB internal pressure at a negative value.

  • c. At MCB, place the FAH-F-41, *c. Positions FAH-F-41, cleaning unit cleaning unit heater, control heater control switch to auto.

switch to auto.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

9. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task::; 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
10. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this

..IPM.

Control Room 'D' Page 7 of 9

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainingl, if necessary.

Control Room '0' Page 8 of 9

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL R()OM '0' JPM Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. In response to activities about to occur in the Fuel Storage Building, the US has directed you to place FAH in the fuel handling mode.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.
2. Reactor Engineering and Westinghouse will be peri:orrning an inspection of the RCCA change out tool in the Fuel Storage Building.
3. Normal Fuel Storage Building ventilation is in servic:e.
4. A sign has been hung on door F202 prohibiting the use of any fossil fueled equipment in the FSB.

C. Perform the task using OS1023.63, Fuel Storage Building Ventilation System Operation.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. The US will provide cues and communications for this .JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), place Train "A" Fuel Storage Building ventilation in the fuel handling mode in accordance with OS1023.63. All Prerequisites and Initial Conditions are complete."

Control Room '0' Page 9 of 9

ENER~<<.... gj SEABROOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'E', FINAL FAILED OPEN ASDV Student Name: LMS #:

Evaluator Name: ---

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATIION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


:T=RA::-:-:-:--:I N:-::-IN:-::::-G-:::"S-:-:-:UP=E=RV:-::I-=--SO=R:----<

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0390101501 OPERATE ASDV'S FROM MCB OR RSS
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are nClrmal.

3. Standards:

Identify a failed open ASDV and restore the system pe!r VAS D5214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm MM-UA-53, A-7 ATMOS 8TM DUMP VALVE OPEN.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • VAS D5214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED
  • 3.7.1.6 Atmospheric Relief Valves Value Sys KA Description I RO/SRO 035 K6.02 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or 3.1/3.5 i malfunction on the following will have on the S/Gs: Secondary PORV Control Room 'E' Page 2 of7

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Simulator:

Reset the simulator to IC #156 or any 100% IC:

A. Initialize the simulator to a 100% power IC.

B. Fail A ASDV controller to stay in Auto as follows:

a. SELECT: Panel Overview section FF
b. SELECT: Insert Override
c. SELECT: MS-PK-3001 manual push button
d. CANCEL first screen that pops up to get to second screen
e. Change Final value to MANUAL
f. SELECT: Insert C. Place the simulator in RUN.
8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

15 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Secondary Operator. An event will occur. You are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems am normal.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

I will provide cues and communications for this ..IPM. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

US to Secondary Operator, "You are the Secondary Operator respond to any condition that arises."

Control Room 'E' Page 3 of 7

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

.3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

CUE: MS-PV-3001, 'N SG Atmospheric Dump Valve fails open to a mid position:

SELECT: MF List SELECT: Main Steam (Component)

SELECT: ctMSPK3001 SELECT: FAIL OUTPUT (AUTO)

SET VALUE: 15 SET RAMP: 15 SELECT: INSERT

  • 2. P Recognize and report that an ASDV Recognizes and reports that 'A' ASDV has failed open. has failed open.

CUE: If student requests 'Skill of the Operator' to close the ASDV, US respond, "I concur".

CUE: If student using VAS 05214 or hardwire alarm resonse close the ASDV, US respond, "I concur".

NOTE: The remaining steps are performed using VAS 05214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm response for MM-UA-53, A-7 ATMOS STM DUMP VALVE OPEN.

NOTE: Note prior to step 1.1 of VAS 05214 ASDV A NOT FULL CLOSED or hardwire alarm response for MM-UA-53, A 7 ATMOS STM DUMP VALVE OPEN should be read.

  • 3. P VERIFY SG pressures and ASDV Checks SG pnessures are less than controller setpoint. 1125 psig and ASDV controller NOTE: ASDV controllers are normally setpoint set at 1125 psig.

set for 1125 psig in auto.

4. P ADJUST ASDV controllers and/or Acknowledges step requires no TRANSFER steam loads to actions.

condenser steam dumps as Control Room 'E' Page 4 of 7

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT necessary.
5. P If an ASDV has failed OPEN: Verifies that an ASDV has failed OPEN:

1 PLACE controller for failed ASDV 1 Places controller for failed ASDV in manual/minimum. in manual/minimum.

  • 2 PLACE affected ASDV control *2 Places thE! affected ASDV control switch to close. switch to close and verifies that the ASDV closes. Reports ASDV closed to US.

CUE: If the student dispatches an NSO to the West Pipe Chase to locally isolate the 'A' ASDV respond, "This is Primary NSO (or name) responding to the West Pipe Chase to locally isolate the 'A' ASDV."

3 Locally ISOLATE ASDV as 3 Dispatches an NSO to the West necessary. Pipe Chase to locally isolate the

'A' ASDV.

6. P Observes for proper ASDV response. Informs US that the 'A' ASDV is closed.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

7. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task ~15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
8. Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

Control Room 'E' Page 5 of 7

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elemenUstep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.

Control Room 'E' Page 6 of 7

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL R()OM 'E' JPM Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Secondary Operator. An event will occur. YOll are expected to identify the event and recommend actions and/or procedures to implement.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is at 100% power and all systems are normal.

C. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read ..

D. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Secondary Operator, "You are the Secondary Operat.or respond to any condition that arises."

Control Room 'E' Page 7 of 7

ENER .~.*..-_.

SEABRIQOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'F', FINAL RAISE SI ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS J,ND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


T=RA~IN~IN~G~S~U~PE~R~V~ISO~R~

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0060100201 Monitor The Safety Injection System
2. Conditions:

A. The uN Accumulator pressure has decreased to the low pressure alarm setpoint due to normal system leakage.

B. The Roving NSO is available at the nitrogen skid.

3. Standards:

Pressurize the "A" Accumulator to above the low pnessure alarm, and within the limitations of Technical Specifications. (610 psig +10 psig/- 0 psig)

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation Rev. 16 Pages 9-11 & 27-29.

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation Technical Specifications:
  • 1-SI-820455 Safety Injection System i

Value Sys KA Descriptil)n RO/SRO 006 A1.13 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes 3.5/3.7 in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associaited with operating the ECCS controls including: Accumulator pressure.

Page 2 of 9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEIET

7. Setting:

Reset the simulator to IC #156 or any 100% IC which Gontains the following:

A. Initialize to an IC at 100% power.

B. Vent the "A" Accumulator (using the vent valves), to approximately 590 psig, until UA-50 hardwire alarm Accum Press Hillo and VAS alarm D4505 are in alarm.

C. Use "GD ACCUMS" on MPCS to view Accumulator level and pressure "A" points.

D. OPEN NG-V-30 as follows:

SELECT: RF List SELECT: Nitrogen Gas SELECT: rfNG003 NG-V30 Nitrogen to SI accumulators manual isolation SELECT: Final Value=OPEN SELECT: INSERT E. Freeze the simulator.

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

15 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Primary Operator and you are goin~) tel pressurize the "An Accumulator to within limits of Tech. Specs. (610 psig +10 psig/- 0 psig). You may use MPCS Group n

Display "GD ACCUMS to view Accumulator level and pressure "An points or SVD A0414 for "A" Accumulator pressure.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The "AI! Accumulator pressure has decreased due to normal system leakage.
2. All applicable prerequisites of OS1 005.05 Safety Injection System Operation are complete.
3. Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube truck.

C. Perform the task using OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

Page 3 of 9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), Pressurize the "An Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig 1-0 psig."

Page 4 of 9

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION O=Perform S=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes al critical step SAT UNSAT
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cUie read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during theJPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the talsk."
2. P Verify a N2 source is available from Determines if a nitrogen source is the N2 truck or the N2 bottle banks per available.

ON1024.01 Startup and Shutdown of Nitrogen Gas System CUE: When the student attempts to determine if a nitrogen source is available, inform the student, "Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube truck."

  • 3. P Open the following valves

CUE: When candidate asks NSO to slowly open NG-V-30, then report, "NG-V-30 is open."

CUE: If the student requests US direction, respond, "Pressurize the "A" Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig/ - 0 psig."

NG-V-17 Accumulator "A" nitrogen isolation.

  • 6. P When pressure reaches desired When pressure reaches desired value, close NG-V-30, nitrogen inlet value, directs NSO to close NG-V-30, isolation to the accumulators. nitrogen inlet Isolation to the Page 5 of9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST O=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION o=Perform

_¢~'=_S~i~m~u~la~te~_*_d~e~n~o~te~s~a~cr~it~ic~a~ls~t~ep~___________*~de~n~o~te~s~a.cr.~iti~ca=l~s~te~p____________S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__

accumulators.

CUE: When candidate directs NSO to close NG-V-30, then repc)rt, "NG-V-30 is closed."

  • 7. P Check closed/close the following valves:
b. NG-V-19 Accumulator "8" b. Check clc1sed NG-V-19 nitrogen isolation. Accumulator "8" nitrogen isolation.
c. NG-V-21 Accumulator "C" c. Check closed NG-V-21 nitrogen isolation. Accumulator "C" nitrogen isolation.
d. NG-V-23 Accumulator "0" d. Check closed NG-V-23 nitrogen isolation. Accumulator "D" nitrogen isolation.

Page 6 of9

PERFORMANCE CHECK:LIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT "A" Accumulator final pressure ______ psig at completion of task 610 psig +10 psig/- 0 psig."
  • 8. P Close the following valves:

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

9. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task::; 15 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
10. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

Page 70f9

PERFORMANCE SUMM,AR:Y Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~l, if necessary.

Page 8 of 9

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM IF' JPM Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Primary Operator and you are going to pressurize the "A" Accumulator to within limits of Tech. Specs. (610 psig +10 psig/- 0 psig). You mlay use MPCS Group Display "GD ACCUMS" to view Accumulator level and pressure "A" pOints or SVD A0414 for "A" Accumulator pressure.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The "A" Accumulator pressure has decreased due to normal system leakage.
2. All applicable prerequisites of OS1005.05 Safety Injection System Operation are complete.
3. Nitrogen is being supplied via a tube truck.

C. Perform the task using OS1005.05 Safety Injection Sysitem Operation.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), Pressurize the "A" Accumulator to 610 psig +10 psig 1-0 psig."

Page 9 of 9

CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'G', FINAL ESTABLISH CHARGING AND LETDOWN (HlCV-189/190 FAIL)

Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINA-TION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: ________________ DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:

TRAINING SUPERVISOR

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0040104801 Establish Charging And Seal Injection Flow SBK 0040104901 Establish Normal Letdown Flow
2. Conditions:

A. A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture.

B. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3.

C. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG.

D. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.

E. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.

F. Offsite power has been restored.

G. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Eme!rgEmcy Diesel Generators.

3. Standards:

Establish normal charging and letdown in accordance with E-3, SG Tube Rupture.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of E-3 SG Tube Rupture, Rev. 42

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the ..IPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • E-3, SG Tube Rupture

Value Sys KA Descri ption RO/SRO 038 EK3.06 Knowledge of bases for actions contained 4.2/4.5 in EOP for RCS water inventory balance.

038 EA1.09 Ability to operate and monitor PZR 3.2/3.3 level/pressure indicators, gauges, and recorders.

038 EA1.29 Ability to operate and monitor CVCS tank 3.5/3.3 indicators and water charging sources.

Control Room 'G' Page 2 of 10

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Reset the simulator to IC #157 or any 100% IC which contains the following:

A. Initialize to any 100% IC and place the simulator in RUN.

B. Insert malfunction mfSG001 C SG C DBl END Tube Rupture Hot Side (0 - 1150gpm) for a 425 gpm tube rupture on "C" SG.

C. When RDMS alarms due to the tube rupture manually trip the reactor and initiate a manual SI.

D. Execute E-O. Open EFW mini-flow valves and isolate EFW to "C" SG when level is adequate (E-O OAS page).

E. Transition to E-3 and execute steps 1-21.

F. Using Panel Graphics insert override to close HCV-189 and HCV-190. Override both the potentiometer and meter for each valve.

G. Insert malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite power and allow Bus 5 and 6 to be powered by the 'N and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.

H. Delete malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite power.

I. Stop CS-P-2-B and place in Standby.

J. Set boric acid flow to 40 GPM.

K. FREEZE the simulator.

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes Control Room 'G' Page 3 of 10

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEI:T

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to re*,establish charging and letdown per E-3, SG Tube Rupture. The evaluator will act as the Unit Supervisor. The student will read and execute the procedure.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture.
2. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3.
3. The crew identified SG "c" as the ruptured SG.
4. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
5. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.
6. Offsite power has been restored.
7. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.

C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will provide cues and communications for this ,IPM. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), you will be establishing letdown in accordance with E-3. You will begin performance of E-3, starting at step 22."

Control Room 'G' Page 4 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION D=Perform

-=3_=~S~im~u=la~t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c=r~it~ic~a~ls=te~p~___________*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~8Icr~iti~ca~l~s~te~p~__________~S~A~T_L~IN~S~A~T__

NOTE: When student is ready to begin place the simulator in RUN.

Student begins at step 22 of E-3.

1. P Start time ______ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the .JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
  • 2. P Restore normal charging path: Opens charging line isolation valves:
  • Open CS-V-142
  • Open CS-V-142
  • Open CS-V-143
  • Open CS-V-143
  • 3. P Establish normal charging flow:
  • a. Isolate CCP to RCS Cold Legs: *a. Isolates CCP to RCS Cold Legs:
  • Close SI-V-138
  • Close SI-V-138
  • Close SI-V-139
  • Close SI-V-139 NOTE: It is not necessary to establish exactly 60 gpm charging flow. The evaluator judges that the intent is met if enough flow is established to supply letdown regenerative cooling, and not too much flow established such that Pressurizer level is adversely affected.
  • b. Establish 60 gpm charging flow. *b. Establishes adequate charging flow by adjusting CS-FCV-121.

CUE: If necessary, provide the following cue, US to PSO: "6-10 glPm is the desired seal injection flow rate."

  • c. Adjust seal injection flow as *c. Adjusts sl~al injection flow to 6-10 necessary using CS-HCV-182. gpm usin!~ CS-HCV-182.

NOTE: The intent of the next step is met if the student is chargin!~ into the RCS via CS-FCV-121. It is a continuous action step. Control of charging flow is specifical.ly addressed after letdown is established (step 30 of E-3).

4. P Control charging flow to maintain Controls charging flow to maintain Pressurizer level. Pressurizer level.

Control Room 'G' Page 5 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3_=~S~im~u~la=t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c=r~iti~c=al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~no~t~e~s~acri~ti=ca=l~s=te~p~________.__~SA~T~U=N~S=A~T~

5. P Verify ECCS flow not required: Verifies ECCS flow not required:
  • RCS subcooling greater than 40°F
  • RCS subcooling greater than 40°F
  • PZR level greater than 7%.
  • PZR level !;Ireater than 7%.
6. P Check VCT makeup control system
a. Makeup set for greater than RCS a. Checks boric acid controller to boron concentration .. maximum 40 GPM.
b. Makeup set for automatic control. b. Checks makeup in automatic and armed.

NOTE: The instructor (acting as the BOP) should maintain RCS temperature using steam dumps or AS DVs.

  • 7. P Check if letdown can be established:
a. Check PZR level greater than a. Checks PZR level greater than 30%. 30%.
b. Establish letdown:
  • b1) Open CC-V-341 letdown HX *b1) Opens CC-V-341 letdown HX cooling water outlet. cooling water outlet.

b2) Close letdown flow control b2) Closes letdown flow control valves: valves:

  • CS-HCV-189
  • CS-I-ICV-189
  • CS-HCV-190.
  • CS-I-ICV-190.
  • b3) Open letdown line Phase A "'b3) Open letdown line Phase A isolation valves: isolation valves:
  • CS-V-149 *
  • CS-\/-149
  • CS-V-150. '"
  • CS-V-150.

Control Room 'G' Page 6 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
  • b4) Open letdown line isolation *b4) Opens letdown line isolation valves: valves:

a) RC-V-81 a) RC-V-81

  • b) RC-LCV-459
  • b) RC-l.CV-459
  • c) RC-LCV460
  • c) RC-LCV-460
  • d) CS-V-145
  • d) CS-V-145 CUE: US to PSG, "Take manual control of CS-PK-131 as necessary to establish flow in the letdown line. "

NOTE: The student may place CS-PCV-131 in manual and open the valve about 20%,

        • BEGIN ALTERNATE PATH****

b5) Throttle open letdown flow b5)

  • Attempts to throttle open control valve. CS-HCV-189, Determines that valve will not open,
  • Attempts to throttle open CS-HCV-190, Determines that valve will not open.
  • Transitions to step 27b RNO.
  • b6) RNO: Establish Excess *b6) Determines Excess Letdown Letdown per ATTACHMENT E. per An"ACHMENT E is required.

Control Room 'G' Page 7 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION o=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
  • 8. P Establish excess letdown:

NOTE: The student reads the CAUTION prior to step 1:

  • Excess letdown HX outlet temperature of 175°F should nClt be exceeded .
  • Excess letdown HX outlet pressure of 150 psig should not be exceeded.
a. Open all four B PCCW loop a. Checks open all four B PCCW containment isolation valves. loop containment isolation valves.
b. Open CC-V434, excess letdown b. Opens CC-V434, excess letdown HX cooling water outlet. HX cooling water outlet.
c. Open RCP seal return isolation c. Opens RCP seal return isolation valves: CS-V167 and CS-V168. valves: CS-V167 and CS-V168.
d. Open RCDT outlet isolation d. Opens RCDT outlet isolation valves: WLD-V81 and WLD-V82. valves: WLD-V81 and WLD-V82.
e. Close CS-HCV-123. e. Closes CS-HCV-123.
f. Open excess letdown isolation f. Opens excess letdown isolation valves: CS-V175 and CS-V176. valves: CS-V175 and CS-V176.
g. Align CS-V170 to RCDT. g. Aligns CS-V170 to RCDT.
h. Throttle open CS-HCV-123 to h. ThrottlE~s open CS-HCV-123 to establish desired excess letdown establish desired excess letdown pressure and temperature. pressure .:md temperature.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

8. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task::;; 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
9. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this

..IPM.

Control Room 'G' Page 8 of 10

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element'stElp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance sucl1 as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.

Control Room 'G' Page 9 of 10

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'G' JPM Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Primary Operator. You are going to re-estslblish charging and letdown per E-3, SG Tube Rupture. The evaluator will act as the Unit Supervisor. The student will read and execute the procedure.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SGi tube rupture.
2. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E<L
3. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG.
4. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
5. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.
6. Offsite power has been restored.
7. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.

C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. DIO you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

Evaluator to Primary Operator, "Primary Operator (or student's name), you will be establishing letdown in accordance with E-3. You will begin performance of E-3, starting at step 22."

Control Room 'G' Page 10 of 10

EN SEABROOK CONTROL ROOM JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'H', FINAL OFFSITE POWER RESTORATION Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE: _ _ _ _ _ __

APPROVED BY: _________________ DATE: - - - - - - - -

TRAINING SUPERVISOR

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position RO SBK 0640402501 Restore Offsite Power to Bus E5/E6.
2. Conditions:

A. The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due, to a SG tube rupture.

B. The control room executed E-O and transitioneci to E-3.

C. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG.

D. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.

E. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.

F. Offsite power has been restored.

G. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.

3. Standards:

Student will restore offsite power to bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear-Off Sheet Copy of Attachment H of E-3, Offsite Power Restorcaticm to Bus E5 and E6, Rev. 42.

5. Limitations On Performance:

Perform all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H Sys KA Description Value RO/SRO 062 K1.04 Knowledge of offsite power sources. 3.7/4.2 062 A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor breakers. 3.3/3.1 062 A4.07 Synchronizing and paralleling of different AC supplies. 3.1/3.1 Control Room 'H' Page 20f9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Reset the simulator to IC #157 or any 100% IC which contains the following:

A. Initialize to any 100% IC and place the simulator in RUN.

B. Insert malfunction mfSG001C SG C DBL END Tube Rupture Hot Side (0 -1150gpm) for a 425 gpm tube rupture on "e" SG.

C. When RDMS alarms due to the tube rupture manually trip the reactor and initiate a manual SI.

D. Execute E-O. Open EFW mini-flow valves and isolate EFW to "C" SG when level is adequate (E-O, OAS page).

E. Transition to E-3 and execute steps 1-21.

F. Using Panel Graphics insert override to close HCV-189 and HCV-190. Override both the potentiometer and meter for each valve.

G. Insert malfunction mfED038 loss of offsite powe~r and allow Bus 5 and 6 to be powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.

H. Delete malfunction mfED038, loss of offsite power.

I. Stop CS-P-2-B and place in Standby.

J. FREEZE the simulator.

8. Safety Considerations:

None.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Secondary Operator. You will restore ()ffsite power to Bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture.
2. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E-3.
3. The crew identified SG "C" as the ruptured SG.
4. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
5. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactclr trip.
6. Offsite power has been restored.
7. The system dispatcher reports grid conditions iare now stable, and are expected to remain stable.
8. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.

Control Room 'H' Page 3 of 9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), restore offsite power to Bus E6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.

Control Room 'H' Page 4 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~~~=_S~i_m_u_la_te

____ a_c_ri_tic_a_l_s_te~p____________*__

  • _d_en_o_t_es__ de_n_o_t_es__acr~it~ic~a~ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__
1. P Start time ________ Initiating clle read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
2. IF AC emergency bus is powered by emergency diesels 1A11 B, THEN restore offsite power as follows:
  • P a Raise DG frequency to 60.2 to a Raises DG frequency to 60.2 to 60.4 Hz. 60.4 Hz.
  • P b Place DG sync. selector switch in b Places DG sync. selector switch the RAT or UAT position. in the RAT or UAT position.
  • P c Reset RMO. c Resets RIMa.
  • P d Adjust DG voltage to match d Adjusts DG voltage to match INCOMING VOLTS with INCOMING VOLTS with RUNNING VOLTS. RUNNING VOLTS.
  • P e Adjust DG frequency so that the e Adjusts DG frequency so that the sync. meter is going slowly in the sync. meter is gOing slowly in the fast direction. fast direction.
  • P f Close the RAT or UAT breaker f Closes the RAT or UAT breaker when synchronized. when synchronized. (sync. meter approximcately 12 o'clock position)
  • P g Place the sync. selector switch in g Places the sync. selector switch OFF. in OFF.

NOTE: The evaluator should observe that the operator maintains control over the generator VARs while Control Room 'H' Page 5 of9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT unloading. Due to simulator bus voltage settings, it is expected that leading VAR loading will initially be observed. Until this issue can be corrected, the followlng cue must be stated to the student:

CUE: "Due to simulator bus voltage settings, it is expected that you will initially see leading VARs after paralleling. The response of KVARS to DG voltage adjustments will be reversed. Adjust DG KVARS to 1000 lagging at this time. This adjustment is not part of the evaluation."

CUE: Inform the student: "For the purposes of this JPM, the 10 minute unloading period can be compressed."

h Shutdown DG by performing the h Shuts down DG by performing following: the following:

  • P h1 Over a 10 minute period lower h1 Over a 10 minute period, lowers KVARS to less than 200 lagging KVARS to less than 200 lagging and lower load to 75 to 125 KW. and lower load to 75 to 125 KW.
  • P h2 Open DG breaker. h2 Opens DG breaker.
  • P h3 Adjust DG voltage to 4160 volts. h3 Adjusts DG voltage to 4160 volts.

CUE: When the above step is completed, inform the student: "For the purpose of this JPM, ten minutes have elapsed and the DG is cooled sufficiently to shutdown the engine."

  • P h4 After running DG unloaded for 10 h4 Runs DG unloaded for 10, then minutes to cool the engine, shuts down the diesel by shutdown the diesel by depressing both emergency stop depressing both emergency stop buttons simultaneously.

buttons simultaneously.

CUE: When the above step is completed and DG rpm is Zer4), inform the student: "For the purpose of this JPM, two minutes have elapsed and the DG has s_to-'p-'-p_e_d_r_o_lI_in......glL._"__________

Control Room 'H' Page 60f9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
  • P h5 After waiting two minutes to allow h5 Resets the DG.

time for diesel to stop. reset the DG.

  • P h6 Close SW-V-16 for DG A, or SW h6 Closes SW-V-18 for DG B.

V-18 for DG B.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

3. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task s20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
4. Obtain from student: Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

Control Room 'H' Page 7 of 9

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementistep or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, ii: necessary.

Control Room 'H' Page 80f9

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR CONTROL ROOM 'H' JPM Directions to the Student:

A. You are the Secondary Operator. You will restore offsi1:e power to Bus 6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a SG tube rupture.
2. The control room executed E-O and transitioned to E<3.
3. The crew identified SG UC" as the ruptured SG.
4. The crew has completed E-3 up to and including step 21.
5. A Loss of Offsite Power occurred on the reactor trip.
6. Offsite power has been restored.
7. The system dispatcher reports grid conditions are now stable, and are expected to remain stable.
8. Bus 5 and 6 are powered by the 'A' and 'B' Emergency Diesel Generators.

C. Perform the task using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will provide cues and communications for this JPM. Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Secondary Operator, "Secondary Operator (or student's name), restore offsite power to Bus E6 using E-3, SG Tube Rupture, attachment H.

Control Room 'H' Page 9 of9

SEABR()OK IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASLIRE 'A', FINAL DC START OF ELGAR UPS Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: --------------------

DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE:


~T~RA~IN~I~NG~SU~P~E~RV~I~SO~R~

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position NSO SBK 0620100304 Place In/Remove From Service A Static Inverter
2. Conditions:

A. The plant is in mode 5.

B. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Support Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.

C. PP-1 E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown.

D. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus.

3. Standards:

Simulate restart of UPS-1-EDE-I-1 E{F).

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation Rev 14 Operator Aid 90-0019 Inverter 1E, PP-1 E Power Supplies Operator Aid 90-0020 Inverter 1F, PP-1 F Power SuppHes

5. Limitations On Performance:

Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation
  • OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses Technical Specifications:
  • 3.8.3.1 On Site Power Distribution - Operating
  • 3.8.3.2 On Site Power Distribution - Shutdown In-Plant 'A' Page 2 of 12

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET Drawings:

  • Operator Aid 90-0019 Inverter 1E, PP-1E Power Supplies
  • Operator Aid 90-0020 Inverter 1F, PP-1 F Power Supplies Value Sys KA Description RO/SRO 062 K4.10 Knowledge of AC distribution system 3.1/3.5 design features and/or interlocks which provide for uninterruptible AC power sources.

2.1 2.1.23 Ability to perform specific system and 3.9/4.0 integrated plant procedures during all modes of operation.

7. Setting:

Plant. Essential Switchgear Room.

8. Safety Considerations:

Energized electrical equipment.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

25 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student:

A. You are the Secondary NSO. You are going to :simulate restart of UPS-1-EDE-I 1E(F).

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in mode 5.
2. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Support Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.
3. Vital PP-1 E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown.
4. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus.

In-Plant 'A' Page 3 of 12

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET C. Perform the task using OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues alnd communications for this JPM.

Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

US to Secondary NSO, "Secondary NSO (or student's name), simulate restarting UPS-1-EDE-I-1E(F} using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation, section 4.11 (4.12). All ofthe procedure prerequisite~:; are complete."

In-Plant 'A' Page 4 of 12

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a. critical step SAT UNSAT NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation provide the student with OS1 047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the ,JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the tank.'"
2. S Verify reverse transfer light on EDE Simulates verifying reverse transfer CP-1 E(F), static transfer switch, is light on EDE-GP-1 E(F), static transfer energized. switch, is energized.

CUE: When student simulates verifying light is energized, evaluator to student, "The reverse transfer light is illuminated."

  • 3. S Close the following breakers to UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F):

CUE: When student locates UPS-1E(F) AC supply at MCC-512(612) node DD3(DD5), evaluator to student, "The AC supply breaker to the inverter indicates open."

  • a. Simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) AC supply at MCC-512(612) node DD3(DD5).

CUE: When student simulates closing UPS-1E(F) AC supply at MCC-512 (612) node DD3(DD5), evaluator to student, "The breaker closes."

CUE: When student locates UPS-1E(F) DC supply at DC bus 1'lA(B) node DM7(DNO), evaluator to student, "The DC supply breaker to the inverter indicates open!'

  • b, Simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) DC supply at DC bus 11A(B) node DM7(DNO),

CUE: When student simulates closing UPS-1E(F) DC supply at DC bus 11A(B) node DM7(DNO), evaluator to student, "The breaker closes."

In-Plant 'A' Page 5 of 12

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT NOTE: Student should review caution prior to step 4.11.3(4.12.3). If student elects not to perform step 4.11.3(4.12.3), then next step is not required. Inverter can be placed in service without pre-charge but it is the preferred method.

CUE: If student asks if pre-charge is desired, evaluator to student,"Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1E(F)."

4. S Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1E(F):
a. Simulates; depressing Pre-charge pushbutton.

CUE: (If performed) When student simulates depressing Pre-char~~e pushbutton, evaluator to student, "The Pre-charge pushbutton has been depressed."

b. Waits OnE! minute to allow DC bus capacitor to charge.

CUE: After student recognizes time requirement, evaluator to student, "One minute has elapsed."

  • 5. S Close AC input breaker (100 amp) to start UPS as follows:
  • a. Simulates; closing AC input breaker ('100 amp) to start UPS.

CUE: When student simulates closing AC input breaker (100 amp), evaluator to student, "The breaker closes."

NOTE: When the AC input breaker is shut, the rectifier and inverter sections begin startup. This JPM sets up conditions described in the note prior to step 4.11.5(4.12.5). Normally when the AC input breaker is shut, output voltage and frequency will rise. In the JPM, Olutput voltage and frequency rise momentarily and return to the low peg. The UPS will again try to restart. Voltage and frequency rise and then fall to the low peg a second time. The UPS will "lock out" when this occurs In-Plant 'A' Page 6 of 12

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~~~=_S~i~m~u~la~te~_*_d~e~n~o~te~s~a~cr~it~ic~a~ls~te~p~__________*_d=e~n~o~te~s~clcr~iti~c~al~s~te~p~___________S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__

b. Checks output voltage and frequency Begin Alternate Path CUE: When student checks output voltage and frequency, evaluator to student, "Output voltage and frequency rise toward normal, and then fall off. They rise again a second time and fall off to the low peg. The following alarms are lit. at the UPS:
  • DCINPUTOVERVOLTAGE
  • DC INPUT BREAKER OPEN
  • INV OUTPUT LlNDERVOLTAGE
  • FREQUENCY OUT OF UMITS."

NOTE: Student should review note prior to step 4.11.5(4.12.5).

6. S Recognize that inverter is "locked Recognizes that inverter is "locked out." out."

CUE: When student determines that UPS has a "lock out" condition and section 4.13(4.14) must be used to restart the UPS, acknowledge and respond as appropriate (,either as evaluator or US), "Continue with restart ofthe UPS."

  • 7. S Check open/open the following breakers on 1-EDE-I-1 E(F):
  • a. Simulates checking open/opening UPS-1E(F) AC input breaker (100 amp).

CUE: When student simulates opening UPS-1 E(F) AC input breaker (1 00 amp), evaluator to student, "The AC input breaker is open."

b. Simulates checking open UPS 1E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp).

CUE: When student simUlates checking open UPS-1 E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp), evaluator to student, "The battery input breaker is open."

In-Plant 'A' Page 7 of 12

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEIVIENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT
8. S Ensure UPS-1 E(F) DC supply breaker Simulates ensuring UPS-1 E(F) DC on bus 11A(8) node DM7(DNO) is supply breaker on bus 11A(8) node closed. DM7(DNO) is closed.

CUE: When student simulates ensuring UPS-1 E(F) DC supply breaker on bus 11A(8) node DM7(DNO) is closed, evaluator to student, "The breaker is closed."

  • 9. S Pre-charge inverter 1-EDE-I-1 E(F):
  • a. Simulates depressing Pre-charge pushbutton.

CUE: When student simulates depressing Pre-charge pushbutt,on, evaluator to student, "The Pre*charge pushbutton has been depressed."

b. Simulates verifying pre-charge LED is energized.

CUE: When student simulates verifying pre-charge LED is energized, evaluator to student, "The Pre charge LED is illuminated."

  • c. Waits one minute to allow DC bus capacitor to charge.

CUE: After student recognizes time requirement, evaluator to student, "One minute has elapsed."

  • 10. S Close the battery input breaker (400 Simulates closing the battery input amp). breaker (400 amp).

CUE: When student simulates closing UPS-1 E(F) battery input breaker (400 amp), evaluator to student, "The battery input breaker is closed."

In-Plant 'A' Page 8 of 12

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~S_=S~i~m~u~la=te~_*~de~n~o~te~s~a~cr~it~ic=a~ls=t~ep~__________*_d~e=n~o~te=s~clcr~iti~ca=l~s~te~p~__________S~A~T~U~N~S~A~T__

11. S Check UPS output voltage and Simulates che;cking UPS output frequency. voltage and frequency.

CUE: When student simulates checking UPS output voltage and frequency, evaluator to student, "Output is 120 volts and 60 Hz."

12. S Verify LEDS are energized for the Simulates verifying LEDS are following: energized for the following:
  • AC INPUT BKR OPEN
  • AC INPUT BKR OPEN
  • INV FED FROM BATT
  • INV FEO FROM BATT
  • FREQ OUT OF LIMITS
  • FREQ OUT OF LIMITS CUE: When student simulates verifying LEOS are energized, evaluator to student,"LEDS are energized."
  • 13. S Close the UPS AC input breaker (100 Simulates closing the UPS AC input amp). breaker (100 amp).

CUE: When student simulates closing UPS AC input breaker (100 amp), evaluator to student, "The breaker is closed."

14. S Depress the alarm reset pushbutton Simulates depressing the alarm reset and verify no alarm LEOs energized. pushbutton and verifying that no alarm LEOs are lit CUE: When student simulates depressing the alarm reset pushbutton and verifying that no alarm LEDs are lit, evaluator to student, "All alarms are clear."
  • 15. S Close the AC output breaker (400 Simulates closing the AC output amp). breaker (400 amp).

CUE: When student simulates closing UPS AC OUtP~lt breaker (400 amp), evaluator to student, "The breaker is closed."

In-Plant 'A' Page 9 of 12

PERFORMANCE CHECI<:LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT CUE: "The JPM is complete."
16. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task S 25 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
17. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

In-Plant 'A' Page 10 of 12

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial training, if necessary.

In-Plant 'A' Page 11 of 12

~. ....

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR IN-PLANT 'A' JPM Directions To The Student:

A. You are the Secondary NSO. You are going to simulate restart of UPS-1-EDE-I 1E(F).

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant is in mode 5.
2. UPS EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown during the previous shift to support an inspection performed by Engineering Suppc,rt Staff. UPS 1-EDE-I-1 E(F) was shutdown using OS1047.01, Vitatlnverter Ope,ration.
3. Vital PP-1E(F) was transferred to its maintenance supply per OS1047.02, Transferring Power Supplies To 120 VAC Vital Instrument Buses prior to inverter shutdown.
4. On the other train PP-1 F(E) is energized from its inverter connected to the respective DC bus.

C. Perform the task using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cue,s and communications for this ..IPM.

Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Secondary NSO, "Secondary NSO (or student's name), simulate restarting UPS-1-EDE-I-1E(F) using OS1047.01, Vital Inverter Operation, section 4.11 (4.12). All of the procedure prerequisites are complete."

In-Plant 'A' Page 12 of 12

IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEA.SURE 'B', FINAL LOCALLY CLOSE AN MSIV Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS J~ND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ DATE:

TRAINING SUPERVISOR

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position NSO SBK 0400100504 Locally close an MSIV
2. Conditions:

A. The plant has tripped from 100% power.

B. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted.

C. The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1.

D. SG C MSIV is open.

3. Standards:

Simulate locally closing the C MSIV in accordance with OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of OS1090.01, Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves, Rev 15 Precautions (pages 5-9) and section 4.7 (pages 22-29).

5. Limitations On Performance:

Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluator.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • OS 1090.0'1 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves
  • E-2 Faulted S/G Isolation.

Sys I KA Description I Value

_____________+,._ _ ROffiRO I 2.4 I 2.4.35 . Knowledge of local auxilic3ry operator 3.8/4.0 tasks during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.

In-Plant 'B' Page 2 of 9

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Plant. East Pipe Chase.

8. Safety Considerations:

Pipe chases safety requirements as posted for noise and steam exposure.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional fCJr multiple JPMs):

A You are the Roving NSO. You are going to simulate locally closing an MSIV.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant has tripped from 100%power.
2. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted,
3. The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1.
4. SG C MSIV is open, C. Simulate the task using OS 1090,01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM.

Do you have any questions?

11. Initiating Cue:

US to Roving NSO, "Roving NSO (or student's name), using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves go to the East pipe chase and locally close MS-V-90 the C MSIV."

In-Plant 'B' Page 3 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes <:1 critical step SAT UNSAT NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy of OS1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves provide the student with the required portions of OS1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves.
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."
2. S Close the air isolation valves (located on MSIV):
a. Close MS-V-90-V-4C C MSIV IA a. Close MS-V-90-V-4C C MSIV IA isolation isolation CUE: When the student simulates CW motion to close the valve, evaluator to student, "The valve is closed."
b. Close MS-V-90-V-4D C MSIV IA b. Close MS-V-90-V-4D C MSIV IA isolation isolation CUE: When the student simulates CW motion to close the valve, evaluator to student, "The valve is closed."

NOTE: Student should review the caution and note prior to step 4.7.3.2.

NOTE: The MSIV shuts when one solenoid is overridden, but the procedure and local operator aid has the operator override both solenoids. To successfully complete the task only one of the solenoids has to be overridden.

NOTE: Local operator aid does not reflect recent procedure change. Noun names on tags do not match procedure noun names.

In-Plant '8' Page 4 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

-=S_=~S~im~u~la~t~e___*~d~e~n~ot~e~s~a~c~r~iti~c~al~s~te~p~___________*~d~e~no~t~e~s~,lcl.*~it~ic~a_ls~t~e~p____________~S~A~T_U~N~S~A~T__

  • 3. S Manually open MS-FY-89A-3 main dump pilot solenoid valve:
a. Remove threaded metal cap a. Removes threaded metal cap covering override assembly covering I:>verride assembly CUE: When student simulates CCW motion to remove the cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been removed."
  • b. Using ratchet wrench turn the *b. Using ratchet wrench turns the manual override hex nut manual override hex nut clockwise until the hydraulic fluid clockwise until the hydraulic fluid is bled off. is bled off.

CUE: When the student simulates CW motion to bleed off the hydraulic fluid, evaluator to student, "The hydraulic fluid is bleeding off. The MSIV is closing."

c. Reinstall threaded metal cap c. Reinstalls threaded metal cap covering the override assembly covering the override assembly CUE: When the student simulates reinstalling the metal cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been reinstalled."
  • 4. S Manually open MS-FY-89B-3 main dump pilot solenoid valve:
a. Remove threaded metal cap a. Removes threaded metal cap covering override assembly covering override assembly CUE: When student simulates CCW motion to remove the cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been removed."

In-Plant 'B' Page 5 of 9

PERFORMANCE CHEC~~LlST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_~~~_=S~im~u~la~t~e___

  • ~d~e~no~t~e~s~a~c~r~iti~ca~l~s~te~p~___________*~de~n~o~t~es~acr_it~ic~a_ls~te~pL-__________~S_A_T_L~IN

__S_A_T__

  • b. Using ratchet wrench turn the *b. Using ratchet wrench turns the manual override hex nut screw manual override hex nut clockwise until the hydraulic fluid clockwise- until the hydraulic fluid is bled off. is bled off.

CUE: When the student simulates CW motion to bleed off the hydraulic fluid, evaluator to student, "The hydraulic fluid has bled off. The MSIV is closed."

c. Reinstall threaded metal cap c. Reinstalls threaded metal cap covering the override assembly covering the override assembly CUE: When the student simulates reinstalling the metal cap, evaluator to student, "The metal cap has been reinstalled."
5. S Close MSIV hydraulic supply isolation Simulates closing MSIV hydraulic valve supply isolation valve MS-V-434 CUE: When student correctly simulates closing MS-V-434, evaluator to student, "MS-V-434 is closed."

NOTE: If the student states that the MSIV hydraulic air motor should start, the hydraulic supply isolation valve was just shut, therefore, the air motor should not start.

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

6. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task 7_ Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

In-Plant '8' Page 6 of9

IN-PLANT "8' JPM*ATTACHMENT A MANUAL MSIV VALVES MSIV HYDRAULIC MAIN DUMP MAIN DUMP IA ISOLATIONS ISOLATION PILOT SOL 1 PILOT SOL 2 8 MS-V-435 MS-FY-89A-2 MS-FY-89B-2 MS-V-88-V4C,V4D C MS-V-434 MS-FY-89A-3 MS-FY-89B-3 MS-V-90-V4C,v4D In-Plant 'B' Page 7 of 9

PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY

Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an elementlstelp or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin~I, if necessary.

In-Plant 'B' Page 8 of9

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR IN-PLANT 'B' JPM Directions To The Student:

Student:

A. You are the Roving NSO. You are going to simulate locally closing an MSIV.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. The plant has tripped from 100%power.
2. SG C pressure is decreasing in an uncontrolled manner and has been identified as faulted.
3. The US has transitioned from E-O to E-2 step 1.
4. SG C MSIV is open.

C. Simulate the task using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves.

D. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM.

Do you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Roving NSO, "Roving NSO (or student's name), using OS 1090.01 Manual Operation of Remote Operated Valves go to the East pipe chase and locally close MS-V-90 the C MSIV."

In-Plant 'B' Page 9 of9

ENER . ~*.***"'I!

SEABROOK IN-PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE 'C', FINAL ALIGN ALTERNATE (DEMIN WATER) COOLING TO CCP LUBE OIL COOLER Student Name: LMS#:

Evaluator Name:

SAT UNSAT OFFICIAL NRC EXAMINATION MATERIAL ACCESS IS LIMITED TO NRC EXAMINERS AND PERSONNEL THAT FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HAVE SIGNED ON TO THE 2013 NRC INITIAL EXAM SECURITY AGREEMENT.

PREPARED BY: DATE:

APPROVED BY: DATE: _ _ _ _ __


T=RA~I N'-:-IN--::"G---::S-U=-=PE=R-VI-"-SO.,,.-R----

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

1. Task Number and Description Position NSO SBK 0040160004 Align/Remove Alternate Cooling To Charging pump Lube Oil Coolers
2. Conditions:

A. Plant is in Mode 4.

B. CS-P-2A is not available.

C. Train B PCCW has been lost.

D. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.

3. Standards:

Simulate manually aligning alternate cooling from DEMIN to CS-P-2B per OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.

4. Student Materials:

Copy of Tear Off Sheet.

Copy of OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.

Rev 38.

5. Limitations On Performance:

Simulate all steps. Verbalize all actions to the evaluatClr.

Even if requested no Peer Checks will be provided during the JPM.

6.

References:

Procedures:

  • OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.
  • OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection Value Sys KA Description RO/SRO 008 A2.01 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the 3.3/3.6 following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or opl3rations: Loss of PCCW pump. I In-Plant IC' Page 2 of 10

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

7. Setting:

Plant. PAB 25 ft and PAB 7 ft.

8. Safety Considerations:

Health Physics postings and ALARA.

9. Approximate Completion Time:

20 minutes

10. Directions To The Student:

Evaluator gives Tear Off sheet to the student.

Evaluator reads the following to student (Optional for multiple JPMs):

A. You are the Primary NSO. You are going to simulate locally aligning Oemin water (OW) as alternate cooling to CS-P-2B lube oil cooler.

B. The following information is provided to you:

1. Plant is in Mode 4.
2. CS-P-2A is not available.
3. Train B PCCW has been lost.
4. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.
5. OS1212.01 Attachment A Shift Charging Pump/Align Cooling step 1 RNO instructs crew to align alternate cooling to charging pump lube oil cooler per OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
6. The Roving NSO and a Fire Fighter have been dispatched to connect the drain hose from the Charging Pump lube oil coolers outlet to a storm drain and the drain hose has been connected at the storm drain end (OS1002.02 step 4.21.2).
7. Chemistry has generated the Non-Rad release permit and it is in the control room."
8. All applicable Tech Specs have been entered.

C. Perform the task using OS1002.02, Operation Of L.etdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.

O. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues and communications for this JPM.

00 you have any questions?

In-Plant 'c' Page 3 of 10

JOB PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

11. Initiating Cue:

US to Primary NSO, "Primary N80 (or student's name), simulate aligning Demin water as alternate cooling to C8-P-2B lube oil cooler using 081002.02 section 4.21. Inform the control room as soon as cooling flow has been established."

In-Plant 'e' Page 4 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform 3=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes a critical step SAT UNSAT NOTE: When student demonstrates the ability to obtain a controlled copy OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection provide the student with the required portions OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.
1. P Start time _ _ _ __ Initiating cue read CUE: If the student requests a Peer Check at any time during the JPM respond, "No one is available to Peer Check your actions. Please continue with the task."

NOTE: Student should review CAUTION prior to step 4.21.1.

2. S Notify Chemistry to issue a Non-Rad Initial conditions state Chemistry has release permit. issued a Non-Rad release permit and it is in control room.
3. S Connect a drain hose from Charging Initial conditions states Roving NSO pump lube oil cooler outlet to the and a Fire Fighter have connected a storm drain. drain hose from Charging pump lube oil cooler outlet.
4. S Refer to listed Technical Simulates informing control room to Specifications for applicability. refer to Technical Specifications for applicability.

In-Plant "C' Page 5 of 10

PERFORMANCECHECKUST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

_S~-_-S~i~m~u=la=te~_*_d=e=n~o~te=s~a~cr=it~ic=a=ls=t~ep~__________*_d=e=n~o~te=s~a.cl.=*it=ic=a=ls=te~p=-___________S=A=T~U=N=S=A=T__

5. Check that CS-P-2B is in Pull To Simulate checking that CS-P-2B is in S Pull To Lock.

Lock.

CUE: When student checks on the status of CS-P-2B, US to NSO,"CS-P-2B is in Pull To Lock."

NOTE: Valves CC-V-315, CC-V-318, CC-V-1292, DM-V-793, and CC-V-1294 are all located along the wall, outside the degassifier room in the main passageway of the PAB 25 ft. across from the sampling room.

CUE: If the student requests permission to unlock and close CC-V-318, PCCW return from CS-P-2B oil cooler and CC-V315, supply to CS-P-2B oil cooler, US to NSO, "You have permission to unlock and close CC-V-318 and CC-V-31S."

NOTE: Required keys would be on the Primary NSO key ring.

  • 6. S Unlock and close the following valves:
  • a. Simulates unlocking and closing CC-V-318, PCCW return from CS-P-2B oil cooler.

CUE: When student simulates unlocking and closing CC-V-318, evaluator to student, "The valve is unlocked. The valve is closed."

  • b. Simulates unlocking and closing CC-V315, PCCW supply to CS-P 2B oil cooler.

CUE: When student simulates unlocking and closing CC-V-315, evaluator to student, "The valve is unlocked. The valve is closed."

In-Plant 'C' Page 6 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform S=Simulate

  • denotes a critical step
  • denotes .a critical step SAT UNSAT
  • 7. S Demin water is to be aligned to the CS-P-2B oil cooler. Aljgn the following valves
  • a. Simulate::; releasing locking pin and opening CC-V-1292 demin alternate cooling supply to CS-P-2B oil coolers.

CUE: When student simulates releasing the locking pin and opening CC-V-1292, evaluator to student, "The locking pin releases. The valve is open." If student does not simulate release of locking pin, cue, "The valve does not move."

  • b. Simulatel:; opening DM-V-793 demin alternate cooling supply to Charging pump oil coolers.

CUE: When student simulates opening DM-V-793, evaluator to student, "The valve is open."

NOTE: Student should not perform step 4.21.7. Demin water is being used for alternate cooling.

NOTE: Student should review NOTE prior to step 4.21.8.

  • 8. S Throttle CC-V-1294 CS-P-2B oil Simulates relE~asing locking pin and cooler alternate cooling outlet as throttling open CC-V-1294 CS-P-2B necessary to maintain 10-30 gpm. oil cooler alternate cooling outlet.

CUE: When student simulates releasing the locking pin and throttling CC-V-1294, evaluator to student, "The locking pin releases. The valve is throttled open. You hear flow." If student does not simulate release of locking pin, cue, "The valve does not move."

In-Plant 'C' Page 7 of 10

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST D=Discuss ELEMENT/STEP STANDARD EVALUATION P=Perform

~3-_-S~'~lm~u~la~t~e___

  • _d~e_no~t~e~s~a_c~r_iti_ca_l_s_te~p_____________ sacr_iti_c_al_s_te~p__________.____
  • _d_e_no_t_e__ S_A_T_U_N_S~A

__ T__

9. S Check flow on CC-FISL-2218. Simulates checking flow on CC-FISL-2218.

CUE: When student simulates checking flow, evaluator to student, "The indicator shows 25 gpm."

10. S Inform control room that alternate Simulates informing control room that cooling using Demin water has been alternate cooling using Demin water established to CS-P-2B oil cooler at has been established to CS-P-2B oil 25 gpm. cooler at 2t) gpm.

CUE: US to I\ISO, "I copy, alternate cooling using Demin water has been established to CS-P-2B oil cooler at 25 gpm. We will enter this on the Non-Rad release permit. We will monitor Charging pump temperatures."

CUE: "The JPM is complete."

11. Stop time _ _ __ Time to complete task S 20 minutes Evaluator calculates time to complete task
12. Obtain from student:

Tear Off sheets and any other training materials used in performance of this JPM.

In-Plant 'C' Page 8 of 10

PERFORMANCE SUMMAFty Provide comments on unsatisfactory performance of an element/step or for any deviation from performance as stated. Record interruptions in performance such as retraining, shift change, and processing of procedure changes. Recommend remedial trainin!~, if necessary.

In-Plant 'C' Page 9 of 10

TEAR OFF SHEET FOR IN~PLANT 'C' JPM Directions To The Student:

A You are the Primary NSO. You are going to simulate locally aligning Oemin water (OW) as alternate cooling to CS-P-28 lube oil clJoler.

8. The following information is provided to you:
1. Plant is in Mode 4.
2. CS-P-2A is not available.
3. Train 8 PCCW has been lost.
4. The US has entered OS1212.01, PCCW System Malfunction.

S. OS1212.01 Attachment A Shift Charging Pump/Align Cooling step 1 RNO instructs crew to align alternate cooling to charging pump lube oil cooler per OS1002.02, Operation Of letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.

6. The Roving NSO and a Fire Fighter have been dispatched to connect the drain hose from the Charging Pump lube oil coolers outlet to a storm drain and the drain hose has been connected at the storm drain end (OS1 002.02 step 4.21.2).
7. Chemistry has generated the Non-Rad release, permit and it is in the control room."
8. All applicable Tech Specs have been entere~d.

C. Perform the task using OS1002.02, Operation Of Letdown, Charging, and Seal Injection.

O. We will begin after the Initiating Cue is read.

E. I will act as the Unit Supervisor and provide cues elnd communications for this JPM.

00 you have any questions?

Initiating Cue:

US to Primary NSO, "Primary NSO (or student's name), simulate aligning Demin water as alternate cooling to CS~P~2B lube oil cooler using OS1002.02 section 4.21. Inform the control room as soon as coolin!g flow has been established."

In-Plant 'C' Page 10 of 10

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG SITE: Seabrook Revision #: FINAL LMS 10: LMS Rev. Date:

SEG TITLE: 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG TYPE: o Training ~ Evaluation PROGRAM: o LOCT ~LOIT o Other:

DURATION: 90 minutes Developed by:

Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by:

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by:

SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by:

Training Supervision Date Approved by:

Training Program Owner (Line) Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 26

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG I

UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE ARlTWR#

REVIEWER DATE i

I I

i i

i i

i I

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of 26

",;:><'era'.

ENE 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 55% power with, stable xenon, boron concentration at 1314 ppm, CB D at 205 steps and both Main feed Pumps and one Heater Drain pump in service. CBS-P-9-A is tagged out for maintenance. The crew will begin a power increase at 5%/hr to 75% power. 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel will fail low. The crew will then experience CC-V-341 failing closed which will force them to use excess letdown. A seismic event will cause rod HS to drop. CBS -P-9-B loss of all oil. Two CBS pumps INOP. T.S. 3.0.3 entry. While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod FS drops, requiring a manual reactor trip. On the reactor trip the 'C' SG will fault inside containment. The auto isolation for 'C' SG EFW flow control valves will be defeated and manual action to close the valves will be required. When the SI occurs, CS-P-2-A will trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B will not auto start and must be manually started by the PSO. With no CBS pumps containment pressure will increase

>1Spsig and Z will go ORANGE requiring FR-Z.1 entry.

SEQUENCE OF EVENTS i

Event # Description

1. Crew begins a 5%/hr power increase.
2. FW-LT-551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel fails low.
3. CC-V-341 fails closed. Crew is forced to use excess letdown.
4. Seismic event causes rod HS to drop.
5. I Loss of all oil to CBS-P-9-B. T.S.3.0.3 entry.
6. While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod FS drops, requiring a manual reactor trip. On reactor trip the 'C' SG faults inside containment.
7. When SI occurs, CS-P-2-A trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B blocked from starting on SI. CS-P-2 B must be manually started by PSO.

S. Defeat the auto isolation for the 'C' SG EFW flow control valves FW-FV-4234-A and FW FV-4234-B. Manual action to close the valves will be required.

I TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of 26

2013 LOIT NRC 81M E:x:am 1 SEG SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setup Checklist.

General Instructions

a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
b. Reset to IC #150
c. Place simulator in Run
d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #38 and insert the following:
1. B Train is Protected, SV C0755, '2'
2. Tagout CBS-P-9-A
  • SELECT: RF List
  • SELECT: cCBSP9A
  • SELECT: RACK OUT
  • SELECT: INSERT
3. Block CS-P-2-B from starting on SI:
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: Chemical and Volume Control
  • SELECT: mfCS002
  • SELECT: INSERT
4. Defeat the auto isolation for the 'C' SG EFW flow control valve FW-FV-4234-A:
  • SELECT: Scenario
  • OPEN: Sim Support
  • SELECT: C SG EFW Auto Isolation Defeat
  • SELECT: Run
  • SELECT: OK
e. Insert Event Trigger
  • SELECT: Event Triggers
  • OPEN: Sim Support
  • SELECT: SG FAULT
  • SELECT: Activate TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 26

i\,jt:xrera*

E~~~ FIHT 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG f Place tag on CBS-P-9-A control switch.

g. Depress the CBS Train A BypassllNOP pushbutton on ECCS Train A BypassllNOP section.
h. Ensure that FW-L-551 is the contrOlling channel for 'A' SG Level.

L Advance logger and tear off any sheets with print.

j. Procedure OS1000.05, Power Increase is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.39.

Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation, TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 26

~ _____ Nu~_mff~ ___________2_0_1_3_L_O_IT__N_R_C_S_IM

__E_Xan_11__________ ~I~

SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION

  • See Turnover Sheet

~~~~~==~=============:================

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 26

rera 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 *****-;E~ l SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1 PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N)

Start Allow the students to increase plant power Crew Begins the Power increase lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.05, Power to the extent that a significant reactivity Increase.

manipulation is demonstrated.

The crew should prepare for and initiate a power increase at 5%/hr.

Unit Supervisor: A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase. The temperature band will normally be + 1.5°F with rods in Auto or + 3°F with rods in manual. Dilution will be used for temperature control during the power increase. Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control.

Turbine Operations: The BOP will increase turbine load using automatic DEHC operations..* Using the laminated sheets, Figure 19 of OS 1000.10, .

The basic steps are:

  • Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
  • Insert the desired loading Rate.
  • insert the desired Power Level.

I

  • VVhen ReS temperature begins to Increase, Select "Load." I
  • Monitor turbine loading using "Load Status" is Loading and "Load Actual" increases.

The BOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.

  • At any time during the automatic loading, the power increase can be stopped by activating the "Hold" function.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 26

I~~ 1-- 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG J SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS i

TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Power Increase Reactor Power change: The crew will use dilution to increase temperature (continued) during the turbine load increase. A dilution value will be determined to change the boron concentration and increase power/temperature. If control rods are used in manual to control AFD I temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the OUT direction and withdraw the rods a maximum of three steps. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions.

Using the laminated sheets of OS 1008.01, Figure 2, Dilution Check List, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required dilution volume and rate.

The high level steps are:

  • Verify the pumps are in AUTO
  • Verify the makeup valves are in AUTO
  • Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
  • Place the Mode Selector Switch to DILUTE or ALT DILUTE
  • Set the quantity and flow rate on CIS-FIQ-111 controller Note: During validation the crew used a dilution value of 950 gallons in approximately 240 gallon batches every 15 minutes.
  • If not desired, select OFF for the "Stepback Feature"
  • Set the Mode Start Switch to START
  • Verify the pumps and valves respond
  • Verify Plant Response.
  • Restore System to Automatic control TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 26

~~f)(rera' ENERGY_~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG

,/~~

FU'ET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2 BOP (I), US (I, TS)

FW-LT -551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel fails low.

After Power FW-LT-551 , 'A' SG Level Instrument Increase or At controlling channel fails low: Initial Alarms:

Lead

  • SELECT: MF List 04770 SG A LVL REF DEVIATION Examiner's
  • SELECT: ItFWLT551 F4756 SG A LEVEL LO-LO
  • SELECT: INSERT UA-53 A-3 SG A LEVEL HilLa US will ask BOP if a controlling 'A' SG Level channel has failed. BOP will identify that FW-LT-551, 'A' SG Level Instrument controlling channel has failed low. US will direct BOP to take manual control of the 'A' SG feed control valve and return 'A' SG level to 45% to 55%. BOP will inform US when 'A' SG level is under his control.

IUS enters 081235.03, 8G Levei instrument Faiiure and directs the foiiowing I actions:

Step 1: Check Steam Generator Water Level Control:

  • BOP will report FW-LT-551 failed low.
  • BOP will report 'A' SG feed control valve in manual.
  • BOP will control 'A' SG level to 45% to 55%.

Step 2: Realign Steam Generator Level Instruments:

If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for the

  • BOP will select an alternate controlling channel for 'A' SG level FW-LT -551, then respond "Understand Step 3: Align Steam Generator Water Level Control:

that FW-LT -551 has failed low. A troubleshooting team is being formed."

  • BOP will check steam flow/feed flow signals matched, 'A' SG level at 50%, proper controller setpoint and then place the controller in Auto.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 9 of26

era EN~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG

,foP #* NUCtEAR Fl.liET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE FW-LT-5S1, 'A' Step 4: Verify redundant channels bistables not tripped:

SG Level

  • PSO will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-1 and UL Instrument 6.

controlling channel fails

  • BOP will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-12.

low. (continued) Step 5: US will verify technical specification compliance:

  • T.S. 3.3.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Action 6 If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C,
  • T.S. 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation; then respond "I&C is on their way to the Action 18 control room."
  • US will coordinate with I&C to place bistables to bypass for up to 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> or trip within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

Step 6: US will direct BOP to verify ATWS Mitigation Input Status:

  • BOP will verify that 551 is the failed channel.

IF NEEDED at OS1235.03, step 6:

  • BOP will check UL-28 bistables per US direction.
  • SELECT: Panel Overview
  • US will direct I&C to place failed channel in 1-MM-CP-519, ATWS
  • SELECT: AMSAC CP-519 mitigation system cabinet to - OPERATE BYPASS
  • SELECT: SG A (L551)

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 10 of 26

EN~E3QYm~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG

",/fo"'<""

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3 PSO (C), US (C)

After T.S. Call CC-V-341 fails closed: CC-V-341, PCCW to Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails closed.

is made (Can

  • SELECT: MF List be left for post
  • SELECT: Primary Component Initial Alarms:

scenario) Cooling (Component) 04692 LTON HX OUTLET TEMPERATURE HIGH

  • SELECT: cCCV341 04695 LTON HX TEMP HIGH & OEMIN BYPASS
  • SELECT: Fail Closed
  • SELECT: INSERT "Skill of the operator" may be utilized to close CS-V-145 and reduce charging
  • to seal only.

If the crew dispatches an NSO to CC-V 341, respond "This is Primary NSO, go PSO may review 04692, LTON HX Outlet Temperature High and under the toCC-V-341 and let you know what I US direction will complete the following actions:

find." Step 1: PSO will verify high temperature on CS-TI-130.

Step 2: PSO will verify CS-TK-130 proper operation.

If the crew dispatches an NSO to CC-V Step 3: PSO will find CC-V-341 closed and attempt to open.

341, wait 2 minutes then respond "This is the NSO, I am at CC-V-341 is closed NOTE: At this time the US may direct PSO to isolate letdown by closing CS and the airline appears to have failed." V-145 due to loss of letdown temperature control and enter OS1202.01, Loss of Letdown.

Step 4: US, PSO or BOP will contact Chemistry.

If the crew calls the WCSNVWM for maintenance support for CC-V-341 , then Step 5: US will direct transfer to Excess Letdown, respond "I will inform maintenance that Step 6: PSO will monitor RCP parameters.

CC-V-341 airline appears to have failed."

If the crew calls Chemistry, then respond "Chemistry understands that letdown cooling has been lost (OR lost letdown)."

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 11 of26

rera ENERGY~

"""~'-"'~"~,, 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG NUClEAR FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE 3 minutes after CC-V-341, PCCW to Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails closed. (continued)

CC-V-341, PCCWto Alarm:

Letdown Heat Exchanger, fails D4698 VCT TEMP HIGH closed.

PSO or BOP may review D4698, VCT Temp Hi and under the US direction will complete the following actions:

Step 1: PSO will verify VCT high temperature on CS-TI-116.

Step 2: PSO will verify CS-TK-130 proper operation.

Step 3: PSO will find CC-V-341 closed and attempt to open.

Step 4: PSO will inform US that letdown temperature cannot be controlled at setpoint and recommend isolating letdown by closing CS-V-145 .

  • US will direct PSO to close CS-V-145 .
  • After CS-V-145 is closed, US will direct PSO to reduce charging flow to the RCP seals only (approximately 32 gpm).

I Step 5: US will enter OS1202.01, Loss of Letdown.

I Step 6: PSO will monitor RCP parameters.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 26

~J era' EN~'3~y:,a 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1

,,-,/fi'"

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECIED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-V-341, US enters OS1202.01, Loss of Letdown and directs the following actions:

PCCWto Step 1: Check for Letdown Isolation:

Letdown Heat

  • PSO will report pressurizer level (>17%)

Exchanger, fails closed.

  • US will go to Step 2 per the RNO.

(continued) Step 2: Check Letdown System Intact:

  • PSO or BOP will verify radiation levels are normal.

Step 3: Check Status Of Letdown:

  • PSO will report Normal Letdown is not in service.
  • US will direct PSO to adjust charging flow to control PZR level on program, as necessary.
  • US will go to Step 4 per the RNO.

Step 4: Check Normal Letdown Flowpath Alignment:

  • PSO will verify valves as requested by US or tell US that normal letdown is not available.
  • PSO will report BTRS is in OFF.

Step 5: Check VCT Makeup Control System: I

  • PSO will check blended makeup boron concentration set at required RCS boron concentration.
  • PSO will align makeup for automatic control.

Step 6: Check If Normal Letdown Can Be Established:

  • PSO will verify charging flow and pressurizer level as requested by US or tell US that normal letdown is not available.

- ~-----~--~~----

  • US will go to Step 7 per the RNO.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 13 of 26

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-V-341, US will read CAUTION prior to Step 7:

PCCWto

  • Do NOT exceed excess letdown heat exchanger outlet temperature of Letdown Heat 175°F.

Exchanger, fails

  • Do NOT exceed excess letdown heat exchanger outlet pressure of 150 closed. PSIG.

(continued) Step 7: Establish excess letdown:

  • PSO will open CC-V-434, excess letdown heat exchanger cooling water outlet.
  • PSO will check open RCP seal return containment isolation valves: CS-V 167 and CS-V-168.
  • PSO will check closed CS-HCV-123.
  • PSO will open excess letdown containment isolation valves: CS-V-175 and CS-V-176
  • PSO will flush excess letdown heat exchanger to RCDT by performing the following:

- !f the crew calls the waste NSO to inform o Align CS-V-170 to the RCDT position.

1him that they are flushing excess letdown () Slowly throttle CS-HCV-123 open and flush to RCDT for greater than to the RCDT, respond "This is Waste five minutes.

NSO, you are flushing excess letdown o Close CS-HCV-123.

to the RCOT. I will monitor the in

  • PSO will align CS-V-170 to the SEAL RET HDR position.

service PDT level during the RCOT pump down."

  • PSO will establish desired excess letdown flow by throttling open CS HCV-123 while monitoring excess letdown heat exchanger outlet temperature and pressure.
  • PSO will remove normal letdown flow input to plant calorimetric by deleting from scan A0620, CS-E-4 LETDN OUTL FLOW.

Step 8: Restore Normal Pressurizer Level Control:

  • PSO will control charging and letdown flow to maintain pressurizer level at program level and control RCP seal injection flow between 8 and 13 gpm to each RCP.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 14 of 26

ENEf3~e =~ I

~

,.,,.~,.~i<

3 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 4 PSO (C), BOP (C), US (C, TS)

After Excess Simultaneous Events Seismic Event coincident with rod H8 drop.

Letdown is Seismic Event: Initial Alarms:

established or

  • SELECT: MF List 05452 SEISMIC EVENT IN PROGRESS at Lead Examiner's
  • SELECT: Seismic Monitoring 07753 CONTROL ROD DEVIATION Discretion
  • SELECT: mfSM001 07730 ONE ROD ON BOTTOM
  • SELECT: INSERT B7457 ROD MOTION DETECTED Rod H8 Drop: F8105 DRPI/DEMAND DEVIATION -12 STEPS
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: Rod Control and Position IF rod control is in Auto, rods may step out. In this case the US will instruct the BOP to check generator load stable and then direct the PSO to place
  • SELECT: mfCP018 rods in rJlanual. PSO identifies to US that rod H8 has dropped from DRPI
  • SELECT: INSERT and temperature response as seen on TavglTref indication.

US enters OS1210.05, Dropped Rod and directs the following actions:

Step 1 : Stabilize Plant Conditions:

  • PSO will check ONLY one rod dropped and report H8 has dropped.
  • PSO will place rod bank selector switch in MANUAL.
  • BOP will reduce turbine load and maintain TavglTref matched.
  • BOP will check C-7A TURB LOAD REDUCTION status light on UL-25 deenergized.
  • PSO will veri~ the reactor is critical.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 15 of 26

><rera*

ENE£l~Q 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG

/"",y;<} NUClEAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Seismic Event Step 2: Evaluate Conditions For Dropped Rod Recovery:

coincident with

  • Verify Technical Specification compliance rod H8 drop_

o T.S. 3.1.3.1, Movable Control Assemblies (continued)

  • Consult with the Shift Manager and Reactor Engineering to evaluate the recovery_

If the crew calls the SM or RE to evaluate recovery, then respond "Recover the dropped rod as soon ~ possible."

Seismic Event If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C, Step 3: Notify I&C To Check Rod Control System Status:

coincident with then respond "I&C is on their way to 'A'

  • US will have I&C verify power to the dropped rod is available by checking rod H8 drop_ essential switchgear to check for a for blown fuse at the rod control cabinets.

(continued) blown fuse at the rod control cabinets." I - . .

  • US Will have I&C venfy rod control cabinet alarms are clear for: I o Logic cabinet Ilf the crew calis I&C to verify rod control cabinet alarms are clear, then respond o All five power cabinets "All rod control cabinet alarms are 007746 clear."

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 16 of 26

2013 LOIT NRC SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Seismic Event When the crew calls the SM to refer to ER- When the plant is stable PSO or BOP will review D5452, Seismic Event in coincident with 1.1, respond "I will review ER-1.1." Progress, and under the US direction will complete the following actions:

rod H8 drop. Step 1: PSO will check the Event Light (yellow) or the OBE Light (red) is lit (continued) at SM-CP-58.

When the crew calls plant engineering, respond "Perform ES1802.001, Step 2: PSO and BOP will check the MCB and plant conditions for any Earthquake Response." abnormalities.

Step 3: PSO will contact I&C to perform IX1670.905.

When the crew calls National Earthquake Step 4: US will inform SM to refer to ER-1.1, Classification of Emergencies.

Information Center, acknowledge the Step 5: US will contact plant engineering to perform ES1802.001, report. "Earthquake Response".

Step 6: US will refer to TR21-4.3.3.3.2, Seismic Instrumentation.

When the crew calls the NSOs to ensure Step 7: US will report the seismic event to the National Earthquake safety, respond "All NSOs are in NSO Information Center at 1-303-273-8500.

central."

Step 8: PSO or BOP will perform a radio check with all NSOs to ensure safety.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 17 of 26

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG Event 5 US (TS)

Loss of CBS-P CUE: Mechanic calls control room and 9-B reports: "Control this is Scott Lavoie.

  • Crew should recognize that with both CBS pumps inoperable, We are working on CBS-P-9-A, but we got on the wrong train and drained all

of the oil out CBS-P-9-B."

  • Good operator practice will be to place the CBS-P-9-B control switch in PTL CUE: If US asks Mechanic or WCS how long to replace the oil in CBS-P-9-B, respond: "It will take us about 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> after the pump is tagged out."

CUE: If US asks Mechanic or WCS the status of CBS-P-9-A, respond: "No work has been performed."

CUE: If US asks WCS to restore CBS-P-9 A, respond: "I will start releasing tags now."

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 18 of 26

2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 1 SEG

~UCI.EAR fl£Er Event 6 PSO (M), BOP (M), US (M)

During I&C While I&C is checking fuses for dropped rod recovery, rod Fa drops.

check of Rod Rod Fa drops: Initial Alarms:

Control System

  • SELECT: MF List 07749 TWO OR MORE RODS ON BOTTOM Status at Step 3 or at Lead
  • SELECT: Rod Control and Position 04421 TAVG-TREF DEVIATION Examiner's
  • SELECT: mfCP009 Discretion
  • SELECT: INSERT PSO identifies to US that rod Fa has also dropped.

US will go back to continuous action step 1 of OS1210.05, Dropped Rod and directs the following actions:

Step 1: Stabilize Plant Conditions:

  • PSO will check ONLY one rod dropped and report Fa has also dropped and there are now 2 dropped rods.
  • US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection and to perform their immediate actions.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 26

\j:::xrera ENEf)Q~~

~~ NUCLEAR FLEET 2013 LOll NRC 81M Exam 1 I SEGJ When crew trips Simultaneous Events will occur from Event E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection the Reactor Trigger SG FAULT OR insert the following:

'C' SG faults inside containment: US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection and to

  • SELECT: MF List perform their immediate actions. 'C' SG faults inside containment which will cause a Safety Injection on Containment pressure in approximately 15
  • SELECT: Main Steam seconds. This will result in Adverse Containment.
  • SELECT: mfMS049C Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:
  • SELECT: Set Final Value to 0.03
  • SELECT: INSERT open and neutron flux decreasing.

CS-P-2-A trip and lockout when SI occurs: Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:

  • SELECT: MF List
  • BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the
  • SELECT: Chemical and Volume generator breaker open.

Control Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency Busses:

  • SELECT: mfCS016
  • BOP will check both AC emergency busses energized.
  • SELECT: IN$ERT Step 4: Check If SI Is Actuated:

NOTE: US will direct PSO and BOP to bring up their alarms and notify him of any immediate plant concerns and share any pertinent plant information. At Ithis time the PSO may identify that CS-P-2-A tripped and is locked out and that CS-P-2-B is not running. US may direct PSO to start CS-P-2-B by Skill of the Operator.

Step 5: Perform ESF actuation verification per Attachment A:

  • PSO will perform Attachment A.

PSO (C)

Event 7

  • When SI occurs, CS-P-2-A will trip and lockout. CS-P-2-B is blocked from Critical Task starting on SI. CS-P-2-B must be manually started by PSO.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 20 of 26

EN§~

~ 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1 [m S~G E-O, Reactor PSO performing Attachment A while US and BOP process E-O.

Trip or Safety 1. PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by Injection checking all status panel lights lit for both trains.

(continued) 2. PSO will verify Safeguard Equipment Alignment by checking proper alignment by status panel for both trains.

  • If not previously done, PSO will identify CS-P-2-A trip and lockout and CS-P-2-B failure to auto start and will start CS-P-2 B.
3. PSO will verify Feedwater Isolation by checking proper alignment by status panel.
4. PSO will verify a PCCW Pump running in both loops.
5. PSO will verify ECCS Flow by checking:
  • CCP indicated flow to RCS cold legs.
  • RCS pressure <1700 psig, SI pump indicated flow to both

. trains .

  • RCS pressure >300 psig, go to Step 6.
6. PSO will verify MS-V-129 is open.
7. PSO will verify a SW Pump running in both trains.

I 8. PSO will verify SW flow to Train A and Train B Diesels >900 gpm. I

9. PSO will check all main steamlines isolated with containment pressure >4 psig.
10. PSO will check Containment Pressure has remained <18 pSig by pressure recording.
11. PSO will verify Total EFW flow >500 gpm.
12. PSO will not need to reset RMO ..
13. PSO will notify US of Actuation Verification Status.

Attachment A is complete.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 21 of 26

era' ENEBQY_&

~,,,- NUGI.EAR 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG

,~ ftEET E-O, Reactor Step 6: Monitor RCS Temperature stable at or trending to 55rF.

Trip or Safety

  • BOP will report temperature less than 557°F and decreasing.

Injection (continued)

  • US will direct the following actions:

o Stop dumping steam to condenser and atmosphere.

o Check MS to MSRs isolated.

Event 8 BOP (e)

Critical Task NOTE: The following 2 steps may have been performed per the E-O OAS page. Additionally, the BOP may stop all flow to the faulted 'C' SG by closing FW-V-4234A and/or FW-V-4234B.

o If cooldown continues, then open EFW pump mini flow valves and throttle total feed flow to maintain greater than 500 GPM.

o When SG level is adequate based on 15% narrow range in at least one SG (Adverse Containment) then throttle feed flow to maintain SG narrow range level between 15% and 50% (Adverse Containment).

o If cooldown continues, then close MSIVs, MSIV bypass valves and upstream drains Step 7: Check RCS Isolated:

  • BOP will check CS-V-145, both PORVs and both normal PZR spray I valves closed.

Step 8: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped:

Whenllf CBS-P-9-B starts( approx. 5

  • BOP will check at least one running ECCS pump and report RCS minutes following reactor trip} , trip pump. subcooling greater than 40°F.

Critical Task SELECT: Malfunction list. NOTE: At 18 psig in containment the P signal will actuate. This will SELECT: Containment Spray System. isolate all PCCW to containment. Per the E-O OAS page the PSO will SELECT: mfsCBS003 secure all RCPs.

SELECT: Enter Step 9: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted:

  • BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report 'C' SG pressure decreasing in an uncontrolled manner.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 22 of 26

NEXT era E~ 2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 1 SEG flEET FR-Z.1, NOTE: US will direct crew to enter E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.

Response to US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions (CSFs) are in High effect. At 18 psig in containment the P signal will actuate. CBS pumps will Containment not operate and containment pressure will remain >18psig. This will signal Pressure an Orange path on the CSF for containment. The US will direct entry to FR Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure.

FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure Step 1: PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by checking all status panel lights lit for both trains.

Step 2: Check If Containment Spray Is Required:

  • PSO will report containment pressure >18 psig .
  • PSO will report containment isolation Phase B (,pI signal) and containment spray actuated but all Phase B status lights are not

'0 PSO will actuate BOTH CBS/P/CVI manual actuation switches for each train.

o PSO will manually report no CBS pumps running or available.

o PSO wiii check CBS pump suction alignment and report CBS-V-2 & 5 open and CBS-V-8 & 14 closed.

o If not previously performed, PSO will stop all RCPs.

Step 3: PSO will verify At Least One Containment Enclosure Cooling Fan, EAH-FN-5A or 5B running.

Step 4: PSO will verify MSIV, MSIV Bypass Valves And MSIV Upstream Drains are closed.

Step 5: If not previously performed, BOP will isolate the faulted 'C' SG feed line and EFW flow.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 23 of 26

>Clera ENE~"LG

~< ..' " ~'

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG F1.£E1 FR-Z.1, Step 6: Check Hydrogen Concentration Response to CUE: If US asks WCS to place hydrogen

  • BOP will report no hydrogen analyzers in service and will align at least High analyzer in service, respond: "I will have ONE hydrogen monitor and place in Analyze Mode per OS1023.71, Containment the TSC place the hydrogen analyzer in Operation of the Hydrogen Analyzers. Continue with Step 9. When Pressure service." hydrogen concentration available, Then do Step 6b.

(continued)

Step 9: Return To Procedure And Step In Effect

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 24 of 26

era ENE~J::f~ 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 1 SEG all'1'*' NUClEAR R.ffi E-2, Faulted E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation Steam Generator US will direct crew to enter E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation. US, Isolation PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions are in effect. If RCS temperature starts increasing, then the US may direct RCS temperature be stabilized by dumping steam per the E-2 OAS page Step 1: Check main steamline isolation and bypass valves of all SGs closed Step 2: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Intact:
  • PSO will check pressure in all SGs and report any stable or increasing.

Step 3: Identify Faulted SG(s):

  • BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report 'C' SG pressure decreasing in an uncontrolled manner.

Step 4: Check Faulted SG(s) Isolated:

BOP (C)

.~ BOP will check the faulted 'C' SG: feed line, EFW floW, ASDV, Main Steam Drain and blowdown are all isolated.

Step 5: Check CST Level greater than 250,000 gallons I = BOP will check CST level.

Step 6: Check Secondary Radiation:

  • BOP will check main steamline, condenser air evacuation and steam generator blowdown radiation all normal.
  • BOP will check no uncontrolled SG narrow range level increase.

Step 6: Check If ECCS Flow Should Be Reduced:

  • PSO will check RCS subcooling >40°F.
  • BOP will check secondary heat sink available.
  • PSO will check RCS pressure or stable or increasing.
  • PSO will check PZR level greater than 7% (28% for adverse containment)
  • US will entry to ES 1.1, SI TERMINATION, Step 1.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 25 of 26

'- -____~_c 2013 LOlr NRC SIM Exam 1 l SEG J ES 1.1. SI ES 1.1, SI Termination.

Termination US will direct crew to enter ES 1.1, SI Termination. US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions are in effect.

Step 1: Reset SI.

Step 2: Stop All But One CCP And Place In Standby.

Step 3: Check RCS Pressure stable or increasing by pressure recorder.

Step 4: Restore Normal Charging Path:

  • PSO will open CS-V-142 and 143.

Step 5: Establish Normal Charging Flow:

  • PSO will close SI-V-138 and 139.
  • PSO will establish 60 GPM charging flow using CS-FCV-121.
  • PSO will adjust seal injection flow for 6 GPM to 10 GPM using CS-HCV 182.

Step 6: Control Charging Flow To Maintain PZR Level

  • PSO will reduce charging flow to the RCP seals only (apprOXimately 32 gpm).

Terminate the scenario when the crew starts to estabiish normal charging fiow in ES-1.1, or at the discretion of the lead examiner.

      • END OF SCENARIO ***

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision a Page 26 of 26

WORLD CLASS 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 1 PERFORMANCE

....... expectit! OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT TURNOVER Plant Status Plant is in Mode 1 At 55% Power. Current PRA Risk is Green Protected Train The Security Threat Level is Yellow Aggregate risk is 2 LOW B

Reactivity


~_--_,----------------------------

RCS Boron concentration is 1314 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 205 Steps

.~C8 Tave Band (Oeg. F) 573- 573.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): '191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): :35 SG Blowdown Lineup: Hotwelis At 60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids - 6 Days - 6 Cation Flowrate: Full Flow 8FP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Low Turbine Controls: Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between 3646.0 MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 MW.

Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering recommendations and will normally be left in automatic control. Utilize 081000.10 Fig. 11, Rod Motiion Checklist.

001 56 Values for NEPEX Contingency Oownpower Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Gal.

Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 776 Gal.

Reactivity Activities that may affect reactivity.

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

'3y: eelOh 11

1. Increase power to 75% at 5%/hour.
2. Maintain AFD on target.
3. Dilute as required to establish and maintain a power increase to 75% at 5%/hour.
4. CB D at 205 ste s with rods in Auto.

General Plant Status General Plant Info Non Watchstation Specific)

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By: eelOhll

1. CB8-P-9-A was tagged out 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ago for maintenance.
2. T8 3.6.2.1 was entered 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> ago.
3. TS 3.6.2.1 requires CBS pump restoration within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> or be in Hot Standby within the next 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

I Evolutions List non-tagging evolutions and surveillances in progress or planned Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By: eelOhll

1. Procedure 081000.05, Power Increase, is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.39.
2. Both Main feed Pumps and one Heater Drain pump in service.
3. Second heater drain um start is bein briefe<:!..!!y OCC and will be started prior at 75%.

Work Control Name: RSS Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION* ----------------------------~

By:

I Primary NSO Name: =FBRSSMED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

( Secondary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Rover NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Waste NSO Name: FBRSSMED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Field Support NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Fire Brigade Leader Name:

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Unit Supervisor

  • TURNOVER INFORMATION*

Name

=

er Name:

Today *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG SITE: Seabrook Revision #: FINAL LMS ID: LMS Rev. Date:

SEG TITLE: 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG TYPE: D Training !8J Evaluation PROGRAM: D LOCT !8J LOIT Other:

DURATION: 90 minutes Developed by:

InstructorlDeveloper Date Reviewed by:

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by:

SME (Technical Review) Date Approved by:

Training Supervision Date Approved by:

Training Program Owner (Line) Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 22

2013 LOIT NRC SIM I-v","ft'1I UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate Update Log form TR-AA-230-1003-F16.

DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHAN.GE A DATE 1

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of 22

r'~Exera***

ENEBQ:t~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Ex:am 2 SEG

"","""'~ NUQ.£AR FlEET OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 75% power with stable Xenon, Boron Concentration at 1206 ppm, CB D at 207 steps and both Heater Drain pumps in service. The crew will begin a power increase at 10%/hr to 90% power. MS-PT-505 fails high causing outward rod motion.

After recovery from the instrument failure, SW-P-41-A will trip and lockout The standby pump SW-P-41-C fails to auto start and cannot be manually started requiring manual TA. SW-V-20 will fail to auto actuate but can be manually aligned. 'A' RGP vibration will ramp up, requiring a reactor trip. When 'A' RCP is secured after the E-O immediate actions a 300 gpm RCP seal leak (Simulated with int leg leak) will occur simultaneously with a loss of offsite power. 'N EDG will fail to auto start and the operator will be required to emergency start 'A' EDG using the slave relay in ECA-O.O. SW-V-16 will fail to automatically open the BOP will be required to open manually to establish cooling to operating 'A' DG. 'B' EDG will trip due to lube oil failure. CC-P 11-A will fail to auto start. RMO must be reset and either A Train CC pump may be started manually.

SEQUENCE OF EVENTS Event' I Description

1. Crew begins a 1O%/hr power increase. 'I
2.
  • MS-PT-505 fails high causing outward rod motion.
3. SW-P-41-A trip and lockout, standby pump SW-P G fails to auto start and cannot be manually started requiring manual TA. SW-V-20 fails t<: :> auto actuate but can be manually aligned.
4. 'N RCP vibration ramps up, requiring a reactor trip.
5. When 'A' RCP is secured after immediate actions, trigger starts 300 gpm RCP seal leak (simulated with int leg leak). Also triggers a loss of offsite power. '8' EDG trips due to lube oil failure.
6. 'A' EDG fails to auto start, Operator emergency starts using the slave relay in EGA-O.O.

SW-V-16 fails to automatically open and may be opem3d manually.

7. GC-P-11-A fails to auto start. RMO must be reset and either 'A' Train CC pump may be i

I started manually.

)

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of 22

~~_~~_=~_(T_e_r_~_>~___________2_01_3_L_O_I_T_N_~__S_I_M_E_Xam_2__________~I~

SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setup Checklist.

General Instructions

a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
b. Resetto IC #151
c. Place simulator in Run
d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #32 and insert the following:
1. A Train is Protected, SV C0755, '1'
2. Defeat the 'A' EDG auto start:
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: Electrical Distribution
  • SELECT: m f E D 0 3 1 }
  • SELECT: INSERT
3. Defeat the 'A' EDG emergency start:
  • SELECT: Panel Overview
  • SELECT: Panel GF
  • SELECT: A DG Emergency Start Pushbutton
  • SELECT: Release
  • SELECT: INSERT
4. 'B' EDG Trip:
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: Electrical Distribution
  • SELECT: mfED034
  • SELECT: INSERT
5. Block SW-P-41-C from Auto start:
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: mfSW014 )
  • SELECT: INSERT
6. Defeat SW-V-16 Auto Open:
  • SELECT: Scenario
  • SELECT: Sim_Support
  • SELECT: Defeat Auto Open SW-V-16
  • SELECT: RUN TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of 22

2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 2 SEG

7. Block CS-P-2-B from starting on LOP:
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: Chemical and Volume Control
  • SELECT: mfCS002
  • SELECT: INSERT
8. Block CC-P-11-A from Auto start:
  • SELECT: MF List ')
  • SELECT: Primary Component Cooling
  • SELECT: mfCC012
  • SELECT: INSERT
9. Defeat the auto actuation of SW-V-20:
  • SELECT: Scenario
  • OPEN: SW folder
  • SELECT: SW-V-20 auto failure
  • SELECT: Run
  • SELECT: OK
10. Block SW-P-41-C from manual start:
  • SELECT: Panel Overview
  • SELECT: GF
  • SELECT: Insert OR
  • SELECT: SW-P-41-C switch
  • SELECT: Set Final Value to PTL
  • SELECT: INSERT
e. Insert Event Trigger ')
  • SELECT: Event Triggers
  • OPEN: Sim Support
  • SELECT: RCP TRIP
  • SELECT: Activate
1. Advance logger and tear off any sheets with print.
g. Procedure OS1000.05, Power Increase is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.49.

Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation.

1

=====================================~~~

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 22

2013 LOIT NRF 81M E)(am 2 SEG SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION

  • See Turnover Sheet TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 22

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1 PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N)

Start to the extent that a significant reactivity I

Allow the students to increase plant power Crew Begins the Power increase lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.05, Power Increase.

manipulation is demonstrated.

The crew should prepare for and initiate a power increase at 10%/hr.

Unit Supervisor: A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase. The temperature band will normally be + 1.5°F with rods in Auto or + 3°F with rods in manual. Dilution will be used for temperature control during the power increase. Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control.

Turbine Operations: The BOP will increase turbine load using automatic

.) .)

DEHC operations. Using the laminated sheets, ~ure 19 of OS 1000.1 0, The basic steps are:

  • Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
  • Insert the desired loading Rate.
  • Insert the desired Power Level.
  • When ReS temperature begins to increase, Select "load."
  • Monitor turbine loading using "Load Status" is Loading and "Load Actual" increases.

The BOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.

  • At any time during the automatic loading, the power increase can be stopped by activating the "Hold" function.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 22

r---

SE~

!era ENE~~a

.. -.~.'.*."

-' 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 FrnT _- L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- - - - 1_ _.......... ~ ........ ~

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Power Increase Reactor Power change: The crew will use dilution to increase temperature (continued) during the turbine load increase. A dilution value will be determined to change the boron concentration and increase power/temperature. If control rods are used in manual to control AFD I temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the OUT direction and withdraw the rods a maximum of three steps. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions.

Using the laminated sheets of OS1008.01, Figure 2, Dilution Check List, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required dilution volume and rate.

The high level steps are:

  • Verify the pumps are in AUTO cJ
  • Verify the makeueJ'alves are in AUTO ..>
  • Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
  • Place the Mode Selector Switch to DILUTE or ALT DILUTE
  • Set the quantity and flow rate on CIS-FIQ-111 controller Note: During validation the crew used a dilution value of 1600 gallons in approximately 400 gallon batches every 15 minutes.
  • If not desired, select OFF for the "Stepback Feature"
  • Set the Mode Start Switch to START
  • Verify the pumps and valves respond
  • Verify Plant Response.
  • Restore System to Automatic control TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 22

rers' ENE£l9ya,. 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG

.~'- HUClf.AR FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2 PSO (I), BOP (I), US (I, TS)

During Power MS-PT-505 fails high: MS-PT-505, Turbine Impulse Pressure, fails high causing outward rod Increase with

  • SELECT: MF List motion.

Rods in Auto or

At Lead Initial Alarms:

Examiner's

  • SELECT: ptFWPT505 D4421 TAVG-TREF DEVIATION Discretion
  • SELECT: FAIL HIGH B7457 ROD MOTION DETECTED
  • SELECT: INSERT US will direct BOP to check generator electrical load stable. BOP will identify that generator electrical load is stable. US will direct PSO to place rods in manual. PSO will place rod control in manual and auto rod motion will stop.

PSO or BOP will identify that MS-PT-505 has failed high.

J J I.J US enters OS1235.05, Turbine Impulse Pressure PT 505 or PT 506 Instrument Failure and directs the following actions:

IStep 1: Check PT-505 FAILED:

  • BOP wiii report MS-PT-505 iaiied high.
  • PSO will report rods in manual.
  • PSO or BOP will report Tavg at program temperature. If not at program temperature, US may direct rod insertion.

Step 2: Check Condenser Steam Dumps:

  • BOP will report steam dump valves are closed.
  • BOP will transfer steam dumps to the steam pressure mode:

o BOP will verify steam dump controller MS-PK-507 in manual/minimum.

o BOP will place steam dump control mode selector to steam pressure mode.

o BOP will adjust steam dump controller setpoint to 1092 psig.

o BOP will place MS-PK-507 in AUTO.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 9 of 22

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE MS-PT-505 fails OS1235.05, Turbine Impulse Pressure PT 505 or PT 506 Instrument Failure.

high (continued) If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for the (continued)

MS-PT -505, then respond "Understand that MS-PT-505 has failed high. A Step 2: Check Condenser Steam Dumps: (continued) troubleshooting team is being formed."

  • BOP will verify both steam dump interlock selector switches positioned to NA RESET NA BYPASS INTERLOCK Step 3: Verify Proper P-13 Status By Status light TURBINE PWR BELOW P-13 UL-6 N-5:
  • BOP will report that with turbine power above 10%, the status light is If the crew calls the WCSIWWM for I&C, deenerg ized.

then respond "I&C is on their way to the Step 4: Verify Technical Specification Compliance:

control room."

  • T.S. 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Table 3.3 1, Item 18.f

.:J Action 8. Requirerttents of this action are met when step 3 is completed . .:J If needed at OS1235.05, step 5: Step 5: US will direct BOP to verify ATWS Mitigation Input Status:

  • SELECT: Panel Overview
  • US will direct I&C to place failed channel in 1-MM-CP-519, ATWS
  • SELECT: AMSAC CP-S19 mitigation system cabinet to - OPERATE BYPASS I I
  • . TS IMP (P505)
  • BOP wiii verify proper status light indication for C-20 ATWS MITiGATION SYS ARMED at UL-28 B-1. With turbine power above 20%, the status I light is energized.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 10 of 22

),lera" ENER,Q::-L~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG J'A"'-~ NUClEAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3 BOP (C), US (C, TS)

After M8-PT SW-P-41-A trip and lockout: SW-P-41-A trip and lockout and SW-P-41-C fails to auto,start.

505 failure or at

  • SELECT: MF List Lead

Examiner's 05523 SW PMP A BKR TRIP LlO Discretion

  • SELECT: mfSW001 F7192 SWTA TRAIN A FAIL TO ACTUATE
  • SELECT: INSERT NOTE: US may use 'Skill of the Operator' to attempt to start the back-up SW It the crew dispatches an NSO to the pump OR take initial actions using 05523 alarm response or OS1216.01, Service Water Pump House, respond Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink. All are acceptable. US may place the plant "This is the roving NSO. I am on my power increase on hold.

way to the Service Water Pump House to check on SW-P-41A."

'".J PSO will review 05523, SW PMP A BKR TRIf5-f./O and under the US direction will complete the following actions:

f I After 5 minutes, respond "This is the roving NSO. I see don't see anything

'Nrong with SW-P-41A."

i Step 1: BOP will verify SW Pump A tripped by amber light indication on the MCB.

Step 2: BOP will verify started/start SW Pump C.

Step 3: If SW Pump C is not available, BOP will initiate Train A tower When the crew dispatches an NSO to actuation from MCB.

essential switchgear, respond "This is the secondary NSO. I am on my way to Step 4: BOP will verify SW Pump A discharge valve SW-V-2 closes.

essential switchgear verify relay Step 5: BOP will place the control switch for SW-P-41A in pull to lock.

actuation for SW-P-41 A." Step 6: US will refer to and enter OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink.

Step 7: BOP will dispatch an operator to verify relay actuation for SW-P-41 A After 5 minutes, respond, "This is the BKR at Bus 5 <AQ3>.

secondary NSO, SW-P-41A has an 86 Step 8: US will refer to technical specifications for the service water system.

lockout."

T.S. 3.7.4a action a will be entered.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 11 of 22

I .~.\~~~~ ruET 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE SW-P-41-A trip US enters OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink and directs the and lockout and following actions:

SW-P-41-C fails Step 1: Determine Appropriate Response:

to auto start.

  • If entered upon initial failure, then go to Step 2.

(continued)

It the crew dispatches an NSO to perform

  • If entered after processing 05523 alarm response and affected SW train a cooling tower fill, respond "This is the aligned to the cooling tower, then go to Step 8.

roving NSO. Commence a cooling

  • If entered after processing D5523 alarm response and Tower actuation is tower fill from potable water." in progress, then got to Step 4.

Step 2: Check For Ocean System Failure:

After 5 minutes, respond, "This is the

  • BOP will check one ocean service water pump running per train with roving NSO, I started a coaling tower associated discharge valve open.

fill from potable water at 50 gpm."

.)

  • With no Train ~ ocean SW pump running the BOP will perform the I.,.;)

following:

IF NEEDED for Cooling Tower fill: o Manually start SW Pump C.

  • SELECT: RF List o SW Pump C can not be started and BOP will actuate Train A tower
  • SELECT: Service \Nater actuation.
  • SELECT: rfSW001 PVV or FP o Go to Step 4.
  • SELECT: Set FINAL VALUE to 50 Step 4: Verify Tower Actuation Sequence:
  • SELECT: INSERT
  • BOP will verify proper TA alignment by UL-16 status panel indication.

o BOP will identify that SW-V-20 failed to auto close and will close the valve if not previously performed.

Step 5: Determine Step Transition:

TR-AA-230-1 003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 22

~

~~L:xrera~

E~:!

. flHT 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE SW-P-41-A trip OS1216.01, Degraded Ultimate Heat Sink (continued) and lockout and Step 7: Align equipment with one cooling tower pump ,in service:

SW-P-41-C fails

  • BOP will place both Train A ocean SW pump control switches in PTL.

to auto start.

(continued)

  • BOP will place running Train A CT pump control switch in NA START.
  • BOP will reset Train A tower actuation.

Step 8: Check For Cooling Tower Failure:

o BOP will check SW-V-4, 20 and 74 are closed, identify that SW-V-20 failed to auto close and will close the valve if not previously performed.

J J

' necessary.

IStep 9: Determine S'v"V Systern status:

L-----LI T.S. 3.7.4a action a will be entered.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 13 of 22

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE c~~~ ~ ~ ~~-~~~ ~ --------

Event 4 PSO (C), US (C)

After Step 7 or 'A' RCP vibration ramps up: 'A' RCP vibration ramps up, which will require a manual reactor trip.

8 of

  • SELECT: MF List OS1216.01, or at Lead
  • SELECT: mfRC020 88300 RCP A MTR FRAME VI8 VERT ROC HI Examiner's 88301 RCP A MTR FRAME VI8 HORIZ ROC HI Discretion
  • SELECT: Set Ramp Time to 600 88308 RCP A SHAFT VI8 VERT ROC HI seconds and Final Value to 21 88309 RCP A SHAFT VI8 HORIZ ROC HI NOTE: First
  • SELECT: INSERT alarm comes in US enters OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction and directs the following actions:

approximately 8 Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure Step Transition:

minutes after

  • With abnorm~RCP vibration level US will go to Step 2. w failure is .~

inserted. Step 2: Monitor RCP Vibration less than alert and danger limit

  • Determine If RCP vibration indication is valid using applicable diverse indication as follows:

I o 80P will perform Attachment A to confirm RCP vibration rack module output is valid I

o PSO will use MPCS to obtain RCP vibration readings.

o PSO will check RCP seal leak off flows.

o PSO will check RCP bearing temperatures.

  • US and PSO determine valid RCP vibration are greater than alert and/or danger limits requiring a reactor trip.

I _J ----~ -----

  • US will direct crew to enter E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection and perform their iml11§!diate actions. ------ ~-

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 14 of 22

[~.iN.**.***~~~.

/" NUCUAA FUfl 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Crew trips the E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Rx Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:

  • PSO will check Rod bottom lights lit, reactor trip and bypass breakers open and neutron flux decreasing.

Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:

  • BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the generator breaker open.

Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency Busses:

  • BOP will check both AC emergency busses energized.

Step 4: Check If SI Is Actuated:

c-::J u

  • PSO will check and report no SI annuncil8tors lit.
  • Check if SI is required o PSO checks RCS pressure <1800 psig, o PSO checks pressurizer level <7%,

o PSO checks containment pressure >4 pSig, I o PSO checks RCS subcooling <40°F, o BOP checks any SG pressure <585 pSig and o SI is not required.

  • Immediate actions are complete. US will direct the PSO to stop the 'A'

-- --~-""-,-,-~~"'-,-,-~-

RCP. ---~- ---- ---~ ---- ---- ---- ---~- -----""'-,--~-

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 15 of 22

i',!FXrera E~Y~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG RUT SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE EventS PSO (M), BOP (M), US (M)

When 'A' RCP Simultaneous Events Loss of offsite power, Station Blackout and 300 gpm RCP seal leak.

is secured after Loss of offsite power:

immediate actions

  • SELECT: MF List NOTE: Crew may reassess E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, step 3 for
  • SELECT: Electrical Distribution LOP, then go to ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power, OR go directly to ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power, step 1. Either transition path is correct.
  • SELECT: mfED038
  • SELECT: INSERT Step 3: Verify Power To AC Emergency Busses:

350 gpm RCP seal leak (simulated with intermediate leg leak):

  • BOP will check at least one AC emergency bus energized.
  • SELECT: MF List
  • BOP will attempt to emergency start both emergency EDGs.

o 'B' EDG witt:start and trip due to lube oil failure . u

  • w SELECT: mfRC050A
  • US will direct crew to enter ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power and perform
  • SELECT: Set Final Value to 350 their immediate actions.
  • SELECT: INSERT TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 16 of 22

'/Tera'

~ ..

~.{N.*~*~.

.- HIlCI£Al\

Flffi 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:

  • PSO will check reactor trip and bypass breakers open and neutron flux decreasing.

Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:

  • BOP will check all stop valves or all control valves closed and the generator breaker open.

Step 3: Check If RCS Is Isolated:

  • PSO will check PORVs, CS-V-145, Excess letdown isolation valves and

.~

'J RCS sample valves closed. u Step 4: BOP will verify EFW Flow >500 gpm Step 5: Try To Restore Power to any AC Emergency Bus:

  • BOP will place Bus 5 & 6 UAT and RAT supply breaker control switches in PTL.

When BOP simulates actuating Slave Event 6 relay K603 test switch S909 "Relay test BOP (C) switch has been actuated. Indications

o Emergency start (will not work)

Slave relay start of 'A' EDG: o Slave relay K603 test switch S909

  • SELECT: Scenario
  • BOP will verify diesel generator is running with normal voltage and
  • SELECT: Sim_Support frequency.
  • SELECT: Start E DG Slave Relay
  • BOP will verify diesel generator breaker is closed and EPS is actuated and sequencing.
  • SELECT: Run
  • Check equipment loaded:

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 17 of 22

rera*

ENE!312J::~~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG J"#' ",'" NUClfAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE ECA-O.O, Loss ECA-O.O, Loss of all AC Power, Step 5 (continued) of all AC Power (continued)

If the crew dispatches an NSO to DG room

  • Check equipment loaded:

to investigate, respond "This is the o PSO reports 'A' Charging Pump running.

roving NSO. I am in the 'B' DG room o PSO reports 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump running.

and there is a large amount of oil on the floor." PSO (C) o PSO will identify CC-P-11-A failure to auto start.

If the crew directs NSO to Place 'B' DG in

  • BOP will reset RMO (after EPS sequencing is complete).

MAINTENANCE, respond "Place 'B' DG

  • PSO will start CC-P-11-A or C.

in MAINTENANCE."

o BOP reports 'A' EFW pump running.

Event 6 PI~ing the 'B' DG in MAINTENANCE:

BOP (C) J J o BOP reports 'A' Cooling Tower Pump running Critical Task

  • SELECT: Local Panels
  • BOP may identify that SW-V-16 is closed, but should be open.
  • SELECT: DG System
  • US directs BOP using 'Skill ofthe Operator' to open SW-V-16.
  • SELECT: DG B
  • BOP opens SW-V-16.

@ SELECT: SS-9710 Maintenance

  • BOP reports Bus 5 is energized.
  • BOP reports only one AC emergency bus is energized.
  • BOP reports Bus 5 is energized from its Emergency Diesel.
  • US directs return to E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Step 4.

E-O, Reactor Step 4: Check If SI Is Actuated:

Trip or Safety

Injection, Step 4 US will direct PSO and BOP to bring up their alarms and notify him of any immediate plant concerns and share any pertinent plant information.

Step 5: Perform ESF actuation verification per Attachment A:

  • PSO will perform Attachment A.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 18 of 22

era' ENERj,ix.a 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG HIJClEAft Ft.m SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS


I TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE E-O, Reactor PSO performing Attachment A while US and BOP process E-O.

Trip or Safety 1. PSO will verify Containment Isolation Phase A Actuation by I'njection checking all status panel lights lit for both trains.

(continued) 2. PSO will verify Safeguard Equipment Alignment by checking proper alignment by status panel for both trains.

3. PSO will verify Feedwater Isolation by checking proper alignment by status panel.

Event 7 PSO (C)

Critical Task NOTE: US may direct PSO to start CC-P-11-A or C after Step 4 of E-O using Skill of the Operator.

4. PSO will verify a PCCW Pump running in both loops.

u u

  • PSO will identify CC-P-U-A failure to auto start.
  • PSO will reset RMO.
  • PSO will start CC-P-11-A or C.
5. PSO will verify ECCS Flow by checking:
  • CCP indicated flow to RCS cold legs.
  • RCS pressure <1700 psig, SI pump flow to both trains.
  • RCS pressure >300 psig, go to Step 6.
6. PSO will verify MS-V-129 is open.

PSO will verify a SW Pump running in both trains.

8. PSO will verify SW flow to Train A and Train B Diesels >900 gpm.
9. PSO will check all main steamlines isolated with containment pressure >4 psig.
10. PSO will check Containment Pressure has remained <18 psig
11. PSO will verify total EFW flow >500 gpm.
12. PSO will reset RMO if not previously done.
13. PSO will notify US of Actuation Verification Status.

Attachment A is complete.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 22

~**~E;><rera' ENER~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG

,~ N~

FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE E-O, Reactor When the BOP dispatches an NSO to Step 6: Monitor RCS Temperature stable at or trending to 557°F.

Trip or Safety open FW-V-347, B EFW pump miniflow,

  • BOP will report t~mperature less than 55rF and decreasing.

Injection respond "'This is the roving NSO. Open (continued) FW-V-347, B EFW pump miniflow."

  • US will direct the following actions:

o Stop dumping steam to condenser and atmosphere.

After 2 minutes open FW-V-347:

o Check MS to MSRs isolated.

NOTE: The following 2 steps may have been performed per the E-O OAS

  • SELECT: SIM diagrams page.
  • SELECT: FW3 o If cooldown continues, then open EFW pump mini flow valves and
  • SELECT: FW-V-347 throttle total feed flow to maintain greater than 500 GPM.
  • SELECT: Manual Adjust o When SG level is adequate based on 15% NR in at least one SG
  • SET: Final Value = 1 (Adverse Containment), then throttle feed flow to maintain SG narrow range level between 15% and 50% (Adverse Containment).

P

  • SET: Ramp 30 =

o If cooldown continues, then close MSIVs, MSIV bypass valv~ and

  • SELECT: Insert upstream drains.

Step 7: Check RCS Isolated:

After FW-V-347 is open, respond, "This is I - nr-.r'l. '11 h k CS " 145 b th POR"- ---' t.._.o.h I PZR -.

- the roving NSO FW-V-347 is open." 1

  • cur WI C ec -v- ,0 v~ eUiU UUl norma ~pray 1 , valves closed.

Step 8: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped:

  • BOP will check at least one running ECCS pump and report RCS subcooling greater than 40°F.

Step 9: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted:

  • BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report pressures as expected.

Step 10: Check If SG U Tubes Are Intact:

  • BOP will check pressures and levels in all SGs and report pressures and levels as expected.

Step 11: Check If RCS Is Intact:

  • BOP will report abnormal containment radiation and pressure.
  • US will direct entry to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 20 of22

era**

ENE~Jl;CJ'~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG NUCLEAR FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE E-1, Loss of E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant Reactor or Secondary US will direct crew to enter E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant and Coolant direct the following actions. US, PSO or BOP will announce that Critical Safety Functions are in effect.

Step 1: Check If RCPs Should Be Stopped:

  • PSO will check one charging pump running.
  • PSO will check RCS subcooling >40°F.

Step 2: Check If SG Pressure Boundary Is Faulted:

  • BOP will check pressures in all SGs and report pressures as expected.

Step 3: Check Intact SG Levels:

D

  • BOP will verify 15% NR in at leas~ne SG (Adverse Containment).
)
  • BOP will open EFW pump mini flow valves AND control feed flow to maintain NR level between 15% and 50% (adverse containment).

Step 4: Check Secondary Radiation:

  • BOP will check no uncontrolled SG narrow range level increase.

Step 5: Check PZR PORV And Block Valves:

  • BOP will verify block valves have power and are open and both PORVs are closed.

E-1, Loss of Step 6: Check If ECCS Flow Should Be Reduced:

Reactor or

  • PSO will check RCS subcooling greater than 40°F.

Secondary Coolant

  • BOP will check secondary heat sink available.

(continued)

  • PSO will check RCS pressure or stable or increasing.
  • PSO will check PZR level greater than 28% (adverse containment)
  • US will entry to ES 1.1, SI TERMINATION, Step 1.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 21 of 22

era**

ENERGY~

0"/X1,.rt~~~.

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 SEG FLEU SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Terminate the scenario after the crew check If ECCS flow should be reduced at step 6 Of E-1, or at the discretion of the lead examiner.

      • END OF SCENARIO ***

Q Q Q TR-AA~230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 22 of 22

WORLD CLASS 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 2 PERFORMANCE

....... expectit! OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT TURNOVER Plant Status Plant is in Mode 1 At 75% Power.

Protected Train

- Current PRA Risk is Green The Security Threat Level is Yellow Aggregate risk is 0 LOW A

Reactivity RCS Boron concentration is 1206 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 207 Steps RCS Tave Band (Oeg. F) 581- 581.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): 191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Oeg. F (Gal): 35 SG Blowdown Lineup: Hotwells At 60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids - 6 Days - 6 Cation Flowrate: Full Flow SFP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Low Turbine Controls: Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between 3646.0 MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 MW.

Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering re!commendations and will normally be left in automatic control. Utilize OS1 000.1 0 Fig. 11, Rod Motion Checklist.

00156 Values for NEPEX Contingency Oownpower Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Gal.

Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 776 Gal.

I Reactivity Activities that may affect reactivity.

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

'3y: eelOh 11

1. Increase power to 90% at 10%/hour.
2. Maintain AFD on target.
3. Dilute as required to establish and maintain a power increase to 90% at 10%/hour.
4. CB D at 207 ste s with rods in Auto.

General Plant Status General Plant Info Non Watchstation Specific)

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By: eelOh11

1. Power increase in ro ess.

Evolutions List non-ta in evolutions and surv!!!lances in progress or planned Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By: eelOhll

1. Procedure OSI000.05, Power Increase, is being performed and is completed to step 4.2.49.
2. Both Heater Drain urn s are in service.

Work Control Name: RSS Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION'"

By:

I Primary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Secondary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 "'TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

,~over NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 "'TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Waste NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 "'TURNOVER INFORMATION'"

By:

I Field Support NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Fire Brigade Leader Name:

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION'"

By:

I Unit Supervisor Name Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION'"

By:

I Shift Manager Name:

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION'"

By:

NEXTera" E~F3~~!!. SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SEG REEl SITE: Seabrook Revision #: FINAL LMS 10: LMS Rev. Date:

SEG TITLE: 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG TYPE: o Training [gj Evaluation o

PROGRAM: 0 LOCT [gj LOIT 0 Other:

DURATION: 90 minutes Developed by:

Instructor/Developer Date Reviewed by:

Instructor (Instructional Review) Date Validated by: ,

SME (Technical Review) Date 0

Approved by:

Training Supervision Date Approved by:

Training Program Owner (Lin4~) Date TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 1 of 28

",:F.xrera' ENERGY~ 2013 LOIT NRC 81M Exam 4 SEG

.",,~.~

fLeET UPDATE LOG: Indicate in the following table any minor changes or major revisions (as defined in TR-AA-230-1003) made to the material after initial approval. Or use separate U~ate Log form TI~-AA-230-1003-F16. I PREPARER DATE

  1. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE REASON FOR CHANGE: ARlTWR#

REVIEWER DATE I

o o

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 2 of28

o

. '~EX'era E~~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG f!.ffi OVERVIEW I SEQUENCE OF EVENTS OVERVIEW The crew will take the watch at MOL 100% power with, Rods in Auto, boron concentration at 1100 ppm, CB D at 230 steps. The crew will begin a power decrease at 10%/hr to 50% power due to FW-P-32-A vibration issues. CC-P-322-A trips and standby pump fails to auto start, but can be started manually. The crew will then experienCE! a loss of EDE-PP-1A due to EDE-I-1A failure. Instrument Bus 1A can be recovered on its maintenance supply. This event will require manual control of FRV's and charging. AR-P-50-B will then trip with auto start of third AR pump blocked, but it' can be manually started. FW-P-32-A trips and power level is too high for Setback to be successful. Auto and Manual Rx trips are blockecl, n3sulting in A TWS. Auto rod insertion is blocked and manual rod insertion will be required. On the manual turbine trip, turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 will stick open, ~quiring manual MSI.

SEQUENCE OF EVENTS Event # Description

1. Crew begins a 1O%/hr power decrease due to FW-P<-I2-A vibration issues. I
2. CC-P-322-A trips and standby pump fails to auto start, can be started manually.
3. Loss of EDE-PP-1A due to EDE-I-1A failure. Instrument Bus 1A recovered on maintenance
  • supply. Requires manual control of FRV's and charging.
4. On loss of EDE-PP-1A, PC-PT-455 will fail low. This will be discovered when Instrument Bus 1A is recovered on its maintenance supply.

I

5. AR-P-50-B trips, auto start of third blOC~d but can be manually started. Vacuum will i i continue to decrease requiring downpo r to maintain 25 inches of Hg.

I .

6. FW-P-32-A trips. Power level too high for Setback to be successful. Auto and Manual Rx

. trips blocked resulting in A TWS.

7. Auto rod insertion blocked, manual rod insertion required.

I

8. On manual turbine trip, turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 stick open, requiring manual MSI.

I

9. When crew enters ES-0.1 the A PORV will fail open. This will require the PSO to close the I

I A PORV. It will not close and the PSO will close the A PORV Block Valve.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 3 of28

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR SET UP INSTRUCTIONS Perform simulator set up per the Simulator Setlff> Checklist.

General Instructions

a. Provide extra copies of procedures to Examiners
b. Reset to IC #153
c. Place simulator in Run
d. Verify the following have been inserted OR reset to IC #30 and insert the following:
1. A Train is Protected, SV C0755, '1'
2. Block MS-SV-2 Main Stop Valve closure:
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: avMSVSV2
  • SELECT: FAIL OPEN
  • SELECT: INSERT
3. Block MS-CV-2 Main Turbine Control Valve clm;ure:
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: avMSVCV2 n
  • SELECT: FAIL OPEN
  • SELECT: INSERT
4. Block standby Air Removal pump start:
  • SELECT: MF List
  • SELECT: Condenser Air Evacuation
  • SELECT: mfAR006C
  • SELECT: INSERT
e. Advance logger and tear off any sheets with print.
f. Procedure OS1 000.056, Power Decrease is being performed and is completed to step 4.3.

Provide appropriate shift turnover documentation.

o TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 4 of28

o I f~E>CTera

. ENE:!j1iUi 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION

  • See Turnover Sheet n

o TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 5 of 28

I ~~."~~~Q

~/",ff""'"'" H~

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 1 PSO (R), BOP (N), US (N)

Start AII9w the students to decrease plant Crew begins the power decrease lAW MPE Procedure OS1000.06, Power power to the extent that a significant Decrease.

reactivity manipulation is demonstrated.

The crew should prepare for and initiate a power decrease at 10%/hr.

Unit Supervisor: A brief reactivity review will take place discussing the temperature limits for Tavg to be used in the power increase. The temperature band will normally be + 1.5°F. Soration will be used for temperature control during the power decrease. Control rods will be used for AFD and temperature control.

Turbine Operations: The SOP will decrease turbine load using automatic c:::> DEttC operations. Using the laminated sheets, Figure 19 WOS1 000.1 0, The basic steps are:

  • Check the Load Set is in Hold mode.
  • Insert the desired Ramp Rate.

I* Insert the desired Power LeveL

  • V'v'hen RCS tern perature begins to decrease, Seiect "Load."
  • Monitor turbine unloading using "Load Status" is Unloading and "Load Actual" decreases.

The SOP should verify the change with control valve position change, temperature change and power change.

  • At any time during the automatic unloading, the power decrease can be stopped by activating the "Hold" function.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 6 of 28

I.. ~.N.f:~~~e

~.~~ Nuct£AJl FIHl 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Reactor Power change: The crew will use boration to decrease temperature during the turbine load decrease. A boration value will be

. determined to change the boron concentration and decrease power/temperature. If control rods are used in manual to control AFD /

temperature, the operator will verify rod speed, place the Rod Motion Selector (In-Hold-Out) switch to the IN direction and insert the rods. The PSO will monitor temperature and power as confirmation of actions.

Using the laminated sheets of OS1008.01, Figure 3, Boration Checklist, the PSO will set up the controllers for the required boration volume and rate.

The high level steps are:

  • Verify the pumps are in AUTO t:::)
  • Verify the makeup valves ar;;;in AUTO t:::)
  • Place Blender Mode Start Switch to STOP
  • Place the Mode Selector Switch to BORATE
  • Set the quantity and flow rate on CIS-FIQ-111 controller I Note: During validation the crew used a boration value of 300 gallons in approximately 75 gallon batches every 15 minutes.
  • If not desired, select OFF for the "Stepback Feature"
  • Set the Mode Start Switch to START
  • Verify the pumps and valves respond
  • Verify Plant Response
  • Restore Svstem to Automatic control TR-M-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 7 of 28

rera*

ENEBQY~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG

.,,,,,,<,,,,,,,,,,,*, ~ **

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 2 PSO(C), US (C)

At Lead C~-P-322-A trips: CC-P-322-A,. 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump trips and CC-P-322-B, 'B' Thermal Examiner's

  • SELECT: Scenario Barrier Pump fails to auto start.

Discretion

  • OPEN: CC folder Initial Alarms:
  • SELECT: TB loss with failure of 322B to start B5208 THERM BARR PMP NB OUTLET FLOW LOW 85219 THERM BARR PMP NB OUTLET FLOW LOW
  • SELECT: Run F8017 RCP A THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW
  • SELECT: OK F8018 RCP B THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW F8019 RCP C THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW F8020 RCP D THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW Q Q Q PSO identifies that CC-P-322-A, 'A' Thermal Barrier Pump trips and CC-P 322-B, 'B' Thermal Barrier Pump failed to auto start.

NOTE: US may decide to take initial actions using "Skill of the Operator" or any of the above iisted aiarm responses or go directly to OS1212.01, PCCW Malfunction or OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction. Any method is acceptable. US may place the plant down power on hold.

If the US chooses to use "Skill of the Operator":

  • US will direct the PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill of the Operator".
  • PSO will start CC-P-322-B.
  • PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 8 of 28

rera ENE8iZY.Jf~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG

,/,4~y7!'

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-P-322-A, 'A' PSO may review 85208 or B5219, THERM BARR PMP AlB OUTLET FLOW Thermal Barrier LOW. If the US chooses to use B5208 or B5219 alarm response, then he will Pump trip

. direct the PSO to complete the following actions:

(continued)

PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 1 :

This alarm is generated from the transmitter supplying point A0283. The standby pump auto start is supplied independently from the transmitter bistable at 120 gpm.

Step 1: Verify Thermal Barrier Pump AlB outlet flow low conditions using the following:

  • A0283, CC-P-322A & B OUTLET FLOW
  • A0284, CC-P-322A & B OUTLET FLOW D D Step 2: Check one thermal ba=itier coolant pump running.
  • US may direct PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill of the Operator".

Step 3: If continued low flow conditions exist, go to OS1212.01, PCCW System Ma!function.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 9 of 28

EN~X~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG J" NUct.EAR FlEEr SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE I CC-P-322-A, 'A' PSO may review F8017 (F8018, F8019 or F8020), RCP A (B, C or D)

  • Thermal Barrier THERM BARRIER COOLING FLOW LOW. If the US chooses to use F8017 Pump trip

. (F8018, F8019 or F8020) alarm response, then he will direct the PSO to (continued) complete the following actions:

PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 1 :

CC-P-322A, Thermal Barrier Coolant Pump A is the preferred pump and will normally be in service. CC-P-322B, Thermal Barrier Coolant Pump B will normally be kept in auto as the standby pump.

Step 1: Verify CC-P-322A or B, thermal barrier coolant pump in service per OS1012.08, Thermal Barrier Cooling Water System Operation.

- PSO verifies no thermal barrier pumps running.

(;:)

-eelS may direct PSO to start CC-P-322-B using "Skill ofcthe Operator".

PSO will read NOTE prior to Step 2:

RCP thermal barrier outlet isolation valves are normally open and deenergized to avoid redundant high flow closure on a single loop failure.

I IStep 2: Verify Thermal Barrier Pump Outlet Flow Normal (180 to 220 gpm) using the following:

- A0283, CC-P-322A & B OUTLET FLOW

- A0284, CC-P-322A & B OUTLET FLOW Step 3: Refer to the following procedures as applicable:

  • OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction

- OS1212.()j!PCCW Sy~!em Malfun~tion -------

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 10 of28

r'~E~XTera ENERcrL~ /#-.Y;>0# __ _ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG

>M"J* NUCLEAR Ft£ET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-P-322-A, 'A' If the US chooses to go directly to OS1212.01, PCCW Malfunction, he will Thermal Barrier direct the following actions:

Pump trip (continued)

US will read CAUTION prior to Step 1:

The reactor and affected RCPs must be tripped within 10 minutes of losing all PCCW flow to affected RCPs.

Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure Response:

  • IF PCCW system FLOW is degraded, THEN go to step 2.

Step 2: Check PCCW Flow

  • PSO will check PCCW pumps, one pump running per loop.
  • PSO will check PCCW system flow >6000 gpm.

Q

  • PSO will check RCP motof::tlow alarms reset. Q
  • PSO will check RCP motor temperatures are normal:

o Motor bearing temperatures <195°F.

o Motor stator winding temperature <302°F.

  • PSO wi!! check at least one thermal barrier cooling pump running:

o PSO will manually start pump.

o PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US.

NOTE: The remaining steps check on PCCW system status. The US will process the AOP to Step 8 where he will return to procedure and step in effect.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 11 of 28

[ ,',FXlera ENEBQya

/"'~v HUCLEAA 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG fLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE CC-P-322-A, 'A' If the US chooses to go directly to OS1201.01, RCP Malfunction, he will Thermal Barrier direct the following actions:

Pump trip (continued)

Step 1: Determine Appropriate Procedure Step Transition:

  • IF RCP seal package cooling is degraded, THEN go to Step 14.

Step 14: Monitor Rep Seal And Bearing Cooling Inlet Temperature:

  • PSO will check Rep seal and bearing inlet temperature indication is available to each Rep.
  • PSO will monitor RCP seal water inlet temperature <230°F
  • PSO will monitor Rep seal water inlet temperature <184°F Step 15: Monitor for minimum RCP seal cooling system requirements:

D (II) PSO will check Rep No.1 Seal injection flow >6 gpm:to each RCP.

US will read CAUTION prior to Step 16 to PSO:

A loss of seal injection event may cause Rep seal and bearing temperatures to reach 230°F within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />. Thermal barrier cooling may not provide I adequate cooling to RCP seals with leakoff rates less than 2.5 gpm. I Step 16: Check Seal Water Cooling System Status:

  • PSO will check RCP No.1 Seal injection flow >6 gpm to each RCP.
  • PSO will check Rep seal water injection temperature <135°F
  • PSO will check at least one thermal barrier cooling pump running:

o PSO will manually start pump.

o PSO will verify alarms clear and report the conditions to the US.

  • PSO will check RCP thermal barrier supply temperature <105°F
  • PSO will check thermal barrier head tank level between 30 and 45 inches.

Step 17: Go to Step 19.

Step 19: Verify Tech Spec compliance.

Step 20: Verifies normal RCP parameters. END AOP TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 12 of 28

NUCUAA 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 3 PSO (C), BOP (C), US (C, TS)

After start of Loss of UPS-I-1A: Loss of vital instrument panel PP-1A 9ue to UPS-I-1A failure.

CC-P-322-B or

  • SELECT: MF List at Lead Initial Alarms:
  • SELECT: Electrical Distribution Many alarms associated with the loss of ED-PP-1-A.

Examiner's Discretion

  • SELECT: mfED025
  • SELECT: INSERT Due to FW-PT-505 failing low from the loss of power, rods in auto will start inserting. The US will direct BOP to check generator electrical load stable.

Event 4 RC-PT-455 Failed Low: BOP will identify that generator electrical load is stable. US will direct PSO to Prior to re place rods in manual. PSO will place rod control in manual and auto rod

  • SELECT: MF List energizing motion will stop.

EDE-PP-1A on

  • SELECT: Reactor Coolant (component) its maintenance Due to SG Water Level cOnHPlling channel failing from the loss of power, SG c:::>

supply

  • SELECT:'PtRCPT455 NR levels will increase from program level. The US will direct the BOP to
  • SELECT: FAIL LOW manually control feed regulating valves to restore SG level to program. (45%
  • SELECT: INSERT to 55%) and to manually control main feed pump master speed controller to restore programmed DP, as necessary.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 13 of 28

~

f',JF><lera' E~~X~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A When the crew dispatches an NSO to 'A' With the plant stabilized the US enters OS 1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital (continued) essential switchgear to check the status of Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 1D) and directs the following actions:

PP-1A and UPS-I-1A, respond "This is the secondary NSO, I am on my way to US will read NOTE prior to Step 1 to BOP:

'A' essential switchgear to check the status of PP-1A and UPS-I-1A." 120 VAC Instrument bus can be energized at any time per Attachment D.

US will give BOP Attachment D and direct him to repower PP-1A.

After 5 minutes, respond "Control, this is the secondary NSO, UPS-I-1A appears dead."

INO!E: P.P-1A may be repower~d fro:n its maintenance supply at any time dunng this procedure. Repowenng Will cause a spurious containment evacuation alarm.

When the crew directs the NSO to repower PP-1A from its maintenance Step 1: Check Rod Control System:

(::)

supply using Attachment D, respond "This c; BOP will check generator electrical load stable. (::)

is the secondary NSO, repower PP-1 A

  • PSO will place the Rod Bank Selector Switch in Manual.

from its maintenance supply using Step 2: Check Steam Generator Water Level Control:

Attachment D."

  • BOP will check controlling channel is failed.

Ensure MF for RC-PT -455 inserted.

  • BOP will manually control feed regulating valves to restore SG level to program.

To place ED-PP-1A on its Maintenance supply:

  • BOP will manually control main feed pump speed controller to restore programmed DP, as necessary.
  • SELECT: RF List
  • SELECT: Electrical Distribution AITACHMENT A, as time permits.
  • SELECT: rfED021
  • SELECT: INSERT NOTE: When PP-1A is repowered from its maintenance supply the crew discover RC-PT-455 failed low. The US may decide to enter OS1201.06, After repowering PP-1A, respond PZR Pressure Instrument I Component Failure at this time or complete the "Control, this is the secondary NSO, current AOP. The steps for RC-PT-455 failure follow the PP-1A failure in the PP-1A is on its Maintenance supply." Expected Student Response section.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 14 of 28

[~~~.~~~~

..,-'--~".~

fUU 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A BOP performing Attachment A to align SG level control to automatic as (continued) follows, while US and PSO continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 1D).

1. BOP will manually restore SG level to program level using:
  • Feed regulating valve control OR
  • Main feed water speed control, if necessary
2. BOP will select alternate control channel as necessary:
  • Steam flow
  • Feed flow
3. WHEN SG level returns to program, THEN perform the following:

c

  • Return feedq:egulating valve control to automatic. c
  • Return main feed pump speed control to automatic, as necessary.

Attachment A is complete.

ILoss of PP-1A Step 3: Check Rod Control System:

(continued)

  • BOP will check Steam Dump Control:

o Condenser steam dump valves closed.

o Reset C-7A steam dump arming signal, as necessary.

Step 4: Check Pressurizer Pressure Control:

  • PSO will check controlling channel is failed.
  • PSO will manually control the Master pressurizer pressure controller OR Heaters and spray valves to restore pressurizer pressure to program,
  • PSO will check pressurizer pressure is stable or trending to program.
  • PSO will restore pressurizer pressure control to automatic per ATTACHMENT B, as time permits.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 15 of 28

~

~~~~

~~L><Tera E~::{a. 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A PSO performing Attachment B to align pressurizer pressure control to (continued) automatic as follows, while US and BOP continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 10). *

1. PSO will manually restore pressurizer pressure to program using:
  • Master pressurizer pressure controller OR
  • Heaters and spray valves
2. PSO will select alternate pressure channel for control/backup as necessary.
3. PSO will select an alternate pressure channel for recorder as necessary.
4. PSO will select an alternate AT, OT, OP channel for recorder as necessary.

(;:) c:

5. WHEN pressurizer pressure returns to program, THEN perform the following:
  • Place PZR master pressure controller in automatic
  • Place PZR spray controllers in automatic
  • If required, reset pressurizer controi group heaters.

Attachment B is complete.

Loss of PP-1A Step 5: Check Pressurizer Level Control:

(continued)

  • PSO will check controlling/backup/programmed level channel is failed.
  • PSO will manually control the Master level controller OR CS-FK-121 controller to restore pressurizer level to program.
  • PSO will select an alternate level channel for control and backup.
  • PSO will restore pressurizer level control to automatic per AnACHMENT C, as time permits.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 16 of 28

NUCWR 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A PSO performing Attachment C to align pressurizer level control to automatic (continued) as follows, while US and BOP continue in OS1247.01, Loss of a 120 VAC

. Vital Instrument Panel (PP1A, 1B, 1C OR 1D) .

1. PSO will manually restore pressurizer level to program using:
  • Master level controller OR
  • CS-FK-121 controller
2. PSO will select alternate level channel for control and backup.
3. PSO will select an alternate level channel for recorder as necessary.
4. PSO will verify control rods are in manual
5. PSO will depress affected loop Tavg channel defeat pushbutton C)
6. WHEN pressu~er level returns to program, THEN perform the 1;3 following:
  • Adjust RC-LK-459 as needed to match the input and setpoint signals on CS-FK-121
  • Piace CS-FK-121 in AUTO I I
  • Adjust RC-LK-459 input to match program level setpoint
  • Place RC-LK-459 in AUTO
7. If required, reset pressurizer control group heaters.

Attachment C is complete.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 17 of28

~---.-

r~EXlera' ENE13",Q~a 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG

.p""......." "' NUClEAR FU£T SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A Step 6: Check If E Plan Classification is required:

(continued)

  • PSO.will report PP-1 C is energized and the US will go to St~p 7.

Step 7: Check If Letdown Was Isolated:

  • PSO will report that RC-LCV-459 is closed.

Step 8: Check If Normal Letdown Can Be Established:

  • Verify charging flow >50 gpm:

o PSO will report charging to the RCP seals only.

o PSO will increase charging flow to >50 gpm.

  • PSO will report pressurizer level >17% and increaSing.
  • PSO will establish normal letdown as follows:
  • PSO will open/check open CC-V-341 and check CS-TK-130 in AUTO to C;:)

c:t align PCCW to the letdown heat exchanger. C;:)

  • PSO will close letdown flow control valves CS-HCV-189 and 190.
  • PSO will open/check open letdown line isolation valves RC-LCV-459 and 460 and CS-V-145 .

.. PSO will manually control CS-PK-131 AND estabiish ietdown fiow using letdown flow control valve CS-HCV-189 or 190.

  • US will go to Step 10.

Step 10: Defeat Affected Loop ilT and Tavg inputs:

  • PSO will depress affected loop ilT channel defeat pushbutton.
  • PSO will depress affected loop Tavg channel defeat pushbutton.
  • PSO will select a non affected channel for ilT, OT, OP recorder.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 18 of 28

lera" EN~,'39~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG

/"' 1OlQ.EAII FtEEl SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Loss of PP-1A Step 11: Restore 120 VAC Instrument Power:

(continued)

. NOTE: Power may already be ret?tored .

  • BOP will report that he is working with an NSO in the field to place PP-1A on its maintenance supply per Attachment D OR
  • BOP will report that PP-1A is energized on its maintenance supply per Attachment D.

Step 12: Restore Normal System Alignment:

  • PSO will reset affected power range NI rate trip.
  • PSO will restore any defeated loop Tavg, t\T channels.
  • PSO will restore pressurizer pressure control channels for preferred alignment, as necessary.

0

  • PSO will verify Tavg~ITHIN 1°F OF Tref.
  • Under specific US direction, PSO will restore control rods to desired position, as necessary.
  • PSO will place rod control to AUTO.

I

  • PSO will reset SSPS power supply per ATTACHMENT E as follows:

oAt MM-CP-12, Train A Logic Cabinet, on PS 501, PSO will Press the Reset Push Button oAt MM-CP-12, Train A Logic Cabinet, PSO will verify PS 501 "OK" LED is illuminated

  • US will restore other systems to automatic control using applicable attachments as necessary.

Step 13: Verify Technical Specification Compliance:

  • T.S 3.8.3.1, Onsite Power Distribution Operating TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 19 of 28

[\JE:xrera' EN~;! 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG FI,HT

,---~~

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RC-PT-455 PSO (I), US (I, TS)

Failure Low

. RC-P.T-455, controlling pressurizer pressure instrument fails.low .

Initial Alarms: (alarms stay energized after powering PP-1A on its maintenance supply)

F5298 OTDT CHAN TRIP F7434 PZR PRESSURE LOW CHANNEL LOW (RX)

F7435 PZR PRESSURE LOW CHANNEL TRIP (SI)

UL 1-F10 PZR PRESS LO SI UL6-A3 RCS LOOP OT~ T UL6-A5 PRESSURIZER PRESS LO c:::> c:::> c:::>

US enters OS1201.06, PZR Pressure Instrument I Component Failure and directs the following actions:

I IUS will read NOTE prior to Step 1 to PSO:

A reactor trip may occur on OT~T setpoint if RCS pressure significantly decreases below normal operating pressure.

Step 1: Check PORVs closed:

The crew calls the WCSIWWM for the RC

PT-455, respond "Understand that RC-PT -455 has failed low. A Step 2: Check Normal PZR Spray Valves closed:

troubleshooting team is being formed."

  • PSO will report both Normal PZR Spray valves are closed or redponding

-~~

correctly.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 20 of 28

2013 lOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RC-PT-455 US will read NOTE prior to Step 3 to PSO:

Failure Low Channel P-455/P-456 is norma~ly selected for pressure control because a (continued) failed LOW - RC-PT-458 (selected for backup) or RC-PT-457 (selected for control), will prevent automatic operation of both pressurizer PORVs.

Step 3: Check PZR Pressure Channels: Controlling/Backup/Recorder channel failed:

  • PSO reports no Controlling/Backup/Recorder channel failed, but that RC PT-455 has failed low.

US will read CAUTION prior to Step 4 to PSO:

Channel Selection of alternate pressurizer pressure control channel OR recorder channel uses a "make before break" circuit that can result in control system transient if a significant deviation exists between the C) channels. Q Step 4: Realign Pressurizer Pressure Instruments:

  • PSO reports that 457/456 or 458/456 for is selected for control/backup.
  • PSO reports that 456. 457 or 458 is selected for the pressure channel I recorder.
  • PSO reports that an alternate 8 T. OT, OP channel is selected for the recorder.

Step 5: Align Pressurizer Pressure control:

  • PSO reports that RCS pressure is trending to 2235 psig and the master pressure controller, RC-PK-455A is in auto.

Step 6: Verify redundant channels bistables not tripped:

  • PSO will report redundant channels bistables not tripped on UL-1 and UL 6 bistables.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 21 of28

rera*

ENEBilY.~ 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG

.0~""*' HUCI.£AIl rut!

c-.........

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE RC-PT-455 Step 7: Verify Technical Specification Compliance:

Failure Low

  • T~S. 3.3.1, Reactor Trip System Instrumentation; Table ~.3 1, Items 7,9 (continued)" and 10. Enter action 6 .
  • T.S. 3.3.2, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation; Table 3.3-3, Items 1.d. Enter action 18.

US will coordinate with I&C to place bistables to bypass for up to 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> or trip within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

c;:::) c;:::) c;:::)

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 22 of 28

1 _~~. 1- 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG J SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 5 BOP (C), US (C)

At Lead Simultaneous Event~ AR-P-50-B trips and loss of cOl1denser vacuum.

Examiner's AR-P-50-B trips:

Discretion Initial Alarms:

  • SELECT: MF List F5118 MECH VAC PMP B TRIP
  • SELECT: Condenser Air Evacuation BOP identifies that AR-P-50-B tripped. BOP will review F5118 VAS. F5118
  • SELECT: mfAR005B VAS directs the crew to start the standby mechanical vacuum pump A OR C.
  • SELECT: INSERT US will direct the BOP to start the standby mechanical vacuum pump A OR Vacuum Leak: C. Vacuum will continue to decrease.
  • SELECT: SIM Diagrams
  • SEE:eCT: mfC0026 actions: c::;) c:

Step 1: Check Mechanical Vacuum Pump Status:

  • SELECT: Set Final Value to 0.035 (adjust as necessary)
  • BOP will report all available vacuum pumps are running.
  • SELECT: INSERT
  • BOP will report vacuum seal water pump running lights are on.

Step 2: Check Condenser Vacuum - DECREASING When the crew dispatches an NSO to AR

  • BOP will report condenser vacuum is decreasing.

P-50-B, respond "This is the secondary Step 3: Decrease Plant Power To Restore Vacuum:

NSO, I am on my way to AR-P-50-B."

  • BOP will report generator output is >360 MWe.
  • BOP will reduce generator load until EITHER of the following conditions is After 2 minutes, respond "Control, this is met:

the secondary NSO, AR-P-50-B is not o Load decrease to 360 MWe OR running and the suction valve is open."

o Condenser vacuum can be maintained >25 inches of Hg vacuum.

When the crew directs the NSO to shut

AR-P-50-B suction valve, respond "Close

  • BOP will shift mechanical vacuum pump discharge to atmosphere, AR-P-50-B suction valve."

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 23 of 28

era ENEB~Ywa J

AC

,'

  • NUCLEAR 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG FlEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE After vacuum Block Auto Rod insertion(with rods in restored insert auto):

these malfunctions as

  • SELECT: Scenario set up for the
  • OPEN: CP folder major event in
  • SELECT: Auto Rod Failure the next step.
  • SELECT: Run
  • SELECT: OK Block Auto Rod insertion(with rods in manual):
  • SELECT: Panel overview
  • SELECT: Section DF D
  • SELECT: Insert override D D
  • SELECT: Rod Bank Selector Switch
  • SELECT: Final Value Manual
  • SELECT: !NSERT Block Reactor Trip:
  • SELECT: Scenario
  • OPEN: CP folder
  • SELECT: Trip Breakers fail to open
  • SELECT: Run
  • SELECT: OK TR-M-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 24 of28

[~g~.m_ /ff'P*' NIIJCtfAR 2013 LOll NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG c" flEeT


-----------------~---------------------------'----

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS I

TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE Event 6 PSO (M), BOP(M), US (M)

Once the crew FW-P-32-A trips:

  • FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS starts to
  • SELECT: MF List FW-P-32-A trips decrease plant
  • SELECT: Feed Water Initial Alarms:

power to

  • SELECT: mfFW038 D4716 MFP A TURBINE BEARING OIL PRESSURE restore vacuum or at Lead
  • SELECT: INSERT D4718 MFP A PUMP BEARING OIL PRESS LOW Examiner's D4720 MFP A TURBINE TRIP Discretion D4854 MFP A ELECTRICAL TRIP D6045 TURB SETBACK LOSS OF ONE FW PUMP
  • BOP will report FW-P-32-A trip and a setback is in progress.

o 0

  • BOP will report alFSG levels are rapidly decreasing and approaching the reactor trip setpoint.
  • US will direct the PSO to manually trip the reactor.

-

  • The reactor will not trip M.6,NUALL Y or AUTOMATICALLY when the auto 1 trip signa! from SG Leve! La-La actuates.
  • The US will declare that he is entering FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS, and direct the crew to perform their immediate Critical Task actions.

o Auto rod insertion is failed and the PSO will manually insert control rods.

o BOP will manually trip the turbine.

Critical Task o Turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 will stick open.

o BOP will manually actuate MSI.

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 25 of 28

lera' ENE~Y14 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG IlUClEAII FLEET SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Pbwer Generationl ATWS (continued) PSO (C)

Event 7 Step 1: Verify Reactor Trip:

  • PSO will report Rod bottom lights not lit.

BOP (C)

EventS Step 2: Verify Turbine Trip:

  • BOP will report that Turbine Stop Valve 2 and Control Valve 2 are stuck 0 0 0 open.

Locally trip the Reactor:

  • BOP will report that he manually actuated MSI.
  • SELECT: Scenario
  • BOP will report that the generator breaker is open.
  • OPEN: CP folder I
  • SELECT: 120 second delay then INOTE: After the Immediate Actions are complete, the US or BOP win clear fault and trip reactor direct any available NSO to locally trip the reactor.
  • SELECT: Run
  • SELECT: OK Step 3: Check EFW Pumps Running:
  • BOP will report that the Motor driven pump is running.

When the reactor is tripped, respond

  • BOP will report that the Turbine-driven pump is running.

"Control, this is the secondary NSO, I Step 4: Initiate Emergency Boration Of RCS:

locally tripped the reactor."

  • BOP will report that one charging pump is running.

I - I TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 26 of 28

NE.Xlera*

ENE3_GY~~. 2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4


l SEG

._,""""", N~

~------~-------

SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE SCENARIO INSTRUCTIONS I

TIME/NOTES INSTRUCTOR ACTIVITY EXPECTED STUDENT RESPONSE FR-S.1,

  • Align boration path:

Response to o BOP will start a boric aciq pump and open CS-V-426.

Nuclear Power Generationl

  • Align charging flow path:

ATWS o BOP will place CS-FK-121 in manual and charge at maximum rate.

(continued) o BOP will open CS-LCV-112D and E to align CCP suction to RWST.

o BOP will close CS-LCV-112B and C to isolate the VCT.

o BOP will report PZR pressure <2385 psig.

Step 5: Verify Containment Ventilation Isolation:

  • PSO will report COP-V-1, 2, 3 & 4 and CAP-V-1, 2, 3 & 4, Containment purge isolation valves, are closed.

US will read CAUTION prior to Step 6:

c::> If an SI signal exists::br occurs, ATTACHMENT A of E-O, REACTOR TRIP c::>

OR SAFETY INJECTION should be performed while continuing with this procedure.

Step 6: Check If The Following Trips Have Occurred:

i

  • PSO will report the reactor is tripped.

I

  • BOP will report the turbine is tripped.

Step 7: Check If Reactor Is Subcritical:

  • PSO will report power range channels <5%.
  • PSO will report intermediate range flux rate is zero or negative.
  • PSO will report gammametrics intermediate range flux level <5%.
  • PSO will report gammametrics intermediate range flux rate is zero or negative.
  • US will direct PSO to continue boration to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions.

NOTE: US will exit FR-S.1 and direct the crew to go back to E-O and perform their immediate actions.

TR-AA-230-1003-Jf06 Revision 0 Page 27 of 28

2013 LOIT NRC SIM Exam 4 SEG Event 9 PSO (C), US (C)

When crew enters ES-O.1 fail open the A The PSO will report A PORV open with RCS pressure low.

PORV as Follows:

The US will direct PSO to close the A PORV per "Skill of the Operator".

  • SELECT: MF List The PSO will attempt to close the A PORV. When the A PORV fails to close

(Component) The US will direct the PSO to close the A PORV Block valve per, "Skill of the

  • SELECT: avRCPCV456A Operator."

Critical Task

  • SELECT: Fail open The PSO will close the A PORV Block Valve.
  • SELECT: INSERT The PSO will report the A PORV Block valve is closed.

Terminate the scenario when the crew finishes FR-S.1 and returns to E-O, or at the discretion of the lead examiner.

~----~------------------------------------------------------~

      • END OF SCENARIO ***

TR-AA-230-1003-F06 Revision 0 Page 28 of 28

WORLD CLASS 2013 LOIT NRC SIM I::xam 4 PERFORMANCE

....... expectit! OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT TURNOVER Plant Status Plant is in Mode 1 At 100% Power.

- Current PRA Risk is Green Protected Train The Security Threat Level is Yellow Aggregate risk is 6 LOW A

Reactivity RCS Boron concentration is 1100 ppm Performing A 30 Gal Dilution Every 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> Rod control is in Auto With Control Bank "0" at 230 Steps RCS Tave Band (Deg. F) 589- 589.3 Dilution Amount Required To Raise Tave By 1 Deg. F (Gal): 191 Boration Amount Required To Lower Tave By 1 Deg. F (Gal): 35 SG Blowdown Lineup: Hotwells At 60 GPM/SG Cation Run (Minutes):Mids - 6 Days - 6 Cation Flowrate: Full Flow SFP: Time To 200F is 31 Hours and Risk is Low Turbine Controls: Make adjustments as required to maintain 8 Hour thermal power between 3646.0 MW and 3647.9 MW. The 1 Hour thermal power average will be maintained below 3648 MW.

Control Rods will be manipulated per Reactor Engineering recommendations and will normally be left in automatic control. Utilize OS1 000.1 0 Fig. 11, Rod Motion Checklist.

001 56 Values for NEPEX Contingency Oownpower Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 1200 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 100 Gal.

Amount Of Boration Needed To reduce Output to 800 Mwe Net (C6123) Is 776 Gal.

Reactivity Activities that may affect reactivity.

Today 0:00 '"TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By: eelOhll General Plant Status General Plant Info Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By: eelOhll 1.

2.

3.

Evolutions Today 0:00 By:

I Work Control Name: RSS Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Primary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Secondary NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Rover NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Waste NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Field Support NSO Name: FB RSS MED Today 0:00 '"TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Fire Brigade Leader Name:

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION"'

By:

I Unit Supervisor Name Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By:

I Shift Manager Name:

Today 0:00 *TURNOVER INFORMATION*

By: